Jataka Parijata-Vol 3 by veera kumar

VaidyanathaDikshita's

JATAI{A PAKIJAIA ( \ilTni qrfuilril ) Witlt An EttglislrTrartslatiort attd Coltious Explu trttonl rtotesutrLlErontplas

BY V . S u b r a n t a n ySaa s t r iB , .A. A s s t t .S e c r c t a rtyo 1 l l c( i o v t .o 1 ' M y s o r c( l { c t d . ) a u t lT r a n s l a t oor l ' S r r p a tli, a d d l r t i[,] r i h a tJ a t a k a I I o r a s a r aU. t t u l k a l l n r r i tcat c .

Vol. III

RANJANPUBLICATIONS 1 6 ,A n s a rR i oadD , a r y aG a n j N NDtA) , e wD e l h i - ' l 1 0 0(0l 2

CONTENTS Page The effects of the Ist and the 2nd 709 Bhavas The effects of the 3rd and the 4 t h 748 Bhavas The efifectsof the 6th and the 6th 755 Bhavas Thc effects of the ?th, the 8th and S45 the 9th Bhavas T h e e f f e c t so f t h e l O t h . t h e l l t h a n d g 9 6

Adhyaya XI Adhyaya XII Adhyeya XIII .{dhyaya XIV Adhyaya XV Adhyaya XVI Adhyaya XVII Adhyaya XVII t ERRATA

the l2th Bhavas Female Horoscopy Kalchakra l)asas

935 965 l00ir

LXIII_LXVT

faeaqmw: q6rllq

166

qr+fifrqwrqq-{rh

eoQ

gf,fu 4rirnEsFlft

.9/t

qFqq6-6rTT4TcqT4:

rsQ.{.

qKITE'&T{qqIqTEITTq.

cY{

{ri

qrqaqqqlErEqlq:

e{tqre-+'trzrrq:

9tq

.6'TFfqfr-E{lt€qTIT:

<qrr<€{rEqrq:

et{ e.E{ too{

ffig{rq{itssqtlt; il sTstrTlrTsorfttl Adtryaya

XI.

T H g e n t . n c T s o t . 't t t n 1 s T A N r ) T H I ' 2 w D B t t A V A S .

il{rdurrgrq{$eqq.s1ffi wtfh gqi e-qgrirgqrfrqqwoE{rrcrrit ilii {-{Fq I qr t i ,THnfkeurtlluqitf\r tgm {iflq-cr qr.t{eT{ Ifmr.G gqsoil qfrhnGtg trttt S/oArl 1. I am to treat of the good and other effects which are the chief source of adornment to the science of astrology just as they arise in the several bhavas appertainingto men owing to the prepondera, ting influence of planets. Among ttre Lagnaand other bhavas, such as are occupied or aspected by Venul, Mercury, Jupiter or the rrtccfk(Bhavapathi-the lord of the bhava concerned),but unaspectedby or trnassociated with thc rest, produce llappy results. cf .

s({qt{t1.r{

,ii ,ii qra'erfladl gdi qrd\-tEttqrnqnqrf\t&: I qriii aq qrEs ilfifi4e6qT q"dil ffq;i qTtl

ffiETi(rragg*rdg (srnTTqlqqilfktgt

.r qrKa)ftedgtsI R tf ilgsqTqqwGâ&#x201A;ŹiFr 70e

7rc

cmEqrfrf,ri

Adh. XI.

Stoka Z. When the Lagna and some of the other bhavaghave banefic planets appaaringin them or are occupiedor aspectedby their lords, a wealth of the said bhavasmay be declared to exist provid:d they are unaspectedor unoccupiedby malefi; planets.

| d{q} ftgtrftrul tiai rrrEii;Tlttifi! qrEeRm\qh ll I ll Wsctrft*eii S l c r f t c 3 . A p l a n c ti n i t s d c p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i c a l qtrfltlar rrqn dgetroysthe bhava chat it owns' But in its (Moolatrikona), exaltation or friendly siun ic rdvances the same. cf .

s((qKlit(

qqrlrlsftdtqeii W] EIda'{{qfd I tft.E qr fafifi.i'lt rr ilfrrqHF1qrCIe qrln: art+tsfiqr&g'{qd}qHqq\qqTfiIq;qlqril qqtrqrqfinqftgf,}fif*'+ ri'qEd I qii flq* {'tuo*4i gl} qr qilq qrqgfz'isfa qafi iigdtq'aq'r'\q ilfi: lt ed\qrqrqqrtd qi qtqfi { f}qite qR qt q: atsfi rrT{f{q: qq'reil-qeR*nqqitae:ql{"qrr' 1 lTrqsl|frqi a flRn qG qarrrfqii q,ftwit

dtqr<rfiTâ&#x201A;ŹTritqfi ra.rrffit {tfqrn,tt

qrnarrftiigftrw;i gfqrnfrqaqqfufrEIt

ffirrflqi uqqFa(rilf qti\eksorr{tTr R{r{ll B ll Sloha 4. When a bhava has its lord in the 6th, of the 8th or the 12th, or is occupiedby the lcrd of one these three, it suffers annihilation, say those that know

sl. 6-6

{ttC{frsqrdr

the properties of a bhava If such a bhava be aspected by a benefic planet, the effect will be different.

qfrr*q!hrrdi {iolr( ffiurq} {r qit firqes: t qoraefiHgfd, WriEqqlqrrfr surrg*u1sn \ n S/o,ftc 5. If the lord of a bbava occupying a Ken, dra or Trikona position from the Lagnapossessabundant strength being either aspectedby benefic planetsor in its exaltation and other Vargas, that bhava,say the wire aatrologers,is in a flourishing condition. 3{(qt{t{ti

qfiu: +rr*rsfieqqgmo]qsn)qr lqqrfr f{* qui ilqTii qfi qqfi ftqrqrq,il,rr4sfb:I qdt-,i n3til qEfEq qadiatqqriqil qr (.] ut lngdl d Errfltalt qrqaniqqfl.art

gqqqq.Jt{rsswt drqgt ildgmFr+rfr qHHtEbdti ir{Eq{iti nqâ&#x201A;Ź}rgfo|

THHi glsqrs! {{oginsqtwrreil +.Trnd

ftai fq{qttdkoqft irErqft{r*riqsrn{l q tl Slc,hu 6. Astrologerspronounce the strength of a bhavasuchas the_Lagn,rto be amplearrd rhorcirghly b e ' c f i c e n tw h c n a r r i k o n a , t L r e4 t h , t h e 7 r h o , th" ioth p l a c e t h e r c f r o mi s o c c u p i e db y a n a u s p i c i o u s p l a n e to r lnsc (bhavapa-thei'rd of the brrava) and is unoccupied or unaspectedby m;rlefic planets. A bhava ,uif.ru decay when the positions referredto aboveare different, ly occupiedand aspected rhe effectof a bhava will be mixed when the positions noted above are occupiedor acpectedby beneficand maleficplanetapromrsci:ouely.

*rqftvnt

7fa

Adh. xI.

- l v t v - - - - - - - - - - -

aru([Iflrft Rqriltf(;dqtql qfiHq.|

ffirsemqRgtrffifutrr

ilfiTre{ffi Utrqqn{{i}il t}S qq*rft sorA rfr qqr{shqrri rqr( tl s }l Sloka 7. Of the Lagnaand other bhavasexamined whichever bhava has ita lorJ occupying in strccession, rays or the 8th place (from it) or obscuredby the solar in &preosion or in an inimical house, while no benefic planetsaEpector are aseociatedwith it, the astrologero lord d..lrr. thl total destruction of such a bhava' The being asso" of the bhavaconcernedeven in the event of producing any ciated with other planets is incapableof good effect.

grqrt qISRt{i gft qw{rq+r

{rqq qqt qd a {ffr rnqqli}rfll ll c ll

Slok,t 8. Planets occupying a bhava cannot ad' vance it when its lord is in a g:vra (Duhothana-6th' or in a 8th or 12th placefrom it) or an inimical house stateof ecliPscor imPotencc

qr t qTqTiitrqimtgfr gsfu* ilsit qEI;T$tqr EI'{G dlqar<n( llq ll ftggnett$ilfbgfirgifh?irr

or Slofrrr 9' A planet mly even be badly placed inimical occupya <qit (Navamsa)owned by a mrlefic, prove or its orvn dcpressionsign; ir will nevertheiess occupiedby it is bemficialwhen the Navausa or Rasi or of a friendly its own, or that o[ its exaltation sign it' planetno leseti.ranwhen bene{icplanetsaspect

qiq{r#Fatt{R grQ r{IEq gioq t

dmf\xstlM qrqsfrdaqr ll t" ll

StrfO.lt

?rit

tififhirtfqi

Sloha 10. \l/hen ttrc p&rnerowning the sign occupiedby the lord of a bhava iii badly placed,the bhavabecoilegweak. Btrt wheo the planet rdarsi to aboveis in its exaltation,in a frietrdly sign c in itg own house,the astrologermay pronouncethe bhavr to be ffourishing.

qE[rriilqgdfi (Iiirt-;fi6 1

ffiilr

ilfr.rEgRqoqrnqrfuR $'$k WRf*qffiar*q rr

SloFc 11. When the lord of a bhava,rhe friends of the fiw lbhavapa) and the lord of rhe emltation sign of the, r+rqq (bhavapa) occupy the llth, the Znd and the 3rd placesin respect to the tr{rava,those plarreo advancethe strength of rhe bhava, provided they be not eclipsedor in an unfriendly sign or in depreosion. S\KCI{EK

t-a frqfi-drrr qqqfrqqi mi(fl qTfircTr qTqnt{iEr t "qqfiqnftgrqT<{tm I B,Fqr:t ,rrqqrfr{df,}sfruqqRgfu i{qf{a errqrq--qFqrqrciim:sg {aft rq;}q qil;qql qr( ll

rnirrgeqstrg dqrartrfim{{qt6dRq+ r nqh* qrlqfiT+q A) *trftrhrn ffii Mq

tt trti

Sltha Ll. A planet producesthe full effect of the bhava in which ir is when its distance from the bhava, saadhi ie equal to that of the bhavamsa(rrrst{r= Eemi, bhava). When the planer has a less or greater dietance from a bhava,sandhi than a bhavamsa,itd ef{.ectmuat be alcertained by a rulc-cf-three procecs. NbIts. This slokais takenfrorr,afiqfffi 90

(Sripotpddneroi,).

711

Etf,fqrailt

Adh. n.

ll enl QA +tlq"ha+t tl qttgursngeTgaTft, ffi u tl tt Mqorfrwq{qF{rFilr Sloha L3. The body, its hue, irs form, its charac, teristics, fame, qualities, happiness or unhappiness, residenceabroad,splendour,strength and weaknessare the products,Eaythe wise a$trologers,of the lst bhava. NorBs. This sloka appears in stil{(d The thrrd qr< (Padl) reads thus : d{rqfrrilrq-d-6,foil?.

qqnilcnI ilft{rstrqils gd od q+qM u{ qe qftftftlhd *1frwrrrg&r$ostffir*t. tB Sloka 14. The more auspiciousthe rising eign ie perEon's birth, the longer will he live; the more f,t a will he command the respect of the rulers and the happier in coneequencewill he be. And if the rieing aign be also aapectedby its lord, he will be a masterof richee, quite a genius and a great credit to his family. NorBs. The fol{owing additional information regardinglength of tife is extracted from siT(qltt{tt

ert o'q{qd nftrqqqqil d"t qffEftl qtg: qsiq afqaRnffigl.iifrriqTfigt r ftRa$ qffi rag,rlagnru<ng: €qA aseng<q).t eaefafig!:qrl<lgfl*qT( 1 o?TrsT{t{ Efr eqeagqq-q}-qqSr{tga}

ad qr rilqtil"qq qfefrfA* wiqrg'gtq r flqq,rg: nne,rtwrfigfrgqagqqifqqr'

.ls 16

qqrqEilsuqr{rs

?r5

gp*se,iqtfiq:qrcs€qgqqct uo tqrlc[Rtt oil* q{q}q} g,rgt ofi q ddtRt

qrtqrEg*nflffrrut qroi{Eitqr -ganrrfiRaqrqqq i<druq6fr6cr.t qggqtuqgqlee{ nElgiqr{ tt qulq,rnfqosat,tngr{i{gq&*q e} t qqqFaSfir;a: r =g gudgaq rD {drTTg: urriiaq d EIfi: ila4lTeqrg{rfifrq r qEqq sqii fi* fti f,atgrrqlq 11 qtoaeqr&owqaqr{Tfif{qqqi€rrr, fiqrqraq,ilfiolflnqqr der:g\al gfli: I s{tg:gs4:arrrvpry'frt}gr, qilQqi flTr*q';qqwrgiewftt,qr\,iqflasqr( u efrdt +oqd){qmlga'er.if =qfqa}qril qr;q q o'j nqt r n] q'.\rqoihqnfaga] qivi I qon-eqqqdlrqrg:qfiqrrftq: argriulrflegqriaa*6;qflc qros ft tt sn{ f}esjf qFHrTli{ q qq{{

uvr agfr{di {zafi-qqT{,4q tl

(fr <rcqrfiPrsqunft oetqqrft{geq{rer r {01Ehnrrr{tqrnqr&orrnru{grrrgwfr u t\ tl Sloka 15. An astrologer may declare the i*ature and peculiar features of a person fron the lord of the riaing Navamsaar his birtr. or from a powerfui planet occupyingthe Laqna. llrs hue shouldbe guessedfrom the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lr4oon. All

?rs

Adh. xI.

sfliF!ilEnErir

goodaod evil in the life of the per$onis to be ascertain' ed through the Lagna. Nores. cJ,III-76

supra.

ffiqh;i qR ornt grrriht frua{tfqf qr t

(tft ll lE ll gwarlnqil qord qg3{rgilnrq{r! Slttha 16. If at a person's birth the lord of the rioing sign being in great strength in the house of a beneficplaneg occupy a Kendra or Trikona position from the Lagna and be aspected by or associatedwith auapiciousplanets,the fameof the personborn will extend up to the four oceans. Norp$. This sloka appears in stdd{d. The reading there is gqqtqfatrt

for qrrwnrrc.rt' cf.

also the following sloka from thesame work'

onrfqtgqgt qii qs,{ril*oqfifrqqQt g'refEg*I ll mqlfttqsRt qR qI elt flqrqfrlffiqnqlFqR{rg\ft

ffint ftSrrtrftrhqlqTmqrqfttfht{r t qrq{aruri rrqfrqqrtqrd}sqsrtfr {Ed'l{.ii3 11lu ll Sloka L7. A person becomes obscure if, at his birth, the lord of the rising sign being in the hougeof a malefic planet, occupies the 6th, 8th or l?th place from tlre Lagna and is aspected by or associated $/ith a malignant planet. Norrs. For ihe 6rst rIT(, .$lil{(q reads o}qt

t;rrrti s Et'

slfr{nxrft fts{qE} iilril:<r{ ttftq|q

frqQs RimttukcrffiFqt

qargtilstcr.l:

st. 18-le

111

g:A - qrilqrdrr {ffigqtftxrqr g-dtr +* dtr.tt gqr{st qlrrgd qr{t ll 14 ll S/ofra 18. If the lord of the *tffirrrq(Keerthibha' va), i,c. the 10th be in the Lagna,the person born will becomelamous. lf the planet be iir the Znd bhava and have attained its ex.rltation and other benefic vargaehe will have remarkablecelebrity. If the planetbe in a bad place,he v.zillbe knocked up by ceaselesstravelling or will be a knave. But if the planet occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with a beneficplanet, the personwill have easein travelling' Norns. This sloka tinds a Place in akF[{at'

frtrqTfrftqertqR gqent{g*sqqr rrr{t q1qR qrqtn qfl{i o}'q{rd fter t xqffiqqd

ao{Tf{i dGfiRirilqqr-

asd qo{nfuftq qfi {r ffiHtflr*titmq tt

Bloha 19. If the lord of the lst bhava occupy the 5th or the 9th or being irr conjunction with the lord of the 5th or the 9th occupy the Lagna, the father of the person bcrn will be a famous man. If the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the Lagnaor the +rw (Karaka-Mars) as well as the lord of the l*r{rnir (Bhratrubhava)be together in one houeeand posseosstrength, a brother of the personborn will becomerenowned. Norss. has the following: For the latter half of this sloka, ;rldefi'(â&#x201A;Źf

oinrfFrrt ltqq<g(*.qft{'i+ t

iild: flqgâ&#x201A;Ź ua e <gi HslgqT+{ifl:ll

718

sfFfficrRqre

Adh. xI.

ffiq\ {r dA qqqfr o} gt oqn+gtil r

wrF{t 'T$reilftflf frqrqqtdtrrqft qqrdlnRotl Sloha 2) When the lord of the 2nd bhava or Mercury is in the Lagnaor when the 2nd bhava is occu. pied by the lord of the Lagnaand when rhe bhava in either caseis strong and free from maleficaspect, the personborn will becomefamousfor his learning. Norrs. rrietiqc(Vidyadhipa) here 'ears the lorcl of the 2nd bhava ; (aide sloka 49 infra) and not that of the 4rh bhava referred to in XII-59 infra. The sarnerenrark applies to the tcrrrr grT.

qqHfi qEfrfid qfrrqd agqdfr{r r

dtqfiqRmi'gfi qq tqfr qnittirTo{r{T{ ut(tl

S|oku 21. If the lords of the grh and the lst bha, vas from the Lagna be in thei'r respective bhavasor if the lords of the 1scand tlre 9th occupy the 9th and the lot respectively, and if the planets in their several pooitions be aspectedby or associaredwith Jupiter, rhe personborn will enjoy good luck for a long time,

omftqq6{qt agqft} $EEsqirQt{r r

irnTfirtEr{rfr ft{t{t ilq tfumqqg'w** RR

Slohu 27. A person wiil abide in the placeof his birth when a planet occupyingthe l2th place from that of the lord of the Lagna happens to be in exaltation or in a friendly house or is aspectedby a planet that is friendly or is in exaltation or when that Rasi ie occupied by a friendly planer.

CtirqnSft o}qrFrt R-oqqfrfr qrfrqtft RmurgwqTfrT Et qqr

sI.23-25

e*qRrffi

qsEfrsqrql

7le

ftqc.oi itosrfrqr-

rriq ll Rl ll qeqflqqiTqifu;qfrqaqrqrftqrdr

Sloka 23. When the lord of the l2th house from that occupied by the lord of the Lagna is the latter'E enemy or is in depression or vreak,the person born goesto a foreign country. He will abide permanently there if the "qqq(Vyayapa) referredto abovebe aspected by Venus in the capacity of a friend. His haunt will (Vyayapa) be be a small township if the same6zT{FI eclipaedby the Sun ; if the aqqq(Vyayapa) be posseesed of strength,the haunt will be a wealthy municipality'

trtniqqi froeqqff( h ildluTi\ti ftrd1qT*{t gqsi qTffi rilil{s I

+dtrsqqatqt Rfr rrRBll fE-qtegiftffqqwfiqrqmqt Stoka 24, When the lord of the i'2th place from that occupied by the lord of the lagna is in a Kendra or Trikona from the lst bhava, and in a Rasi which is a friend's house, its own or its exaltation sign and has auspiciousplanets on eachside, the person born will be a sojurner in regions pieasingto the heart. If the tqqc (Vyayapa)referred to above be aspectedby Jupiter, the Moon or Venus, he goesto a charmingly beaucifulland; but if this rqqc(Vyayapa) occupy the Znd place from the lord of the Lagna and be unfriendly to the latter, tfie person will abide in his native land.

qi estt q(+estI ffkr,{r{{ qtt itrâ&#x201A;Ź?r

qr( ll R\ ll iMtftrlR}riTf}Eat fui qat i{gqrnTsirr Sloha 25, When a moveable Ergn is the Lagna

7zo

utQnvawil

Adh.xI.

ancl its lord is in a moveable Rasi and aspectedby pla' netr occupying moveable Rasis,the person born will have his fortune in a foreign country. When an sign is the Lagnaand its lord is algoin an immo'veable immoveablesign and aspectedby planetsoccupying ia' moveablesigns,the personwill be in his own country; exceedingly prosperous and possessed of abundant wealth' Norss. This sloha appears also in clild{d.

ftnftt aqtt ftgg qlqerlqrggfugt t

*qgtlf llRqll {6[r+ rcqr *qar in Eil({IosTdrsqqr S/oftc 6. S/hen the lord of the Lagna ie a malefic planet and occupies the 6th place {rom the Lagna being associatedwith Saturn in a malefic sign, the person born wiH be like a Sudra. And if Rahu or Ketu take the placeof Saturn in the above,the person will be a Chandalaor somc equally low person in his habits.

G{r&tlirrnnftrghrdqqt aggis}ft| offit F€ftqlrrtgse|rltiwd i qft n te tl Stoka 77. When the lord of the Lagna is in an of strengh,'theperson auspicioussign and is possessed born will be in good ease having a command of all bodily comforts. When the planetin the Lagnais in a depreosionor inimical Navamsa and happensto be the lord of a E:tqrr (Dusthhana), the person bcrn will lacr bodily comforts. cf ,

sldd(d

o*q: T{H{F.qnAqnqn}eqrRfqqraift t €I( ll draqEoqr{rq(sfine g\ftrnAilF€{;qq1

91.28-80

rttril*${rq:

qqtr#rqqilrq S{orqR qqr* q sd r5{r llR'4ll Stoha 28. If the three planets owning the 6th, the 8th and the t2th bhavas from the Lagna be connected with the Lagna, one of them aspecting it, another owning it and the third occupying it, and if they at the sametime be in their inimical or depressioneigns devoid of all strength, they can do no good at the time of the ripening of their severaldasaperiods.

s* qafrgrrtâ&#x201A;Źfr

milr,dtqgflE{F(t

ilmi\\ fiqtnr q(nd frtqrP'{i ffiggfrqr$3ll qq ll

Stoka 29. When the Lagna is a watery sign and is occupiedby benefic planets,astrologersdeclarestout, neesof perscn as the effect thereof. When the lord of the Lagna occupies a watery sign and is in conjunction with beneficplanets,the personborn, say tfieaetrologera, will have a sound constitution. Norrs. alq.ld ls the reading adopted in srad{d for ilqei stt of this sloka.

iq the 3rd

ilnrfrt aT{rqtc g6{{Ifi aiil msqth 6ict]( |

wriqqrqiqnrlta1qr gci[q{! arrggsqqrg! ll 1,oll SloAa 30. When the lord of the Lagna is in the the 8th bhava and in a dry sign, astrologerssay that personborn will have great bodily suffering' If the iord of the Rasi in which is the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna bg a planetowning a dry sign, the effectwill be emaciation' Nores. Sornebooks rea& oei{qs{iaq<tiaatqr

722

crrdifcrftvrrt

Adh.x{.

qsllt Ftgâ&#x201A;Źstrâ&#x201A;Źgqfr qrnjsftrft,ir r+r *d oqqisqilqiqqfig$ froirft\ r ilint aqiiuuiffi tutqG qtn oi ttrqfrqiur'.qcrgr u Qt tl iaaotEre{rq Sloka SL When rhe iord of the Lagna is between two inimical planets,the person born will be in dread of enemies. lf Keru or Rahu be in the l.agna and the lord thereof be in a 6'elrq (Dusrhhana dth, flth or l2th), the personwill suffer privatit_rnof some limb in the ripening of thc dasaof the lord of the T_ragoa and in the antardasaof the lord of the {ich irnr:se(ir.m the lord of the Lagna). If the lord of tire 6rh house from the Lagna occupy it in conjuncticln with Rahu or Ketu. an ulcer will breakout in the bodv. NorBs. f iris appearsi' ."1{ri4i{r.;t. ln the 3r<iql,i, tiT'j.l:Jrs the reading a d o l ; t e <tlh e i c f , . r rl e 1 1 1 1 , tt h r : t e r t . q

ToITAmqK OcFtTtls;(ffiWur {til ilrtr1Tqq1T(t {ir_l11

_____

grarrEt g{eta{Rqr{ n iq tl ofrrytrftifatrihmt .S/crftn 31" If rhe iorcl of rhe Lagnacccupyinga Trikona or a Kendra be devoid of strength,the person born wili be ailing. If the lord of the house occupied by the lord of thc Lagna be in a S:t'{tit (Dusthhana),he will havea weak constitucion. (tr'irsthatf). Tr,. f.,rro),"rltl;-r leacli'gro rhesameefiect is given in nki{(Qf.

{:Fqrqt{Tfigdi fieaqrd fie* n C ilq'Tff tqrd.ti

qmtrtaqitrdrreqaro.qrftrrmr r -irr r \ \

ilrtt tai grQoqd ilsE ti{rqr{ tf il tl

sI.33*35

{Prfifrscqrqr

723

troi 12th, 6ch or 8th bhava (from the Lagna) in conjunction with a maleficplanet destroys the bodily health of the personborn. He will be ailing if the lord of the lst bhava in conjunction wich the lord of the 6th occupies a grtflil (Dusthhana)or the Lagna.

ori qqrt u{ii qodi*sfrq}rr{r{t 6Qtrg{d frlqtfr-qtih3f,.6qffi n tB tl Sloha 34. When a malefic planet is in the Lagna and the iord thereof is without strength,the person born will ba sickly. He wiil be o{ a fretful temperif the lord of the Lagnab: weak; exempt from ailmentif the lord of the Lagnabe in a Kendra or Trikona.

ti{fucrrqirt ilu't g+"iuiq r rrriurrr;rnuiriiridillqrq g**, n {\ fl S / o f r a 3 5 . I f t h c l o r d o f t h e s i g n o c : u p i e db y t h e lord of the Lagnabe in the 8th piacc from the Lagna, the person will be weak. Bhavas generally become weak when their lortlsarc in Rasis of which the owners are badly placed(1.c.are in 6:q?nql)uhstirana).

uqkqldratfr.irhm u{q;qqirt

o* *'i ;Trfliru?qwurdrc'rqrfafu rrQQtr Sloku 36. A pcrson has an enlargedscrotum as conaequence the of the conjunction of Rahu and Mars or of Rahu and Satiirn. S/hen Mars occupies the Lagna,an astrolcgermay predict swelling in the navel, ankleand in the testicles.

oit qRitrqt ft;mwrnfrnqrt'hi

EilrrTrirr{ EgfrqErq 6{tngrwtqrftrsrfrrr

721

Adh. xl.

sRf€fiftrfi

s{dEft.rttrt?q gt wtrsftrfiS}.qt

g wffifr mil onaqfr

t}ft Tq.tt l\e ll

Stoha 37. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the 12th bhava be in conjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava from that occupied by the Sun, the personborn will get readily married,b: characterizedby much hair about his person,have a slim f igur.: lnd a hue composed of red and whire. If the iord of the 6th bhavafrom the Lagnabe also in conjunctionwith th: lord of the Lagna in tbe aboveposition, the personboru will be dark in personalappearance ; but if Rahu be with the lord ol the Lrgna,the perscn concern:dwilI surelyrun the risk of treacheryor poison.

ffiti qrq+TrqI ont Ut tilqfi€ffis iTI€rTRgd ll 1c ll gldi 'tiurwgtEriit ont g qlaqFlnuttfrIrlEf Slofra 33. A personwill b: htppy from his child' hood when the Legnais auspicicusand is aspectedby beneficplanetsprovideC there are no malefic ones in the Lagna. But if sev:ral maleficplanetl should be in the Lagna,the p:rson bcrn wiil b: unhappyfrom first to last.

t tqdmtfi s* onitrnirgdrr*

u.l gqqi{t q.qri freqqlqqr(ll lq ll

S/oic 39. A personwill be happy in the middle and concludingportions of his life if, at the time of hie birth, Venus hasattainedDevalokamsr(rririr Adhyuya L ,5/.46),the lord of thc Lagnaa Gopuramsa(aidt ArIhya. ya I . S/. 45) and benefic phneto aspectthe rising sign.

st. 40-44

5qqftstqrcr

715

ori gt qi flt h-i qrqtqi.qtt ortEi qsqitr qr* gtd ftI; gt{{ ll 8o ll Sloha 40. When there is a benefic planet in the lst bhava, but a malefic one in the 2nd as well as in a Kendra, and when the lord of the Lagnahas attained the LJttamamsa,the person born suffers misery in early life and ie h.ppy thereafter.

ofiir gqqrf{r&gqqqftfti'qtI

.ilgriuut qrsfrfreilsililt gt*q.ll 8l ll

S l o f t c 4 1 . W h e n t h e lord of the Lagna occuPiesa beneficsign and is asPectedby a beneiic planet or har attained a Gopuramsa,the person born will be h.PPY after his 16th year.

s,trrqirnl| g t;n*uriq{S I or\ n qsdgkfrrraskqigt*q.ll 8R,ll Sloka 42. When the planet owning the Navamca occupie<lby the lord of the Lagna is in a Kendra, a Trikona or exaltation,or is in the 1lth bhava pos*tsed of strength, the person born will be happy after thl first 30 years of his lifc'

oot eqrRqet qlE{tfsoqPqi 1

ilqt{t iEilq* qoqoirqâ&#x201A;ŹH;t: ll 81 ll

qditr â&#x201A;Ź{oitar qrftqri{rtqqfiihil t ilqqs* 4(gfr trqrwF'iqfl gd ll 88 ll S/olas 43-44. When the Lagnais aspectedby t'he sun and other planets,tire effect in che sevetal caseson the person born is given in order in the sloka-quarttrrs planet, the that follow: lf the Sun be the aspecting

728

qRrrttrRwril

Adh. xI.

his father; if the Moon, he will engagein sea-borne tradeand be opule.t; if Mars, he will be virtuousand bavea brgmembrumztirile; if Mercury, he will have Iearning,artistic skill and fame; if Jupiter, he will be Lonoredby his sovereignand devoutry observantof religiousvows; if Venus,he will beaddictedto women of ill,fame,opulentand voluptuous.

q;Eetfturi g Eqffi qd tqorr

*-|ITarâ&#x201A;Źti or{ \ilftrtrEE{rd( il B\ tl Sloka 45. If Saturn aspectsthe Lagna, he will bave agedwives, will be uncleanand be mischief,making. If no planet aspect the Lagna, the astrologe. shouft make his prediction in accordancewith the planet connected with the sgrrftr (Lagna Rasi).

oA srdiiqt nqr (M il qfr gqt I fiAf\isfud dpd nqst rruirq{ tf uq tl },loka +6. When the Lagnais aspe*ed by its lord, the person born will be either a king or his favorite, wcalthy and well-off. lf the Lagna be aspecred by an auspiciousplanet,all will be auspicious. If bv an evii planet,everythingwill turn out ill.

sd orf ETr@t{â&#x201A;Źu Zfr u*( r wi x?Ttgrn trsil gf(fi rnq{ilGtq!ll 8s fl Sloha 47. When the Lagna is aspectedby two or more beneficplanets,the person.bornis happy. When it ia aspectedby all the beneficplanets,he wifl be a king. When there are three benefic planetsin the Lagna,th"e effect on the per$on born is, he wiil make a good ting.

sr 48-60

qtFtftnmrs

721

If there be three -tlefic planetsin the Lagna,he witl be uohappy.

oqrftfrsRruqngfrreel itqfuei grrtqin{drfiqri: r

e3tR'Fffirfiftrgr n{ g0{gffitruoprr

n Bdtl

Sloha 48. The lord of the rising sign when poc, gessedof great strength and unaspectedby malefic planets, but aspected by benefic ones rnd occupying a Kendra position wards off death and secures to the child long life gracedwith the strong virtues of a vigo, rouE Bovereignty. Norrs. See Adhyaya lV. Sloka 83, supra.

ll srE Udqt?1qsoqll Irtv Rii AT ai gd Rq Rqrilqgril{:fil?

q I

frHiqenffqrfi tri*fttilfid

figr n B\ ir

Sloka 49. Wealth, visual power, ease, learning, speech, householdand food-these, the astrologerEre, cognise ao regularly derivablefrom the ZnJ bhava.

qfrgir ffifs'r qrqil fr-qtqtffiT{rrn

sr,rdT{orqfrfrqgErc$tR,fr iv'rr t

ileenlqnrf\ftngTrilqFm

oriiT rtftrrqttftrqgtont rgFqqr{ u \o tl S/o&a 50. A person will have exceedingwealth (1) when the 2nd, the tlth and the lst bhavas in bic horoscope are occupied by their lords ; (2) when thc

131" iT.""" ","-" ""","",.""*w"..""

llth bhavar are in the IIth lsr&ofthe?ndandthe bhava and happen to be in q*a (swakehetra), lneiu (Mithrakshetra) or in ereltation: (3) wheo the lorJs of the llth and the Znd bhavas, being friendly planete' occupy the Lagna and lastly (4) when the lord of the Lagnair in it in conjunction with the lordt of the 2nd and the tlth bhrvdq. Norrs. Tbis sloka is also in sEl6{(t' Tbe following wealth'prbducing yogas are extracted frqm

{l} cqtcr-I{r(

qilqoft+fatft {\' t {q'Tltqrq*fi saii S+€q qtqi ll rr,ptf+n: +ehegrlm ftgqft{rtrrrfk{rq FrdI €frar qR qTfrftm qftft} qr+f,qd' {ft, r urcfitft?fiqrqqgt;qFqflqnrdftuqr emqqn4ilqqilqT a&*l dafi

q{ tl

Safgq"ftq(Fqgar€NoqfFqil gla uf4qtfril g{g* {a gs5sq1 arntgrat fit atSg'qiaqlqrEfi ti&( dqfq+'noTiq( tt. *riuegirm figgfinrig onte<r qiaiFrrftaal .reqfr qsf*w 46qqqI

reqtqiqGt qfiaqqfq:h-eB+)qfrqnr n*,<r*qettfrqqfif\ft o qqtri frq: tl fqaqft'la* qEr{gdtt€q€qn{tqilr

fqfaal<*{6i{t&ni:1 mq&qnrfi*qift ;r;.frn'rftft :,tlFqql ::;1qfi: qrya)tql'e$6fia

s. cr

qFft$]silrqs

Ttg

ilfr H {ilil qg sn{. ffia nild' n qfrn:wfi +FsfrR qq ds g e.{rr qaqft:I aqlrr6+lf*ftfeaaugtfr\ fttqr qftipg.I qqqR€qfRqRa'I

qt qTqrffqrqswftilrigffifr: I (z)

qkTifi(€r

qord t ofraneqiqlqfitxrftqsfrqatnrftqil tilfr+tt uR qsrrt q-qrftt.qtini qrlsil tt q oriq\q ffit urufrrqrt+i=qFqtqrqogaqia* r tt tilfqdmgt gqefgg+alt eg-.exaolqfiilgnql: t Gtq\q nRt qqd{rqrqillftqeqaqqrqqefrg* tt tiR*aryi qrqlqqrtiri agravaorqfiilgnql: t +qiftti nfqt qq<rftqrtelaifFqnq-qt{rqiitq\q ql€Att gtrefz*il mil ag.anqort{gtfd Ebqggqttir orrtorq,rqtgqAfr+ dli ge.e,Riraf{iTfrniiiI e! +geuaolr$ftqr* tt gqiril qqqfrFnqinqr\ daat uati rawg orit ef\+ituatraeexoigtr e]"efq*qei gqdgtqI qrf,:e{t'iqqifrrgx+ft:tt t q{qt'{frqelqGeratq: *'qfFqafuqlqftangara titqfiqrmgilvqtrftrat*fat ef iqeilifiaqqtqt' tt flx: I e.irsgraqiwfirqaftra* qtq sfto] qqqFg *-efi+]qsQteqQurtfiqtn:eqtiqiift egr+lt:tt

q*qqre:q{*'fififf ri Affm qqqq{dlq;I ffiqrd$fit wrorqtft riur disrrsqrtqgt( ll \t ll Sloka 5L. Note first the planeroccqpyingthe Znd rhava; next, the planet aspectingthat bhava; tbirdly, 9Z

qtnTdlilt

730

Adh.xr.

the planet owning it. In the ripening of the dasasof theseplanets will the perlon concerned get his vtealth through a source indicated by the Varga attained by the wnrrfir (Dhanakaraka).

qra qt ilrt ftftqr{ ro{gi t c\

wqdgt {qqriiso dq rr\i tl

Bloka 52" When the lord of the Lagna occupies

the 2nd bhava in strength, the person born will pessess a treaEure If the planet in question be weak and asso, ciated with a malefic planet, the person concernedwill suffer the consequence of deception or other trick practisedupon him.

qafuarqrrsdtrsler wdfrqrtwfqilffl t

ftnsv:d qffirdrqrg( qlt\ gsqilFqfriil n\lfl Sloha 53. When the planet occupying the 2no bhava is aepected by a malefic planet and is unfriendly to the lord of that bhava or in depression or eclipsed by the Sun'grays, the personborn will suffer pecuniary loss in the ripening of the dasa of that planet, The samething happenowhen the planet in question in its progresEthrough the zodiac becomes powerful for evil.

rord r $gr{qfi qg+{gt qqtnaq}qqt qgtrftrc.Jfrqi {Tq{ q}emrqrfiqrgrn \s tl Sloha 54, When thc 2nd bhava is occupied by many (benefic) planets and the qrffir$r (Dhanakarala) ia poreessedof atrenglh m occupies its exaltation, a friend, ly sign or its own house ;fue person born, say the artrologere, will be getting wealth till the moment of his death.

sl. 65-5?

qsrq{tss{q:

73r

Nores. (Dhanaprada) s-{tr{ may also rrean the lord of the znd bhava.

itqrdit qlqlhr g* urd q qrilft{ {tft | qrilâ&#x201A;Źrr;Tâ&#x201A;Źrfiar qreRtqgrtirni}qilaqi qr( \\ Stoka 55. When the lord of the Znd bhava is in the Lagna associaredwith the lord of the 3rd, the person born will get wealth acquired by a brother. If the lord of the 4th bhava take the placeof the lord of the 3rd bhava in the abovc,the pcrson concerrtedwill inherit property from his mother. Generally, wealth comesin conncction with that bhava whereof the lord occupies the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of wealth.

iiqpfiir urt oqErtfiqqrisqafr iiqiq t

'Fqtifrftrqr{\E qmrEdo{rq+artrq aoqor a

S/ofur 56. When the lord of wealth occupiesthe Lagnaand the lord of thrt bhava occupics the Znd, wealth comesto the person born without any effort at all. Whatever bhava the lords of the lst and ?nd bhavasmay together occupy, it is through that bhava that acquisition of wealth on the part of men usually takesplace.

ff(i

SEGttIqi ghor ftttiqel {ffII q I

*.t g*det q q{ qEEr{trEttqr u \s tl Sloka 57. When the Moon occupying the Znd bhava is aspectedby Venus, tire person born will be rnunificent If Mercury in the 2nd bhava be aspected by a berefic planet, he will have, be it remembered wealth at his commandat all cimes.

782

wwrqrM

AdL )n.

qqlffi qr ffi ffiqi (fu{ qrt ae sPdHi$qr

qmrtq a€{dr{stfr Er}sdr iGg wt{frfrr ri,rcp Sloha 58. Note in what quarrer the lord of the Znd bhava is; it is in that quarter chiefty that men will find their prosperity during the dasa period of the tord of che 2nd bhava:for when moving ordinarily the planet leadsto the acquisition of wealth in the region indicated. If it be retrograde ar the time of birth, there will be acquisition of every valuablething in all quarters.

qlt ornigt or*+$rnrri I ilrgfr*qfr qr&m{rt €'nfrqr{,rriq rr\q ll S l o k a 5 9 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e 2 n d b h a v ab e i n t h e l l t h a n dt h e l o r d o f t h e l l t h b e i n t h e 2 n d o r t h e 1 l t h , or if the lords ol the 2nd and the l lth bhavasf rom the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the personborn wili be wealthy and renowned. €tqera+

qTntqrrt ori arqqdt sqftqa:r

\\\ f,fl{ gq(Ezra rrf,rFaqqgFrr{: ll

qil qqqsq 6qtt'fl+rfisqqrt ortir ftgr-uQaqi il fi;rr{Fr{ 1 Q. tl Sloka 60. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in the 12th or the 6th, or the lord of the 12th in the 2nd, and the planet owning the tlth occupy the 6th, the 8th or the lZth, the effect will be loss of wealth.

qtt ffit {oEffrtI aqqqmqfr ghdi{i o} ft-{nrdqq'frer n qq rl

sI.61-64

qsrqcfrsqrq;

t, the lord of the Znd bhava is without strength and the Lagnais not aspectedby benefic planets,the astrologer shouldpredict loss of wealth.

oirrrqflrRr€ qiir onnrihi I n ERll ortt qrfior0 ftuqritqqqwqq Sloho 62, If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 2od bhava and the lord of the latter cccupy the l lth or the lord of the llth occupy the lst, the person born will get treasureor other valuableproperty. NorBs. etirir .{ i{,ze.i is another reading'

t o*rqqalTFi{rs q(IlJqiqrrigets

ttfrqiqr.rrErsfitrErfiid,{ir rrtq ti Ql rt Stoku 63. When the lords of the lst, llth, 2nd and the 9th bhavashaveattainedtheir highest exaltation Navamsa,or Vaiseshikamsas(uide Adhyaya I. sl,44' 471,the petson born will be lord of a crore or crores. Cf. {{iriii.mqft

oainrrqqrlrn, KqlqinRgar:t

tirft,rit ofit nqr+]frairqtd.rt

Rtqffir=sAqiir lffirt

qrqqu{{€gh Totq€}qiqtl ll EB ll Sloku 64, When the lord of the Znd bhava is eclipsedby the Sun's rays and in depression and in a malefic 60th portion of a sign. the person born will becomeplunged in debt. NorBs. For tbe same eflect the following yogai

quoted in at6f61iil.

qftriF(TtREfrd

134

q|Eqi qsq*

Adh.xr.

q "qt s +qlqil qqg* fi? r

ur<iqilar gr+d\rr} ;nqrQf\icoRl*qK' tl

g*;gaqnmtiu$rcitqrrqr: I q{gtfrt}tre*,fi'qeilq1 ll q\ ll SloAa 65. A person b:comes night,blind when Venus, the Moon and the lord of the 2nd bhava are together in one bhava. When the Sun, Venus and the lord of the lst bhava are invisiblc (beingin that portion of the zodiacwhich compriscs thc bhrvas from 2 t o 1 , b o t h i n c l u s i v e ) ,t h c p e r s o n c o n c c r n e dw i l l h a v e eyeeof medium,visual power. NorEs. This ( s+ in qmâ&#x201A;Ź:) in the liglrt of Sloka 5s of Adhyaya 6 s h o u l db e t a k e n t o r e f e r t o t h e l s t b h a v ao r t h e L a g n a . cf .

qRIdtd+K

gm:ftgfb*,il qgRfifh qt' !ts{tq;sa;{' q;qtFg: nrtgt<grr{ilfi:

q5qqrfi rfdsit: ll

Also

gn"g'otngt taart fi{q-q: qwtqeDg}i I gilfi qr ontlq gh warilqTd;qi qEqa{retn tl

I ftsqftTrnilqsgtil ftWqqfbruiil'Tlnils

crrrstt QQtt fk(tfrFlqnn{r{utft frusqq;qsrr Sloka (,6, If the lords of the lst, 2nd, 7th,9th and tlre {.th bhavasoccupy the 6th, 12th and the Sth, and if Venug be associated with the Lagna, the person born will be blind. Notes. Some books read qd{t: This sloka appearsin alfld(Qfrvitlr a diflerent reading for the 3rd ct('aa., Rorrqqi;qrrtikilt q1

sl.6?-s9

ttrFrqlftsqrq:

186

fter gertl{gfrRs} atrr*rflqwnqr(rI

qittqtql qR sqqrfi {utq rtrt *qq?+eit€Is qe Sloha 67. When Venus occupies the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of the 5th and the 5th bha, vas,the person born will run the risk of losing his eyes in consequenceof the displeasureof his sovereign. When the lord of the 2nd bhava and Mars are ln the Lagna, professors of astrology declarethe effect to be ear,ache. cf.

qrcmGil

nqrfiarqlnRhfqerqoia adlq faouattt atq ,{}ti fiitfr+ iaqromlqla{i€qril: rl

x;qnffi gib*agt ti,ft dr g Hrrp t

i* qErqrqrgiqqltqia €t (fr wutiT: tl Ed ll

Sloha 68. When Saturnand lvfarsare togetherin the 2od bhavawhich is occupiedby its lord in conjrnction with crFE(Mandi), the effectwill be eye-diseare. If therebe severalmaleficplanets in the Znd bhavaand Saturn aapectthe same,the person born will have dieeased eyes(will be blear,eyed). NotBs. a rofe' This sloka appearsboth in IH{{RT and eel*iii-dtqfi. rence to these two works enablesus to get at the antecedent of dT in the above slolia as referring to the 2nd bhava.

t}{ri g{si gqgi}gfsQrirI

gqt{ufut qrsfrgq€q( rh q*( ll qq tl

SioA<r69 Wh:n the lord of the Znd bhava is associatedwith or acpectedby benefic planetsor occu, pies a Navamsa owned by them, the person born will have fine eyec.

qt(TcrRqft

736 cf.

Adh xL

qRffi(6

snfti nl'qqfq gh q-orflqtantQdtt t t* g\ nqqia{t il ft'qrFqa,n}'qErnqta' tt

qrfrqft$Ur*rgt Tfirt U*R,.d.rtFqt nariqR*'q{,iffii Erqfufififr 3ql R-{r5{t'ft\AAilqt wrcaqdsQft

qnr +IEqUwU{qilri u* q qftfqt 11so ll

Sloha 70. When a benefic planet is in the Znd bhava occupying its exaltationand other benefic vargas, the person born will be fair-faced. If the Znd bhava consiet of the vargasof an auspicious planet, he will without doubt acquire the faculty of speakiogwell. If Mars aspectedby the Sun cccupy the uawn (Dhanabha' (Ajyasparsa). If Rahu w), the person gets sTrEI{tq* aspectedby a malefic planet occupy the 2nd bhava, he will have to subsist chiefly on the coarse grain called *qq (Kodrava). Norps. This sloka appearsto have beenpatched up out of two slokas from qftd{d. The following is the latter half for the 6rst two lines.

qrftt qâ&#x201A;Źflgt grrgi <ilqrRq,iFqt tie}l qongegqsh qT{nk}fr Bqq.tt

cf , sclifi.{rcft

q.qF{qq sfR?iqfs {}u} fiirsrqTftqadirgqnt qTt Sq ffftagt q;uTqilt FqFqFgilRfiqii qqsfif,f,Fflt: ll .IIGcic?iis said to be a kind of Prayaschitta.

oqremWsil St qrrcifkt t

srrqgdsftSftqi trtqF( qqFwl ll \el ll

st"?1-?4

q6r{rfrsqrq;

737

Sluka 71. When one of the two planets-the Sun or Mars,-occupy the Lagr:a the 7th, the 2nd or the 8th and is aspectedby the other, errcctt{i(Ajyasparsa) cr risk of fire or small,poxmay happen. Norr,s. Cornparethe follorving two lines frour "ilr{d{Rfwhich constitute the latter half of the last trvr: lines of the previous sloka.

drrrffirrrqnTs(lf;irg 5i gdsaaraqiq eit;qFqiq?lrfsdtlaqqqr :,ilenq tt eqfirft.f\ Also

fieassuqfiarrr\fttag.n fofaqggtr StE ur 4TRiasdD rn:zifsiift liqE4oirer tl

qfidi s€qT+Edqrqtq{ti{i I *wair ;r(f qlqi(Elirgiburflain sR tl Sloka 12, When the :ird bhava rs occupied by m a l e f i cp l a n e t st,h e p c r s o nb o r n w i l l b e u g l y , f a c e do r foul,mouthed. If tlig bhava be aspect:dby a malefic planet,he will be fretful; if rire lord of that bhavabe with Gulika, he will be wicked associated

qggi{Eardnq ilt g€q* qErI drqffirqrl0 gg€f gqEtftt u uQ11 Sloka 73. S/hcn the lord of the 2nd bhavaoccupies a Kendra, the persorrborn will have a beamingfacc and be {ortunate. lf the planec be in its exaltation,in its own or a friendly varga and aspectedby a bencfic planet,the personwill be fair"f;iced.

qrlirrqir{rW+ q gt€rrEtr;ffiEnrrErr?q+ qI qr* uili ilar q;rnqr arTqflarftniil{flqggqft uu

qRrcqrftdrt

?38

Adh. xI.

Sloka 74. When the lord of the Znd bhavaasso, ciated with Rahu occupiesa g:eiliT (Dusthhana) and is in conjunction with the lord of the Rasi occupied by Rahu, the pereon born will have tooth diseasein the ripening of the dasaof the lord of the 2nd bhava and in the eub-periodbelonging to that planet, and a tongue malady in the sub,period of Mercury. cf .

;lEr;n{Gt

qrqrqtqeq?rsrt] ngftrrmnlfuqugt qTI q-dlRiiq: qaqq kvi g.i\ iritqt qqef-'dirSI: tl

ilgGiltquâ&#x201A;ŹfiwfrTgdt

qrilr{ttR rrdtrrrrft{sgq.I

EritFr*(ffii Tfirfrmft ,frqTt* ffiarM

qtaq. u e\ tl

Slahu 7i. If Rahu and tbe lord of the 2nd bhava be in conjuncrlon with the lord of the 3rd bhava, the person born will become iiable to a throat dieeaseof a 'fhe severe type. Sun and Saturn in the 2nd bhava engenderpoverty. Mars and Saturn in the samebhava produce every kind of disease.

wqdt g{gt il{rt q5ilr*q r

nr6q g (fr dtqeffi nr ttuQ11

Sloka.'16, When the lord of the 2nd bhava is in the 8th place therefrom in conjunction with Jupiter, dumbnees will be the consequence. In every casein which a planet is in exaltation or in its own houre, it doee not produce the evil referred to above. .Norris. Comparewith this the trrst'half of sloka 79 infra"

sl. 77-80

{rsr{tfrssqrq:

789

{FfrWrqt}gftf*d rnrig q I hls il kslt {r qd n RqqrFqirs lt qr tl Sloha 77. If the lord of the 2nd bhava, Mercury and Jupiter occupy the gth bhava from ir, ih. p.rron born will be destitute of learning. If they be in a Kendra, Trikona or in a Swakshetra, he will have acquaintancewith somebranch of knowledge.

ftKtigft ftt tr{sqanJ q+qr

eiiEr&tS+dil qfira{Tri{qnrr u uc tl Sloha 78. If Mcrcury be weak in the 2nd bhava, the personborn will be killed in a ,Juel. If Jupiter and the lord of the 2nd bhava be ugeakin the 2nd bhava, the personconcernedwill have wind dieease.

*ttqq F$F. Ut qqriwqi q qil | {r${Ri d.qgt fHrtr knft'rt n tqt q irFdttl Sloka 79. When the lord of the 2nd bhava occu, pies the 8th placefrom it in conjunction with Jupiter, the peraon l;orn will be a mure. A person *tuta U" eloquent wherr thc lord of the 2nd bhava, occupiesa Trikooa or Kendrafrom it in conjunction rrith a benefic planetand is also itself benefic.

{r{rM{rt fi.t di {r grdifktI

qw{di{* {tsft {Fql qeilfrrr\ rt co tl S/oAa 80. When the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Znd bhava istenefic and is in its exaltation or aspectedby a bensfic planet or is in a qrrtqilirr(Paravathamsa), rhe person borri will Ur.to. quent and clever.

Adh, XI.

qrdSqtKata

740

! ! Y !

l @

! v v v t r v ! v v v t v v t Y w v v v v v v v v Y v v v ! v v r !

*.{ffi

qii {h dr{ {ri qft t

qp,rrqtggi qr .rihf,frqtqtr tt <t ll

Slofa 81. A person will becc'mea mathematician Mer' when Jupiter is in a Kendraor Trikona, and when cury owning the 2nd bhava or Venus is il) exalratiorl'

qm qkqRirErri{rtqfta<i r qdq g*rfâ&#x201A;ŹtH qrfrqatqt ll 41 lr r^loArt82. A person becomes a machematician when Mars is in the 2nd bhava in conjunction witir a beneficplanetand Mercury aspectsthe sameor occuple$ a Kendra.

irFrrrEt {ir iTit Wgritiiiqi t

qr({dtdrsqrit a*gfilqilrms ll dQ ll

Stofra 83. When the Sun or Mars bcirig the lord of the 2nd bhava is aspectedby Jupiter and Venus or has attained the qRreai{t(Paravathamsa),the person born will be devotedto the scienceof argttmentatioll'

tqoiqodgfi gir ffiqi'{i

iiirrugtet uf,*q*ti qiqtr ll 4s ll

Sloha 84. Vy'hen Jupiter in full strength is the lord of the 2nd bhava and is aspectedby the Sun irnd Venus, the personborn will becomea grammarian' cf .

iKI4'(q

gil qqrq qatoigh q*'4 Sq q rfpgh t gh va datris,iqif! qrdtqi: fl;4filqillat( ll

iiltaqftrrlâ&#x201A;Źrqr{ hqtlfr gi qft r

gtq uilEr Et t* qiil{d'{} ll z\ ll

sr 85-89

q6rqTirsrqlq:

14i

Sloha 85. A person will be devoted to Ontology when Jupiter occupying a Kendra or Trikona is aspecl, ed by Mercury and Venus, and Saturn is in a qnr.rai?r (Paravathamsa). qld{{Fr

ua gt dqrrt afirg ql{rqilFtâ&#x201A;Źgttqii I g.) util qr dgqTqgbiqr-f,falnq{Fl0t:sr( ll

Tr1{tlqiTgrT! U qti Erq"{qfuit

ffrarqi,irgdt Erril{â&#x201A;Źriu\gt rt <Qrr

Sloha 86. A person becomesa proficient in the six scienceswhcn Jupiter is in a Kendra, Venus hrs attaineda fhareci{r(simhasanamsa) and Mercury, owning Navamsa the occupied by the planetin the 2nd bhava is in a wgti'r (Gopuramsa). cf .

qTftfi(d

qEilTafqlh;q{is,rsit{ gt q nrqr;irrdg} q ll

sqsrhqar ut iltrt nigdrt r qd-t uRerequfi qruqd{r*tr c\etl Slo.trr87. When the lord of rhe Znd bhava has attaineda Gopuramsa and Venus a paravatamsa,the personborn will have all his peopleliving rrnder his protectionand prosperinghappily. A\T

ilrfh iflwfti

g grtus qt qln n cd tl

sloko 88. The ratter harf of tbis sloka is missing in arl tbe manuscriptsavailable and the sloka cannot thereforebe made our_

qTqrggr*rJgft fueqrqgd gsd q msquc*a{iqiilr1 I frqrit\ qo{it sruftrt Er

gsrm qRqfft {-S}r( u dqtl

742

wrf,$1rrFdr*

Adh. xI.

Sloka 89. The lords of the ?th and the 2nd bhavas if associatedwith Venus or malefic planets and badly placed,will causethe loss of one or more wives accord. ing as one or more planetsare in conjunction with them in the g:vr< (Dusthhana). But if the lord of the 2nd or the 7th bhava be strong occupying ite exaltation and other beneficVargas,only one wife will fall to tlre lot of the personconcerned

frfuguRio{frhfriki uRrqrqqfi

ft,i qrrgifr qreaq{ qt+gffirGqt r qtq ufuqrnqitfr {rf{gft o}arfqqei

rtrt qrqiifiiqi qa.rilsilils*qqrRu{ n 1o tl

Sloka 90. If the lord of the 2nd blravaoccupy the Iagna or other Kendra in conjunction wich Venus and the Moon, the person born will have a silver plate to eat out of. lf the lord of the gfktuta (Bhukthisthana) in the above circumstancesb: in conjunction with Juprter,the Moon and Venus, tltc eatiuqplate will be of gold. If the lords of the LagLraand the 2nd bhava be in conjunctionwith Satrrrn,the astrologcr may declare the plate to be of iron or otber less costly metal. If Mars aspectedby an evil planet occupy the 2nd blrava the personborn will haveto suhsiston bad or unwhole' somefood. Nores. This as well as the next sloka are found in qlnqi((.

I ffiH* uPmrftwlt ElErfrEosrgqsrwrt

ffiqrh qrqiitiqt q g*i qlqrqRit\i iil lrqttl

Slofta 91. When rhe lord of the Znd bhavaasso' ciated with a malefic planet is io the 60th portione

sl. 92-95

qsrqfrsslmt

748

(Shashtyamsa)termed qrErfr (Davagoi) qqgs (f)andayu, da) or +ro (Kala) and in a depression Navamsa and aspectedaleo by a malefic planet, the person born will be a glutton. If the planet owning the 2nd bhavabe conjoined with or aspectedby benefic planets,the evil rnentionedabove will not follow.

u?tnqrig{gi eqlt s{rfgi t

g{qigrffi gs{S{â&#x201A;Ź rt rr\ tt qRll

Slohu 92. If a beneficplanetoccupythe 2nd bha, va and the lord thereof be in conjunction with a benefic planet and if the bhava or the lord of the sameor both be aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will eat agreeablemeals.

q{rqu{ a-{t{"frfrqqrsqFqi t atq(aq(tfst rqqnrqrrdru ql rl Sloha 93. \\/h; the lord of the 2nd bhava is in depressionor in conjunction with an inimical planet and aspectedby a planet in depression,rhe person born will eat mealssuppliedby another reviling them at the sametime,

ndfquraft uiknt ola{iiqi r qn{eur fut ahitrTffi:Tg n qBtl .SloAa91. Ilthe lordof thc gi*-rrra(Bhuktibhava) be aspectedby the lord of the Lagna, the person born will eat timely meals; but this will not be the caseif the giuarq (Bhuktinatha) be in a depression Navamsa and aspectedby a malefic planet.

â&#x201A;Źeqnftdiqrqr eilq UFiffit gt ui t qili g,ia riet qaqritsq{htff q\ rl

114

qRrscrftsfie

Adh. XI.

S/oAn 95. of palatablefood "when the gfo.arw(Bhukthinarha)is in an auspicioushousein exaltation,aspectedby a benefic planet and occupies a bene{ic Erei{r(Shashty,amsa) such as is termed qg (Mridu)

gdt,.ft $qilfr qor& eleftqh qr qâ&#x201A;Źslfh*qTI gqqQr: ft;qmra ed waq g$sarft+ grqq.ll

qt e<ttrErssitqgi r Wy,*rlti qti"rq,gar

Et arqgqqfti irslt 1Qrr

Sloha 96. When the lord of the Znd bhava is Saturnor in conjunction with Saturn,or is aspected in depressionby Saturn,the person born will be continu, ally eatingin Sraddhas.

itarqqtirqR iqt"i {*;qil niT$l{Inrg* r qqi qor6r Grrflrfftrieqri\otq*r twdir Rrr(qs ll tfr clltsrlftsrriqqrfiilsrqrqill Sloku 97. When Jupirer is in a iirarsrriar (Simha, sanamsai,Venus in a drgrtn lGopr,ramsa)and the lord of the 2nd blravabeing possessed of strength occupiesan (Iravathamsa), tmaia the person born will maintain an untold number of dependents, Nortis. This sloka is also rn .dkt{(fr.

End of the ltrh Adhyaya.

qrasqrftqriUrEEf[suqlqi n UftqrC{}TrEs€rfr tl ^A,dhyaya XlI. TttE. ultt.uc'fs or.- rrti- -Jnu AND 1'rIl..-h-ti ngaves.

u srq e diqilq$o{ tl

siergqiadtqilmqsTaqn? roaerqi(qrwtqirutii t \a ^Q9 tr{Tq {rrdoq[o50T{rilTFr

qS ildiq{firr( 5qqi1s^rr?tt t tt Sloka 1. I am going to treat of the following which are deduciblefrom thc 3rd bhava in the order of their enumeratio,'r: Ihe welfare of the elder and youngerbrothers, enterprisg,darir,g,voice, tone, ear, selectornaments,articles of apparel, steadiness,valour, strength,edibleroots and fruits. .{l4.fitq{oI

sdqtqrqq fr+tqi q{l;firllqEqfifiqi q t fiql{qr qldmilteARtq{tqqrqmq qlql ll sld.d((.T

qolqriit:qRqlf\{fr qtq U€qrRgqa*diqt

soqnqi TqilFgneugr\ ililqrqfil[€frrfr{tl

qrdqrt Wi{ q q}6TE{rwq{|

ffi{t{q{Iqt q qrcsrdr qtq[rl{ ll R ll 94

'.r45

716

lrknFcrfurr

Adh.xll.

Sloku 2. The placewhere a brother can be look, ed for is the 3rd, the gth, the l lth or the ?th bhava from the Lagna. In the dasa period of the lord of any one of the several bhavas named, men may have an acquisition in the form of a brother.

xqstfueq@r qEr r6{Tdq ({r irdEtdET il 1 rl Sloku 3 Find which of these three is srrongeEt: alz. (1) the lord of the 3rd bhava ; (t) the lord owning the Rasi occupied by the same; (3) the planetoccupying the 3rd bhava. The dasa of the strongest of these planets will lead to the increaaeof brothers.

dt roâ&#x201A;ŹaHi{qf$dq} utq t M

rd qq rrrsfisrTltus (tfdsil I t,l

Sloha 4. If Mars occupying the 3rd bhava be without strength,the person will have long lifa Il the cnt (KaraLa) of the uqrrra (Bratrubhava) i.e. Mars be in the Lagna,the person will be powerful.

q?qsdWftqlrftsrGfrqsqq&E-(| {qurnRqiefril qrEfrfi qurfucrll \ ll Sloho 5. The +no (Karaka)of the 3rd bhavathat poeitionat the time of is strongand at an advantageou$ a per6on'sbirth, producesprosperity. The lord of the 3rd bhavaevenwhen endowedwith strengthleadeto decaywhen in the 10th placefrom the Lagna. NorBs. It will be observedthat the latter half of this sloka is merely an illustration of the general principle enunciatedin XI-4, 8 and t5 tupru.

rrqrflsrrq'

sl, 6-f

141

-*-*_.ry.

dffi

{rd.rfr*frKqqr r

qrq*ft {qrfi {r xrgifnn il{d ll q ll

Sloha 6. If the lord of the 3rd bhavaand Man occupythe Sth, there will be loss of brothers' If the t*o ll-.ts be in a malefic sign or in conjunctionwith a maleficplanet,they will bring brothers into etisteoce aod takethem away. qlild(il

qrtfhil fritatnrrg' I aT{rftq*drqqapl'+fl qnaiil qlq{ql{i} il Hlglqgrqrafinltq: tt

flqd,il rtqtqr** ilqt{rfi qlq(qmd{r I

il{rfi Hq{ {utificlft-qrukrll s ll a,<rRquu{qfr ^rrroo Ar\

1. If the lord of the 3rd bhava and it! eire (Karaka i.e. Mars ; ztide Adhyaya II' sf' 5t) occupy their depression signs or depressionNavansag' or Le in conjunction with malefic planets or in malefic 60th portions sqtt (Shashtyamsa)of a sign srtrch ": T (Krura) and others, their influence will be to bring brd' thence ih.r, into the world and to remove them premattrrely. Norns. The 6rst rI( reads thus in ntd6(q'

*qTâ&#x201A;Źfr61'.1mrte*'

**ffiofaqsd

eq6etam*

fq,it ,{rfAfqarilgqg* gnifhil r

vget6ilftf'la' gaF5ftfan,i gtq {â&#x201A;Źq;'{,lTssfi fiqqnrf}qt tl

748

wraocrRqrf

Adh. xrl.

qrg: 6n.rq1qqrefrdQerodFqgsrqil I S:Fqq qftegnFgqerd:sr(;zilaelxrqan,

{:Frrrt{ q};g{{Ua} &q aneqr}

aRaqrsrqlfra$aa:ll frqra€qqrra] q^rdqil€qrgkqft ql ilrhsfi qr t

ilsTffirqhqrsitqrei frsc{r{ri{ n d tl Sloka 8. When the 3rd bhava, its arro (Karaka) or its lord is asscciatedwith a very malefic planet, the personborn will lose brothers in his early years..

qtEi alslrri qoft.tqrqrilEttlErc1fiGt I ifar{sRqq{ud q {HcT{rgs€EGTI {$(

il q tl

Sloka 9. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in ,rear atrength in the 8th bhava and if the urq*n* (Bhratrukaraka)be in conjuncrion with a malefic planetand also with the lord of the 4th place from the 3rd bhava, the person born, say the astrologers, will have brothers from a step mother.

]rruarfiqft g{gt *wqf fkrgr qHFsFf€€qrqi nq€URrnrq t clli aF( eruttrgvemrltIIIq€sl dwqr-Wqdi-qi $a qqh sfiErq.!t lo ll S/ofa 10. If the 8rd bhavabe occupiedby benefic planets,the brothers of the person born (say the astrologers)will have long life. lf there .be maleficplaneto in the bhavaanclmaleficones aspectit also,the brothers will die prematurely. The Sun occupying the 3rd bhava and aroectad by a malefic planet kills the elder

.sl. rl-13

eq'drsqr{'

749

born. Saturn in such a pcsition removes the next younger brother; and Mars, if in the same position, dcesaway with all the youngerbrothers. Norss. This and the next nine slol<as lrre also found in f,kTdtiT.

fi*orhi qR qrqdt qdkrnrqgqa{il{q I grilqqTt€€qrf\ziqfg{rgii ftqqii qqf}ilil t I tl {iloku 77. If ;r maleficplanet occupya Trikona or a Kendra from the .3rdbhava, the consequence will be the loss of the next youngerbrother. If a beneficplanet occupysucha position,it will redoundto the prosperity of the younger brotl'rer. If there be a combination of good and bad planets in the positionsreferredto, the .effectwill be mixed.

gsQffi dc(sriqg*'qnqroftIalqfi qdla t fiqlrril€rrTfi6gnfi ili€ qqa{racQftprqillRrl Sloha IZ. If the lvloon in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a g:tqrc(Dusthhana),the personborn, say the astrologers,will suck the breastof one, not his own mother. When the lords of the 3rd and the 4th bhavasare in the latter,the xqvra (Bhratru, bhavaflourishesnot.

lfiqrilE*ftEtd qtmwqr{ifr qR ;ngqsarq I fnrailttgcrTr{silifi$g(r €@fitrq n tl rr Slofta t3. If the lords of the 3rd and the 4th bhavasbe in conjunction with Mrrs, they l::l to the birth of an younger brother; if in conjunction with other planets,there may be no youngerbrother. Saturn in the 3rd bhava brings about the loss of the next born;

760

qrilt6qrft'Jfrt

Adh. XH.

the brotherg that follow.

wâ&#x201A;Źwrfi oGn Rqr\s{uat sasrr&ntI qrdTgqeilrR rqw: qr( $qrttesqt et* tr tB tl Sloku 14. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy ao invieible sign or be in the ?rh bhava in conjunction with a malefic planet, the person born will have one younger brother and no more. The gamewill be the caseif the lord of thc rrr{qr{ (Bhratru,bhavr)occupy a male ei {Varga) in a visible sign and be alao in con, junction wirh a maleficplaner.

g gq{it ilqr$fi qrqt HrARTaqill

srq{ qR qrfitorrrirrqrgt;q-*rfrlqil r

ftrq$ gqtqifrrdgi*.dlaffit q{rsnRrffiifu

{qt$rfoqqr{ lt t\ tl

.Sloha 15. If the lord of the 3rd bhava be Ia a malesign (aide Adhyaya l, S/. l3), the owner of the horoecopewill have a your.tgerbrother born after him, If the planet in question should tje associatedwith or acpectedby Venus and rhe Moon in an even sign, or if it occupy a Kendra or Trikona identicalwith an auepiciouc sign in conjunction with or aspectedby a benefic planet, the after-born brother will b: long.lived, healthy and continuously happy.

t*rcrnqil1 ilgA â&#x201A;Źirnt qM

r I

rrfrsrq]q;ilrq<rsilftilitirRrrilsqil il-t{ n tq tl Slola 16.- lf the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the I"agnaor in conjuncrion with its lord, the child born ncxt to t}re native will be securefrom danger. If the

sl. 17-18 *"" ",

tl6l

tqfrsqpr:

- oc-*,

tt,r

*4 -

oTrrFnrnq{ilqqillr€qgq{ttaq{-dqdTs$€cil T{Fd I

srqsntqqrqrdf+qait;?r^q€qrqaftqgllcnrfsqqFil(qu! 11ls ll

'L7. Sloha A personmay have as many elder born as there are planets in the I I th and the t2rh bhavas from the Lagna taken together. The after,born will be as many ae the number of planets in the 3rd and the 2nd bhavasfrom the Lagna.

Trqq[ril{R*frilgm ffiqffi

qqEr

ilEuft*€qqrsgsmiGnirs {rtfr T{ | q-tfr qG ilqqgftS{rrffie qrngiil{

q{rsn qdtl n s{FilewRu{frnswtgcrmt

S/ofra 18. The gistersand brothersthat a persoD mayhaveborn after him will be as many,at all eventa, as thereare planets in his horoscopeconjoined with the lord of the Tr{}rriT(Bhratrubhava,) its urrc (Karaka), the planetaspectingit and the one occupyingit, provided out of thesefour an accountis taken only of those that may predominace in strength. If the four planetr alreadymentioned be depressed, eclipsed or in an ini, micalaign, their influence witl be to do away with everybrotheror sisteras they are born. In casethese planetsbe friendly and posseosed of strengtb, they securelong life to every one of the person's youoger brothersand sieters.

rrrEerrdqf€q+cqg$ * qt{qd qqr nwnnrso{d trqilil flqtftur*oql t

762

qnnoc|nqrA

Adh. XII.

tatr q-oq€*q€{sn $enir{ndqur

qtrdililc€ifEraqgsqtrff{aqrgqr! || qq ||

Sloha 19. If two out of the 4 planets,viz. the urq +n+ (Bhratru,karaka),the lord of the 3rd bhava, the planet aspectingthe last-mentioned bhavaand the one occupying it - if two out o{ thesefour planetsbe strong, their preservativeas well as destructive influence on the bhavawill be equal. If three of the four planetsbe strong,they will causea slight diminution in the num, ber of brothers. If someout of the three strong planets be leminineand occLrpybad places, they would add slightly to the number of younger brothersand sisters possibleunder the othcr iroroscopic conditions and the number of such aftcr-born will be the number of whole Navamsastraversedby the lord of the xrqrrrtt(Bhratru, bhava)in the sign it is in.

qi\+ €q{Ert ?Trqili i}qi qoq.I qef,rqd elircnilHft! {tws {Tils il Roll Sloka 20. Ascertain how many planetshavebenefic dots in the 3rd place from Mars in that planet's Ashtakavarga. From this list deduct those that are inimical or depressed. The remainder will give the number of brothers and sisters to be born aggregate

r,rT*dqeid\ ilTfi 1iq€qfnft r dqirsqi arci xneugq{* u Rt u (Bhratrubhava) Sloha 2t. The lord of the qTEITIET and Mars occupying a sign owned by a femaleplanet and capableof causingthe birth of brothers and sistere will provebeneficialto the brothers: The sameplanets occupying a sign belongingto a male planet under the

sL.22-24

Er(qfrs.qFqr

763

same circumstances will be auspiciousto the sisters that the Jatakawill have.

didrqrqrgEttrturgt ft urgutiiorrq t

naJqfrorqgiftqlil: qa(t ffiKfrsaTail iq rt 11 ll Sloko 72. If the 3rd bhavafrom the Lagnabe connectcs by a femalefrr (hora) i.c. the Moon's, or occupiedby a femaleplanet, the pcrson born will have a sister next after himself. If the conditions be other. vrise, i.e., the hora of the 3rd bhava or the planet occupying it be male, the person concernedwill have a brother born immediatelyafter irim.

$tt[s {Ttqrqt{nqqiiae dRqel t {sffiresffiiqi Rrffirr;il{{rrgq lt il ll Slaha 23. The +rr+ (Karaka) of the $rrqlTrq (Bhra, trubhava), its lord, the planer aspectingit, and the one occupying it-these four are beneficial or otherwise in their dasaand antardasaperiods.

It st{sdiqgrrtet5aq'rnirwgvr EcqlftqrftwiTmtirdu Rgoftuenn RBtl Sloka 74. Asccrtain rhe Navamsaattained by the four classesof planetsexplainedin the precedingsloka. Take away from them those amsasthat representdepres, sion, inimical and eclipsed Navamsasand doublethe swakshetraand exaltation Navamsas. The result will representthe number of the afCer-borns. Thefotlowingslokatr"J#il;

givesanothermethod:

qolnrdurqfFqniql ,i}qrFqat{iq $qt1dt} r nqlqri{ q ntq ,ft"q Bqrq€dqH(qr:tqq lt 95

qtâ&#x201A;Źnrad

Adh; XIL

Find the number signified by ( t ) tt Navamsa occupied by the lord " of the 3rd bhava (2) the Navamsa occupied by Mars and (3) the Navamsa where the lord of the 3rd house' from l\Iars is posited. Add theseand take a third. This will represent the numher of after-borns,

xErrnftmi {tq r Eftarcurrfrur

o}ttgqsktqn qrrftEgqqilf u R\ tl Sloha 75. It is with reference to the ?th place from the xrqrilir (Bhratru bhava) in a person's horoscope should ao astrologer make a prediction regarding his brother's wife. Thc planetsthat inf luencethe brother's fortunes for the worse or the better are (l) the lord of the Lagna(2) Mars and (3) the lord of the llrd bhava.

q.,fi;qftefrgdg {ilflqt

unFltr qRt qRffit' t

w"nr;qi'*uqqtqiefr qCITai ulqql ffiqt a itlTrqqrgrn RE tl Slohu 26. There will he much fraternal affeclion amongthe brothers ,:f a person ii the lord of the xrqrrra (Bhratru bhava) in his horoscope be in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna. If these two planetr, being naturally friendly and possessedof Btrengthat the same time, occupy the Lagna or the 3rd bhava, asttologerssay there will ba no partition of property among the brothers (during their life time). Norrs. This as well as slokas 27, 30 and 32 appear in TRF[-(â&#x201A;Ź.

olugqatqsl ff qtt?H;fr;qffi q*

q qRn giurrrilg{d r giawPeasn*l

6t 87-99

rrqrtsqrq:

756

mqfr{aq[qr({oi eqFrq$wi mfreiqrr*qtgno{darRt{ dq tt Retl Sloha 27. If the lords of the Lagnaand the 3rd bhava be weak and mutually inimical, or if the planet occupying the 3rd bhava and its ort+ (Karaka) be weak and occupy a g:tsri (Dustbhana),the astrologeris to say, there will arise at the time when the dasa (wo'Paka)of the weak, inimical or ill-placed pl.rnet maturesitself, quarreland confusion along the brothers, their ruin, waste of wealth, culminating in rankling feuJ or closing reconciliation and other such events according to the nature of the planets associated with those that bring about a breach among the brothers.

gtEtsgi g* argtuutinq(r I

iriq tt Rdll {fu} gi ukt gE€{t{sti Slohu 28. When Venus aspectedby Jupiter occu, pies the 3rd bhava, the person born will devotedly cherishhis brothersand sisters. If Mercury occupying the 8rd bhava be aspectedby the Sun,he will alienate the affection of thos'3that would otherwise be friendly. cl'.

nkFfiI-+Kq

{l(€e: fl€n,} qg: q€qR}aqq:ll

a?rrRg:vrt{qf}{ffinr{| qffiTi utqiirmurrglllq ll finqt qq{R{:rrrt Slok{t 29. [f the planet occupving the 3rd bhava, its lord, or its +tto (Karaka)be in depression,in an ini. mical bouse or in a g:ani (Dusthhana), the astrologer$ say, there will happen in the dasaand antardasaperiod of a planet such rs has been deocribed,loss of weahh

758

wriri[qrRqre

Adh. xII.

and energy, discomfiture or the death of a brother or

sister. \\A\

uitt$rdt fqfiuq ttdcTaffiTdirqar $i

ilqqrG ufr S qwimqifiroriqiq I

rcG ($Tffc qm&{ qtq q ffif}i

nfr {r-Cgietq q qgfrmwaitrs,rEr l io tl

Sloha 30. Subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the 3rd bhavafrom thosefor the lord cf the Lagna. When Saturnarrivesat the asterismindicatedby the remrinder in the abo';e process,the astrologer is to divine the deathof a brother or sister of the person bcrn. Again, from the figuresobtainedabove,subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the 10th bhavaand Mars. The resuk indi, catesrhc Rasi which when Saturn occupies,a sirnilar event is likely to take place. Thirdly, add rhe figures forlthe 4 planets mentionedabove; when Saturncccu, pies the *tt (Amsa) denoted by the aggregate,the same event may happen. NorBs. (gied: fl€'tzr(qfi is the reading adopted {Fzf,-g qiqTari in the 3rd qtr of this sloka.

in rlddtq

instead of

qQFSErTFiTEqrsKrfrr qt gfr tTiqra1q1q€. I (ilTstarEErrrgffilqffqrq€t{qrftat t{T( il lt tl SioAa 31. Find out the Drekkanaindicatedby the sum total of the figuresfor the four pianets connected with the (xrqrrr<-Bhratrubhava)3rd bhava. When Jupiter passes through the sign owning the Drekkana in que$tion, astrologers sayr there may be the loss of a brother or sister. Find tlre asterism indicated by the $um total above referred to. The dasaperiod of the

sl. 32-33

rr{ttrsqrqt

?8t

planet presiding over the star will be greatly productive of happinessand prosperity to the younger brothers.

rrqs$efifrd'q sfrrdtYfi*t st

srkrargsnwtfqfigd qrSew'iuiq t F\.\A\.\

ililI.dATEEFTSSqqN(IGGITE;TT{T {{(

qailqnq-{,iq$eui qi}sgir ,qrqt n lR tl Slolta 32. Subrractthe figuresfor Rahu from thoce for Mars. When Jupiter passesrirrough the triangular signs indicatedby the remainder,there may be the logo of a youngerbrother or sister. Subtractthe figuresfor Mars frorn those lor Rlhu. When Jupiter passer t h r o u g ht b c p a r t i c u l a rR a s i a n d N a v a m s ac o r r e s p o n d i o g t o t h c r c m a i n d e rt,i r e r cm r v b e t h e l o : s o f a n c l d e r b r o , t h e r o r s i s t c r . F i n d t h e l { a s i c o r r e s p c n . l i nrgo t h e s u m t o t a l o f t h e f i g u r e sf o r t l r c l o r d s o f r h e r i s i n g s i g n a t t h e time of birth or conccption and of the 10th bharn. 'When s this llasi, the birch of a younger Jupiter traverse broth,:r or sister mav ' b,i rrxDeCtrtd. Nores. I r r t i r e i a s t q r l t l r e r i ; r , i i : r ' 1r l ) . r ri i , j ' . r i s s l i q l r t l y t l i r l e r c r r t , r . r f a .

4rf,tq.tiJrr.Tq"5Zgi.

ftffiriQq* drq rnpr qrqdgilr \a\

q{{Aii q{i{tal gqti1i rfl i{}( p QI tl S / o h r r 3 3 . W i r c i r r i r : l o r d o f t h e j r d b h a v ab e i n g in exaltationoccupiesthe Sth bl-ravain conjuncrionwith a malcfic planet in a moveabie sign ancl in a Navamsa owned by a moveablesign, the personconcerned will be firm at the prosp.c! of b.:ttlc. NorEs. I n t h i s c o n n e c t i o nc c n r p a r , t)h e f o l l o n ' i n g y o g a sg i v e n i n : n * f . 1 f i . .

768

qrirltrRqr(r

Adh. IfiI.

nlqlftt ffi'rt qord h-qg*il oil fi*qg! 1

pfx+,$te'Itstt \frft+,itg€q:H{t{: ll

gqrfirerfiqq\ qfrq' {i{4rt *'qgh edi r ?qrfr*i* qetoig* sia* 4I UttT:R qlt: tt

ffih qodi* {TTrrgqurigi r

grrenfi.rrntiiiqt ftaiEl u iB tl Sloha 3+. If, whcn the +R* (karaka) of the jtd bbavais either weak or associatedwith a malefic60th portion of a sigrr,the lord of rhe samebl-ravabe either aspectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,the personborn will prove victorious in war.

fiqtftt rtrggisr{nq.qri?Ttqrqu}{.ilarr gurudr*qf{ ffirqi qirrqri}r( rtrfi+sgQgitf ul\tl nA\Aoa

(Tq i cttrt[-.it(rtKllrtrri{{iq: w{Rr{t{QlpttE{trt(t srqKft g:Fqqflqi g d;qus\qq irsa{qtqr lt lq ll

qsi q+{rr{rrqq,gg*sftiiirisiurdgiqr( | qltdqi Er(wrwg6 *.-lilqi qrflqgi atq rr le tl Slolas 35*37. If rhc lord of the 3rd bhavabe with the Sun,the personborn wiii be valiant; associated i f w i t h t h e M o o n , h e w i l l b e f i r m . m i n , . l , : d i;f w i r h M a r s , h c w i l l b c d e p r a v e d ,s c r l s c l e s sa n d i r r i t a b l . ; i f with Mercury, l-rcwill be cndorveCwith an excellent u n d e r s t a r r d i n ei ;f w r t i i J u p i t e r ,h c w i l l b e w i n n i n g o n accountof his stt:adyvirtu,:sand thoroughly conversant with the truths of all tire s;icnces; if with Venus, he will be subjectto carnalapp:tite and will cleverly pursu,3quarrelsand intrigues into which his lustful impulse m a y l e a dh i m ; i i w i t h S a t u r n , h : w i l l b : s t , , r p i d; i f

sl,.3MO

erq*E$ffi

7ffi

with Riahu, he will bc a great coward; and lastly if with IGtu or Mandi, he will suffer from the torpor due to heart-disease and will be outside the pale of othet people. Nolrs. Thesqas well as slol'as 38, 39 and 4l are also ir: cK;6(Qt'

ot gt ftqilqgk

qsqtErqtqq-qk Sfrt t

rrEtTi il qoflRloi qoqqtt qgiR eilil ll lc tt .S/ofta38. If Jupiter occupy the Lagna in conjunc' tion with the lord of the 3rd bbava, the peroon born has to apprehend danger from quadrupedsor from kine chiefly. If the Laqna be a watery sign, he will be exposedto risk from water. Norss. c/. sloka 44 infra.

gqq gk €q\ qfut qi?iqo rrlag3i(ifr | qio$ ffiqtr ll lq ll sciliNrarilsmRrarqrefr Sloko 39. lf the planet associated with Mars the highest strength, the perscn born will pos' pos$ess ses$ courage, strength arrd wiil enjoy the pleasure derivable from music. lf thc 3 planets, 1rie.Mar$, the planet occupyinqthe 3rd bhavaand the lord thereof,be in grcat strength, the person concerned will be a hero in battle.

iqf rqrqnqansrtqt*sqnqguorRftwqt

qr{gilGarq ll Bo ll {reedtqnqwrqliE{iqffit

Slota 40. At the time the three planetsmentioned in the previous sloka have their crv-trt(Apahara) or cm rPaka) laide Adhyaya 18 infra) of a dasa, will come the enjoyment of fruits, roots and other Eweet

760

q6r5qrnql|

A dh. XII

.--_%

edible thingo, edifying speechessuch aEit is a pleasure and privilege of the auditory organs to hear, ,rrd h"ppy events re*rlting in the accessionof brothers,:sisters, song, daughters,etc.

{tft{s} Tdt {r{ilft\ frrqqdq^i rorFqi r

ffq3ftgrrqilltrtqrrru

c srcdtn Bt tl

Sloko 41, lf the lord ol the 3rd bhavahas attain ed beneficvargasand is stror)g,the personbornlwill be virtuour; bur he will be rash if that plancc be in depre'ion or eclipsedor occupyan inimical or malefic rign and also associatedwith a malefic planet.

firqfftt ilSnt-nrfu{mihtilgg?rffi r g+{ gt rrâ&#x201A;Źfr.r{Rqr( tf BRtl wk{ ffirnt Sloha 42. If the lord of the 3rd bhavabe in con. junction with the lord of rhe -sign occupied by Rahu and if the la*er be in the Lagna, d,rnler har to be dreadedfrom a snake. if Mcrcury be in conjunction with the lord of the lrd bhava, the personborn wilt ruffer from an ailmencaflectirrgthe throat.

$ 1{i

rrotrrrr{Ed}dqr;Errftgi frtrrq r

rlnfq; ilggt irn6r gir<naiioe 6ognrlt1 Bl rr 8l.oha 41. When a maleficplaner in conjunction with Mandi or som* such othcr plnn.t .ccupiesthe 3rd bhava, ascrologerspredicc the diseaseof thi throat;Jif saturn possessed of .bundantstrengthbe in conjun.riSr, with Mars in the 3rd bhava,thc p"r..,n born, they say will be liable ro the irch. tldde atsoAdhya5,a . t .i:;,: , ,, ,roro.

sI.44-4?

ilrqtilsnqrq:

. v - t - - - t

â&#x201A;Ź

- t - - -

?61

tr*trgs udqfr.ilrrtffi t

ilgun qr sfrril=ilTRftqgfl qlt ll 88 lt

Sloha 44. The lord of the 3rd bhavaand Jupiter occupyingthe Lagna in coniunction with Rahuor the lord of the eign occupiedby Rahu point to risk from kine. NorBs.

c/. sloka 38 supra.

qsil Rrqqft{ot*n1 riq t ll 8\ ll fttsfrftqt {fr ftqndr RqG-o,( Stoka 45, The lord of the 3rd bhava associarcd with Mercury will occasionthe diseaseof the throat, If a maleficplanetin the 3rd bhavabe in its inimicalor depreesionsign, lossof brotherswill regultfrom poicon or other cause.

gtr ilii fdftri il ffitrfr ror{gtq r ffi

qFrFrfut Ersr6qiqrcdttft luqll

Sloka 46. If the 3rd bhavabestrongand be either by Mercury and Jupiter, or if occupied or aspected Jupiterand Mercury occupya Kendrain respectto the an 3rd bhavain question,the person born will poEsecs fine voice. exceedingly

Et-dtfug* frrqtqrfff\t t ilfrt srrtgt {stft,ftt Etq.tt 8s ll Stoha 47. When the 3rd bhava is occupied aE well as aepectedby a benefic planet and when the lord of that bhava ie in conjunction with a benefic planet, the astrologermay declarethe acquisition of an ornament for the ears. 96

78tz

crdEqdtfte

Adh. xtl.

g* ililt qR dfhfi g qt+soqtqwfqEi.ilr trtqnisq{ fiht qt qgrqr{rsi {il& u Bd tl

Sloha 48. When Venue is in th: 3rd bhava.the ear ornahent will consist of a pearl if ir be ; Jupiterr the ear ornament wiil be a Tulasi, i. e. oI the form ot Tulaai leaf; if it be the Sun, the ornrr"n, will be a red Etoneset iq a ground of blue; if it be the lvloon possess, ed of abundantstrengrh, there will be a multipiicity of ornamentg. Thetatterhatf of ,,r,. .r)*oJ.""]ros thusin qn*drd.

qrirg Fq;qghcdtt sruqrftoqri err<}rr

ffi sti $qt* ftRrrqrofqiq r iltqfrdq{,fo fuqqTqrof uq(ri Bqfl Sloha 49. If Mercury occupy the 3rd bhava, the ear ornamentwill be dark,green; it will be variegated when the 3rd bhava is a sign owned by Mars. fin.o the lord of the 3rd bhava in the last-mentionedcase is in its own varga or exaltation, the ornament will be charming. c/. vro+w

vd g.nwi g nl+ lqrri qinFfliaqgg*r fift*qrcqrqiuldbqqTtftAilsqqE{rql:ll

qrqQqirqnWqft ftrqqii aqt

H {qqqiiqftwi frrq Sid ot( r

{iqial q{H{!q|ut g*igqqHfi qrdt qtqqnq{qqrtt qiqilg+ftfirrt" rr Slofta d0. S/hen the lord of the 3rd bhava occu, pying the 10th or the 4th ( ? is in a benefic sign and )

sl. 61-55

ArEtfrsrqmr

in conjunction with a benefic planec, the personborn will get ao article of attire incomparablybeautiful. If a beneficplanet be in the 3rd bhava, his wearing apparel will be of a superior kind. Venus and the lord of the of abundantstrength produce 3rd birava when possessed abundant clothing and decoration; when associated with or aspectedby Mercury and Jupiter, they secure the advantagesof listening to sweet discourses on reli' gion and nrorality. NorEs. -fhis

as well as sloka 52 appear in ;iir{{{d-

tqiffi fr6it fi-qqaqqiqr*t tiki srgil i,tfruwilqh ll \q ll Stoha 57. A p.rtot will be courageousif at his birth the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies an auspicious Navamsaor is either aspected by or in conjunction with a benefic planet,or is in a Vaiseshikamsa(*ifiota) ( v i t u S u p r a . A d h y a y a1 - S l . 4 4 ) .

*qilR qrqgefttil gra{FlitdfinuiA t *;nfuirfrs{+d$i siiht irrqR Q{trrd ll\1ll Sloha 52. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a (g:ern; Dusthhana (6ch, 8th or lfth) and be either aspectedby or in conjunction with a malelic planeq,the per$onborn will be lacking in courage. But if the lord of that bhava occupying a Kendra or Trik:na bg either acsociatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet, the peroon concerned will be endowed with courage.

{'fftt qftsta g* qrwt *{RrutrtgrI \l *l'(mt'ffit qsr&*qtfrqj,rinrgoutt{3

784

smscrRwrt

Adh. XII

malefic sign in conjunction with Mars, ir will brced cowardice in the person born. But if the lord of that bhava possessstrength and occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with Venus, the person concernedwill be endowed with superior courage and shine conspi. cuously by his great capacity for enjoymenr.

gs fr{rw Frntilo{R*{rir qt r grrrrdwisnrilf (tfr gâ&#x201A;Źtrqq n \B tl Sloka 54. When a benefic planet other than ye, nus and the Moon occupies the 3rd bhava and is in a benefic Navamsa,the person born will have palatable food at his command.

qt{q ilftrErrrrnqrurdâ&#x201A;Ź

dtqlf\t qR srffiGft

ft*r(sluruatrqfri qsrd

qr I

qrd((Isqso{otqfrql qq il \\ tl Sloha 65. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a Raci, Navamsaor Drekkana owned by Jupiter, or be aspected by that planet, and if Mars occupy in great etrength a Kendra or Trikona with respect to the lord of the 3rd bhava,the person born will be fond of roors, fruits, radishesand syrups.

frffirP{.r grl ttHq{q{Et t t*q grfit qr( grmqR qrc'srqlt \q tl Sloha 56. Venus in the 3rd and the 6th bhavas caqsessorrorr diseaseand danger. The sameplanet in the gameposftion may becomebenefic when rn aclvance of the Sun (when appearingas an Evening star).

sl. 6?-6,9

erqrilwqrq;

?66

NorBs. Sameas Adhyaya8, Sl. 67.

gtgrst vd qrt ftqgttut t

qor€T€t {r ifiKfiIr qeru ll \s ll

Sloha 57. If in the 2nd bhava the lord thereol becomeassociated with Jupiterand Venus,or being in by a benefic planetbe conjunction with or aspected powerfully aspectedby another benefic planet, the personborn will dispensefood to many.

ft't d{ qt u* ftqq€ftttt}rtt nt qtMir {r gqufurA,{inu \6 tl Slofra 58. When a benefic planet in its exaltation in the 2nd bhava is aspectedby another benefic planet or when the lord of the aforesaid bhava has attained a tt&oit (Vaiseshikamsa),the personborn will become the giver of food and happinessto many.

il sTqqg{}Trqsoq u r$il ftqrqiqtgqrfi gwurfu;gqiqqft t qdqqrnRffiEtrFrqgd,Tr{{wrftilt{rf u \3, ll Sloha 59. The acquisition of learning, the welfare of the mother, happiness, sweet-smelling subatanceo, kine, relations, mental attributes, royal vehicles, Iands and houses ariee from the 4th bhava,sav the sapieat astrologers. cl.

sld;n{<f

g{Eq€ ffgg(rgq;q qri q g&Rg* {if\a r fiqr q fiReqqqFaITtq€qIqdql q1(nqr dlq. tt

786

qRtsqrKwRr

Adh. xII.

frqrrrfifiqqfrgt fr*qg+f{t {r qrfr frqriiaqqgq{;(uftqfut t

qrqetcd't grfr eTqqwqGt Rqrdqiwfi ugwrqrqilfirlqtin u Qotl Slrrftc 60 When the Rasi representing the 4th bhava is occupied by its lord or is either aspectedby or agsociatedwith a beneficplanet, the person born will be amiablefor hir learning and humility. The same will be the casewhen Mercury is the strongest. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:â&#x201A;ŹnrT(Dusthhana)or be asscciatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,.the person concernedwill be devoid of learning. The same will be the result when the lord of the 4th bhava is in a maleficRasi. Norrs. This as well as the next two slokas are also in ;rlil4t$.

ftqruHqqilff ((rqr l vqilawrglfuei:

frqEqfttudiqquil atqrRrnErqf( r *qqdqeiit*uruarrp t.dRrnril qR *M*qqriiufufrguil trqrftnqfiqstt qq ll Bloha 61. If the lord of the 4th bhava, Jupiter and Mercury be in the 6th, 3rC, 12th or the 8th place from the Lagna, or if they b: in depressionor inimical rigns,.the effect of the yoga will be to makethe P3reon borq devoid of learning, intelligence and judgment. But if these planets be in their exaltation or cil (Swakshetra)or ia a Trikona or Kendra position, the perEonborn will be perfect in the combination of such advantagesas fortune, learnrng and education,and will becone a favourite of kings and emperors.

sl.6A-64

ffistqrq,

gh sitti; qR qr {drrgdrstiqi rirrnilqgfr l qgst qEdt dotd qrgfu{tg; (gqtadiell ERll Sloka 62. When Venus hasmost power or when the Moon occupyingthe benefic portion cf a sign in a Kendra is aspectedby a b,eneficplanet and the 4th bha, va has amplestrength, ascrologers say the mother will have long life' NorEs. Itegarding the Iongevity or otherwise of the rnother, sfr1{ft11q has the following sloka.

r{I{6rn}1u-4} eueag€q;dFq gqrfqga} ael gs] g\A<v vft g*i*'iEqqTliqqlnl I q€i as mqriefiR aargnqgsdqrgqG flfa+ qnflr:qeqfig: tl ft} vruqrqlrTq

qreqrirfqtqt qi Er{o{fqi I qrEil{ Etaqrir ql rr oir qri qH€U Sloke 63. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in the 6th or the 12th and without strcngrh,and when the Lagna is occupiedby and aspectedby a male{ic planet, a shrewd 4strologermay predict the loss of the mother. Ihe fotlowing sloka ,.}rtTl*..

regarding tossof mother

will be of interest:

€'r,i qqq(af,+gQfi{rqrr}airg"ar} i{rq}tI fqiliqrqZfaqqflag'irirqrEfeft g:r\ mqmlRqaq{t qft q ac&at alt e-Eiduarftfrga q-aq itd qt( tl dir q-i.et qt 6qt qTq1qdgiI

qrd* qrq{tstqrqqr,iid q{{q:il qu tl

qrifsrTtRqrt

Adh"xII.

Sloka 64. When the waning Moon is asgociated with a maleficplanerin the 8th,6th, or the lZth bhava and when the 4th bhava is occupiedby a malefic planet, there will be loss of the mother undoubtedly.

qriran?Trt fft flqqâ&#x201A;Ź?atlfuit

qrcndftfrGt( u q\ tl r;rlqrtsfrfrq& Sloka 65. When Saturnin the 4th bhava is arpect, ed by a malefic planet and when the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupiesdepression or inimical house,the agtro' loger may predict the loss of the mother.

qr{STqtqft qrflittsftffi

qA qrqwrs+ wfr.i ftfrq+( ll Eqll Sloha 66, When a maleficplanet is in the 3rd or in the 5th bhava, and when the iord of the 4th is in depressionor in an inimical sign, and when the Moon is aerociatedwith malefic planets,the astrologer may predict the mother's ailment.

d*q tRer$wRnr'fr

-TfiM silitqrpr fta uirPet {rrqrftt{ (ffi qR qrfirql fr?is'tlt tt qs h dqqlUfr Gilasqr

Sloko 67, The lord of the 4th bhava occupying the 9th bhava in conjunctionwith the lord of the 6th hasthe effectof maling the fathera voluptuary. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupyingit in conjunctionwith the lord of the 9th producesthe same effect upon the father.

q'qrilfrftil{m+ftgq aqftqrrdt

qrdirilfGitiufii 'Iwilerril qd ll

sL08-?r

(tntseqrcr

?60

Sjola 68. The lords of the 6th and the 4th bhavas in the 9th bharra produce profligacy in the father. If the lords of the 4th, 9rh,6rh and the lct bhavas be togetherin one bhava,the personborn has beenbegot, ten in the motherby one other thanher husband.

rnntt qrqstw* ffi

{r qRffi

qG nrst ilil ilr uqR qrflrrditflqtl Tt gt il Sloha 69 If the Moon be asrociatedwith as well aE atpectedby a malefic planet or if the Sun occupy a Kendra poeition arrd if the 4th bhava be either marefic or aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will be guilty of incest with the mother.

qA U,il{r W

Tt gt

qm}Eqna*r r

qr{rrrqlqfr ErIfeERqr{ft so ;1

Sloha 70. Wheo the 4th bhava is representedby a malefic Rasi and the Moon or Venus occupying a Kendra is aspectedby a malefic planer, the percon born will commit incest with the mother or becomeaddicted to the wife of a venerableelder. The same effect is producedwhea the Moon and Venus happcn to be in a malefic 4th bhava and are arpected by a malefic planet.

gâ&#x201A;ŹA snri+ qA qrdrs;*gfir

6qnrqRxfr|Tri!;( (qqiirqs! il el tl Sloha 71, If the Moon occupying the be in conjunction with Mars and the lord bhava,the mother of thc person born will intrigues with another The Sun and Rahu bhavawill make the mother incontinenu 97

4th bhava of the 6th have had in the 4th

v'n

rtrdqi

Adh.xll.

rrg+gqtgir atfi iqqr t

q?EgtC qiur trta $qqtrmll sl lr

(ffi qf{fur{fr+qtfts{rnr t

*i q.nr gqnt{g$til.sdi qiE tt \tl ll

Slolas 72-73. When the Moon, in the porition with (1) Rahu or in sloka 71, is associated deacribed Ketu,the mother intrigues with a low'born Person; (2) if wich Saturn,the intrigue is with a Sudra; (3) if with Mercury,it is with a Vaisya (4) if with the Sun, the paramourwill be a Kshatriya;(5) if with Jupiter or Venus, the lover will be a Brahmin. The Moon with Mars and the lord of the 6th bhavain aecociated in the way describedwill produccthe effectspecified the severalcases' NorEs,. In this conttection, compare the follovving f rorrr-{f'T{rG.

sElciksqqEr+ qrtxrtgrgt gqFt I qr ;n{rRqBaqrsqFqisfq qfifht qrqgrrrqi tt are& {Egt sqrqnta\qrfi fsqr+\qt qriTr;qflsrgq+rrfiqrqqg.nfimftlnl dq rr gQt.itorrrd qâ&#x201A;ŹId gfi=1*<rruFfral aEr iifr*,irt gq?|efrilqfiqatds {AFHia*ll ,rqr{q}rita+} sile} +di nRft qE dtsqor r qta grt sfr dtqqoliria fii6t dlf{gqgt tt {6qrFqtafruerfrgqr e'iEagt faqgg4at {fr: gtarfi aqrfi}q qr.q'i dle{qr Hil{ ll

q?ilsftsqlrrls mg+{i il(qr;qt;qqli

utft t

nfr*gtffirt wrd ll eBll grerftfrqruReqia$fr

st. ?4*??

Etqthsql*,

771

position in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava forces the person born to suck the brerst of a woman other than his mother If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bhavas be in a grwra (Dusthhana)and the lor.dof the LagnaI :rong, the yog:, will lead to the death of the parents. Notle>. This as well as slokas 79 80, 86, g8, g9 & 90 appearin qp6{,q6.

fieEqhttgr&olt {odgt I Hnfrewt urq frq-il(ffisqil n \e\ tl S/:ta 75. When the lcrd of rhe lOrh placefrom the Rq{rs (Pithrubhava 9th) is in a g:rqr.r(Dusthhana) and the lord of the Lagna is possessed of strength, the person born is either to become the bane of his pareJrts or has had no dtc;frrir+rr (Seemanthasamskara).

qree{T}qro}ri ilRrrffi qR r qmritil ft â&#x201A;ŹilTrtq rreEtl eqtureqfr Sloko 76. Il the lords of the 4th bhava and rhe Lagna be in Trikona positions with respect to those two bhavas respe*ively, and if the lord of one of the Trikonas be in the Lagnr,the rnotherof the personborn will die along wich the father.

qft r trilo}{ftEqr h(ffiilr a{{n;dlrmr}qa;qrcrgqillEls ll ss 1; Sloko 7 l. If the lords of rhe 4th, rhe 1sr and the 9chbhavasbe in Kendraor Trikona positions,they will. during their dasaaqd antardasaperiods,Iead ts the motherof the personborp following the father in death.

. ! u l r w

AdL XII.

iltinicrrtili

nZ v v v Y w v Y : v

v v Y ! r

Y i v v v v v ! v v u v v : - f f i

Y v r

w !

tr(MqReng*sfi

e{mqegt il fidrfj'il{â&#x201A;Źtn ll ee ll S/ot r 78. The Sun and the Moon occupying res pect,ivelythe 9th and the 4th bhrvas will lead to the mother of the perEonconcerned following the father in death. Ihe sameie the casewhen the bhava associated with the Sun has the presencein or the aspecton it of the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavas.

t rqrwfurmffi{*flffqrddirmffq*fr*n:

qrirq qlilqwt ffiEFil {tfrIs ll \eq ll Sloko 79. Ascertainthe lord as well as the orrt (Karaka)of the 4th bhava and the planetsi[ any asso, ciated with them, as also the planets that occupy or aspectthe cr{qrir (Mathrubhava). Again find out which (Dasapr.' of theseplanetsis malefic. During the E{tTtTâ&#x201A;Źtt hora) period of this iast mentionedplanet will happen, say the astrologera,the demisc of the mother of the perBonconcerned.

Tnd"qts-{fr fHrq {rftFiw}wrtqt* di* rrrggtn mEnutatmiqt{r EonqI

qrr'trfrqqsod ftqfirfqrfwe

ililril diffq+

rgt

r (Et rft tt do tl

SJoAa80. Subtract the figurea of the Moon from thoseof the Sun; find what Rasi the remainderrepre, sents. When Saturn and Jupiter pass through that Rasi and Navamsaor through the triang,rlarpositions cqrrcuponding thereto, the deachof the mother may

sr . 8r-83

qqqft5tqFr:

??3

take place Again, find the remainder rerulting from the subtractionof qq{qz6(Yamakantaka)from the lord of the 8th bhavafrom the Moon. This remaindershould indicatea certain Rasi and a Navamsathereof. When Saturnpasseothrough the Resi and the Sun through the Navamsain question,the motherrnaypassaway.

dgmi{*#gssnqtsfrnr

qarqEfr{r}S dtg q gct qqqrf dt tl SioAc 81. When Jupiter has attained a Vaieeehikamsa (zirlr Adhyaya 1 s1.44) such as Gopur.a and orhers, or is in the 4th bhava, and when the other planetsoccupy the 2nd, the llth and the 4th bhavas, the person born will be happy.

gqs&gifrct fr.qqrqqtsenr I

qhildlr+ {rsfqSorttq6rgqr tt di, tl

Sloha 82. When the 4th bhava has upon it the aspectof Mercury or is b:tween two benefic planete or occupiesa Navamsaowned by Jupitar, the person born will be ever engagedin holy worke.

gcfuerdrrilrffir qail

qRt gd frcilt ilGcrrPtr{nur aqlqqr$ilqift qrtE! u cl fl

S/oAa 83. If the planet in the 4th bhava be atrong and occupies a benefic Rasi and if its strength b; enhanced by an advantageousconnection with the Lagna,then the person concerned will enjoy uninter, rupted eaae through the instrumentality ot'" people belongfng to the class which the planet represenrE(aidc

774

srdqcrfrwt

Adh. XII.

Adhyaya I-s1.2)) aud will possessa wealth of the metal appertainingto the samepianetQtideAdhyavr 1, sl, 24)

'q6{rfrriqsqilqrrtEfrsfi{rftTqftfio{r(| qrt(fTâ&#x201A;ŹqGftiErqrg!il c8 ll ry,a{tT{{Reeq*qTE !loh,.t 84. If the lord of an untoward bhava from the Legna,occupying its depression or inimical sign in the 4th bhava, be an enemy of the lord of the Lagna, the astrologerssay that, through the dire influence of rhis adverseplanet, the personconcerned will be bereft of bodily and other comforts.

qgtqr{fu(qitqnw qod}qilqqfr(tcqtgsn t qfrEil ftqsqilWfif gtr girngqq;qft*l

ll c\ ll

S/ofta85. If the planetin the +th bhava, the one aspectingit, and its Karakabe all strong, they will pro' duce much happiness to the person concerned; if those planetsbe in their depressionor inimical signs or be eclipsed,th:y will produceunhappiness-the rule being that joy is occasionedby an auspiciousplanetand miaery by tho inauspiciousones.

qc'it lilsq$frâ&#x201A;Źgh qilft* qrRffifiu*rit t

gxrFEi{;*rRgaqqtt elfiseqflo(drft *cq

Slo&rr 86. If the lord of the 9th bhava occupying the 4th in conjunction with Venus possesspredominant etrength,the personborn will live in pleasureand opu' lence for a long time ; but if the aforesaid lord of the gth bhava occupying the 6th. 8th, or the 12th place from tbe Laqna, be associatedwith a berrefic planet, the happiness of tne person concerned will be but shqrt' lived.

s[ 8?-8e

EtEdsqrq:

776

geR<r rltgapqiur{t+m SQr'$rI

grrai l16lf{r}-{i{trrT$rryor{lt de tl Siotc 87. Every calculation,firstiy, in respectto one's easeand comfort should be with referenceto the 4th houseand Jupiter ; 2ndly, every thing concerning the mother should be thought of from the 4th bhava and the lrloon ; 3rdly, all fragranceas w:ll as cloth, vehicle and ornamentsshould be gueesedin referenceto the 4th bhava and Venus. cf , nslti-lomqrGl

qt it gqui{alqiqrfi.qtq {;nidtn;gerrftil

gfrEi rriunrirrgtg*q et wfrqgi {r t

qife .t 14 ll 3Tilfr{tqlraetta?igrFE{tlrcqrt'igGf S/o&a 88. il the lord of thc 4th bhavaoccupying * ireneficsign be either aspectedby cr in conjunction with Venus, and at the same time free {rotn the aspect planet, the personborn will of ;rn inimical or depressed ,:ujoy the pleastrreduc to ungents, odc,riferousflowers a n d s i m i l a ra p p l i a n c e s ,

iqifrt {iqiBqi n"inqis{q srit.q} dide \, dirq* ufiqgtq rafq{ rch {T{FTIC 5saq lrc3,ll Slola 89. When the Moon is strot'tg,thc person horn wiil have good clothes to wear; if tl-relr4oonbe associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, his ciothing will be tattered; if associatedwith Jupiter, the apparel will bc of silk; if with Venus, it will be variegated with jewels; and if with Saturn,it will be of a dark colour.

u\;gniuiii gwrftalt

ghoraiediar qfrtihi il t

7 76

qR{rqrltilfi

Adh"xII"

qrrtfrRrdW oqii q$qs tt \o tl Sloka 90. 6If the lord of the 4th bhava be asgocia, ted with the Varga of Venusor the Moon, or if it be aspected by or in conjunctionwith eirherof the above two planete,and if it be ar the same time]freefrom the aspectof a depressed or inimicalolanet,the personcon. cernedacquirescattleand everyother propâ&#x201A;Źrty.

l;g$rfi,qtfrA fr'qq{frtftt r

ilt* rddtd rggq] qlq(r n qt tl Sloka 91. When the lord of the 4th bhavabeing an auspiciousplanet ia aspectedby another auspicioua planet,and when the Karaka of that bhava is in full otrength, the person born will be esteemedby hie kinsmen. Norss' cf, Tffir(

Fgâ&#x201A;ŹqTe,rrt ffi g*o(ftfllnt r trft+ onflg+ ryggq}qim: rl For the same effect, the following yoga isgiven in slflifi((t.

efiq\ o{Tr} flffgnr?ti gt qrqtqqr} r

*oqfFqirn)r{qefbg*Aiiftil qlfE{r q;ggrrr:u

d.r$sdi ffid *;nirqrq{gi r qlqgqlrr{ffii ll qt ll ttRtffigt Sloha 92, A person will befriend hig relativea when the lord of the 4th bhava occupies a Kendra or Kona poeition or the llthl bhavatand has artaineda Vaiseshikamsa and is free from the aspectof, or associa. tion with, a malefic planet.

sl.es-eo

Tr+fisnq*

11r

{tgafl qiftrd qlqrrlt {wdt I {qrtntairg+ gwsnffift il ql ll Sloka 93. When the 4th bhava ir occupied by a malefic, depresredor eclipsed planet and is void of any aspector conjunction of a benefic planet, the peraon born will have antipathy to his relations. cf.

qrffR(d

qTqrFqtqrqat q ff*

dtqrFqi qr,.rflqF$f& |

qrqqt4twqlqo ar lfaqaqqqtGfrttrqrr

qqfr q;qi (H sqd q$â&#x201A;Ź.t t qlqi'qrq{rkt Frourqai gtfint tt qBtl Sloku 94. If the lord of the 8th bhava be associ, ated with a malefic planet and the 4th bhavabe occupied by an inauspicious planet, the person born will be deceitful; but if the lord of the Bth bhava be in exalta, tion, in a friendly house, or in its own or a friendly varga and the 4ih bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet, the person concernedwill be candid.

frgtr{qqrtrt=il{qtt, q6ffi I

.il9il?ia* {rsfi uiur?qqqfH tt q\ tl S/otn 95. A personwili be pure,mindedand calm when the lord of the 4rh bhava is strong,or has attained Gopura and other Vaiseshikamsas,or is in qg (Mridu) and other benefic Shashtyamsas.

qrait qogtqmtrfiqurFqtt

qtq tt qq ll gqstEe qrqilrGs(i

SloAa 96. When the 4th bhavaand its lord por sessstrengthanil are appctrtedby a beneficplanet, tlre 98

778

lrtir{,fiftufr*

Adh.xrtr.

aotrologer may declare the person born will vehiclesor similar conveniences"

posse$6

qTatt ile{Q t.St Srftfwfrr sr€qnndt {ETTmi qtA lt q'sll Slohu 97. When the 4th bhava occupied bv its lord in a benefic Navamsain conjunction with Mercr-rry is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the astroiogerm y preclicr the acquisitionof vehicles and other such convenienc*r on the part of the person born.

*Ej iqordq;ql ET€.ruwFEee I g€il€d ilar i{Efk gfrggqn u qd lt Slo&c 98. When the Moon is in the Lagna irr conjunction with the lord of the 4th bhava,the peraon bornosay the sages,will havea horseto convey hinn.

kd\ ErqgEil qA drwnrtirt t

{Uqtqrttgt qgts"{{Tai{ ll qq rl

Sloho 99. When the Moon, in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet, occupies the Znd or the 4th bhava, identical with a behefic l{asi, the person born will have a horse conveyance.

qgqff\qf, ftoi oil*qrfq gisEorril I qr( n loo tl Str gt qfa EElt iarilqi EREEr{d Slohu 100. When the lord of the +th bhavaoccupies the Lagna in conjunction with its (Lagna's) lord and the Moon, the person born will have a horse; but if the lord of the .ith bhava occupies the Lagna in con, junction with Venus, the perscn concerned will have an elephantto ride on.

sl. 10t-102

en(tfr$q{'a:

?7e

NorBs. This sloka is found in qlfffit(.

qFfrf$qrwurql ft'd{ttkd

{ftffi 'rTfsry I *;ri*qfruruilfr

{i6'rnRITKEf: S{q&ffw

qq gt-ffifrtrtm*Ufr Erll t " t li

Slof* t0l. Venus ancl the full Moon having strength and occupying a Kendra or a Trikona poaition, will give to the person born under their influence the honor of being conveyed in a palanquin" When the Moon occupyinga Rasi belonging to jupiter is either aspectedbv or in conjunction with lupite: will lead tc the acquisition of a red apparelor jewel.

qr;frf$fiTgt{ot{gft? crr6t gfu;glnndqwgilcrgffirs I qs{ ?iEutqHqr;(qffi3 *rnfi*ior.&Ttl{U{frq6{{ lt ?"R $l Sloku tOZ. A per$on will get a palanquin or 'l horseto convey him when Venus, the Moon and the with the lord of tlue lord of the 4th bhavaarc associated first. lf Jupiter, tht: lord of the 4th bhava, the Moo*, and Venus be all together in a Kendra or a Kona posi" tion, the person concerned wili get a vehicle bordered on all sides. NorBs. See sloka ll8 infra. With this as well as the prt compare the following :-

rnc{K*t{ qfuugg'lqftRil utifF* qnngac*qqq+q{Hftqfri

loka

llrtTqrawe

Adh. xII.

gqtqguFd Grdlwqr-*ftmr w+egqfqf-*t dq&t no f,{q( rr emtrrq*{ra'qFtqra{r$tq I glpro.}F'sTsftdwnrqqrqqq.n *aqTqeMqfl(qed

or-qqrt,,lil

qrqrftil r +eqftdfi-{rqsRarq'q}-q qaft4 ffiqpq6u'amn* genraffeqE

qa'il qft {afurfifrfq grqEql€q, rr flqlt g6gt qgrilr€q{rfi{ |

qrit Wt qi+qu€rdga: n t tl "1

Sloka 103. When the lord of the 4rh bhava is associatedwith Jupiter, rhe p3rson born will. have a vehicle bordered on all the four sides. When the lord of the 4th bhava occupiesthe t0th place in conjunction with a benefic planet, the person born will have the appendagesof a chowrie and an umbrella.

gA* hnqf ilEtt oqfui qraafrqn(rt silqi urqqilildt s{i*

qsunarr;ils u toB rl

Sloka 104. Wherr the lord of the 4th bhavaoccu, pier a Kendrathe lord of which is in the Lagna,the perronsborn will have facilities for keeping a conveyance. When the lord of the 10th bhavais in the llth, and the lord of this againin the 10rh,the personborn under the yogawill have ornament$and vehicles, NorBs. The 3rd padaof this Slsln in eEi&iqilqth rords differently as follows:-

dlft €nrrta{ir rr

sl. 105-107

qrqqitsqrq:

?81

qrtt omrrftQgt qrorqt g* |

slcrin frqilft* ucqrrfrddwr tt I o\ ll

Sloka t05. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in the llth orthe 4th, and when Mrrs is in shl (Swakshetra)or in the I tth bhava, the yog.rwill undoubtedly leadto the acquisitionof a kingdom' cf ,

qq|ri?E;a1qtq

fr*a\ €Hqt q€rdEnqi qE qr fhftqqg$ t

tl {qilr+ qfeil gQi} rr;ardfreqrqtutlftqn{

Eq eqI onrertrRrftqacfqqmek

rfrqq{gEqtgqioarhrfrt}onqflf I q;qFd qrqig tqrqnlqnrrEt{gqrrFr q-gd{qii{{rfiq{rtdr€qrftWFdt tt t oq,ll Stoha 106. If the planet occupying the qth bhava, the lord thereof and the one aspectingit, be in a Kendra or Trikona position or in the l lth bhava identical with their exaltation,their own or friendly signs,and if they be also poseessed of strength, they secureto the person concerned long life, beds,seats,apparel, much landed property,a good mansion,friendship of relatives,charm' ing vehicles,fameand happiness-

t hn*rcrsqFqet ffirrcqlFft RqrqrratqfrE,tft ffi trd{ ll tos ll Sloha 107 Mercury in exaltationor in $wakghetra (ser) iderrticalwith a Kendra or a Trikona place from the Lagna,leadsto the acquiaitionof ab,rndantknowledgeand vast wealth.

qriri6crftwft

782

Adh"mi.

Nores. For the sameeflect seethe following frorn .r{({le{l-(.

frqtt TrarfqnTqr€dfh'rqgat gerrr*iflqilq

dqF,il-qrftftqfprftfioqril qifhdlt"gtEf r

d gd .niorwrgrugqCat,iftfqe' grrE{Tr{t ffi;qwaft firti qif:{*' drdt q il \

omnigqnrtiRrs{iltt rTr{rrwF{nwff{ qiin{! UqETirfilgqiba& orsqf}qar t

sr;qlqd\mtfkar qR q{rqroflryrrgr gr& : tt t oc ti iqfr q$d;ilqrTihgodirwil6rfte Slofta 108. If, in any horoscope"the four planets, -via., the lord o{ the 4th and tire 9rh bhavasreckoned from thc lord of the Lagnaand the planetsoccupying the two bhavas-be slrong in. ;ruspiciousvargas and relatedto chc Lagna in someway, and if they whereven possiblebe associated:withor aspectedby one another, the personconccrnedwill b: a kinE long,lived,energetic, of four,corner;dvehicies,largewealthand in possession other symholsof sovereignty'.

qarqrT ; affiHoriqqn*iihnfl rrqurffipqq. I

Ard El{gt fto} adiqqr*{gtft d*o-r. tlt o\ll Sloka 109. If 3 of the four planets (mentionedin the above slokaj have superior positional strength (<rrt-co,Stthanabala)the effect will be the acquisition of diveree kinds of precious stones, ornaments and com, forts. If two of the planets be possessedof strength in the Lagna,the person born will be happy in their res, pective dasaPeriode.

sr.r10-1tr2

lr(qftsqrq:

?8i!

sirqmTir6tqt f,6t {r€:RrRlqs I

uruft{rd*q?egu EErlrEr lt I I " u S/ofra 110. If the lord of the 4th house occupy singly and in strenqrh one of the three positionsmen" tioned in sloka108,srzlrc (r.e.trsr,4rhand 9rh bhavas) and be associated,with tire Lagnaor its lord, the dasa periodof the pianetin questionwill leadro the acquisi, tion of veiricnes.

qgiiqqtqqirftrarqrf|6qwqrqrorftur*t t {UEft qra,q squrrrrntqq-€rrrrrfq ll t t t ll S / o a a1 1 1 . I f t h e l o r d s o f r h e 4 t h , 9 t h , i l , t h a n d t h e Znd bhavasbe reiateci to tire Lagna in some way and have strength, thcy will, in their severa! dasaperiods, respectivelylead to the acquisitionof a kingdom,good fottune, accessionof wealth and property.

t rqfrsfhinirsgirr taurqt\q*u*ft i{go g{or g€ilf egfI N ft{ ftit€gqftqEl sr(* rTlqqrPfr

qTqmr-fr fr{ril{ftrffibqrilfr rr ilR tl

Sloka 112. If the four planets (mentionedin the previoussloka)havesuperiorstrengthand bc connected with the Lagnain someway, all this will rake placeon a large scale; if they be all weak, they will produce misery. The effect will be mixed if their strength be of a mixed character. If the Karakaof the bhava conccrned,its lord and the planet occupyingit be inimical to the lord of the Lagna and be weak, they will prove exceedinglytroubl eoome.

,NA

|lilmfut

Adh.xu.

Entttrftqt grt udfttfutr

ggqtaili{rfrqoqreqerfr n l t tQtt

Sloka 113. When the lord of the 4th bhava being in an inimical or depression sign, occupiesa g:wrd (Dusthhana) and is aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava, there will be acquisition of a vehicle which will be either unsteadyor prove a very bad specimenof ite kind. cf. ssf'ih.mqlq

â&#x201A;Ź:rq fiEli qR qrqifl qrr]'tftqrRsqtkt qr r gqlqdteaoeqf,til or{rfrqqrfimftfht qr n

qrfiufRo'rqrKglqqgqlnil! |

o{dtti tesr qrilt gstlqgqqn ilB tl Sloka.114. If the planets in the 9th, 10th and the lst bhavasbe benefic ones in their exaltation and be aspectedby the lord of the Lagna,the personconcerned will cometo grief when a vehicle habitually used by him ceasesto exist. cf. sdtfr.arqh

m{qrqfiar?gâ&#x201A;Ź}a s}oqqil''fFqm, t

etg +ro?TqnqTiFd g:t+qqql( ll

dti Ergtqtgqrmgiemwrurtt

qt td nqrcdfttat ilsililqft{ilq I grQqrqgisa;iiqRgtqrni*nni a fr

q{ (ffih

furgqqFdtrsrtaor{ n tt\ rr

Sloka 115. If Jupiteror the lord of the 4th bhava with a benefic planetoccupya beneficRasi associated identicalwith the 9th bhavafrom the Lagna,the person coocernedwill moveaboutin royal splendourin a vebi, cle borReby men during the gteaterportion of bir life.

sl. 116-119

etq{tsrqTqt

?85

If the planetsreferredto above occupyinga g:wrn (Duo' or in an inimical houee, thhaoa)be eclipsed, depreesed there will be no vehicle or other such meano of plea' surablelocomotion; if they be in their own houseand poEEeEs superiorstrength,there will be a long apellof enjoymentculminatingin progressin a palanquin.

ffrrtd.&Fftfrurqqnrfrq* t qoqd qRq1dw{qrrqsilnfr u qtE tl Slofta 116. If the lords of the 4th and the 10th bhavaseither occupy or aspectthe llth bhava and be $trong.they will bestow every blessing.

orrrd gtrrnQd qffifi iil $ftrr€q I

{rafr e{rrrrqrni{rqfrftst qE(ll qle ll Sloka 1l?. If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bha' vas be in the lLth bhava or aspectthe 4th, the pereon born will have many vehiclesand an abundanceof every earthly blessing,and be capableof pleasinghis sovereign'

qq\rearratddet{qFqftqR I

ffigfr

tt I tz ll darrmirroGqy,q.

Sloha 1l8. Jf the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavaebe related to the Lagna in someway and be a!' pectedby or in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will have the capacity to ingratiate himself into the favor of a king and other such ornamental accomplishments,

Nores.

See sloka 102lirst half suPra.

grl{Enrfirft grr€q{{g* t qtnFnr e{tqr{qfofrqR qrqi ll t tq ll 99

?86

trrcqcrRqre

Adh. xll.

-t *"*"

bhavasbe strong and associated with benefic planets. the personborn will bc opulent and in crmmandr:f a numetousarmv. c/. omfic

nleqrf\qqhqrGq\qqrddtqrfqgas,rrr€r( r \.i

dangci fl'qlfaeni q€ciirirqiolri.Trqq tl

qltrf qrcilni{ilt ugndii g{€eqldi I {FqIFlt s'rqqgstEr.r$q-({rir{qrefqt{{ u tRo tl .S/oAa120. If thc lord o{ thc -trtrhlia,.,l be in thc 9th, rdenticalwirh a sign or,vneclby a benefic pianet, a n d i n c o n j u ' c t i o r rw i t h J u p i t c r a n c iV , : . u s , a n d i f the lord of thc 9th bhava be in a jionr or .r Kenclr.rposirion t h e p c r s o nb o r n r v i l l h a v e t ; r u a r n : r l t sl,v e a i t h ;rnd velri, cles collectedfrr-rrnrnany cur.rutries

flfliiqrqggqilrilor{aqtar r t

gariuiawgrrrrrwl{rtrri{r{ u tqq tl S / o A aI ? t . l f t h e l o r d so f t h e ? t h , 6 t h , 4 t h 3 r c l r, ) r h , l s t a n d t h ; l 2 t h l ; h a v a sb e r n c o n j u r r c r i o nw i t h r h e l r i r t l of the 5th bh,rv.r,the pcrs;u born will riossrrsslandr t c c m i n gw i t i r i r u , ' n b c r l c sm sincs.

gqriqdriegtl fHr qr qqt iioqrqtri'rq'rmr r

fr*urh;*{rrrrg}{r: €tih warugerd{ftu ltq rr S I o A a l J J . l f r h c l o r d o f thc .1thbhavabeing Jupi, ter or Venus occupy thc gth bhav.r irom the Lagna in great strength,and if the lord of the gth bhavabc in a Kcndra or Trikona pc'sirlon tire nerson born will get many vehicles.

s[ 123-126

grEtftsqrq:

78?

rurilfr Rm qloqdqrrqtgt I

*rA*urqiqlsft qg{IEilt{rIIT{ll 111 ll Stoka 123. lf the lord of the 4thbhava in conjunc' tion with Jupiter ,rndVenus, occuPythe 9th bhavaand if the lord of the latter be in the 4th or in any of the other Kendrasor in a Trikona position, the personborn will possessInany veiriciesand lands.

t orh;nfutfirt qTewqariqi

qit *onqrq&riiqr frUeqq: I lls tl

Sloko L24. if a benefic planetbe in tlrc Lagna-Ken' dra,i.e.L:gna itself, and the 9ch irhavabc occupied by a planetin exaltation anJ when the lord of thc Znd to leadto a bhava is in a Kendra,thc yogr is c;rlcttiatcd throne. cf.

_rtil.f,.c{

*"{ fiarq qar.dg.t'{qlf}{ilrirqa&ql-{r tl dEfF,{aftnqniq ffe ffrqrtartfng{t(l.f}d

qFt giihi ft;ftgtr {a '{{f'.rtI

sqf€ iintqfr ffr{ fir€r${{E{fl q1\ ll S l o k a 1 1 5 . W h , : n t h e a t h l ' h a v r i s a s p e c t r :bdy a benefic plarretand tire lorrJof thc:lnJ biravain conjunc' and a tion with ben':iic planets occupies a Kt';1s113, bltava, 2nd is in thc birth in the planetin ex,rltation such a yoga is likelp'ro leadto a thronc. cf ,

iIiT.nGt

I fr*ne '{iqt g h'i qi}a'{ainqQq}oi girdiFc|| sqflqii fir t<flqr*ific{rqqqrfh

o{inwlrnriqnrdqt: qdqnfrt

n tlE tf ot qrqft qr t{ei iifraffiqqo{Es

qrnrqraqfi

788

Adh. xII.

Sloka 126, If the lords of the lrt, 4th and the 9th bhavasbe in the iOth, and the lord of the latter occupy or aspect the Lagna, the effect of the yoga will be a throne. cf.

fl.ffi{d

qrrhart{rgQanr:miftqarntq*arfE{or'r +t+rtqdigt figri ffronanrRgqrflfld ll

udungq{r{mr{qrnrcr qit r q{fr aFltffi frâ&#x201A;Źrffiq?d{iq.tt tRs tt Sloka 127. lf the lords of the 10th, lst and the 4th bhavasoccupy the 10th bhava and the lord of the last mentionedbe some way connected with the Lagna, the person born in the yoga will become the master of a throne. NotBs. Some books read, "grTlt{t=<Tl:tt in place of "g141gtttl:',

qR I gwtgqmtilr *;quiurFTril

qtsqrirreqqiqosonfur?rfiq u tRd tl

Sloka 178. If Jupiter, Venus and the lord of the 9th bhavabe in a Kendra or Kona position, or in the l1th bhava,the person born will have an abundanceof vehiclesand becomea monarch,

qriffiitqqfr qiodtqt{râ&#x201A;Źfrqlt eqil}n t

ranQewrqfin ftarrqnfttft xlrrq u tRqrl Sloka 129. If the lord of the 4th bhava and the planet occupyingthe 10th posse$smost strength and be aepectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the 9th bhava,or if they be eachir the other's house,they wili pave the way to the attainmentof a throne.

-._"--,-.."-",--"-19n .__._--.*-,1S_.IT" ?'.]3-T1s_'_ eqrn.d{rfit nqrPirqqrnrrt' ilErquiil{nt ffs:sqq?tdiqtt 11" tt preceding sloka 130. The personrcferredto in the throne when, in the sloka will becometh. o..upunt of a 4th bhava' its own rnain dasa(qlrr) of thc lord of the the progress antardasa(eta{rn; sets itl, and when. during (fi6tr) and within it the of tbis antardasa,the vidasa bhava is reached' up.d.., (Yqm) of the lord of the 10th

qqt{Qfisâ&#x201A;Ź(ritrTrfigqritfr onrldsgqd I i.iiu *1.t qutii iaeiqqdqlftqft {r{qrq{ t lt

the lst bha Stttka131. If the lords of che9th and the latter be in the vas occupy the 4th and tl're lord of person born Lagnaidentical with a beneficRasi' the i{ the lord of the 4th will always enjoy happiness' Rrrt tire other conditions bi"rr^ happen io bt in the 6th and will be overtaken by obtain as in the above Yoga, he be{allsan enemy or a misfortune-a fate th'rt usually hostile person.

qt wilIIEIiqqfi m:r&glrct qod$ I qqiiqi{r{qGqqq+w{ilii t* gsnerEri lt llR ll bhava be in the SJoftc 132' if thc lord o[ the 6th t)rh ur aspectedby bcncfic planetsor possessedof much the yoga will have to strength,th" p..rot bcrn under the dasa period of the surrender,for sometime' during to his enemy' lord of the 4th bhava,his whole fortune

gtqfi\t fiqqAegse{rqqmt<utfrrieq t qrqdlqirc firr;â&#x201A;Źfi gar<rw{ wtfr r{q tttlltt cet forth in Sloha 133. If, under the conditione

qrdEqftqrt

Adh. )ilI.

with the lord of the 4th bhava, the whole fortune of the person concerned will be with the enemy during the whole of the dasaperiod of tlre latter planet. But il the planetary conjunction be malefic,the fortune vrill return to ite former owner at the concluding portion of the daaaof the lord'of the 4th bhava.

trqri girQ*Tdirg{rtgt I

ilisn* iln {ft qgtd*rnrF{iln t Qutr Sloka 134. If the 4th bhava be a benefic Rasi and ics lord bc in conjunction with a benefic planet and the Karaka of the bhava also holde a similar position, the perEonborn will have much land and wealth.

**Et flqsqdqfi worfhlor,rsyBflt I qIqrFEiqlq(frid

qr *nRffii

$erqFilffi{rs tl

Sloha 115. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying a.depressionor an inimical varga has attained any one of the malefic 60th portions of a sign, ztiz. Kalagni,Sula, or Anraka (kala) and if ir be also in conjunction with or aspectedby malefic planets,the yoga will lead to the loss of landsand other such sourcesof livelihood, say the astrologers.

oni\qq wfrrqRqtrfu-

wtTrs'sifut.niimr{rq. I

qri{rgft€q} ftqq;g{rftr

qralnmFqgngrkurftgr il t{Q il

Sloka 136. If the planet ownrng the sign occupied by the lord of the Lagna be an enemy,there wili be lose of land and houre when, in the dasaperiod of the planer,

sl. 137-1s8

atq{tst?rq!

791

its own gfo (Bhukti) sets in When the Bhukti of thc lord of the 4th bhava in the main drsa referred to approaches,the person concernedwill becomebereft of some relative ; and the Bhukti, in the same dasa,of a planet in conjunction with Saturn, Mars or Mandi will occasiondisasters.

Rittr swriqqi trErlq!S*qrFqerfitqt

qrdlorritrftrd I fr ?.iwtit orrr}F{fr

dEtrE! {q{dtqr gqgfi ft*qiuRriiq ofiur gqrrftrr grrgfi fi&qRilqs tf lle tl Slohu 137. lf the lords of ttre 2nd and the 4th bhavasoccupy, in conjunction with a benefic planet, the 9th bhava identical with a benefic Rasi, the peroon born will comeby a treasurelaid un der,ground. Again if the lords of the llth and the 2nd bhavasbe in the +th' bhavabe in a benefic and the lord of the last-mentioned sigrr in conjufr:tion with a benefic pilnct, the acquisition of hiddeh trcaslrrewill be the result. Thirdiy, thc lord of the l lth bhavacccupyingthe 4th in conjunction with a benefic planet is a giver of wealth concealed underground. Nortis. 't16q,1q, This appe:rrsin

qrlaqqTddil amqr! qrq{gar I qnitl{gtg$Imlqtâ&#x201A;ŹKtttiqElstf I ld ll 'Ihe S/ofrc 138. lords of the Znd, lZth and the 4th bhavas occupyingthe 8th in conjunction with malefic planetsoccasion languidness in the house which will increasein propclrtion to the number of evil planeta con joined.

Adh. xII.

crdofiftEtir r v v ! ! v v v ! ! v v v v v

v v v i v v v v v v v r

- . v . ' r

! t v v

- -

Y ! . #

ntsfr il qlqsUgt t{gqrffiqR t

fltsudr $tS qr gt qIET{irnf ll ?13 tt Sloka 139. If a maleficplanet or Rahu in the 4th bhava be aspected by an evil planet, the person born will be a suffererin the matter of domesticcomforts' If Mars or the Sun occupying the 4th bhava be in depressionor in an inimical house,the personconcerned will be houseless.

dttsei qI irtfr wIraEIfiqfttqRt

St qft ql.Tr{rqqqgAqti gt+utqfll tuo ll

Sloha 140. lf the planetin the 4th bhavabe depres' sed or eclipsed,the Dersouborn will slip into a well or eomesuch reservoir. If there be a maleficplanet in the 4th bhava,he will experiencemisfortunes. If Saturn occupy it, there will be loss of comfort and happiness.

.Jtt I "qq\ o{t6 {ifisadqrql Gi uuq{n} qrqbiliqG{l(€! ll tBt ll S l o k al 4 l . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c 4 t h b h a v a f r o m t h e Lagnaoccupy the llth, the person born will lodge in a stranger'shousein a foreign land ; if it occupy the 8th bhava,there will be no house etc.' owned or tenanted by him; if the plarrctbc in thc 6th bhava,he will lodgc in a houseof which thr: master is a paternal relation, suchasan uncle,a cousitr,etc.

3rmfr qflErorqE:qr( qgriqar qodtui qr t glanqqigsir€Il?q(t<teeidr€{ikd EI ll lBl, ll Sloko 142. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupying it or any other strong planettherein will easily lead to the

sl. 143-146

Etqrilsqrqr

acguisition of a house. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:rrrrT(Dusthhana)or if the planet occupying the 4th bhavahasstrengthfor evil (as an adversaryt,the housefalling to the lot of the p:rson brrn will b: either cra\y or haunted.

q{R6qqrsqjnilaffi qqg ft q1l qHiqrq{ifrflr€IqR€Rildrql!ll lBl ll Stohc'143. The lords of^the 12th, the Znd and the 4th bhavasoccupyingthe 6th, the 3rd, the 12th and the 8th bhavasfrom the Lagna, lead to the loss of a house in proportion to the number of m,tlefic planets in conjunctionwith them.

oamq+fr,tETqrrrowFqilt I ilrqitaqstrtrd qdlqtq qiaq: ll tsg ll Slokn 144. Awise astrolog., -iy assertthe sound condition of as many housesas there are planetsin the Trikonas and Kendrasfrom the Lagna. cf . q-{Fr{

*-afi+;iotgfjq€q gi ndla'tarJ(rf\ofiq: r

qgq\rqrttqdrfioqrq affiq| qltl.f€ qtfr t

ffidqqt

qordfriq{ft d\t ccrgrttlu\n

Sl<thu.145. If thc lord of the 4th bhava occupy the 12th from the Lagna,the personborn will have a dilapi. dated house: but if the planet be in a Trikona or a Kendra and possessgreat strength, the house would be lovely and of many hues.

rdit fpqdgil Rt wrtgt r tt tBEu frguq{rtErsft{tft eaqf<rq. Sloha 146. When the 3rd bhava is occupied by a beneficplanet and the lord of the 4th bhava ie strong, 100

qrdsqrfoflt

Adh. XIL

che personborn will possessa strong house; the same will be the casewhen the lord of the 4th bhava has attainedGopura and othcr benefic Vargas.

qrarfrqrQrftaruqr$REi twri {rqriI gi ciq tt lus ll qtiEiorrfr Sk* â&#x201A;Źigs{tftqft

Sloha l4'1. If. the lord of thc lOth bhavaassociated with a malefic planet occupy the 4th, the astrologerg say the perscn born will become bereft of lands and obedient service. The samee{fect is producedif the lord of the 10th occupy the 4th in a malefic Navamea and in such a baneful shashtyamssxs filiur (Mrityukara) and be at the sametime in conjunctionwith the lord of the 8th bhava.

uttt drqdg* irit eqodlqf I olt qotqda"i nsn$gaqll lge ll S/cAa 148. When the 3rd bhava is occupiedby a beneficplanetand when the lords of the 4th and the Lst bl:avasare in strength, the personborn will be in possession of a mansionwith encircling walls.

qn1qatut ircnt git;gq1pqtr , qTsft uiiwrrf{r+ it*t .&q&tq ll lsq ll rqrtqarqft{Ri rfr a'iaq*aa || ErrfffiqrRqft ar(dls'.qrqs

SlokLti49. If the lord oJ the 4th bhava be in a q'rtrqaifi' (Paravatamsa),or being aspected by Jupiter and the Moon has attained Gopura or other em (amsa), the astrologershould declarethe possessionon the part of the personborr"rof a divine abode (Temple ?). Thus ends the XIIth AdhYaYa,&c', --,<-^,/y]F-'

qfrqflsuuFt: crrcrirqftqrfr il qerqgrtHFqrHrll AdhyaYa, THa nrnecrs oF tttr

XIII.

5tn AND THE 6Tll RtrAVe:;.

ll qq[ q{grrir$o{

goqdii'irft' qHTIIR(Ne's{,T*itreiftrqel I

oila;gRi{re: frawi qlqrcqwa{Her

qhir{{'-d+(ll q li

wrffifffttr

Sloka 1. It is from the 5th bhava that an astrologer should think about a person's tutelary deity, oovereign, son, father, intelligence and religious merit. A pilgrimage has to be guessed with reference to the ?th, the 6th, the 2nd and the l0th bhavas. Any wan' dering to a far-off placeshould be ascertainedfrom the l?th bhava. The father's happinessmay be known with reference to the lst and the 4th bhavasand the Sun. The acquisition of children is to be determincd 'Ihe in connection with Jupiter and che 5th bhava. wife's accomplishments,the astrologer may predict through the 7th birava,the lord of the Znd and Venus. cf"

qrd$I{<ot

:I g&*+erewr;rfladitln&ft'rfiftfinsq gdrfil{rAqaqqriqi t}nqqt, qftRoaf,tqq tt 7J5

7s6

sfrdtfcrRqre

Adh. XIII.

oqrqlilfr gqtftilgf $tqilruq,i

sq silfr{rrqtftegtftqmii=sfr t

qrfr qrcfitgEqft;giter){i}ti gqn s} fiog qrqst gt {rftrq{nr;qrRq}tqtr{ ttrtt Slohrt Z. If the 5th bhava from the Lrgna be oc, cupied or aspected by a maieplanet, the personbrrn will adorca male deity. If the Sth bhava be an even Rasi and asp:ctedor o:cupied by the Moon or Venus, he will prcfer to worship a femaledeity. If the planct aspectingor occupyingthe 5th bhrva be the Sun, the deity worslripped'will be the Sun chiefly ; if the Moon or Venus, thc goddessiirft (Gouri) wilt be adored; if Mars, it rvill b: Kartikeya; if Mercury, the object of adoration will be Vishnu ; if Jupiter, ir will be Siva. If the 5th bhavr be in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn or others, zrie., Rahu or Ketu, the person will worship other deities. NorEs. This sloka al)pears in :ltdfr{d, The word sltq{

(Athman) deuots tlie .5th bhzrve,. c/. r,.aa1iqor.

{TqI;* gRq+..rt;qqlqfi6q( ll

ofiirrqqrcqqil]uqfrntq{ikl gffimrtcr I

wrdil drrft gâ&#x201A;ŹAQwnnuqrsifru I tl Sloha 3. Devotion to the deity indicatedby rne lord of the 5th bhava leadsto the loss of children when the planetis inimical to the lord of the Lagna. If the lord of the Sth bhava be not inimical but more proprtious, the effect 'uvouldbe even. But if there would be fuiendehip between the lords of the 5th and the lst bbavas,he will, by worshipping the deity indicated by

sl.4-5

?{I(ilstqtq:

7s7

the lord of che 5th bhrva, securethc infinice graceof that deity.

ilneri gegqi{tfiiki qgi {r (il{iri {oitit tqffiwqfttft t qrqltrt ft.raqfifi qrfift fiI{ri qrdi frqrft{qgqdittet;mtrdql ll B ll Sloha 1, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspected by Jupiter, Mercury and Venus, and if the lord of that bhava be strong, the personborn will qet into the good gracesof hts sovereign. But if the 5th bhava be occu' pied by a malefic planetan.l its lord being void of strength,occrlpya malefic pcrtion o[ a sign, the person born will be void oi lcarning, dducation; virtues, intelligenceand royal favor.

oi qraqdlgâ&#x201A;Ź tgqdtsirsq{tâ&#x201A;Ź*: ffi

g qg.qqq ct;ri qrgqelll"qmqtI

ftffqrfrkgfu{ qia{tq-tqet gt

cTldf'TKg(l{(eglfrqii (fr qlftRr'all \ ll

Sloka 5. If the lord of the 4th bhava be in the Lagna and the lord of the latter occuPy the 4th and be aspectedby or in conjunction with other planets, the birth of a quadruped will take place. If the planets, aspectingor in conjunction, be Rahu or Ketu, the crea' cureborn will be a goat; if those planets be Jupiter, Venus or the Moon, the birth vuill be of a cow; the creatureborn will be a buffalo if the planet,asPectingor in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna be Saturn. If the lord of the Lagn:r ba in the 10th and Rahu in the Lagna,the creature will come out from the womb with the lego foremost.

qrdoqrRcra

798

Adh.XIII.

furerf iqqqnarftqrtRftwrerffi * 1

$ufuuftgeqft* qril! uitrilqftsrotrâ&#x201A;Źil!u q rl Slol.r 6. If the lords of the 5th and the 4th bhavasoccupythe 2nd and the ?th severallyor conjoint, Iy, and be aspectedby or in conjunction with a mrlefic planet and when a male planet is in a Drekkana owned by a nale sign, the creatures born will be monkeys, pigs, cats and the like.

efq.qrqgtfhta qnf ftoerafrqlWftr ffiirâ&#x201A;Źffiq.* qit q*hF{q} ho'* t qsangfiEqrgiliqrs g*;gglitmr

q*sft ffiqift

ilrtoi iEqrutfr Gerrr\err

Sloha 7. When the Drekkana referredto in the precedingsloka is aspectedby Saturn and Mercury, the birth will be somethingin the from of a lump or a round mass. If Jupiter in conjunction with Rahu be united there and be aspected by a weak planet the personborn will be of the Brahmana caste and will rtoop to do vile acts not becominghis birth. If Jupiter, Rahu and Saturn be united there and be aspectedby Venus and Mercury, the person born though a Sudra will attainto equality with a Brahmin, and as a twice, born will receive inscruction in everv science.

ormsroorhgqqft{rtsqqtsso}i*t q;ilet qR s.qqihfr aqrH*sqrswrnsI qrqHqqtqfi fqgir *aie.ril]ilrar sranirn{ gxqroig*s{if.B'fr il d tl

sl.8

ldqqtsqrq:

79e

Sloku 8. A person can have prosperitv (sons, wife, etc.),according as the 5th or the 7th hous" calcu' lated from the Lagna or the Moon at the time of his birth is occupiedor aspectedby a beneficplanec or by its lord;.if otherwise,he can have no son or wife' II, when the Sun occupiesVrrgo identicalwith the rising sign,Saturnis in Pices,the latter planetwill cause the deathof his wife. And Mars in the 5th house in the previous yoga brings about the deathof the son. NorBs. This sloka has been taken fronr gEsildin (Brihat Jatakar. I f t h e r u l e r o f t h e 9 t h h o u s ei s p l a c e d i n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 7 t h bhava from the Lagna, it will bring atl liinds of prosperity. The sameholds goc'dfor the Moon. This is one interpretation. Here g{ (Subha) is taken tc mean the 9th house. Second interpretation. It Jupiter, the \Iaster of Benefics (qxai qfn:-Subhanampatihi) is placed in the 5th or the 7th house fronr the Lagna or the X{oon, the yogir causesalso every kind of prosperity. Third interpretotion. If planets rrrling the ttrtzrt<l:(Ishta' stthanas,uiz., placesother tharr the 3rd, the 6th, the 8th and the lZth) be placed in the 5th and 7th houses from the Lagna or t h e M o o n , t h e n a l s o p r o s p e r i t yi s i n d i c a t e d . Fourth interpretotion. If the ruler of the bouse occupied by Venus be placed in the 5th or 7th bhava fronr the Lagna o' the Nloon, it leads to prosperity. Here glrvfr (Subhapati) is split up (Sukra), u (Bha):qi11(Itasi) and qii (Pati). into { (Su;:* Atnther uiew. It the ruler or nakshatraoccupied by Venus be placed in the 5th or the 7th from the Lagna or tbe Nfoon, then also prosperity is indicated. (The rulers of Nakshatrasare accord' ing to iEli'lnt-Vimsottari System). In all the above interpretzrtions' the planet or planets con' cerned may take the role of aspectdng instead of occupging.

qrilEcrRqre

800

Adh. XIII.

In the absence of the above yogas, the

nran is sure ,to be

unhappy. If Virgo is tr.rrise with the Sun in it and Saturn be in Pisces, the native witi kilt many rvives. If Virgo is to rise witl, l\lars in Capricorn, such a peison wili lose nlany sons who are born. It may however be asked "Why

does Saturn in

the Sun in Virgo as Lagna kill wives?"

The

Pisces with

ans\ver is, Saturn,

as ruler of tho t'th, in the 7th aud in opposition to the ruler of the l2th is bad. To be mo.re explicit, the rulers of bacl houses sh<luld not be in Subha Sthanas igqtqta) or good houses. T h e S u n a n d S a t u r n i n o p p o s i t i o n w i l l i n c l i c a t en r o r e t h a u o n e wife especially in dual signs. j \ I a r s i n t h e 5 t l r n r a y l ' r sg o c d f o r l i n : r . n c e ; b u t i t i s c e r t a i u l y b a d f o r i s s u e sa n d r v i l l a l n ' a y s l i i l l c h i l d r e n .

itq: qgquq?qrc qrdfqqr{qfrgqq.t aDgur sqq lRiq q r nidee:tt l \ l a r s c o m i n g i n t o t l r c f i r s t p o r t i o n o f t h e 5 t h b h a v a r i ' i 1 1k i l l f the rrst son: con,ing into the nriddle portionl he n'i11 iiril the middle son, and if he cornes inro the last portion, he nilt ki1l the later issues. Further, 1\l:trs ni11 always ki11 chiidr en betrveen I and 3 I'ears ( Qf , r'.,T, ei aq fdirii: etc., l lrihat \ r l I I . s l . ' \ c t . o r d i n g 9. to this principle, the lioon Jatalra-Ch. rules for the {lrst ye:Lr and llars rules for tbe next two 1'ears. the ages of

Therefore childre n l iil be l;illed tt:tthin three years I.y llars.)

l;ilS+: gdr,eaqtqarqdrtfn?rI uQhdqqrfaq R: I ftqlqi sfiaft erils*gi qrqiqfi:Ud?ft:gail gr: sr(u fiqwq q;q1â&#x201A;Ź e qff,rct'-ligur rnatqr{ q,rf}dI c{ \ \ n qâ&#x201A;ŹlrqHrEqnQ$sFE: ggls;qqr qK{aI lQ {ra: ll

T,-qtot{q{ (Kalyana Varr.nan), the author of qtrrqe,t(Saravali). s a y s t h a t t h e r e a r e 12 k i n d s o f s o n s w h i c h a p e r s o n m a y b e d e s t i n e d to have. They are (t).rltg (Aurasa) a son born to a iawfully (Z) *ac (Kshetraja), one that is born to a wife through a brother or other kinsman of her husband duly appointed

married wife;

sr.8

801

tffissqtq:

J.!w

to raise up issue for him ; (:) r< (Datta)' one tlrat has been receivedas a gift from his natural parents for being adopted; (+) *iiie(Kreeta), one that has been purchasedfor purposes of the c o n t i n u a n c eo f t h e f a m i l y ; ( 5 ) f l T q ( K r i t r i m a ) r a s r o w n - u p s o n adoptedwithout the consentof his natural parents; (6) 3{qqcrr{ (Adhamaprabbava), an offspring born to a low'caste woman (7) €rtqx (Gudhotpanna), a son born through a Brahmin; secretly of a woman when her husbandis absent, the real father being unknown ; (8) 3{ciaq(Apaviddha}' a son that is abandoned by the father or mother, or by both, and adopted by a stranger; (s) ficrfi-{(I'auuarbhava),a son of a widow rernarried; (10) 6tdia (Kaneena),the son of an unmarried wornan; (l l) {il6 (Sahodha)' (12) <r€tci{a (Dasi' the son of a rvoman pregnant at rnarriage; 'l'he particular kind of son slave. female prabhava), the son of a Saravali' tbat one may get is thus describedin

gd{qn {qgiir gfr€d1r wqlfit }rrq t tqi qsq: gsi qqsq{qq faqiThtt qfidi Utqil grruara\nl qq.gx: t €*Iff4lqqqT q€?iifialfeffisftqr n]+i: ll \.\^ flFqI iql{Tq€qt flIFqI{

dlqil flqI eel I

eDll gqEDaQgqrfberqrqinhsqil

r mt n\Xqfgq{eigr$qr*,erq1q: fr*qg{ qiqfa q}'iisft.iu} {aqee: tl

qpqgndfi;gfiilfni qR nia\q gnq.r e.fl{g*rqlt:+,lc*rgqs Ai st( tl flflqqri +lii frrgi qai q{ qqi t tl aflqg'i fq-qt.&qq(udq1;grt

qil qaqrrdirii\ q{q ETsa ng+ | AfadeuqFit qrdq gilsqqqqq:ll q-i ,tiqt{rqaqkq q;etEAffit qqfti I 101

q|(sqTRqft

802

Adh. XIII.

\\or

ll {flF9a: 91: sJqq€q{qrrTFt

afoiq q qii qlfiq,irtfitfrt Gqr r gaqqqqfi g+sqfia qft *6,tgfiqqqr(tt

nfhitt qoi nfigft qai sErqqt r g*,rfiuuieUga' ilq,ifr qqfi tt c\.\\

TsT qqrsflHT.fi€redq{ qqq +FI I

gr: il ifiebssqq sfRt qrqta:Rqqfa qfrrfiqoqqrit, gatt qo4uqngtr g*.n eenriga:*fin: n*aa tt diarr$+ qrqdqai HEr{rrft | .\

c \ ^\ qldlsgr: gQq:HFqq€{ilqKIiT ll

graai{ nfuag},orAflfht eqqsda r qtdiqqqrfr ala'qrqfQ *fiqrqrqt'tt fsaerfuqi Srt nr"qiels'rqrfq frg-i I qt+q+.oq*T: qrqw g{r: tl fg:.gqtrfrrrr;tsfr or

S u c h o f t h o s e i n w h o s e h o r o s c o p e st h e 5 t h h o u s e i s o c c u p i e d s p e c t e d b y l r e n e { i cp l a n e t , so r r : ; i t s e l f a u a u s p i c i o u s s i g n ( b e i r : g

o n ' n c - db y b e n e l i t : s ) ,w r l l c e r t a i l l y b e b l e s s e d w i t h o n e o r o t h e r o f t h e l < i n d so f s o n s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e . I f i t b e o t h e r w i s e , t h e r e w i l l be no issue. If the 5th hr.ruse,couuted either from the Lagna or the lloon u h i c l r c i e r i s s t r o u g c r ' ,b a p p e n t o b e a \ - a r g a o f J u p i t e r a n d s h o u l d also bc a benelil sign or be aspected by benefic planets' the person concerned rvlll have an ctfo{(i(Aur;,sa) son. The numl,rer olt sons that a person may lrave is that

signihed

by the number of benefic Navamsas that have elapserdin the 5th bhava. This nurnber will be doubled if the bhava be also aspected by benefics. 'fhe numbcr lost will be ascertained through the number of malefic Navamsas traversed, and tbe number will

s[8

*irqqisrqrqr

803

doubled if the bhava be also aspected by mate6cr. Also ff' XIII-+6, *7, infra. If the 5th housebelong to a Varga of Saturn and be aspected bv Mercury but not by Jupiter, Mars or the Sun, the person concerned will have a ta; (Kshetraja) son. The same will be the case if the house in question belong 1e 3. Varga of Nlercury, be aspectedby Saturn and be at the same time devoid of the aspect of Jupiter, IVIarsor the Sun. I f S a t u r n s h o u l d o w n t h e 5 t h h o u s ea n d a l s o o c c u p y i t a n d i f t h e M o o n s h o u l d a s p e c tt h e s a i d h o u s e , t h e p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw ' i l l get a (({ (Dattal.a) son. If }Iercurv should take the role of S a t u r n i n t h e a b o v ey o g a t i r e n a t i v e w i l l g e t a f t t ( l i r e e t a ) s o n . I f t t r e 5 t h h o u s ew i t h S a t u l n i n i t b e i n t h e S a p t a m s ao f \ l a r s a n c lb e n o t b e a s p e c t e db y a n y o f t h e r e n a i n i n g p l a n e t s ' t h e person concernedn'i11get a SrQtâ&#x201A;Ź(Kritrirna) son. If the 5th housebe in a Varga of Satu-'n or be occupiedby the Sun, with the aspect of i\{ars on it, the son of the personconcerned will be an 3Tqqqif4(Aclhamaprabhava). lf the Moon should occupy in the 5th houseanamsa of Mars a n d b e a s p e c t e db y S a t u r n a n d n o t b y a n v o f t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s the son of the personconcernerlwill be a lf,aiiq{(Gudhotpanna). If Mars occupy the 5th house identical with the \rarga of Saturn anrl be aspecterlby the Sun, the personconcerned will get a son of the aqiia (Apatidclha)class ; so declares sageKaruna' The son of a pdrson will be fiqii+ (Pounarbhava) when, in his nativity, the l\'Ioonis in the 5th house in a Varga of Saturn and in conjunctton with that planet, and is also aspected b1' Venusand the Sun. tf ttre 5tU bhava be in the Shodasamsaof the Sun and be o c c u p i e do r a s p e c t e db v h i m , t h e s o n o f t h c p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw i i l be a da}< (Kaneena). If the 5th house belong to a Varga of the Sun br the Moon and be occupiedby the Moon or the Sun respectively and if the bhava be at the same time aspectedby Venus' the native will bave a son of the t{Eid (Sahodha)class.

ildcqrRqre

Adh. XIII.

If the 5tl house being a malefic sign be occupied by three or more malefics in strength and has no benertc aspect on it' the person concerned will not bave any sc,n. I f t t r e S t t r b h a v a l r a p p e n st o b e i n t h e N a v a m s e o f V e n u s a n c has the aspect of that planet on it, the issues will be of the atdi. qlt4 (Dasiprabhava) c1ass. Sorne sey that the srnre should be predicted through the \Toon also , i.e., whert tlre 5th bhava is in the Navamsa of the Moon and is also aspected by that planet. If the 5th bhava beiug in a Varga of Venus or the tr{oon be at t h e s a m e t i m e a s p e c t e ' 1o r o c c u p i e d b 1 ' t h e s e p l a n e t s , t h e i s s u e s w i l l g e n e r a l l y b e < l a i r g l r t e r s .T h e s a m e w i l l l r c t l r e c a s e i f t h e s i g n r e p r e s e n t i n g t l r e V a ' r g : ri n c l u e s t i o n b e e v e n . O t h e r w i s e , t h e i s s u e sq ' i l l b e a l l s o r r s . The author of Sar:rvali gives some detarls regarding one's wif e, ai,z.:-

g*;g*enfiri' qtaibfla atuqi{?flqq{ q n}'fihl I ll qqt qtsfi s qfts't faAfn( EI flf:d fe* qEqqfi€rrFlqrll:

u3$dril' asiq;qrfiqaqq,iiqnI afirrfiq,it,rai qn?gqi gq.i: €tI( ll qef}dqril f;iitflqlarsfE qqqdtqi{r(eqT I qlq qfauqiirutgqqlarRqrfii tt qftq ffafha,irii ghsnarfiqlfqi I eEar eg'l:o,itqqFnui fii\or tt {!{m'it: aaui ifiSaaftqrgi'ia-F{ir: gh turrrqal-isfi aaflnhtqTol€ql:ll

grelnqfr e qI ;IEr{to{lFso}sEEI sq€ qi{gmqiikavtgeiair qrqf t $qd gt'{f{rhagi iIIffig gldi{r} qlfliqeqntireq ffTqtldtqRfqst ll q ll

st 9-10

aqlqtfrsqrq:

Sloha 9. When the lord of the 5th bhava or of the 9th from the Lagna occupies the 7th bhava or an even Rasi and is aspected by or ia conjunction sith the Moon or Venus, a gooJ number of daughterswould be born. If the two planetsreferred to above occupy a male varga and be aspectcdby or in conjunction with male planets,the number of children born will cootain a majority of sons. The question of obtaining irsuer, an astrologermust propound, with referenccto Jupiter and the 5th bhava. Nortls' cf. noffi.r1

s{{qil 'it+ittqt*gt e} sG g xgfi: t gti tl dtqiq=ssrFgdfr drrtii elqtdmzb

If the 5th house or its lord be posited in a rnale sign or Amsa or be in conjunction with or aspccted by rnale planets, the children will be all rnales. fhe birth rvill be of dirughters if the said house or its lord be in a fcnrale lt:rsi or Arnsa, or be associated with or aspected by fctnale planet:. o,-, r-rrrins in the last gta of the Ilalalthadrzr,tal;es it{;qriqtlii: -lupitor'" p l a c e " reclioned frorn t h e 5 t h fronr and sloka to nrean quotes the fol1ou'ing :

qlqlFqaqqrdt.qaq,TqlqflgmI gqfaqlilfq-qn *'qAz C gni. FII( ll This as rvell as thc ne.rt six slolias are in lidl,(d.

gx;gtd grt iqoer;g+q-iiq girq w t ntrgfr {ggr{noi{;qnâ&#x201A;Źt dt grdiasll t o ti S/oAa 10. If the 6th bharra from the Lagna be a vargaof Venus or thc Moon and be aspectedor occupied by either of them, and if at the same time no maldic planetsbe in the bhava,the person born will have many

808

arftnFltRiri

Adh. XIII.

children. But'if SatutnandMars shouldasPectthe Sth bhava.he wili be bereftof children.

ftaqrft{qS} gil.IffifTtrq mqd*

aqrtgr(ffifuagt ffitsun

eft*q{t c g{uâ&#x201A;Źtilfrsaqg*qt(

q+sgi qh tt t t tt gM{qfts RII{t{r$qa}

Sloha l'1, A person will have a grandsonif the ?th plscefrom the 5th bhrva be in the Rasi and Amsr o[ a beneficplanet, or if the lord of the 7th place afore' said be aspected by or in conjunction with a bene{ic planetand occupy a K.endra or a Trikona' If the lord nf the Sth bhava be in <wa (Swakshetra), the person born will not have many sons. If the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of che 5th bhava be in its own Navamsa,the astrologer may give out that the personconcernedwill havc but one son.

gx& qfirfti ftm'ir qrqriidt*sqqt g{Kgq{r1Rl$r&il1 qrTI:$o'6'itr*tl I

nfr rqrqri{rir il(i.ft gfaffit g{{I ll ?1 ll g*& ilgt t* gilqfr rJaifrqrilFqcTq Sloha \2, If the lord of the ?th bhava be in the 5th, the person born will have no children or be'bereft bf a wife. Malefic plan':ts in the 8th, the 6th and the 12th places from the 5th bhav,r bring the family to extinclion. Rahu occupying the 5th bhava and the lord thereof in a g:tara (Dusthhana) vrill causethe death of children. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 5th and the lord of the latter io the 1st bhava, the person"'-qcerned will adoPt a Bon.

s[ 19-14

zqtqdcqrq:

8nt

NorBs. For the lst {l{ (paaa)of this sloka comparethe following from qoaliiqt\\ '. \ ^\

e.lw gf,rt qqeqtanlsgqls'iqlll

ssdMtutfrs{

C<risdq sr&ldtRfi q( t rJ6rREqffi4qreqâ&#x201A;Źfraqll tl ll

SJofta13. If the lords of the 1st and the 5th bha' vas occupy a g:<nrT(Dusthhana) and be aspected by a benefic planet, the person born will have a legitimate son as well as a scn by adoption. Find the vargar of the planet occupying the Rasi repreeentiogthe Stir bhavaanCalso thoseof the Karakaof the game. Find again which of the several Rasis to which theeevargas b.long are unoccupiedby planets; from someone of the class of people irldicatedby these Rasis will the personconcernedadoPta son.

*nffiqtJ$r:

gdt{: grTd

d'qri:Ee'iqfa gd qqtfr qtti I *qllrgirgilrfirqufuqlql qtqT$rfrqFrgfurrEf}Krg! ll tB ll

Sloha L4. If the lord of the 5th bhavain conjunc' tion with a benelic planetbe in a Kendra or Trikona porition in a benefic Rasi, the person born will havea son in his carly yearo. lf the lord of the 5th bhava be in conjunction with Rahu, the son born in the Bhukti (girn) of the former wrll be short-lived while the one born in the gi* (Bhukti) of Rahu in the sanaeyoga will attain long life.

qnnF Rilt

809.

Adh.xlil,

grvr?qRq,fr -ril{o}qrtfhtrSr}

qrejffit gilIqriâ&#x201A;Źtfr qqtl qR Wqtqfiim qtshT{r q{qrE dcq!1T qbtaiiitiqi gilEdiqriurtqrqi n t\ tl

Sloka 15. If the lorde of the 5th and the Znd bha, vas be weak and if malefic planets aspect the bth bhava, the person born even when he has many wiveg will certainly have no children. But if his wife be born under a yoga which makesa Bon possibleand if the 5th bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet or the lord of the 6th place from the 5th bhava, she will become the Eother of a son by a paramour. NorEs. With this, compare XIV-I6

infra.

S{qfi il{tt {r gt il gqqiikt I

gqqtE{gt g{qritf drqr n lq tl

Slaho t6. If the 5th bhava,its lord or Jupiter be aepectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet, the personborn will undoubtedlyhave a Eon. cf. so{tfi+r

Norrs.

gFqtfqâ&#x201A;Źrilfti-i: gFqT fierilftii: gdt{;iiar: gpiraqrqgq?firgi gafr

qRg*q fqq:sas]di qrrqrifrud gl'nA, CIrriq+ rr If Jupiter and the lords of the 5th house reckoned from the Lagna and tlie Nloon be well-placed and rvhen the 5th house has on it the aspect of a benelic planet or of one'owning an auspicious house (i.e. orher than the 6th, gth or l2th), or if the lords of the Lagna and the 5th bouse be posited tog.thu, rn a house or have rnutual benelic aspect or occup\. each other,s places, the acquisition of children is assured,

t-t:-t-t----.*,--.,.-ff*'-,.-. - -*".- Y cf . also the following from SITIKER

sgrrtMta qqtgqtlnlFqligrqi{r {e gaernftas: gag'*Fq * qqqdsfls: I

gtr+['d stil qGeaaqfrql]taruraa:

rrq)friqeulqqfi qggir:erflneilgtr x ga' t u}ril rGg{tuqTllgecq*if s,*q)gu{: ensai wg,trrw*tt ng'r}irvn r s{iit q=uq61qEqgle{ q-.q).dagee+1q.JE il tiq gerft il ed r'ilqrq"q'ilqtqg,fir\ g,rw I'i t

wa, gegai€$q{isq' gaa qmt{h qnhra<e rflag qt ftAr-nfleilqfi:I qlrqqnar,i 'qqfigfauaq{ia Rrq ftq* i-

q;*;q{i-€fnaeq6gwra} +trqnfi €qtq( | geardieaO€q:H qqfrR aw n+qfi<Fufi(rl erai dfiiriqfd q gftfir* arqgvn<afi n 'a'i g€irsqqnfP{fi r ring* qrcq{ rrqrfi-qqErin] drgnl ad glal a'rrr ,{raa}qfi qlf}a:€qaqfi'tfltgfi{iHet{Tq tl ti t6oflalrafrg'<nrgi<rq

oit s{qrq0S}i qq*gt t qRrotq*dit g{nfr* d{qs ll le ll Sbhu L7. When the lord of the lot bhava, occu strength piesthe 6th and the lord of the latter posEetsec and Jupiter also is in full strengtb, there will undoubtedlybe a Eon.

r0z

8r0

ctaqcrRqR

Adh. XIII

grtlrrriddi qltxdrsrfRt usrftrr ffi gr{ritf tuqr lt ld tl Slofra 18. When Jupiter occupiesthe 6th bhava n full etrength and is aspectedby the tord of the Lagna,a son will undoubtedlybe born.

ttiqst{t di s}t q ilr fkt r gr{rtr *?t g+ffitE tl 11u Sloka 19. When Jupiter has attaineda Vaiseshi kamsaand when the lord of the 5th bhava is also in a Vaiseehikamsa,and when the lord of the 9th bhava aEpectothe 5th, the astrologer may declare the birth of a Eon.

XIEtfqrftn;sA I

qrot@i

ilq wditFi+Etr{it"qft a tqqr ll Roll Sloka20. If the Moon be in the 10th bhava, Venus in the ?th and maleficplanets in the 4th, the family of the person born underthis yoga will not continueafcerhim. Norrs. cf. d<nc

\ e{t qs{ q;q: flE} qq+ftd: I qr\, qrarf,gFDa qflqrq*t at: ll

Also

qrnili q;i taqsrt u,it, Si r qri' qr,rloct{rr}<rq+fiffi: tl

Also q-â&#x201A;ŹffiE;I

gqr<rE{rlfFqil{gqfil6q{11fr Igrt{o\\\ ar.IrEtrilfiwt6quqrrgqfl$q: I

qt nfrft* qil gnw{tagfFft: tt W aRrRtq-q"qqageqqr\rR

sl.8r-82

81n

tq?qrfrsrnrrqs

extinction: (l) tho a*ilv t*-tas"ta t"t"-* t" 4th, the 7th and the lOth houses in aoy nativity beiog occupied (2) the respectively by a malefic planet, Venus and the Moon; l2th, tlre 8th, the 5th and the first houses being occupied bv malefics: (3) Venus and Mercury in the 7tir, Jupiter in the 5tb and malefics in the 4th houses; and (4) the Nloon in the 5th and rnale' fics in the 8th' the l2th and t\e lst"

qgrsqqftotw qngin gdlftmst

rfr n ryrft& gd{Ifr*qur rl Rl ll Stoha 7L. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th or the 8th bhava and the Lord of the 5th be either in conjunction with malefic planets or aspectedby inimi' cal or depressed planets,the astrologer should say the personborn under the yoga will losechildren"

qrqâ&#x201A;Źfl$ | onrrHqw{heltrfum:

*{it-Gffiftor: lt 1q ll ${anftErte{r Sloka 22. If maleficplanetsbe in the 18t, ?th, gth and the 12th bhavasand occupy the vargas of inimical signe,they will causethe extinction of the family Norrs. The following yogas leading to the same eflect are fronr dtd4(4.

onFsgfllErrilktgfrIqlqq{terrfiarufg: t

gti{ a;gfieafi:s'E{rqfi"}'i{iie qtr: tl g*art {tqqeufi:$eriq\ q;Egiq gft t qTqqQI fi:sgauttrt: q{s ft"}miia {ta: i,

Bw+t awrasitq acsatq[-{gt aq)qr t

qTqqQT ffgrrdl4t d q{ie ih}q*ila

qK: I

qrGqa*rgi sgmo'tgfrEugilgnrt r

ars

qrir$c'rRqrt

Adh.XIII.

t* .nnrgr(€Rt q vrQirre fa"beprlqqK: ll qrt fiort geil n{rr} e,r}'s\wruflrgt r qAfidiiqft orart qatqfi-Frqqiiaqrd:tl

iFExrr gqr 6{rr qrorirftrqi sEqdtert fitqrr tqui61q qpitsfi qii{i*ilr: 1 Rl tl Sloka 23. Eighr classesof femalesare excluded hom the benefit of the rules governing the birrh of children. Theseare: (i) a barren woman; (2) one ad, v a n c e di n y e a r s ; ( 3 ) o n e e m a c i a t e d by disease;'(4o ) ne that is a child; (5) one discased; (6) one without menstruation; (7) one whosc body is rouglr; and lastly, (8) one that is corpulent.

gtolnntrrgeqlrilfr\Sq r u{s qo-di?gEtraqrFfidxretiilil i,B tl Sloba 24. When Jupiter and the lords of the lst, the ?th and the 5th bhavas are all weak, childlessness ahould be pronounced. Notns. This sloka is taken from I'arasara.

grvri nrtqri ildt Cffirt r

glrsfrt{&} g fifi€'{Tr iffmerf,ril R\ tl

'When Sloha 25, a maleficplanet is in the bth bltava and its lord is depressedand without benefic arpect,childlessnessmust be pronounced. cI. q€{rf.{qt

Norrs'

flrrftndwrtgii R:s,ftt-n&vegt mr gim nnr:+ftilsx q$' g\e} gnt get rr

81.26-?8

lirqlr)svrqr

813

If the lord of the 5th housebe in depressionor in an inimical houseor be eclipsed,or be in conjunction with the lords of the l 2 t h ' t h e ( r t h a n d t h e 8 t h h o u s e s ,t h e r e s u l t w i l l B e l o s s o f c h i l d ren, say the astrologers. The same will be the case wl.renthe lord of the 5th is posited in the 5th antl is not aspectedbv benefrcs.

U€'oei6q1*1qsq€Qiiqt I t gqrr+rr(Rttu-qr ifi1t€til ll Rq ll Sloka 28. When malefic planets occupy the 5th placef rom Jupiter, Lagnr and.tl'reMoon and are neither associ,rted with nor aspectedby b:nefic planets,child, lessness must be pronounced.

grqnrri qrt il{rt qHIIE{tI drqeq'mGi

qffi-qr ifirretil tt Rs ll

Sloho L1. When a maleficpianetoccupiesthe 5th bhavaand its lord is betwecn two maleficplanetsand is neither aspectednor associatedwith a beneficplanet, musr be pronounced. childlessness cf'

qoqtiqat

Norrs'

oaifrcanfiai gr,rgcri€+fhi'aeg')ngtfhhgr vlirnlg galg giralg g:t-'lr.{tga q?f}f,gdt: fi'rp( ll When the 5th places counted frorn the Lagna, Jupiter and the Moon arc either associated rvith or aspectecl iry malefics and a r e d e v o i d o f b e n e 6 c s o r o f t h e i r . r s p e c t ,o r , w h e n t h e s e h o u s e sa r e 'the surrounded by malefics on botlr sides aud when lords of tbe above said horrses are posited in Dustthanas (i.e., 6th, 8th aod l2th), the person concerned can have no issues whatever.

qrqquq{tqE grn qu{Rt I firqqrffit

qila{n €ilGfirr ll R6 ll

S/ofrc?8. If Jupiterbe betweenZ maleficplanetc and the lord of the 5th bhavabe without strengthand

qttscrliq e

8r4

Adh. XIII.

with J ,r0.., by a benelicplanet, devoidof association be childlessness,mustpronounced.

${eni gqt} qqt}sqqr qR r qt aqrEqrqqsgdrsll qq ll urFqwEgfr Sloha79. When the 5th bhavais in a Rasiowned by Mercuryor Saturn anCis occupiedor aspectedby Mandi or Saturn, the personwill have sonsgot by adoptionor otherways. Notns. This sloka is from Parasara. cf.

q-of,rftqt

qr;qgdd q{i qH *q qr-qftgarf}qa{tfhd ta t qillFrTq: sgd.qrâ&#x201A;Źniqnq=qAt+ fi<o, gtn: ll If the 5th bhava be a sign owned by Saturn or \llercury and is aspectedby or associated with l\'Iandior Saturn, the personconcerned will have a son by adoption. The'same will be the result when the lord of the 5th house is weak and is not connectedin aDy way with the lords of the ist arrdthe Tth houses.

trqafrsnqeqwildqtqqs EiwRrftr I qg_..(fr1 $CIRdrdlql Srl iT {T;<tRill 1o ll

grqrl gdtt qrqtt W\ ttrqi t ll lt ll ftrdi qia$rqrdtrnndwt ltonq. S/olas 3C-31. Jupiter in Meena, gives very few children; in L)hanue,gives children after much diffi' culty; in Katakaor Kumbha, no issue at all. When the 5th bhava is in Kataka,Meena, Kumbha or Dhanus, and Jupiter occupiesthe same,the effect is as declared in aloka 30.

sI.89-33

lqHssqrq:

815

n gnTrr&g!ll Tho causeof shildlessness,

qnfrurret iqilqq gffiqr r

qgTfqrgist RqaTqq$ffiqr ll 11 tl

Sloka 32, When Jupiteroccupyingthe 5th bhava is seenby a maleficplanet;the loss of issuesresultsin of a deity'scurse. If Jupiterbe in conjunc, consequence by the lord of the 6th bhava,the tion q'ith or aspected lossof children is dueto the curseof Brahmins. Nolrs. With this and the next four slohascorllpare the followiug from slld;[((f.

€nrFs?Ggt fHagdtqe nrqr(t( u}} verngtafi,{qrn}€h1!p{rgs: 1 rlrlta aelqotqtqqrftqarRrn,i aqr qrr+{}sfqg}rqrrrgt mqfin{ffiF€ft:11

glils'qftrigt ga.It *.ilRg+ aqr gar,geqfsuil g€gt sqfforqFgft:1 dtoqGqoqnfid m snt aa: ll tdw raror€qqrTflnq1rflFqrnrgrq{

snir$qffi ftgqrttflf\t t

gr€&R*+r ftgcivqWqqrn 11rl Sloha 31. If the lord of the 5th bhavabe in conjunction with Mars and aspectedby the lord of the 6th bhavaand is devoid of beneficaspect,the loasof iasuer chouldbe tracedto the wrong doneto enemies.

816

crfisqftiln]

Adh. XIII.

qr{enqt qfr git qrE*St

aqqlT{r{r} qrt qrilf,qr($rrqqrlt lB rl Sloka 34. If a malefic planet be in the 4th bhava, and the lord of the 5th be in conjunction with Saturn and the 8th or the t2th bhava be occupied by a malefic planet, the loss of issues is in consequenceof offence againstthe moth:r.

aqt qrqrtghq;qg* g?Ti\i I Grslt qrilqdgirfiacivq (Fr{q:tl lB tl S/oArr35. If a maieiic planet occupy the 9th and the lord of the 5th bliavabe in conjuncticn with Saturn and if Mandi be in a Trikona position, the losaof children shouldbe ascrib:dto offenceagainstthe father.

ilg*'gvi st qei EoEffiit qft dqiqr( gileilqr il{tr qrirQrr n lq tl S/oAa 36, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspccted by Rahu or Ketu, or if the lord of the bhava be similarly placed,the loss of children is broughton by offenceagainsta serpent.

geffiErqFrwr tfcr q{t t gtq{tnqrgffi

*eqt 11Qull

S/ota .3?. If Jupiter,the lord of the 5th bhava, the lord of the ?th and Mars be together in one bhrva, a wise astrologer may declare the loss of $ons and daughtersto arisefrom troublecausedby evil deitieo.

g1â&#x201A;ŹrFtrril3 sr{( qftqg/li{-dli}{ilt srâ&#x201A;ŹsfgTarQrqq ilil Eqr+T!gils il Qull SloAa 38. If there be a planet in the 5th bhava

st.89-{s

8r7

rqtqtilsErFtt

U of the 5th be by any planet, then the person concerned unacpected will have eonaby adoptionand other ways. Norns. There are two other readings, rtiz.(l) cc$ Sr<rla end Ql;ng:s"ilq4q.

qrqtnrtq* Setq{rrfuit

flrdq qrnfr$tfis ffiqq: ll lq ll Sloha 39. It the Moon be in a malefic Raei and the lord of the 5th bhava be in the 9th, and if the lord of the Lagna be in a Trikona, there will be a eon by adoption.

wfrEt grilq{e+qntfrsftqrt

q;qt{s{qTâ&#x201A;ŹAEqg*'t{ffi

ll Bo ll

Sloka 40. When the rising sign is an even Rast and the lord of the 5th bhava occupies the 4th or has attained a Navamaao[ Saturn, there will be a son by adoption.

Wqiirqt5qRrqI giqilsirgwfuerI

Eqgrq qFrft{ilfuqii qfrtqft ll st ll

Sloka 41. If the lord of the 5th bhava in conjunc' tion with the Sun and Mercury be in a Navamsa owned'by an even Rasi or by Saturn, there will be a son by adoption.

q;Ett g*nrqt$ qrrfr gelil{fi r gil! ll 81,ll d qqsdxrftrqt {rqft g:T3 Stoho 42. If the lord of the 5th bhava occupy a Navamsaof Saturn, and Jupiter artd Venus be in their 103

818

ffirc|frq|t

Adh. XIII

adoptionand then havea son from his wife.

q-{t{rsR{ilntal gsqqnqqrfutrs t

gdfr grqrf Etgtmwafrrll 81 ll Sloka 43 If the planets predominating in the light half of a month be in a Navamsa of Saturn, and Jupiter occupy the 5th bhava,the family of the person born will be continued in the line of the son taken for adoption.

ffi wrqil ftqart Rqmit qiq tt BBtl gfr qrgrrriâ&#x201A;ŹU grr mror;fr Sloha 44. When Mars is in the Lagna, and the Sun occupyingthe 8th or the 4th bhava is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the pcreonborn will have a son iate in life. Norrs. cl, t-nnq \-^

qiq iieeqrh qreqilfifFairfiixUtr , qi aresgn{i g1: zsrar;ilqqfAlt

Also nu{'nr*r

S arelgnqltfiqq't q"Ewq ont 6fl e6{Tq} : arileadttarecrqnfrgfr q'i vlt{qt gtftqagarql}nqrt qq\ \ A \ \

wTs;Ttqqn;qil nqqqls enTot;ittQdd: l! When the Sun is positedin a childless Rasi, Saturn is in the 8th and Mars in the Lagna; or when Saturn, Jupitcr and Mars occupy respectively the Lagna, the 8th and the l2th, and the 5th house happensto be a chiltlless sign; or whcn thc Moon bccupies the llth, and thc 5th house reckoned from Jupiter is occupied by a malefrc. planet, and there 8rG morc

St ,f6-46 !

v Y v

819

aqlqiisqrqr v v v v Y v v v

v v

vvvvr

uvvvvv

UvurY vff

planets stationed io the Lagna; the person concerned will have a child late in life and that too, after a great eflort' qa{irci is thus explained by e-'iar in his s'oirfqfl'

The signs Vrischika, Vrishabha, Kanya and Simha are termed Childlcss Rasis. (vide also Adhvava XVI, 29 and 43 infra')

ohfrfrq(ait;mqnrrilgfr r

q{i f{A fift St iloralt go ll 8\ ll

Sloha 45. When Saturn is in the Lagna,Jupiter in the 8th, Mars in the l:.th, and the 5th bhava is weak' the peroonborn wrll ha'.'ea son late in life' cl, ' {ru<e

*i Gqrffiq* s{.eqgFtg* q qR *i qqfall qeqisâ&#x201A;Źqqnfrgx, ,T,IaIFd\

Also c({r(

a.ri q;a grl r-i -q* rilqHqF'qtt

qqet â&#x201A;ŹtrqqI fitt gxdfr s: tt

gil{ rTerrrilE ildtqw;rr$E{ {orr( lHd ilfiq iqrfitrirrarttrtfiRrdq iteftr q I qrdt*E aqirrffiq.S{eqn Ki{I ffit tq\q afrqadqdlfttcq g ffnqslaf glqql ll 8q ll the number Slohu 46. An astrologermay a-qcertain of sonsfrom the 5th bhava; of brothersfrom the 3rd; oi wives from the 7th ; of servant-nraidsfrom the 4th; aod of menialsand friends from the Znd. Multiply the elapsedNavamgas (in minutes) in eachbhava by the benefic aspect on it (in Rupas) and set down the result' Divide thir by 200 (which is the number of minutes io

qratc|Q!fi

820

Adh. XIn

one Navamaa). The quotienr representsthe numbcr of sons, brothers etc. Norts' See also next sloka. cf,

tri.

gitil+lqgiriagew 6q1 grrin* |

Gnrgtfht fr$: qrqifrqrqitfhtll Also cttt4dr

Reqrqqi{qeqr*rqii arqd'ts{ ret I gttFt d(BgoITF,er qrqia*s,{il $ tl Also

qilqi Hf,q?nrrdT rrrqFqFqr qia&,im er dHin€fi ryQ,iaft at€grtt:$R6t:g*a-r 1

ufr g+,aga-a)fRqgdrfiairrriqrft6tfi hfqq-arflqr,igfiEmftdnBfqosqqii rr Also va;qqpq1

q flaftdeldqrs,lqqian}sR ET gdqEi{HrTTfQ 61se |nr;46;a

€;aHrrr4l$scrqdpqrq6H;dfi: Hi€*

gdFt I

ql'fufiarfi.ItfFqorqi ?lE;{Irilnig{q}ifirnrq. tl Also q'aifq+r

eruldtqTftqqiab' g?rgaagmtfttcqrfii' r gnfial grqrfaiiiln(gh nt' gefqfafifqosh rr The nunrber of issues should be deterrnined by a consideratios ( t ) tle planets in the 5th houseor those that are posiredalong of with the lord of the 5th bouse, as to boc' rrran! of them are in f r i e n d l y , d e p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i i : a l N a v a r n s a s . A s i r n i l a r e x a m i n a t i o n s h o u l d a l s o b e m a d e i n r e s r ) e c to f t i r e 5 t h h o u s e o r i t s l o r d r e c k o n e d from the gigr: occupied by Jupiter or the sigr: representing the N a v a m s a o c c u p i e < ib y t h e S u n ^

sl.4?-49

qqiqrilsqFrs

sitl

g* trEr{ sutgci qr{ q ilft ffn

afrrr: gqQeelqd{fl!rrgtlrRqirn sqq I

rqqn qrqafirrsrdor.{ftgrGirttrr(ts il Be lt Sloha 47 Leaving out the figures indicating the number of signs in the bhavas to be mentioned below, multiply the degrees, minutes, etc. in each, converted into minutes, by the figure (in Virupas) representing the beneficaEpect and divide the producta by 60 and again by 200. The results arrived at in respect to the 6th, the 3rd, the 7th, the lst and the 4th bhavasreEpectively represent the number of sons, brothers, wiveE, menials whether male or fernale, and friends that the owner of the horoscope is to have. The figures got similarly from malefic aspect on the several bhavas above,mentionedindicate the number of sons and otherc that will be lost.

grt{rdqo{q(segiluT'iu-rrwgii

S*rft:siEtf]ear$eg(rwinicqrsgils I

qrgqrinfftliFffiSeqqlTmru{Tarrlsq{t aCa..

qmhrgeqrr .fi.T,iftfrqqSiqqqqt gdtsn Bd tl S/oAa 48. Add the correct f iguresfor the lords of the 5th and the lst bhavas,and find out the Rasi and the amsa the sum represrnts. When Jupiter passel through this and its triangular positions, there is a possibility of a scn beiog born. Agrin, take the pum of the f igures for jupiter, the Moon and the Sun, and ascertainthe Rasi and the Navamsasthe suro repreqents. Tbe number of the Navamsasobtained give the nunber

Gs'fun

Adh. luII.

of irrues of the perloD concerned. Two nore alternative methodsfor ascertainingthis oumber are: (1) edd tfre ligurea of the lords of the 5th, the ftb and the 4th bharns and ascertain,a8 in the above care, tbe number of.part Navamcacin the Rasi fouod. Thic will be the oumberrequired: (2) add the figuresof the planetaif any in the 6th, the 9th and the 4th bhavas. The nunn, ber of childrenwill be the numberof elapaedNavamcag in the Rasi found. Norns. Ihe following from qodfrqt givesa clue to ascertain when conceptionmay be possible:

qogd swifrqtfharqqqqa{fr isrq r frri qr Wq-+ qiiTdql t,TqRrr{: tt Conception (of a birth) may take place when, the Sun and Venus in the case of males, Mars and the Moon in tho case of fomales, being possessed of strength pass through their Rasis or Navamsasidentical with an orq-qq(Apachaya) place.

'Aowqar(gIqEqrd

dqrqltui q irrftfiIu* $fddf*q t g{sr;rq6nT{$ugeqqruil ilq{r il&aF{rftrfsrmfifirURq gTf,(r tt Bq tl Sloha 49. The 5th and the 9th bhavas from Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are child'producing. During the dasaand bhukti of thelord of a child'produc' of a ing bhava,the astrologermay predict the accession child. Add the figures for the lords of the 5th and the ?th bhavas,and ascertainthe star indrcatedby the totai. ln daaayieldaa son. The dasaas well as its bhukti of or ie in conjuncrion with a pluet which either aEPects

sl. 49

tfiqqisqtqt

883

the lord of the 5th or the 7th bhava will prove to be child-producing. Notes. fhis as well as the next one are in el{'d(fl. The following additional information from q?tlicmt about (Putrabhava) glrqg will be found to be interesting :

dti=gfhftarbt+qqqa 3rd q grqi{+ gdqfri n+remo1r dtqi dqEaea.Fa qIwg{ gwg}+q qqqscq} diqr*s"{irq{

iqi frqqdSnqcftqflA g ftri +tq rr Add together the liguresrepresenting the positionsof Jupiter, the i\Ioon and f lars irr the case of ternale horoscopes. lf the result denotesan even l(asi and an even Navamsa, the strength of f e c u n d i t vi n t h e l e n r a l ci o r p r r d u c i n g o f i s p r i n gi s e s s u r e d . I f i t i s m i x e d( i . e , , R a s i r n a l e a n d A m s a f e , , r a i e ,o r u i c eu e r s a ) , t h e r e w i l l be children only after a great eflort. If the sum total of thc figuresdenoting the positionsof the Sun, \'enus and Jupiter signify a n o d d I l a s i a n d a n o d d N a v a m s a 'i t d e n o t e s t h a t t h e v i r i l i l y i s t h e m a l e t o p r o d u c e o f l s p r i n gi s v e r y s t r o n g ; a n d i n c a s e o n e o f t h e t w o ( R a s i a n d N a r a m s a ) b e e r e n , o n e h a st o p r e d i c t a m i x o d result.

qâ&#x201A;Źfl;rfii:

qTgFSinlqtF5erfagQf,

{tearnafafrfte gqft+ s+sesq.irqft |

Auirarfr gafttierurfrqr(qil, qq{.i}' qfrfuqfiqiq fafr{tQ';t â&#x201A;Źrrqftqnet $d: rr Subtract llve tinres the ligures for the Sun from five times the figures for the \'Ioon, If the Tithi representedby the result be ru auspiciousone in ,6" f1;ght half of a month, prqfeny is assureC to the native (even) without nruch exertion. But if it be ooe of the dark half of the month there is no such possibility. It rt by * close examinationof the strength of tbe Titbi-whcther it rs aus. picious or otirerwrse-rn both the Pahshas-bright and darlr-thai

qfrrtwaqti

8s4

Adh. xlil.

ono hiurto divine the possibility of the nativc being blessed with issues.During au Amavasya, a *fii4 (chhidra) tithi, the ftB (Visntl) Karana or any one of the i€t Karanas, there will be no issue at all_ *Chhidra Tithis are (l) qg'ff (Cnaturthi), (2) sO(Shashti), (t) eisdt (Ashtami), (4) TTnl (Navami), (5) <rtal (Dwadasi), and (6) .r$ht (Chaturdasi). These six ane generilly avoided for any auspicious function. There are I I Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the Lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for each Tithi. Four of these viz., (l) Chatushpatthr, (2) Naga,ra, (3) Kimsthuehna and (4) Sakuna are called (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they permanently hold sway over the four hatf Tithis commencing from the 2nd half of KrishnapakshaChaturdasi. The other seven viz., (l) Bava, (2) Balava, (3) Kaulava, (4) Taitula, (5) Garaja, (6) Vanija and (7) Vishti or Bhadra are called Chara or moveable Karanasand occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56 h a l f T i t h i s o f t h e l u n a r m o n t h b e g i n n i n gw i t h t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f Suklapaksha Prathama. ct.

frrgITqrRffiI gglftr$€r!:IilwzT

4{ult: 4qTE 1

sqGqarr fqw;arr egnwgrif,riiorr rr ai q srsi *s Slnoq'*qoavr r rrrei afirq] isi!: stti firorr:s'qr( tl qss.rtqct iiiers{"i q{rrrrre: t {*rqlqi ci iaiE: qi qd€c{iq rr qdiqrqi si gri qwqi q{'qmar t q{r{rcq? iiieagftqt E qia: rr trSi q1Fcqqrrt i*TXEiq ilt{ a I fuuiq ;Fwr;lq qgitccrr'.id: rr g-gsias-{-saicd-ii a'rw?eterq t hwi ageqt ari frrgi flgii nerrtl lSitgx*nifir qrcunFAg ffqAE I q affi eS a 6rErii aur tr "g?it qe{l cedt *a ccT.ls6"r:cdtftdrt tl

sr.49

rffistwqr

825

Rld' Rqt il wt qR qrd E*i q+d.ftqqmq*' r qwi gilflqqlTfl +r{ qiaguqT fto qTrnrq{tt (lqrqqs aqq qqEqiqqEfr ia:qan q t

qge{ft?qfats(dr <il(arqrfttrrqaqaErqtt qft ftEqrfi€ qeqqqigi'it q{Fqr:qa}sfr+e-tqt

qe{frqriluqfr qTrrrdF+,;qq &a aft mlq tt Should however the result happen to be one of the chhidra (fu<) fltnis, the iliii (vistrti) Karana or a fu( (Stthira) Karana alluded to in the previous sloka),one ought to worshipGod Krishna by meansof the Purusha Sukta mantras to ward off the barrenness lhreatening the family. If the Tithi disclosed be Shashti' he ought to worship God Subrahrnanya; if lt be Chaturthi, he ought to propitiate the lord of serpents: if it be Navami, he ought to arrangefor the rerrdingof Ramayanaand hear that Stogy; if it be Ashtami, he ought to observe the Sravana Vrata (bv fasting); if it be Chaturdasi, he must worship God Siva by Rudrapara' yana; if it be Dwadasi, he must propitiate the Gods by liberal feeding; if it be Amavasya or Pournami' he ought to propitiate the Manes. Thcse things he ought to do all the more and with greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among the last 6ve of the month--uiz. after 5!Tl'{A({riil. Generally, in the dark half of a month to whichsoever of the three divisions a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resortedto; the particular deity to be propitiatedbeing Nagaraja in the first division 6iz'15 Tithis), Skanda in the second (next 5 fithis i.e. 6- l0) and Hari in the third (or last 5).

g** Rgdtqils<qqilft 'qrsfi ftfrqn| €eegfl€fFqiisRqfa EI g:FqTnqRa{TI( gilqlqftETilq *qlt

drftqilmFf,q"

qtq tr fr*,qqawRfiri' q-{rq€g lf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimi. cal or depressionsign or be eclipsed {by the Sun's rays} or occupr

8s6

qnr'lqrftqrt

,q,dh.xlil.

aDy of thc,g:gFrrfr (Dustthanas, ajz., tbe 6th, the gth or lZth); or thc planet occupying thc 5th house be similar.ly situatd or happeo to be the lord of any one of the three houses, viz., lhe 6th, gth or the i2th' one ought to declarechildlessnessas an inevitable resultHe ought to divine tbe source of the same by an examinatiorr of the particular deity, tree and animal representedby the sign occupied by that planet.

ga,mwfilgort rt"dggqoiridR

B4qlqgqrk{t{qq{rs}qrofr s}qd,r gRRsilFgrq*qrroi wrq frqfrtqdr {IqfaroiFar(fdqreqqa: aftfrsgeilqrgt lt

*rtrforfffi qgrilflersraaqdqt*g.l dqrFfr ul} g'qgq"&qaq r qtqrR+rlq sr HlE*ril$eqrnilq.qnf,)

q-tsEplqqr6$ frqft: ii: ftffq1fift: rr â&#x201A;Źqlil aail gtvnftt s{e {rT'rrirrtT hal qrqomqdagfot \alqm{ qi( r

gh-{ gfdmrFqd} oGaq.kfrr6' gt $q) eTqffi mqtfrfrqtaN+qurqn:rg lf thc planet in question happens to be the Sun, the percon cmcerned becomessonless owing to injury done to God Siva and Garuda,and the consequent curse of the Manes; If the Moon, it wiil be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother, a Sumangeli or other venerable woman or Goddoss Bhagavati owing to her feelings iraving been hurt; In the case of Mais, it wilr be due to some fault done to tbo village deity, to God Kartikeya, to an s.t!â&#x201A;Źm:r,or one"s dayadins : if the pianet be Mercury, the sonlessness will be due to curses made try youngsters or to the kiling of tbe spewns (oSgsof fishes end similar creatures) or to ths wrath f Gsd Vishou ; I,f Jupiter be such planero it will bo dus to sonc

8r8

qfr$ilsqrqr

st {9

hsrrn done to the hereditary Brahmin family'priest or thc dcstruc' tion (cutting asunder) of a tree full of fruits; if the trord of thc 5th or the planet posited therein be Venusg the ceu* df child' lessocss will be due to the cutting oft of a tree full of .flowcrs, or an iojury caused to a virtuous lady or to tho cow-kind or a sinful dced to people that ought to be rcvered; if Saturn be tha planol under advertance, it will be due to the destruction of an qrtttl (Aswatthe) trre or on account of Yama's ire or through tlepartcd Spirits, Goblins and the like ; if Rahu should occupy the gth,beu c bo ersociated with the lord of that house, it will be dnt to tb curce of a serpont; in the case of Ketu, it will bc owing to thc curso of a Br4hmin. if it be Mandi, it will be due to a cursc from departed Spirits. If Venus and the Moou in conjunction with Mandi should be in such a positiou, the cause will br attributed to the murder of a damsel or the killing of a cow. Tf Jupiter or Ketu in conjunction with Mandi be in tho 5tb bdfl, the son-lessnesswill be oo account of the murdcr of a Brehmin

qq R q-qgqt rctiq.qfiqtftf, gftil{e qqf*ilflQI: I

@q{TFilftr

ftE gtfrEtu

Tbus have been detailed the several sins accrued by oue's acti,ous in his many previous births and now revealed in his present nativity which lead to childlessaess and to ward off which and to secure a son persoDs versed in the Astrological sciencc have recommended (appropriate) particular Japas, gifts and such other good actions prescribed for the several planets.

frEF{ri+tfii nrq,ryrqr: Wr{t: frqt: qil{fr | qrqaTraqqqrq$Rsigdqt, $gqlFH;ilffrtr n A boly bath in Rameswaram' eng"agingoneself in rcciting the rccounts of a venet'able aud a revered pGrsonzger worsbip of Gsd Sive, observance of vows with reference to (propitirtq) God Vishnu, gifts, ceremonios in honor of depertod spirits, ilstrllatioq of tbs serpent deity, these are the various modcs recoromendcd bt wbich o[e can attain ProgenY.

828

qRnrqrRlilft

Adh. XIII. t.*!.ffifu

grqrilmn+q{gil glqrrqrg{ur glwrawRqffiuft'rqtg*nrnni qin I

qtilt qoflf.ba'iqft g,Trnrqffiuftqroi

grdfrgdtrqqfqUdqflit q O{i}ai n \" tr Slofrn 50. If the lord of tire 5th bhalva,its Karaka. the planetaspectinqth;tt bhava, and the on,: occupying it, own a g:ttttr (Dristthrna) or be wcak or be posited in a gserrrr(Dustthana), tb,: astrologer Inay prcdict the loss of a son during the ,Jasaor bhukti of rany or-reof those planets. But if these {our planetsbe srrong and benefic, in their dasa,bhtrkti a.nd antara, they lead t<_r cheacquisition of chrldren, tl'reir prosperity and thc favor of men in power. cf. mea'lhmr

Norrs.

glrmq girrTqq gilirR: I orTT<grqfifrqqdrrq(ft g}{|ilfi{qar qq{Ez{d qli qt aqqfhlarqiaq qr tt The acquisition of a son should be expected during the Dasa or Apahara of any one of the 6 planets, viz., the lord of the Lagna, t h e l o r d o f t h e 7 t h , t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h , J u p i t e r , t h e p l a n e ta s p e c t . ing the 5th houseor the one occupying the 5th house, or when Jupiter in hisorbit transirs tbe srgn or the Navarnsa Rasi occupied by the lord of the 5tlr houseor the Upagraha, Yamakantaka.

eilrfr{T:gfl{rtq ,irq ei+i qS qnqsr wfa I gaqrft:qt(qt ar;n,t: gas qrqrft*nrgq il tt F i n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e L a g n a c o m e sd u r i n g h i s t r a n s i t ( l ) i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h h o u s e ( 2 ) t o h i s e x a l t a t i o n sign (3) to his own Rasi (4) to the 5th houseand (S) to the sign ocbupiedby the lord of the 5tlr house. During any one of these transits the acq.risitionof a son is possible.

gt 60

erT'lqrts.lmqr

829

Raar,tqT:qqqlqfl.ri qFmt qrrfiq q{ri q(trqr{ t

g.aaadtnn*q{tqianrqr}g gi}aq: €tT(ll A d d t h e f i g u r e s r , Ft h e f o l l o r v i n l ; t l r r . e p ! a u e t s : ( l ) i - o r d o f t h e Lagna, (Z) ttre lord of the 7th lrouqe nnd (:) the loril of the 5th house; drrring the course of the \'Iaha f)asa represented by the a s t e r i s m a n d i r r t l r e A l r i r h a r a s . - r fa n y o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g , t t i z . , ( l ) t h e p l a r r e t i n t h e 5 t h h o t r s e ,( 2 ) t h r , . p l e n e t e , i J r e c t i u g the .5th ( 3 ) ( | w n i r l g houseand the'plan.t t l r e . 5 t l rl r o u s e , t l r e : r c q u i s i t i o n o f a son may be predicterl. -o

gaqtdgil{rrlr dq${r{qttdrtgqrqrel I q4qGdq q{rqrqq€q at €rqrfq; ll

F i n d w h i r : ho f t h e f o l l o w i r : gi s s t r o n g: ( t ) ' l t r e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h h o u s e( 2 ) , J u p i t e r ,( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) & l 6 ) I h c l o r d s r e s p e c t i v e l yo f t h e R a s i sa n d N a v a n r s a so c c u p f e d b y ( l ) & ( 2 ) . l ) u r i n g t h e D a s a o r of a son is possible. Apahara of this strong planet, ;rr:qr-risition

I fi g ilqr.qqarutit'nflttqitgeqfi,i{?om. q ffqfl€i) fqaq*.soaftrotr 3T'tT.qrra4 gx' tt M e n w i l l g e n e r a l l yh a v e t l r e b i r t h o f a s o n w h e n J u p i t e r i n the course of his orbit passesthrough a Rasi trine to the sign re' presenting the Itasi or Antsa occupied by the planet owning the 5th housereckoned frorn Jupiter. According to other treatiseson t h e s u b j e c t , o n e o u g h t t o i n v e s l i g a t e i n c l i c a t i o n so f p r o g e n y f r o m t h e p o s i t i o n sc f p l a n e t sa t ' b i r t h t i m c o f t h e n a t i v e .

q-r{;rE{f4rqg q.gtqr|fqqq q I ^ \\ \ \. Tqf,M qI gdlq{: ll Fgizqu rd 5i1?T Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets. When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign representedby this result or through one of its triangular ohes,the acquisition of a son is possible.

830

qrf,Tcrfurt

. Adh.xlu.

ircrrusft$efci'ufi rftqre?t

rrftqrng.fifrqR.riqtr

siletrs{qfrTqwl u*mqu \l tl

Slofra 51. If at any time Jupiter or Saturn moviog in their ceveralorbits arrive at the Rasi aod Navamsa indicatedby the total of the figuresthen for (l) the lcrd of the 5th bhava, (2) its K.rraka,(3) the planet occupying that bhava and (+) the one aspecting the same,they will causethe birth or dearh respectively of a lon to the perrbn concerned.

t Mdt ft.t sR*sq.1=tr uri il swgt frsftt fritfrtq u\r tl Sloha 52. When the lord of the Sth bharn ie benefic and its Karaka or the bhava irself is associated with an auspiciouoplanet,the aatrologer may announce the happinessof the father. Nores. It is not clear whether by the word kZtrna, the 5th or the 9th bhava is meant. 'Parasara says " fucrfi itrâ&#x201A;Źr ac,i efdit " The openiug sloka of the present Adhyaya gives fi{ as ft;g or ascertainable from the 5th bhava, I accordingly interpret ft-Zerm as the 5th bhava here being germane to the Adh5'aya bearing on the 5th bhava. The slokas 52'57 occur in qEf{fs-drq&r under the 9rh bhava. So ittrtqra must mean the 5th as well as the 9th bhava.

qrmilrd ffit ilt* q itqrrftqt r

Elqftrt{r* ilsit fr{qtql$Ct{ lf \Q tl $loka 53. When the lord of the 5th bhavaher attaineda Paravathamsa or orher higher Vaigeshikansa and the Karakaof the bhava occupiesa similar pooition

sL 46-5?

tqiqslsrqrcl

or be in its own, exaltationor friendly anEar, the astrologermay announcelong life to the father.

Tcftqi{rstt il qrfiTrtq il(+ |

q;qqFqgw+it{gsd frtdf*tE u \B tl Sloka 54. When the lord of the 5th bhava and its Karaka is in a maleficor depression amsaand ic in conjunction with Saturn, Maridi or Rahu, the aetrologer may announcethe father'sunhappiness.

fi.t dqlE\Ersitftq5tRnitt r T{qsq{*Ersfrfrilg:d'ftfrRt( u \\ tl Sloha 55. If the lord of 5th bhava, even when benefic, be in depression,eclipsedor in an inimical oign, or in a malefic Shashtyamsa,the astrologer may pro, nouncethe father'sunhappiness.

ftf6*.1l snnrfrqgqgqftqert

fr{wqrfrqderdrfteEurlrqs n \E rl S/ota 56. A person will have the characterirtics of the father when born in a Lagna corresponding to thc l0th bhava of his fathcr. He will be dutiful to his father when his rising sign correspondsto the 3rd bhava in the father's horoscope.

itqrrrst qrdrftu{eqhc{Rt .o\

flsH't Roeei iqil{gi q{E $ds ll \e ll \

\--

S/ota 57. When the rieing sign corretpondrto the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'shoroacope, the person concernedwill be at variance with dhefather. But if the lord of the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'c horoscopeoccupythe Lagna in that of the son, the latter will be superiorto his father.

89s

rnwTM

Adh.xln.

oTrflqilqRqilrI uf{q*g*rqqi tgEr-

Rrilqdwggfffunf, {Toarcqrwil |

qrt n qR q{t Uw?+srqr$qfri-'Eqr r* mgoilffiroqifrdnt{s*Fil t tt uc tt Sloka 58. Saturn, Mars and Rahu in the 1lth or the 9th bhava from the Lagna occaeion the father's death ; Saturn and Mars in the 8th or the 7th bhava bring about the death of the child. Mars, the Sun, Saturn and the Moon in the l0th or the 5th bhava bring about forthwith the death of the maternaluncle, the father,the child and the motherrespectively. cf . tel'ih'orqinr

Notes.

orrr gt 4r qG {;qrttri}qoit-qgfr}fQe6sqru:I offr;gq milq Xftgi qrqfht qTqo€Fgrilg: rl

qtq gt qft sxe€ ffa R d;qT{€ftHqrtI c0 figiiaairtarqts*;r {t{rq:qrqz{rqih tt

This sloka appearsin dtit4.rG'. I should think that the three planets ulz., saturD, Rahu should ail be trosited in one or other of the two in both to bring :r.bout the eHect. I wo alone will not produce the fateful effect. Similztr rernark applies to given in the 2nd qti of the sloka.

I\,Iars and bhavasor be able to the yoga

q{i ftuqrtt ott-gqqg{qrr qtoiftgrn \q tl gforqR ffiqrcd&ft 'S/ota 59. If rhc lord of the 5rh bhava be srrong, and the lords of the lst and the 4th bhavas and the Moon be weak, ohe morher of tlre persDnborn will die at the next colrception.

sr._60

888

lqiqfrst{tTr

qqqrEsqr{d iqrTr( qtrisqn I .

A\C\

UiffiiS rt: Tits â&#x201A;ŹlTq( ft{gqq: ll Qo ll Sloha 6J, When Saturn being the lord of the 8th bhava or GIt (Khara), both reckonedfrom the 9th bhava, happens to be malefic in i't (Vedha) positione, the planet will causethe death of the father. Nores. A knowledge of .il={tno (Gocharaphala-eflect

of transits) is

a condition precedent to the understanding of the term c'q (Vedha) used in the sloka. It is a rvell.hnown theory that thc rnovements of planets in the zodiac from mcment to nrornent signify good or evil. This is the basis on whicir the fransrt Systern rests' As the physical and menthl qualities anci tire chief eveuts in the life and career of the nalive could be foretold .by a reference to the position of the planets and the Lagna at the time of birth, similarly, any changes in the prospects and conditions of t;fe of the individual at any required time may be ascertained by a reference to the personts Janma Rasi (e;c(ri{r) and the conliguration of planets at that time. Thus it is said that rvlren the Sun rluring his trar:sit comes through t h e 3 r d , t h e 6 t h , t h e i O t h a n d t h e l l t h h o u s e sr e c k o n e d f r o m t h e house occupied by the Xloon at birth, success' ruin of enemies, gains of labour and pecuniarl' gains respectively are the results But there is one thing tu be noted in

to be predicted. nectron.

this con-

These rq5ults will happen only if the corresponding ct{

{Vedha,) sign in each c:rse is left unoccupred by any planet at the trnre of consideration. If there should be a planet in the \redha posrtron,hc Irres to nullrfy the orrginal eflecl' that would clther. r v r s e t e ' u l t , r n : t ) ' ,t : v c r r b r i n g a b o u t : r q u i t e c o n t r a r y e i l e c t s h o u l d be happeu to be strong at tirat tirrre. W h a t t h e s e s e ( \ , e d h . r ) p o s i t r o n sa r e , r v i l l b c c l e a r f r o m t h e f ollowing slolias frorn +,tsqdti'{{t l9

t-t T

$t0lult

tfi, gr) qt ftarcqflqli+rtgrtri: I nfi qtqrq,ilqqiwar gqgr{i: 11 j

105

r,t9.27

lSll

nHtqlRcrt

884

Adh.xllt.

iuq:

gs:;

tl # d.fr's"id;i&t'fi, tn-r$ffi,q}, *u'+-ii,it{.\ 1

u+ E*ilff it*t*.i* qR,tr a qq, flqgazft:tt u-qqFqrTtR+ F o r t h e b e n e h t o f t h e r e a d e r s , t h e - t r ( 1 ' s 4 h r t D o s r t r o n sh a ' u e b e e n r n d t c a t e d r n t h e t a b l e s t t h r o r n e r:l V e d a h i r t : , ! g n sr c ' l r t r n e r ll r , . r r nl l r . ; h , r u s e , , l t h e \ l o o n .

rr",,t.r i t' i

,', rlri .l', I ,'l .i.i*islrr

suull .u,'!'lr

)

i ilarc llercury

'*1* 1*, i','j'uj " i"'i,,,,iu,,,1 1",,

I |

I Juniter

Vetruo I

! I

'l'i'l'l"l'i'l''l

-l slrr

zz lyl 't2z i1,3t l 4 4 ll e eii 6 7 , 8 18110r 0Il s s lllrl r 6 ;i T ;

,i *i,i,l n!,1,1oi,ul,,l,,

', ,i,i-i^l ,lzlrolrrslrr 'il ' j_'lj'j"i'lslrr l-l' j6

There rs no iq (Vedba) betrveen the lrather and the son. C o n s e q u e n t l y (, l ) t h e M o o n a n d l l e r o r r y , ( Z ) t h e S u r r a u d S a t u r n do not affect each other through Vedha. 'I'he Take for exarnple the uativity referrerl Lo rn p. 657. I l o o n a t b i r t h i s i n l l e e n a . S u p p o s ei t i s r e q u i r e dt o h n d o u t r f t h e S u n ' s t r a n s i t t h r o u g hN l a k a r ai n . f a n u a r y - F e b r u a r y ! ' . 1 3 3w i l l prove propitious. X'Iakarahappeningto be the llth from l\leena (the Janma Iiasi), the Vedha sign for tl'reSun is the 5th from NIeena, that is, Kataka. This is not occupiedby any planet. So the good affects,'uee..pecunrarygain, due to the Sun's Lransrtthro' lrlaliar*

sl. 61-89 .

v v v

v u v v !

835

lq?qdrs"qtq! r

v v e v v v

r v v v v r ! v ! ! v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v i -

r ! ' w r

the llth housefrom the Moon will happenin their entirety. Simi' lar is the case with the other planets.

u}urttfr t RtuRryeilrri{rrfu(r

ll qt ll ftTtltgqtf,qrgR'3tqtqrdqHord

SloAir. 61. Examinethe strength of the Rasi aE well as the am:a occupied by the Sun. Find the stronger of thesetwo. When thc Strnoccupiesa Kona pooition from thence,the firther'sdeathmay be expected. By " similar processascertainrvhethcr the Rasi or the amsa occupiedby the Moon is stronger. The mother's death may be predicted with rcference tliereto, i, c. when thc Sun passesthrough the Kona of the amsaor Rasi that is stronger.

{alcduuqt {rgfumi{qrc€nEt

.ft qa q+Fgqhrtt*{qrnq{ lt ql ll

S/olo. 62. Find the lord of the Navamsaoccupied by cheSun. Find next the Navamsa and Dwadasamsa occupiedby thc planetfound. When the Moon passeg through the Navam.saand Dwadasamsafound, the deaths respectivelyof the mothcr artd fatirer will take place.

t{faFRIitE{II{{ |t nfr {tarrsnq{tuh (gtqldmr lltil

qrdhqffiriq{ lq-{€i$rwort ll ql ll

Slola. 63. [f, wherr the Sun occupies a g!€ili, a peraon hau his birth in tl^e Dwadasamsaoi Simha or Meena he lnust iravc causedthe death of his father prior to coming into the world. Norps" For ttre sarueeflect the followiug is another yoga quoted in ..i I6{'i{Q

886

rrilwrRwrt

Adh.)flrr.

ett nm* asrnqgtnarFrtq-qqtg\ei r ffiqil qrq(ftan?'qftqgdegerlear{r: u

qTnl€ gfus$erErd nfuFrmar {r+r

tri ecqrre tqfqi eigai{irqt r qrftd ttn"eu'rgagiililRrdiilgil tri aafiiq+sffi ilKr<r ani €q n EBtl Slola. 64. Subrractthe figuresfor the Sun from those for Mandi. The resrrh will iudicate a cerrain Raei and amsa. When Saturnpassesthroughthe Kona of the Rasi found, the fatherof the person concerned will fall ill ; deachwill supervencwhen Jupiter passeg through the amsafountl alrcady. Add the figures for Yamakantakato thosr for the Sun. Thc result will give a certain Rasi and a Navamsa. When Jupiter paEoes through that Rasi or its Trikona, rhe father of the person concerned will fall ill ; and hc will die when Jupiter passesthrorrghthe amsaforrnd. Nol:r:s. Tlris sioka al)pearsin lrtd4;{FT.'llre lrd qt( tlrr:re rcedr thu: :

qrTfiuzftF5zei aTTGA rrftfafiq ilii rr

*d*s*q;iErffi{Ei($drl

*t ftrtd fi +( €igndfhdrorrl tt E\ tl Slohu, 65. When thc Sun or the \4oon occupies a Kendrain a moveablesign, [he son will not burn thc father'sor mother's corpsehimseif. lf cheSLrnor the Moon occupyinga Kendra b: in a dual sign, th: death and burning will not be in the uameperiod of time. cf . qqlq't-r.TrqFr

H q\s* qfq qr {rnr} gn} qtnf.qrii c nq i fiSilr{} qR di q hA n.ir{fi qr qtnrG+;ra: u

sl. 66-68

ritqalso=rrqt

8i|?

qgtTqldJ ftEqrfirlft ftrlCI({r(lt{* q+n{ I grrfqqisq$rfrrrr*qgrrr{rnfqq}$sureu Eqtl .Sio/ra. 6ti. If the lords of the 9ch and the 4th bhavasbe irr the invisible prrc of the zodiac, it will not be the good fortune of the persor)concernedto see the faceof l'risparentsin their last movements.- If the lord oi the 5ch bhava be 'in the invisible porcion of the hemisphere, the personconcernedwill not see his son's face at the moment of his death.

irr qftrr rrrEnqgiqwilt I (rwl grqqHqssilTrT _--._\

tri qiorfirqmrrt{g'tfi,itti gffitfrilil

u qs tl

S l o k o . 6 7 . I f t h e l o r d o f r h e 5 t h b h a v ao c c u p y a g!(crrdor be in the invisible portion of the hemisphere, the personborn will have a rather dull understanding. But if the planet in question be associatedwith Mercury or Iupiter in a Kendra or Kona oosition and have strength,the person born will be-incc,rigentandfcapable rtf shrewdly guessing the thoughtsof others (bv their geoturesartd other expressivcsigns)

frwoir qi"qii efir qiifiigi r rrlWEi{sErsftg{t{r grldiihi l Ec tl Sloku. 68. A person becomes cognisant of the past,the present;ind the futurc whun Jupiter is (1) in his own Navamsaand has attained the benefic Shashtyamsaq5(Mridu); crr (1) hasattainedGopura and other higher Vais'eshikamsasand (3) occupies a benefic b y a b e n e f i cp l a n e t . N a v a m s aa n d i s a s p e c t c d

â&#x201A;Źirrri qst qrt Hqrtq ffim&I Trvg{{ritgfrgwrq}qEi*At[ Eq tl

838

qrtrcqrKili

Adh. XIII.

Slohu. 69. When malefic planets occupy the 5th and the 4th bhavas and when the former bhava ig in a maleficShashtyamsawithout being acpected by or in conjunction with beneficplanets,the pcrson born will ouffer from heart,degeage.

qqEr{qtfrei qs}t'g{ttr* t Urr*wt{gh qft} tq$itrf

ll uo 11

.Slofta. 70. When the lord of the 5th bhava is in a beneficamsaand Mars occupyinga Kendra is in conjunction with benefic planets' the person born will ever devorehimself to rhe dutiesof hospitalitv rnd the relief of the hungry and the famished'

il qq q$il{s'oq ll gt trrtt drqftst dit tililrfiriqqt qdr;firrgdRg.gEsdt olrrwqflqfr

futfemqueil{ et\t: q} roild^{qrtt rgl lt

r u g h tt o d i v i n e d i s e a s e e ' S l o k a 7 1 . A n a s t r o l o g eo enemies,bad habits and hurts that a p.rsorr may have, from the 6th bhava and Mars' What relrtes to has beentreatedalready (Vtde Adhyayas V' & diseases VI). When Jupiter is in the 6th bhava, the person concernedwill overcomehis enemies. lf che lord of the 6th bhava and Mercury be in conjunction with Rahu and connectedin someway with the lord of the Iagna, the personconcerned will be impotent' Mars occupving the 6th bhava together with lord of the Lagna will produce damageto the organ of generation by an ulcer.

sl, 7s-?3 ,t.

nrdifr'(a

lqkdsrqrq:

839

Norrs.

eTR.rqqrqft*rq{nG"qtfl irr gE{tlffi. I

qgilGqgqqrtTt qilI{gf4ar-qtrqlfl : rr For the Znd ,nt, cf, ,Trtquoted by <oU4 in his fprcq.

eit gqit Erqd gorflaqrr flZ+€sRqr Fs:q|n{isiqqrfts: tr

q*q'aiq+fr{d{q-{G srqt {rgict

.ftt qrc{ * Rgwarri{rqrqigtfr |

fi.t& gi n i .rqqfusrilwit u.*otil {rtr arqilftaqqqf}goqiTi il56* in nst rr Sloka 72. if the lord of the Tth bhavaoccupy the 6th in conjunction with Venus, the person born will be impotent in regard to his wife. If \{ars occupying the 5th bhava be aspectedby Sarurrl, hc will havc a l i a i r o n r v i t h a n c n c m y ' s w i t e . I f t h e 6 t h b h a v ab e either aspectedor occupied by bcneficplanets,there is no clangerto hc clreadedfrom enemies; if aspectedor occupierlbv malefic ones.there rvill be a good deal of hurc or othei Jrmage inflicced bv an enemy, danger from ulcers or some mark of ignominy put upon the p e r s o nc o n c e r r : e d .

qt ilqfr sw{rqsftfidq1Ri g{t wffiftqilnitrdffidr o}uiqqqtr freiqg6t mlqqrt {fr {s€mqrr} {Ktd Tgil q(F( €rqr {{iffiq1qqTt lt ul tr S/ola 71. If the $un occ.[ying thc rith bhava identical with the planet'o depression or un{riencily

&10

nRi5clftile

Adh.xlrt.

rign, be inimical to the lord of the Lagnaand have no strength, the person born will have to associate with the enemiesof his father's party. But when the Sun irt the 6th bhava is fritndly to the lord of the Lagna and in a friendly sign and has attainedits own, cxaltation or friendly varga, the person concerned,say the sages, will be distinguished among his relatives for being unhurt by enemies.

q* qfr Ersâ&#x201A;Źrfr{rar:iliilsRatqrIarii '+nw,ft*it

irsaaegrq$fq,ii iil ilqI I qgqgrrig rnwrglffiqgig Trilif. aqisnsrie+dftgutrqqtiU(l {rililq ll eB tl Sloku 74. If the planet in the {'th bhava or thc owner thereof be in an inimical or its depressionsign, retrogradeor eclipsed, the person born will have mdny kincmen by the father'sside ; and his body will hrc coveredwith many sores. I{ aily one of the plancts from the Sun onwards occupythc tjth bhava,the persou will be annoyed continually by the foe of thc class oi peoplerepresented by the bhava c'f whrch thc planet occupying the 6th bhava is thc Karaka"

oprfrrm qqtiiqftaiqrtafiI g+â&#x201A;ŹI

qliAqqqqru'iiigrri giila q;qlitar I

t td qodrlfri\qit gqr tr?qnqqrft'fr ilw?i smolqt{{iadtqrftardei( lt \e\ ll Sloft.r ?5. lf the lord of thc 6th bir,rva frutn tirc Lagna, thc planet occupying the samc ,tnrJ t'lt.:ottc aspecting it--if ches,:threc planets he maleli: ;i.rirlweali, they prclduc* the rlcstrr-tcirun oi cattie, discase a.rld

:rir<Ssff{t

Sl. ?6-77

.";;; ;'.

841

, tr;;,; ;;";";";;;".*t

beoefic, then the effect will be wealth of cattle, horses and other beastsof burden, royal food with condimentr of every sort and the disappearaneeof ailmenteand enemies.

enqrqtqrfrurrqfdg.ii h;(ffi ErqdT afrdi qd{rfbfi nR egaqtw{Ganiilgrrq.I

q*sit q{d qR arrRgbrrGfuiks$

xrfffirrri{dqueft{dfrE {qrt g qTll sE ll

Sloha 76. If two out of the three planetsmentiotl' ed in the preceding sloka be exceedingly beneiic and 'Irikona or the l tth bhava in great occupy a Kcndra, strength, tlrey will quickly causethe disrppearanceof diseasc,etc., spokcn of before. If even one among them be very strong, the trouble froln ulcers, enemiec, etc' will operate only to a small extent; and all that war said about the evils be:etting the bhavas of which the planetsundcr cortsidcrationare thc Karakas rvill be belied or rcplaccdbY haPPiness.

qri oqqi lTqiTqgtka.i tRii

geQitqgefrrguqi qrcsiro+Rqr t q+& sit qrgoqqafreerg,qqqui urrrt e ffilrqq fttri qrfr gEtii q+{ tt \e\ell

Stohu 77. A malefic planet in conjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava in the Lagna afflicts with an ulcer or vsound the person concerned;in the 5th bhava, his father or Bon or both ; in the 4th, his mother; in the ?th, his wivee; in the 9th, his maternal uncle; in the 3rd, his youngerbrother; in the llth, his elder 106

$ttfrTcrfuil

Adh. XIII.

brother; and lastly, if the malefic planetappearin the 8th aEEociaredwith the lord of the 6th, the person concernedwill suffer from pain in the anus. NorBs. This sloka as well as the next one are in "ild4ir.d.

*ig{A uqfigtsqftsil qt g ar}nq{tFErqtM rset ixrq,i {rdqrt qd qnqftq *geEt-riliirgqtrrir

olur dtlr

qtf\qa] gaauiqffi u \ectl

Bloka 78. If the planet capableof producingthe ulcer be the Sun, it will break our in the head if ,t," , Moon, in the |ace; if Mars, in the neck; if Mercury in the lower part of the navel; if Jupiter be in such a position,there will be exemption from aiiments. lf Venus be eimilarly situated, the consequencewill be 6ore-eyet. Saturn as well as Rahu in thc position abovedescribedproduceflatulencc,and Ketu, diseaseof the stomach. The lord of the Lagna aspectedby or associatedwith Mercury and occupylng a sign belong, ing to the sameplanet (in the 6th bhava) generates an ulcer in the privities. cf . T(r{(

qsrft,irsfE qnAet qTscqsh fF,lf,,I qoii ,ref{ f,qT #rurqscq{fqfu:tl qd fQqrfaqrqwEa<i*rr,+rigm: 1 qqlftqgdTqrfr wergdT qfa u iqrqfr asiil"qq'fqrqqftqjqqqr Fgil q gQ *,oi *qq iq ifqg n

---"-".--- --f *y':l::---"-"---"---"---'1u 3"1 ?l-19gtqrrqtftntqi q qgqr aqt qt t {fiil {tgotrqi} *q-r q fl'lr qit tt

g}nikenqgfua\itt oqf{qzufitTrcr'ficft{tr qd}ett s\ ll qrErfltg* ftgttittrt qtnq'{rR{4 79. A p:rson hls a mark or mole in that .S/r.r[rl from part of the bcdy which correspondsto the ordet being ,b. L.gn, of che R'rsi which Rahu occupies ?6--78)' rspectei bv Venus' (ridt Adhyaya 3' slokas with conjunction If the lord of thc 6th bha'r; b: in dread' Saturn and Rahu, astrologerssay, dangeris to be ed from horses,cows, ?tc'

qrqtrtrqEt qoilisRqrqt t 'Irqtalui qrsftr*{rer rrRsqidll co ll Slofro 80. When the lord of the 6th bhava is without strengrb and aspectedby a mrlefic planet or is betweentwo maleficplanets,there will b: trouble from enemies.

{renqTiirigr0 fiqqgrfttrffi t oii' qo*gfrqnardqiaq; ll cq ll 9\9

SJofta81. When the lord of the 6th bhava is in a g:trrn (Dustthana)and is depressed,eclipsed or in an inimical sign, and the lord of the Lagnais possersedof "l''lction strength,a wige asrrologershould divine the d,' of all enemies. Norps. tg-ff(qr(I{( says Inlthis connection compare what the author of about this bhava:

844

qNr|ICIfuft

Adh. )ilrl.

qimTilE g:Fqngrrdtg*qif*ii} il {trAa$qTe Ed qGg,rflflai 1l3T6d-{i€ | qq+qgt{il ? qqfrR rqr ft'rgm,g}Aa Ed'{Bre}{rqgrag'iio-oe;,Rirdqrl vuEiafigf{nqf{qr:qhmeerfq,ir ?rqqJF,mrqmi r efsgfug qqFnR qeU"aglqol;qlqfirqgeqil-n, rr qq ftqt Gqrisfi str agmrAcqrFa flqfiqrqpqilqr, R I agrail R gtqr rzgw gai*)a. qrf-l qq<ilfi, rtr;ar rF}r il

Su ntgol.ndREmiatft.ar

ar,&tqo€rtt ilotngqmR5il il cR tl \\

qft ,ftffiqa5qqrtffirr;fre^qi wffiqftqrt rffisr'*ql lt Sloha BZ. When the lorcl of the 6th bhavt has attained_ G9pu.t or other higher Vaiseshikamsa and is 1 aopectedby the Sun and when the 'lord of the Laqna is in full rtrength, rhe person brrn will be beneficer;t ro hio kinsmen. Thuo ends &c.

qrfrwriqgETirs€qrq ErTil€fi : -*

ll €Hrgr[eT{TTiiltttb"{FT: tf Adhyaya

XtrV.

THE EIrFE(]TSOIr 'lutr 7'ru, flTlt ,t\u

1 . g r , -g L r l I ] I I A V A S ,

l l q q { T f r qf l i { s o q f l * cn?Tglirwrrntq qfbsidf+r;qlqttffrr( v* gegr*rg{arrrqqd tf q qqai( t cttt:inlqqf ft{i qqq.tilR'..Tiqr (en

qirqffiiki

gq* qdr r wnirr*qft t rr

Slok"t l. It is frorn the ?ch bhava that an astro_ loger can divine all about any journey a person mav undertake, his sons. his wives and his .nioym"ni. what has beensaid in rcsardto scn'sworrdry comfort or misery as the effect accruing from the preceding bha_ vas may also be predicted from this bhava.When V.nu, is in the 7th bhava or the rord thereof is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the person born will become an adulterer. But this effect does nor follcw when the ?th bhava is a benefic sign and is also occupied or arpected by Jupiter, cf . crdfrnr<rr

rurr$oiqffi qfttft'qt*r ;TrqrfaqmqqqsrqTgl{ |

Trqsfrilf€ftqrptqfr€{fi+ f+os{}cn rr 846

qrmrcrailt Also

Adh.xlv.

sfliFfitq

gqfrqErgqrt walffigwftueeftr{ r ory1q{nfkft g*rar q rusr{ rl

gr0wwfl g qrqg{tqrifkteeil qq{Trr$tu{ giqr.qqr t ilcqrqTrTfiIat

ilqqr{rfr fttq dRt qrqdinqqtr slrq{ grfiefiftNgt qmritaterqtq n R tl S | o h a Z . I f t t r el o r d o f t h e ? t h b h a v ao c c u p y i n g a ![:anrt(Dustthana)be in a malefic house aud aspected with a maleficplanet,the effectof thc by or associated 7th bhavawouid be irut m':diocrc. If theseconditi,rns be reversed,the effrct of the bhava would be wholly auspicious. If the lord of the 7th bhavabe in conjunction with Venus and occupya malefic sign,the person born will be lustfully inclinbd; if it be in a benefic sign and associatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet, the person concerned will get a white umbrellawhich ra the emblemof royalty. NorBs. This andthe next threeslokasare in (RrclKl-{tt ^ \

-d1,1;n{d.

al.nira q* fqaef€q rtq{rcrq{d} ed qrflfAnigta grfri':q q,.+qq q I q* ds fra1gf,cgq itltq'iq=qrn

.rrr gm1ffi,ltn rr ftcd qrfq*.iirrqradtt q il iqgqqfi{* ql'{dd {adg:F-qlqF'+

a-ii rrltq e$qqqR fDft* qrtsv*q qtfr: I qlaiiq qt tq ert+r;q.we Rgqqqqnl

q-dqifirftrfrqie qqfrqf{6:il{gt a mfr tt

sl. g

lgtqistqtqr

84?

qg: firrTqrTritrftgfiqFnrFqilq iFfti-q'ioqs lGzrdi) {diqdisfq qG qr s*afka'ti\: r qlqR: Rqgrfqar fbrgnoit*i flqq*eiltdtrtilri]{aagilirs rqz: feu: 11

iqilnrRqurtrngnilr

qtqdlqilsq1gq3

q1q€qiqqilFqfr agRguFTriqfr iwr t qri qr*rar srqQRgi+vorqgt rTrrrKrit$@rqr ?Eqrrrs sTqrgtqHt il I ll Sloka 3. When the lords of the 2nd, the 6th and the ?th bhavas and Venus occupythe Lagnaand are associatedwith malefic planets, the person born will be libidinous. The same will be the effectif the lords of the lst and che Cth bhavasbe in conjunction with malefic planets. If a malc-ficplanetoccupyingthe 7th bhavabe associatedwith the lords of the 6th, the Znd and the lst, the person concernedwill be addicted to women not his owit. lf the 9rh bhavabe occupied by a maleficplanerand the lords of the 6th and the ?th bhavas,the personborn will be afflictedwith excessive gexualcraving. cf. eadi-r.mqftr

orftqar fia+.eru3irrlr:H{sr qG flqgifi.l:t nra: q{a'igtil: $qrrif grlftrada dqTqqq ll afl-rfiq]qng+ uf| erwra: q{efig{d: $qrif I

€raa\{3sg'firt qfidt qTqfaqnilrrill qftr: qK{ig iil: lt

q*t $dq?r€q fiiq{n! gTrfEffiu{n

gserdgtwqqr giltt qrQftisarcqql t

flt?ttFlttr{flrt

Adh.xlv.

dH qfi qrfrurqdtfr urt egdrer gmwu{nitr.rqomttitqi qEafqftr tt t tt S/oArr '+. If the lords of the 10th,the 2nd and ?th bhavasocr:upythe l0th bhava, the persoo born will have intriques with wonen other than his wiie. If the lords of the 5th, the 9th and the ?th bhavas which are the initiatory planetsin respectto an offspringbe in a 6,tqn (Dusttbana) and if the 5th bhava be aspectedby a maleficplanet, the personconcerned will be childlese. If Jupiter arrd Mercury or the Moon and Venue be in the ?th bhava, the person will be addicted to mally women. If Venus occupying the ?th bhavabe strong, the personconcernedwill have nalry wivcs. cf .

.l4t'{[q-Jrqli,l

qltfi,tfrt qrg(r{iFd tl +dnfi.irlq;,zqruq titq&rr,iiq+us'rr.i E:Frrrrirt tr<u.i Ulr{ I et ga Eriqâ&#x201A;Ź.q.itil-.rqf,iil{ giqi .Tqfh n

gifrfr qElii6or{ft* qqhqqd aqt

{Terrmfrrhrqqf'liil.l}rur} rriq t oqrn'"q'rigqqq{rtqtfi gt gda r'qrdqitiE

qnqgqi qlqtifâ&#x201A;Źiqisqiiln \ tl

Sloht 5. If Venus and Mars be in the Tth bhava. the person born will be bereft of a wife. 'Ihe same effect will Iollow if the planets be in the 9th and the 5th bhavas. If tbe N{oon and Venus occupy the 6th bhava, the p.rson concerned will have only one son. If maleficplanersoccupy the lst, the ?th and the l2th bhavas,and the Moon occupyiog the 5th be weak, the percon born will either have a barren wife or be wifeleso.

sl. 6

tutrits.qtqt

8t9

NorEs,

cf ' ftrrc

€rrruqqi:qr\:qftil{trt fru+t r

gxrrqrr€as qrqt ffq frfailt tl Also qrtr+6

1i San,itdqid' goil qi&neqR:r {te{Fqadqiqftw",iqf}etlqqrr cralrqrflFi: qr\: frft A{rd\ {td I et{tai rrcfril, q}s fisfiir qlq rr Alm c'd(lft{r

srtt gdi cqsqfiilsgirElsr{tat W ut fiqn'dilsfagG qeii f+nn Ert r $Ar-c,}ga,r;.aurcngi, vrlrqnr.rrf: dntirqiqrflauarn],'qrligqr-frite. tr If the lord of the 7tb housebe in the 5th, the natrve witl losc hrs wife or become son-less, The loss of the wifc is certain if the lord of the 5th or the 8th house happens to be in tho 7th. If the waning lloon be in tbe 7th and malefics should occupy the l 2th, tbe 7th and the lst houses, the person rvilr he bereft of rvife and. children. If the Sun and Iiahu be in the 7th houso, .ne o'ght to rrredirt loss of rvealtb through the assocra.ti6p 6[ rvom€u.

irs{nqit! firdrqt qqilqqq}

q'i.rd sqrJt irdarFft qq I

stri snfti Seqil{gd qi${Ei\agidi frrconu E tl Sloku 6, tf Venue and the Sun be in the ?th or tbe lgt bhava,rhe person born will have a barren wife lf tbe house r:ccupiedby the Moon be an even sign, hi* wife will havc the proper femaleform; if it be a male Rasi,the wife will have a masctrlineforna ; if the houee i07

fiRrsqrftsrrn

Adh.xlv.

in which the Moon is be either occupied or aepectedby l>oth male and female planets,ehe will be of a mixed a6pect.

fuir {r qirrrfi Rarrr({rqwi ffq{ {r {TTrqI qrn ilCi *qarcttr EsT il qrdql qfftn tt,ett SloAtr 7. tf the ?th bhava from the Lagna in the caseof males,or the lst bhava in the caseof women, be either in Mars' house or amsa and if the planet own, ing the amsaof the ?th bhava be either w,:ak or eclipee.J, the woman concerned rvill be a servant mard or will becomevrciousin her vonth, arrd will bt: a[xn6nnedbv her husband.

gqi{Rr{ftqft ffiorrdl gtfkt qrwi sorq I qqi{rh g{uqrqirnleilil qltdi qde c {rsqln d tl S/;Aa 8. If the ?th or the lst bhrva adverredto in the precedingslol<abe in thc Rasr or amsa o{ e beneficplanct,thc wife rvill be virtr:ous; rf ,rspcctcd by bene{icplanetsalso,she rvill be ami.rbleall th.: ffiof,rr. tf the bhavabc in thc Rasior arnsrowned by the N{oon without strerrgth,the womair wili cause the deatiroi her husband; but if the Moon he strong, shc will bc a faith{ul wifc.

s{id g6drftq}q.Jat{rqirtg{r&fdi oi alaxsqfl rr(d* dhrRqgF**t qnarlroiifsa{ft rr-di6rur{rrnm q;will i{qarer q Rqql il?Rr Gilqrqt( il -q.tl SloArr 9. If thc Moon occupying the lst or the ?th bhavabe (l) in a Navamsa belonging co the $un,

sr 10-11

qgicfrsnrrc:

86I

nchaste; (2) in its , pla own or exaltationhouse and aspectedby a benefic or net, shewill be virtuous; aoC (3) in its depression malefic inimical houseor in a state of eclipse or in a or Drekkanatermed a'i'Sarpa, qig{-Pakshin, {rfl-Pasl' hrre-Nigada, (Vide supra Adhyaya r'1,sloka 55) or in-a position foiming the t{â&#x201A;Źii{ Riksha sandhi, the wife will becomeeither insentinentor widowed'

fiqQ ilg\ g{trq$ sA{ilqlsit

qqi Ru'{tqurg{wrmraq t ilS 'sqgumsii q $rd qd$Id-mEtt ll $qiqnuqarsRrt{ift {qrersdlll t "

SloAa 10. lf the lord of the Lagna be in the ?th the bhava and in conjunction with e b:nef ic planet, But personborn will get a wife born of a good farnily' fu ,n. 7th blrava occupiedby the lord o[ th: Lagna be a mrlefic sign, the wife will be a base-bornwoman' Her bue, form, attributes, fcatures etc' tht astrologer should declare from those prescrib:d for the sigrt constitutingthe ?th bhava. The woman finds pleasure in the man whose featuresare in conformity with those of the planet impelling her to evil coutses'

qrqrqsTrRish uo* $.qrfufr| d qrrqrg {ffifr ,frorS aqftqrftsiill qt lf Slofta Il. When the 7th bhavais occupied by a (ewa-Upa' malefic or an invisible subsidiary planet gralraaide Adhyaya'2 sloka6), the wile will be wicked' be tha it ,U" S,unoccupv it, she will prove barren ; if it waning Moon, she will be unfaithful'

qtf,w|frrtt

Adh.xlv.

wqrtstfraTqt ftturrn**tsger n lr rr Sloka LZ. If the Tth bhava be occupied by lvlars, tbe wife will die ; if by Sarr:rn,she will be ,Jisliked by her husband; if by Raliu, rhe husband ,vill take ro sromennot hie owr, a'd wiil fi.d no delight in bis wife and will have ro chird bv her becauseof the ahsenceof cohabitationwith her.

qt ft{rr{hr qrfuqtru* {til |

q?tlig ilfrur ffi 6rq1qdi q+{.n tl tl

,\loku 13. If the 7th btravabe in ae (Dhuma),ttre personborn will have no marriage; if it be in ordr (Karmuka),he or his wife will die ; if in qftic (paii veeha)the wife will be ill-be haved; if in Ketu, she will be barrenbut virtuous.

qr* ftffi: qrt g qfqrtur {rgil |

g{t6r frrqilr q dqrt gqrsi n lB tl

Sloku 14. If the ?th bhava be in oro (Kala), tbe personborn wiii be wifeiess. if a marfic pianeu te in that bhava,the wife wiil have miscarriase.If it be occu. pied by the Moon getting full, she will be virtuous and bring forth children. \

gAggrr Erriit gEgrilggf*qftr gh *tTrrqdwer *qdr q {-driht n t\ tl

Sloka t5. lf Mercury be in the 7rh bhava,che wife will beargood offspring; if Jupirer,she wiil be virtuousand haveexcellentprogeny. If the 7th bhava be occupied by Venusin srrengrh, the wife wiil eniov a happyweddedlife anclwill be highly proEperous.

tltrilsqcr

sL 18-17

818

*grt {fuft ulqdQrsa vurftr\"ffit (fn {tf\t n r qfurgrqftougtft qrqt

(qr ql qgrerggi$qgr:ll tq lt SloAs 16. If the lord of the ?th or 5th bbava poasessingstrength and aspectedby a benefic planet be in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of 6t[. the wife will acquire a son by Paramour. Her hus " of many wives, will possessed baod, though he rnaylbe be childless. Norns. Seo Xlll-15

tqna.

aii Ut {fii ffi qeErft {t} qor{E} fti at* r r;ilRp{T{qrrrrri g{G} qrr] mlt{gilwqf}Ei qr 11{v ll Sloka 1.7. When Jupiter occupiesthe 7th bhavain depression,the persooborn will lose his wife. lf Saturn occupy the Ttii bhava identical with lvfcena,the effect wili be the sam: If Jupiter occupy a Rasi or Navamsaowned by S.ittrrn or Mars, the pâ&#x201A;ŹrJon con cernedwill have intrigrr,:s with other women. The e{fectfollow,; also when Jupiter is in conjunction with Saturn cr Mars. \OTES. !'or thi: -l]rst hatf qeerl{+,r .rf rvife, c/,

:rnd some rlrore yogas relattac to loss

$; sfa*$ qq â&#x201A;Źaq* +rq tqrt gq *ilfleqq dtai grgil qnfqct ilqTr

&54

|rurtarrt

Adh,xlv.

lfr* mt nqlsn aqrSlsqlr *eF ffqMfrqsftgrrq]:

qrfi sfi fiqqr rr

Wheu Venus occupiesVrischika identical with the 7tb house, the wife of tbe person boru will die soon). The same will bc thr cflect when Mercury is in Vrishabha identical with the 7lh house or wheu Jupiter occupies the 7th and is in depression, or when Srturn or Mars is posited ia Meena identical with the 7th house. If Saturn aud Mars are in the Zth house identical with Caacer, the wife of the person concerned will be of a good dispoqition aDd fortunate.

eGt qr€nqatqfrfiQgd 6!5cqgaquqft

fiqnrmsttl-sflqt rqrffiorqfr{ | nt il gdqTrqqlF4fioErfrsn] wrt lil rr lf tbe 7th house or its lord be associatedwitb, aspected by, or gosited betwixt malefics, or be in depression or inimical sign or bc eclipsed'by the Sun's rays, one ought to predict loss of wife. Venus in conjunction with a malefic occupying the 7th, 5th or 9th bo0sewill make the native bereft of a wife.

ilffiirt Rfftqfi€t nas'l<rqnfittfga qr r {ofll qlqgtsqeE{t-dr(rfl qqd}d fl;ir: tl lf tbe lord of the 7th occupies an rnimical or depressrousign or be eclipsed or be aspected by male6cs, and tbe Zth, house be associated with or aspected by malefics, tbere will be lcss of wifc; so say the wise. Latter halrf. Accordrng to Mantreswara, it is Pcarc (aud not Jupiter) if in a Varga of Mars or Saturn that makes thc artivc immoral. \

gfi fl $qqqEqREa €E Tt€rRfl: tl When Veuus is iu a <,i (Varga) of Mars or Stturn. or has the tsp€ct of these planets, the persoo boru will have a liaison wtih otLcr peoole's wivcs.

sL t8-r0

1t{alfsqqr

855

| wl nS qfr qqe Etr,ftgil

w{t qR ilqTt rut?rffinrrpqtqtt ld tl

Slola 18. If a malefic planet occupy the 7tb or 8ih fie bhava and Mars be in the t2th, and if the lord thereof be invieible, tbe personborn will have anotha wife. NorBs. Tho followrng sloka from qa*fu{l having two wives:

gtvos some rnorc yogae fot

.r}gr+drt$qnftitqtcsisgfr <r

disra il qq{Aqqq} a} qS *aq €H I

raqlti qqqfrfta\iT€rqTrrEqqR .

nIErlI gs{qiriaulfllqrFqr

qE;t[ ll

lf Venus and the Moon are in opposition to Niars and Saturn in any nativity, the person concerned will be either wifeless or issueless; when there is a hermaphrodite planet in the 7th houso, and the llth house is occupied by two planets, the person will have two wives. If the lord of the 7th house:lnd Venus be each posited in a dual Rasi or Amsa, the person will have two wives, Generally one ought to predict the number of wives in such cascs through the number of the planets in t'onjunction with those two riz.. the lord of the 7th and Venus'

gqqEqnirqd Ee o}lrfr ilqdg!+( t Rtaff;€rft€ilwErii gFqat{tSd{tq'#il tf tq tl Slota 19. If the lord of the Lagna be in con;unc tron with that of the ?th, the person born will get a oature excellent wife, If the lord of the Lagna in the above porition be at the same time obrcured by the Sun, the wife will b€ entirely devoid of good featurer.

866

Adt XrV.

ilurqrftlrl

ftt qwg.aq Folt ilqrftt I fiqqtpr{d E,srxq{rnqt(ll ?o ll Sloha70. When thereare severalmalefic planets rn the 2nd bhavaand the lord of the 7th is likewice by a maleficplanet,the peroonborn will there aepected have three wives. 6.

F{fifRFar{fi

fri nrwgd g fidi il ilqrfit r afit nqse} rsfiqqFqt(

*-ffi*fr Efttdqitee{,ft t

sqlftta qrEtrqgdisfrF]qlE tt lt ll

Sloka 7I. Wben the lord of the 7th bbavaoccupyrnga Kendra or Kona is in its own, eraltation, oi by the lord of the l0th friendly sign or is aspected perron will be born associatedwith many bbawa, the wiver.

sa;n{trdl*d sqftikfrlqt t

gqtir gTtRfrEIrdt i|lnilqm lt tl ll

Sloka 77. When the lord of the ?th bhava is in a Kendra and is aspectedby a benefic pianet or is in a benefic Navamsaor Rasi, the wife will be devoted to the observanceof vowr

fiiftt N

wft frqTRqd ftgaruurit

qTqrdt{r{Err q}i wrqrq{iC}$-d-{rRnt {n{ ll

Sloftc 13. tf the lord of the ?th bhavabe Mercury in a depressionor inimical vargaand assocratedwith a rnaleficplanet,and if it also c.cupy the 6th or the Erh bhava, in the midst of two malefic planets and aspected

85?

st. 24-26

by a nnaleficplanel, the wife will kill her hucbandand ruin his familv' NorES. This as well as slokas25, 26, 27, 28,29t 30,31, 32,34, 37 3 8 ' 3 9 , + 0 , 4 1, + 5 & . + a r e i n s f i T 4 , t.G f 'Ihe same efiect is ascribed to a different yoga in fRtt<f

ftg"qqfrsqql t nfioql qq.iti{qarft'ilfaqq,irsft q{urtfd dil q{offirrqq rRfiqqTqfidTqi( ll

uqtt gqdâ&#x201A;Źt ar\ qrqr griqil t qr{r6t rrrrTirt(q qr{il c{{il

ll 18 ll

Stoha 74. If the lord of the ?th bhava occupy a benefic Navamsa and be aspectedby a benefic planet, the wife will be of a good family. But if the lord of the bhava be in a maleficvargaalreadyoccupiedby a maleficplanet,thc wife will be base-born,

{EF( srqqTtqti fragnr*qtdkdrcqt dtqepfrqilqJa qEti qG gtgtfrqi t qrqrdii fked qfr qaqqi gtigufiqqt

qrqt TarakugtrElindEE{qerft il ll R\ ll

SIoha 25. If the ?th bilavahe occupiedby a planet, to be the thc number o[ wivcs is declaredby astrologers of planetsin conjunction with Venus. Out of nr-rmber tire abovenumbcr,any planetthat occupiesits Swakshe' tra or exaltation is to be ornitted. If the lord ol the 7th bhavaoccuPythe ?nd, identical with a sign owned by Venus, the number c,f wives will be the number o{ planets associaled with Veutts ; or it nay bc tha"tthe personconcernedrnay gecas manv new brides as there are planetsin conjunction with Venus and the lord of the ?th bhava. 108

858

rrcucrQile

Adb.xrv.

Erttn$grqtr tfrei qrq{qgfurr glerrnreilqR t qm*fr qoufra I g{silrr-{<rrcilqRld

s{ffi

{osfrqtrqrir$q.rrrq tl

Sloka 26. How many weak planetsthere may be that are in conjunction with the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava and are at the sametime the lords of the 6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava ( g:un-Dustthana), so many will be the wives to be destroyed by them. The more there are benefic strong planetsassociatedwith the lordg of the two bhavacabove named,the more will be the wives with whom the person born will live happily. If a single planet possessinggreat srrength be associatedwith the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava, the personconcernedwill have but one wife. NorEs' cf. wo{tfrmr

dtneqi qa.ii\faqnrd)*r fl|q: ftqfi

nifr nlil gt ufi rg: sp{f gsrf;qdT

qlilsft qTâ&#x201A;Ź qa: Wsq: qFqramrqfFqAl

ft+r nguq{FqqFqqilfi'n]-qrpqSr<nq' tl It is through the (number of) planets in the 7th housethat one ought to divine the number of women that a person may associatewith. oF these, the number that will die (at an early ase) will corresoond to the nurnber (of pranets in the 7th housey that are malefic, w-hile the number of benericswill denote the numbef that will survive. If the lord of the 7th be benefic and possessed of strength, the native will have a good-natured woman as his partuer and be endqwedwith gooc children. Even a malefic will do good to the wife if he shali be in the 7th owning that house. Benefics in the Tth.will be productive of good unless they happento be the lords of the 6th,8th and lZth houses.

rg{dswr<r

sl. 27

859

Also cf. ciliTfi(<r

qil rl,nru*rrq<tr( | efr *errfqq* OgrEqrt

f,rL-qiflqirJ(ilq+d ftsx{rpqi q{iFd ffit: ll

o{rasqfttshqu{i*t fr'{ri{t(

q;nrftFcenwqqq,frt{qi{*{r ilI I dl+ ftrnqttrt *d qlqEldlE(r

stt ffif,t.CIr{tqq${q{rqsqcsidr* ll qe ll

Sloha 27. Add together the f igures for the lorde of the Lagna and the ?th bhava. Find the Rasi, etc., indicated by the result. When Jupiter traverses the Rasi, etc., above fo':nd, the astrologer may predict a person's marriage. The time of marriage may also be determined in the same way in respect to the total of the figures for the ruler of the stars occupied by the Moon and the lord of the ?th bhava. If the Navamsa occupiedby Jupiter belongto a friend, the person concernedwill have but one wife. tf the amsain'question be Jupiter'sown, the number of wiveg will be 2 or 3If the amsabe that of Jupiter's,exaltation,the perroq concernedwill be the lord of many wives. Norps. According to qodiqfi the probable time for marriage is thus ascertained:

gxlscit ErdgnTqqiatFfrqqrqlfA dqrfirrq' 11 The marriage may be expectedto come ofl when Venus or the lord of the 7th house in its orbit transits through a sign which is triangular to the Rasi or Navamsaowned by the lord of the Lagna

fio{{iFqrqwae}tuqt qlsq.soTrs r qql fiefrrfEqfirsrqrfifiâ&#x201A;Źrii dx .foron: tl

Tbc rcguisition of a wife may happeuduring the dasaperlod

860

ffi

Adh.xlv.

of the planet (l) posited in the 7th house, or (2) aspectingthe 7th house. The same may also happen when the lord of the Lagna in his orbit cornesto the Rasi signifying the 7th house.

rs@mnrftrduifl+{rq, flwqqmrqu.ii iotqw t EtrrrrirEFlqgil'qi{rfii}drort iqgt ${,Er il Rz tl Sloka 28. Of the two planets that are the lords respectivelyof the Rasi and Navamsa occupiedby the lord of the 7th bhava,f ind whictr is stronger. During the dasaperiod of thac planet,the marriageof the person may take place, when Jupiter traverse$the Trikona of the Rasi and amsaoccupiedby the lord of the 7th bhrva. Again, find the stronger of the two planets Venus and the Moon. During the dasa period of the stronger planet,the period favourableto marriage m1y be folrnd in the samemanneras in the abovecase.

g nltilfi-drrltt qqnruihfifqr{rT(r u.rrktqittrtriqrqmlUdi q ffi56: I

sqfu*{iliqqrqsEfluri itnaf rqq frrita gilf ifioxrlâ&#x201A;Źrltiqrsgd g i{t ll 1q ll Sloha 29. If the lcrd of the ?th bhavabe associated with Venus, its Dasa and Bhukti may lead to marriage. Failing that, the Dasaand Bhukti of the lord of the Rasi occupied by the planet owning the 2nd bhavamay have marriage,producinge{ficacy. The Dasa anclBhukti of the lords of the 10th and the.gth bhavas come next in order. Lastly, note the planetagsociated with the lord of the ?th bhavaor the one occupying it. During thg Dasa and Bhukti of one of these,narriage may take place.

sI.30-31

rg{tfrswm:

86t

Notr,si. It is, perhaps, implied here that each succeeding alternative is to be resorted to when the preceding one is found to be not pro' m i s i n g b e c r u s e o f t h e w e a k n e s s ,e t c . , o F t h e p l a n e t c o n c e r n e d '

glT'Jtql* qqritp$i fi-q"frqqr!ftq.dr qrqdg{frqft qR Euqtt iimrqq t qii qei qffitqqfi qqt T(! qlqqâ&#x201A;ŹirTni1

" uJrqdqfi q{urofic(l drtqf}qe:qfrml llloll

S/oAa 30. lf the planet powerful for producing marriagebe beneficand in a benefic house, it will bring on the h"ppy event at the commencementof its Dasa. lf the planet,being itself benefic, shouldoccupy a male' fic house, the marriage and other such h.ppy eventg wiil takeplacein the middle of its Dasa. If the planet and the house it occupiesbe both malefic, the event in question will happenat the end of irs Dasa. But if the plan:t in question occupy a b:nefic house and be in conjunction with a benefic planet at the sametime, ito influcncefor good will prevail during the whole of its Dasaperiod.

oqE{iqaaqiqlrfrqftii aq gt;qtw q i[-sToIrT{|

qrrrrrgfi'wrr5qffidbqi

his'lqr Wgi dt rRor tl lt ll Slola 31. Astrologers say that the acquisition of a wife may take place when the Moon and Jupiter in their progress arrive at the Znd place from the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagnaat the birth bf the person concerned. The same event may also happen when Jupiter reachesa sign occupied by

8os

lrcwrM

Adb.xlv.

,n is whenthe Moon and Jupiteroccupya Kendra.

fi*FqruqsnrRtnqq{ ilfini il {uri

ilsr6t ueftibr{q(dr sailqild uiq r oqrfiilfruffirq*grtriu* tq{r qt {TIqtqq:qâ&#x201A;ŹrEwurt rct ntq fru: n QRtl .S/oln 32. An auspicioustime for men'smarriage (other than what has been mentioned before)occurs in the yearof their lifc indicated by the numbermadeup of 8 and thc figure dcnoting the order from Mesha ol the sign representingthe 7rh bhava: this year b:ing in the natureof things subsequent to the investiturewith the sacredthread generally preceding marriage (in the caseof the twice-born class). Add the figures for the lordg of the Tth and the tst bhavas and find our the Rasi and amsa indicated by the sum total. The girl born in the Rasi and amsathus found is the one to win the heart of the person concerned. The husband,elect must equallyprove acceptable to the wife.

urqrffiqqftqql{rftq1q1 qqr(ff{ $rrrr q qftfqqrqT( | dqrd* q qf6ffi Eqii iE Etrqluggfffiorfrqar lt 11 u Slofra 33. Note the planetsoccupyingor aspecting the ?th bhava from the Moon. A girl born in a sign belongingto any one of these planets vrill be higlrly fortunate as a wife and enjoy her husband'sfavor. A husband determined similarly in the case of a female hororcope will prove acceptable. The direction of thc

st.34

qgtdsqtq:

863

country of the bride will bc that of the lord of the 7th bhava from venus' Norss. According to Mantresrvar:r, the direction of the country of the rvife will be that signified by the ltasi orvrted by any one of (2) owning the the three planets, viz., (l) occupying the 7th house 7th house and (3) Venus. Cf,

ifirrrFq{rqTfqqqlfieriru4i fst {infa ds q-.ql: ll

Seealso the follorvrl;i:

q*fqfrd{Fqrrft.qir EI a.l{tlq{:I g.Fclfi{di qrfqqitaq firilsqqt tt ;na1€Fqqndin+s affra2;t{€q 1;zit EI I f<qarawaqsEffi,oa tqtsatqt*l qfi d'is tt gileqfi fift"q qitqqm, du g r nrqffrqlR(rqitqinot;q+,af+qit rt

Eqt uq{ qgf€gta qrrfa{iqit r sTft+riqq ftqr.gqg+ fiilqa,tt qsrEitl:wta ngatGtr{ilq-dl r Bt)ilorftqsn;qian*+g+uafi*q.tt *S tg solfq+qaf{.'fr ql{saq:I qi\nrFqnrr{nif;o*qfAqtat:lt erqqrg{frgffrnrifluqt fqR;ah t

qilqqfFquittftnwndn'rq tt

U ll qCdb{nTildd+rr: wr{riliwqft qarilGI I qG eqregfis(! qis ll 18 ll rh t-.qr-wawqo{fr Stoka 34, Mars occupyingthe 2nd, the 12th, the

864

\ ilrcccrftrrt

Adh.xlv.

trt*-"

* tt@ ". person may causethe ", deathof his

wife. If Mars occu, py the sameporition in respectto the horoscopeof the wife tp be selected,the planet will prove injurious to the husband.

tadrqt: qiwqsqqi fuoqatt

*qtftqnqisqit qqlwrqi: rr1\ tl Sloha 35 if a malefic planer occupyingthe 8th bhavafrom the Lagna in a female horoscope be in deptession. inimicai or malefic vargas,it proves fatal to the husband. :\

ffi!$grqrf,i \

R qrfiqnfaqiqqgrt*sft fi |

ilretrfrqqnrga{efrtft gfq{Gsil{ n tQ rr Slota 36. If there be maleficplane1sin the 2nJ as well as in the ?th bhava,thcy causedistressby bringing about a bereavement of the wife. If tfe pers(\)nconcernedbe joined in wedlockro a woman born in a yoga such as has been describedabove,he lives possessed oi children,wealth and other blessings.

qo*rrilriirisqEtRrr(ir{idrtgsrilfirsit r ssftrfu{R gfirroteqF{tftdq Uratq:u ie tl Sloha 3T. lf the srosrrftr (Janmarasi) of the wife bc included in the triad designated*oarrih lKalatrarasi) or in the triar:gularsigns of the Rasi occupied by the lord of the 7th bhava in the horoscope of the hu:band, the latter will have sons. If the q.cofu (Janmarasi)of the wife be other than those that have beenenumerated. he will have no isaueby her.

rgtdt qrrt

Sl. g8-39 t

vvvvvvvv

866 g

vv-vvvvvvvvvv!vv

vvv

!!1.'/.#

NorBs. For qr-oecfithe,c, Cf. eElfi?il{Fr

fiildqTqFrilildti oftr qoqq ftgtqr-a: t aqqrf}ilqdflqq.ll adqitq qR qi m@{rtfrr

Great astrologers have recognised the Rasi occupied by the q'T(It?r lord of the 7th bhava in the husband's horoscope as the (Janmarasi)of his wife. The exaltation and the depression signs of the lord of the 7th bhava in the male horoscopeas well as the Rasr of the 7th bhava forn.r the t:onstituent parts of the triad re' presentingU1g"r;q{tfr (Janmarasi) of the +oa (.Katatra) or wife. \

.A-1

]

urfu;qrcuq q( tfi6{ $Ftflttqfrdrl \

diiFg{fudrF+igas{I {!r65q1qR I wflflraqfrqrr Wfr{gtqKilRtqi

qltd iiqqrsftaaqdigrusq{l ifiIII\ ll lc ll

Slofta 38. If the Sun be in the 7th bhava,the wife will have breastsexceedingly strong. when the lord of the 7th bhavaoccupiesa Kendra in conjunction with Venus, she will have a Jupitt:r, the Moon, Mercury or tro"d and awellirrg bosom; i{ Mars appear in the ?th bhava,her bogom will be shrunken' If the 7th bhava be occupied by Mandi, Srturn, Rahu or Ketu she will have fat pcndent breaste. If Dhuma and other invieible planetsbe in the ?th bhavaor if the lord thereof occupy a g:wra (Dustthana).her breastswill bc ill-shapcn.

fiEqt{iqiqismirffi{{hft

itqrqrqh

qg+ g {qtrQrcr;fifiq-tqn'{tit lr t hqrft;gg}r g Rxrftnj dit itt qitdi diqd.iiiqiirtq{'dRq{tii;q41gftdq iI +"' ii Stoka 39. lf the $un be in the ?th bhava at a 109

866

fiilTqrftqa

Adb.xlv.

perEon'E birth, the object of hie love and dalliancewill be r barrenwoman; if the Moon, a womanof the same claosas himself; if Mars, it will be a woman in mens, truation or a barren wedded wife ; if Mercury, a courtezan; if Jupiter,a womanof Brahmanicextraction; if Venus,he will havea liaison with a womanalready enceinte. If the planet occupying the ?th bhava be Saturn,Rahuor Ketu, the objectof his affectionowill be a low,bornfemaleor one in her periode.

ffii

*i St+{riqrcqit Rql

qg* ffi $qfusft gt qrfr Rrnqot r fr tr.IEftt a (ftd qtsqqrqqir *fr qrqq{$frqgruri qq3lrt n Bott

S/oft"240. lf the Sun occupy the 4rh bhava the person born will prelerably have the society of his wife in a pleasurehousein a forest region ; if it be the Moon, a fine room in his own residence;.if Mars, a snug place encloaedby walls; if Mercury, a theatre or similar placeof public entertainment; if Jupiter, a temple ; if Venue, a retreat in water ; if Saturn, Rahu or Ketu, the favourite haunt of the deity €fuflgt (Hariharaputra) describedas the offspring of Siva and Vishnu conjoined,

grtir rqqf€tsqitgt qrqlfqiqert qTqrftsut{t smqh qr* mu{rriqrq t qqgfi gkffiqlfr S EI grd uru6grqft

ffidqqnisu{Elqogfriiqrnfr il€R tt Bl tl

Sloha 41. If lr,fars occupy a Navamsa owned by Venus in the ?th bhava, and if the lord of that bhava be in the 6th, the perEon born will suffer bereavement

sL 42-44

tg{risr<rrr

in the deathof his weddedwife. If the planet occupy, iog the ?th bhava be the Sun, he will be bleseedwith wife and wealth. If the lords of the Znd and the 7th with Venus in a g,wn (Dustthana) bhavasbe associated or in the 3rd bhava,he will have the ill.luck to loceso manywives ; but if the lords of thosebhavasbe strong, his wife will continuealiveduringhis life time. \A

stRf: €rilil w$TilTqffillE

d{q ffftnwtugqFEtETI

q{ ugrqqfiriqqfr iln Ril( ER{rrE{qt ef.gte-tqtl 81 ll Sloka 42. If the lord of the ?th bhava be aspected by or aseociatedwith Venus, or occcupya houoe owned by the latter, the pereon born will be so extravagantly fond of hie wife as to indulge in irrrgrea (Bhagachum' bana.) The effect is the samewhen the lord of the Znd bhavais in the sameposition as that describedfor the lord of the 7th in the preceding case; or when the lord of the lOth occupiesthe 7th in conjunction with Venus.

trlqtr iqgar iffi qr t{ rrri qred ttww I tt Bl tl fti rFi Wr{ufuTr}tr;ft;gilRr6qs{rqril Sloko 43. When Jtrpiter or Vettus is chelord of the 7th bhava, the pudendum muLiebre of. a young woman would be lovely and symmetrical. It will be narrow if the lord of the ?th bhava be betwixt the the planet Saturn, the Moon and Mercury.

ff qtft {qqc$frqodmfi(* qu.It}r.rtatr t gd €-{rM q{qrt tl wi wi qEa\,€g{t|ttsst Sloka 44. Ito spacewill be ample if the lord of

rtefitftili

Adh.nv.

, It will be moist i[ the Moon occupying the ?th bhava be aspectedby Venus; but if the Moon in the position describedbe associatedvrith a malefic planet, it will be void of moisture.

dti ntft fr{ oM{rIETtt dtqrnfra{i{r*ffi esffi ftctsqn t {tRTR*mgir oil ilqqfrqsumqEi

fii â&#x201A;Źff frftc: ll 8\ ll oI qflqflRrqtseQt Sloka 45, A man is joined to a woman when planetowning the Jupitcr is in a Rasi b,:longingto the Navameaoccupiedby the lord of the Lagnaat his birth : but if the Navamsain questionbelongto the depresrion sign of the lord of the Lagnaor to its enemy' the person concernedwill lose the wife that he marriee or ltave nct wife at all. subtract the figures for the Lagna from rhosefor the lord of the ?th bhava. The difference indicatesa cerrail Rasi. When Jrrpiteroccupieathis Rasi or its Trikona, astrologers say that the death of the pcrson'swife will take place' The sameevent may happeu when Jrrprrgris in a Rasi indicated by the .*i.*. of the {igures for the Lagna over thoseior the lord of the 7th bhava

g{stt qtqiiq* wt o{lrinrqqisrrSi qm q1s'giiaqigq{urqiq{sknqtt nlqrfunq{rrq{ittrIIt gfirsqdii{t {rdt ril{gil silrq{oi fr} mtqntqi tt 8q lf (loArr 46

If thq lord as weil as the Karalracf tirc frcrrnthe Lrgna b: propitioueand occupy the rch ti;1.:ve

qgfdsqrq:

sr 4?-48

th place be prede t minant in strength and unaspected by or unassociated with malefic planets,the wife dies simultaneouslywith the husband. Her death will occur during the period of the dasa or qcEK (Apahara) of a fte (Ch.idra) planet @ide Adhyaya 5, slokas 52-53) with referenceto the ?th bhava,when Saturn occupiesthe Rasi ascertained to be fatal to the wife through the Ashtakavarga of Venus (vide Adhyaya 10) an.J when Jupiter ig in a Navarnsaowned bY this fatal Rasi.

q(tqirililt

qtftqrdrRqd

$gegilâ&#x201A;Źt qrtrdqr|qti t qf\qggffiqq"iffifilq(t:

{E gfuf\ilq qrcfir.Trgtftu Be tl Sloka 47. If the lord of the 7th bhava attaining a crRqra (Parijatha) or a higher varga occupy a benefic with Jupiter, the placeand be aspectedby or associated his at meals food will have personborn of a refined and excellentsort accompaniedby such appetiaingeubstances as curd, honey,clarified butter, sauce,milk and seasoned r : o n d i m e n t s ;i n d h e u ' i i l i n , r c i d i r i o nb e b l e s s e dw i t h a r:harmingirelpmate.

11 ll sTeTlwrileffircq qrgturiSqrgilqqFrsiggcqafr

effirtdsoiqqft ftqi{ri q{$ g{s I qeqrga{qisqqr ftgqt qrqriR {;Ht

oita gt a ffi frq+qrfrftr*{t .Rsnsztl

Sloha 48, From what haebeeneaid already,it io

8?0

|t(rrcrfuri

Adh"nv.

t"*rl; life as affected by the untoward .rr"rt, due to ihe positions of the lords of the l st, the 10th arrd the gth bhavasand of the planet Saturn; but as it crops up again in connection with fka (Nidhana) or the gth bhava now under treatment, it is to ba dealt with once more If the lord of the 8th bhava being associated with a maleficplanet occupy the l2th or the 6th bhava, the person concerned will be short-lived. The same effect is produced when the lord of the gth bhava being weak happensto be 4ssociatedwith the lord of chl Lagna in one of the two bhavasabove-named(zie. the 6th or the l2th). NolBs. For things to be deducedfrom the gth bhava, aide the following from (t) qraa,cd.

1;q6s141;f,fEi gaiil dlr-q+ar{ea;arRfrq{r E qo-erTRqds fq: fiar rTr€qrqt iqqx tt Q)

qki+rrrror

aqf,rilil;dtqFqgi'in<i Erg: es.t tfa sqq.r 5-spu1d sier *€qfrq qr*anmrflqr fld+H: tt

qS r;qqfi iu.teoflFtiliUfr qBfr ftrqefrv8'qi stfr qsfr qrdf*trgfv{|

aqnrtrfir;qtrRnin ! ffirunqqr dqbtqoTs(tmgfiIrilq€r€w,Sfrqn Bq tl Sloka 49. When the lord of the 8th bhava occupier its own house, the personborn will be long,lived. If the lords of the lst and the 8th bhavas occupy the 6th or the l2th bhava, then too will tbe perlon born enjoy prolonged vital energy. The lorde of tbe l0th.

sI.50-61

r|gtqlstrrrqs

871

the lst and the 8th bhavagin a Kendra, a Trikona or the llth bhavalead to long life. But if they be weak and in conjunction with Satrrrn,the astrologer may declarelife to be ehort; Norps. T h i s ' r s w e l l a s s l o k a s5 2 , 5 3 , 5 4 , 5 5 , 5 6 , 6 0 & 6 - j a r e f o u n d i n

qiIaFfi'(Qt,

uilurqilgqr{u{nfta}Eqrilitilgitrr;Eaqffiar : t Erq'qifiEqfufr qfr q6Tqrgtsl {d egn{rgrilu{arr n \o tl S/ofrir50. If the lords of the lOth, thc Bth and the 1st bhavasbe all of them strong and unassociated with Saturr, the person born will be long-lived. If even two of them be strong,the person conccrnedwill have rnediumlife. If only one of them be strong, his rife be shorter than in the precedingcase. If none of "viil thern be srrong' he will have no pcriod of life worth, mentionilg.

{;qritt qrqUdqqfrgtaflii rTrrTg}sqqp3 I

glfht c{qi itrrgr 1 \t ft Uqriiqidrrrarrlugfu

S / o A r r5 1 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e , g t h b h a v a b e i n g in conjunction with a maleficplaner occupya malefic sign or Grrqrc(Dustthana--6th,gth or tzth), the life of the person concerned will b: short But if the planet owning the 8th bhavabe associotedwith o, by a benefic one or occupya beneficsign or".p.cted t^hegth bhava rtself, the life of the person born will be long.

il{& agtsemfiq-di qria g,tfki qisawis?i{r frgrJtqrfr rrilg{iq r

8rt

ilfiqrfrilrt

Adh.xlv.

Aqlgffil{st gqgt ffiftq-*t

r'n rdilqfrRilSeEiqrt Ro'{rftqll \1 ll

Stoka 52. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 8th bhava or if the lord of the latter bhava in conjunction with or aspectedby a maleficplanet become invisible by its too great proximity to the Sun or be in the 6th bhava,the penon born will be void of vitality. But if the lord of the Sth place from the Lagna be in its exalta' tion or in conjunction with a beneficplanet or in a Kendra or a Trikona or in the Sth bhava itself, the personborn will be blessed with long life' The eame will be the casewhen the rising sign is occupiedby its lord.

onrrs{arfqt {â&#x201A;ŹEfr qd fiilgr gdi ui{r} qR Gqqqqiir* *-nttrfr iqw t qtqrfrEqdtre] ssquar;t gut wr{

ll 'tl ll $fi{m{qFctftegd qqtg{R]rrT{Iat

Sloha 53. If thc lord of the 12th bhavafrom the Lagnaoccupy a q&a (Swakshetra)and be strong' the p"r-ronborn will live long in comfort' The sameeffect iollows when the iords of the lst and the Sth bhavasare strong and occupy a Kendra. If Venus, Mercury or place or the 10th Jupiter occupy or aspi:ctthe Ntloon's from the sign of conceptionor birth or from the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwiil enloy healthand long life.

iliqmgd â&#x201A;Źfi Rgq;rrfrrsToi, u;qrrr;qi{qffiQqi riuu*t illn I n* argarRrq a<gfiFileud c qr

rit

ffi

qqil* dfr;v qqrh Tdffidqqa

tt \ti ll

q{dtsrvrrr

Sl. d4-66

8?rt

6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava, the aatrologer nrY predict the demise of the person concerned(t) during the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn; or (8) during the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by Saturnwhen the bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn ic in progreEs; or (3) during the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhava when the bhukti of the planet next in order to tbe aav (Randhrapa-lordof the 8th bhava) is takiog place-the questionof " which of the three alternatives ia to be chosen as applicableto any particular case" dependingupon a nice balancingof the etrensthaod weaknessof the severalplanetsconcerned.

uffi,Arnnn!q,g{tsrdq+frg n iiitrcrrqrt5{ftE{r ildq rligrfl |

ffirtwr(rilAnt M

{wrrlrrcrqf}rarqrfirqqtTqr( n \\ tl

S/o&a 55. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th, tbe 8th, or the l2th bhavain conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the fatal daea to the person born is that of the planet which is associated with the lord of the Lagna or of the Sth bhrva. (If there be no planeteo aesociated) the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by the lord of the Lagna or the 8th bhava will prove fateful. The death of the person concerned will occur during the bhukti and apahara of Rahu in the fatal dasa when Rahu takes precedenceof other planetsin ripening that portion ol the fatai dasa.

rQ iig;gqfe nqsqd ur I r10

811

wr€qFqftqa

Adh.xrv.

trtd TrMi iraTrfuRF€qn aquft{sntTi{rE{rFqi il ll \E ll Sloka sO.= ff out of the lords of the 10th, 8th and the lgt bhavas and Saturn the weak one be asaociated with Rahu, death will usually take place during the dasaarid bhukti of this weak planet; or during the dasa and antaraof the planet. aspectingit or associatedwith it.

ilt nruqfril ormqqngdqtsrq'i e* ceqfr g oqqEtrruditrikritqr{ t q{rqmqilrrd aggri ri'rqqtqrqi . \ r \\ Cr A\A c!ru qottg(I dllqililq fliI(re;il{ ll \\e tl

Sloha 57. If the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy the s&rD€rthe person born will suffer from ailment during the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bhava. If the Lagna be occupied by its lord, the dasaand bhukri of the latter will bring on bodily suffering; but the person concernedwill survivc in eachcase, regain health and be happy. If the lord of the 8th bhava be strong, the dacathat brings on death is that of the lord of che Lagna.

nirarwqwt fiqt Rot oilqtr;rrqiiflirqiiiEssq. I

q{KdiEg€tft iioqnrt qiqiflqi iiwrqq ufk{urqrqn \d fl Slofra 58. If, at the birth of a person,the lst bha, va be void of strength, he will have much difficulty in ,tiding over the dasa periods of the lords of the Lagna

sI.69-60

8?&

qltdtsqrqr

aod the 8th bhava. Surviving thia, he will haveexceed ing happiners. In the casein which the lord of the Lagnais strong, the death of the personconcernedwill occur during the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhava.

tit q tinr{n{ogi ffids}Eiq+

il€r6q€${gfuIr|It q}qqq1q:ssq I

cnfrsqq*qtgftbffiffi

qrssqi €Fg(ift !r{q [ \q tl T;rrerFTrTile \?\

Sloftrr 59. If the lord of the Lagna identrcal witF' the lord of the 8th bhava be strong and occupy a Kendra or Trikona position, the person born will suffer from diseageor be exposedto public censureduring the dasa of the planet if &oy, aesociated with the lord aforesaidof the Lagna and the 8th bhava. If the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhavas occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with another planet, the person will surely have his demise during the dasaof the planet if any occupying the 8th bhava.

a]\qsqffi qit elrnta dfuil+( qt oaqiser{rssqrfrilittffilliil} qftr I

dnfr(*lrqd srtqft uwa) g&u}

rqffi(q} ud q FE qiq il Qo tl

Sloftzr60. But if there be no planet in the 8th bhava (in the case considered in the latter part of the previoussloka),the deathof the personconcernedehould be divined by meansof the planet occupving the Lagna. The event will happenduring the dasaof the last-nentioned planet when Saturn arrives in its progress through the orbit at the Lagna or the 8th bhava. lf the

8t6

qnrrf,rft{re

Adh. )(V.

, with other planets,then find out which of the agaociated planeto is weak ; and it is during the dasaand bhukti of this weak planet that the aetrologer should declareas probable the death of the person concerned.

amrflr!fficfrt{sRaafrqrfirqfqrn

{€qmt-dfdnM FE fA"A,ufrr

$d q itqqiordii(s erta df\renE, om? gmeq{rrREil dilrfM Rqq.n qt tl S/ofra 61. (i) Find the aggregatenumber of yeare (according to qgqqr-Ududasa) of the planets associated with the lord of the 5th bhava. Divide this by | ?. The remainder should indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the time of the person.s demise. But if such lord of the bth bhava is not associatedwith any other planet, then the aggregate number of years according to qgT{rr(Udu dasa) of the lord of the 5th bbava ghould be divided by lZ and the remaindershould indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the time of the person's demise. Again, add together the EgE{n(Udu dasa) periods of the lord of the Lagna and the lord of the 5th bhava or the planet associatedwirh the lord of the 5th bhavaas the casemay be and divide the eum by 30. The result will indicate the day of the peroon'sdemise counted from the Sankramaday of the month.

fr*t H qTqft ftEogteqefr E{tuill tnrgqwmg$fhrun. r qqrd {ftt sttrgfilg i-Et frmt FFtqRR{[oqqqqffi Effdfi il lR tl

St 6g-6t!

lgffisqm:

8??

Sloka 62- If the lords of the 9th, lst and 4th bhavas should occupy a Kendra or Trikona, the aager say the mother of the pergonbcrn will followithe father in death during the dasaand bhukti ofone of these pla, nets (which one of them 7 should be determined from other sources). lf the Moon in the 8th bhava be associatedwith Mars, Saturn or Rahu, the person concerned will become liable to epilepsy, and death will result from that disease. The sarneconseguences follow if the Mcon on the wane be associated with the above mentioneciplanets. NorBs. Cf. V-- 8t' supru. Cf. eei*iiq;mfir

gtvwrlufloaamrf€*)am,q-qrrirra{fi |

gol qqr aeqftqrffiItfter Rarggft q {r(: tl rh qt{I* rfharug* {ti rawrrg6: sqt I

qoqrq {tsr rr a* fFqtEFqerrflrhfQnrq{ter ,ilqrRq-Er;qdin g+ e{tiltrnT*fiqqftqtsfE r g:Ft iqrgt{qqr€fi:

qTil fqilqqqi GqqT€fr: qq 1'

qt itqqtsqnfrqrtr qrfr etcnq 5fqm{ri Oilg*lgtgrl;vtfru}q r qrt q;qqie qrq(frtfrqqqrilffit

ftrq'ilq.Iisfilduagt qnrs€frEsgrqt il ql tl

Stofrc 63. When the Moon is in the 2nd or the 8th bhava, the personborn will be liable to excesgive perspiration. If Mars occupying the l0th bhava be associatedwith Mercury, the person's body wilt emit foul smell. When a_malefic planet occupying the 8th

878

crilTcrfrwi

Adh. xIV.

bbava ig aeeociated with another marefic planet, the person born will suffer from a multitude of discasee and dietractions. But if the planet occupying the gth bhava be benefic and be associatedalso with a benefic planet, the pereon concerned will live in ease and comfort.

qtnRsRwe {ftmEts rrxritqq Usrrerqrnq{Rf

UirEi qiR ildq€rnurqe

qeilqeGqtcq €fr qtil u qBtl

Sloha G4. When a person is born with a cfidEq rr&r (seershodaya Rasi) for the rising.sign, his death'will occur in the dasaand apaharaof the lord of the znd, lst or of Rahu accordingas' the dilq+ (seershodaya)rising sign is moveable, immoveableor of a dual kind. If the Lagnabe a yii<< (Prishtodaya) Raqi, the death will happenduring the dasa and apahara of the rord of the Lagna,drekkanaif the Lagna be a moveable sign if it ; be an immoveableoD€,the event will take plac-eduring the dasaand apaharaof the pranetaspectedby rhe rord of the Lagna,drekkana;if a dual Rasi, during the dasa and apaharaof the planet in conjunction with the rord of the Lagna,drekkana.

ll eTEWtl qprrxfiEgwfrqfgrrfr df\<tqrqt*.rtRapqrs I

rrritr{Rfi gmffi untgrlqcgi *utn rniqrr Sloka 6i. It is with ,referenceto the 9rh bhava and Jupiterthar an asrrologer shouidthink of a person,s fortune, power, father or other such elderly peroon,

qgtrilsqrqr

sl. 66-67

8?e

good works, strict observance of duty and general welfare. When the lord of the 9th bhava and Jupiter are in aurpicious vargas and the 9th bhava is occupied by a beneficplanet, the person born meetswith good fortune. Nores. cf ,

;tRFfitrrwl

qrfl: qTfdqhirqqfrffiqo qdf=xqTqi q {froqr frtqqroiqurq:gilil: goqro+ ff+ftqqfee{rt vkt4rc{.

gq*{ird(rlrrl ftq**r({I?Ft: qdkq I saptTi qTFf,fl€lrigq.Erq+qqfrfiqr( rt Slokas 65-87

rrrealso found in dld+{€t.

qmFalqtifgnuua*qr

rrrr{fuerqft qrrlqaq{atnrr

qrqlsitgffiq{rit

q€ii ilrqr{ il EE tf urQ g rrrf{rq-€E! Sloku 66. If the planets occupying che 9rh bhava be malefic, hostile, depressed or eclipsed,the persons born in the yoga will be void of good name, wealth or moral worth. Even a malefic planet in rhe 9th bhava. if in exaltation,in swakshetraor in a friendly house, invariably doesgood to the men concerned.

frrqerflrgiihi aqqf qr.rq-(nilrai aqrfiuqiilriinquir rIFIIQT uat rriq t qTrt{rrqftqrqqtq{ft ffiSdEt qtqq-

qfAffi rrrd'xsfrt<il tt Ergrr Tgffqd-Jdqrrr

Sloka 67. The fth bhavaoccupiedor aspected by a benefic planetor its own lord recureEhappineccto

Adh.xtv.

rffi

880

the persons concerned. The planet owoing the Rari occupied by the lord of the 9th bhava is the author of the good fortune mentioned above. It is the lord of the 9th bhava that maturesthe same. The lord of tbe 5th place from the 9th bhava ia its awakener. If tbese planetsbe in exaltation or in their own signs, they producelong,lastinghappinees.

qrnr0 Esnfilqqffiqffi

qq*

{rs{ {tfisi ttft zqfrffiqrfts*frt t

qi{rt {o{rffi

:F{qil qTnf{qâ&#x201A;Ź6fr il

gf;qt{q(rr qiqP{tri ii{;ln qFqt{ilr il qd tl Sloha 68. If there be in the 9th bhava five planets occupvingan exaltation house, a swakshetra, an sfkr (Uchchamea) or a swakshetramsa in connectionwith any of the 10 Vargas(uide Adhyaya1, sloka 30), and if they be at the sametime acsociatedwith or aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava,the person born will have good fortune aboundingin wealth and glory and will become a lordly perEonage.Four suchplanets oimilarly placed in the 9th bhavaand poseessingstrength are capableof yielding good fortune to the person concerned. This good fortuoe,they give in the country of one'sbirth if they occupya poaition of exaltation,swakshetraor an amsabelonging to either of these'two. If they be in any other ?rD$drthe good fortune will crop up to tbe peraonconcernedin a foreign country.

qrt mqfdth,rik{st {rrq qifr r*i

qdnqgtufr ffirft {r qrfrddi., r

st*!r gft Wr iirftUqrq' ft gqiltnq glunqqfr!gâ&#x201A;Źl Guidarqd" q]sfrqr{nqqrr

gl. s-70

qildtsrrrr

8E1

by its lord or a beneficplanet,the personborn aspected of good fortune. If doesaseuredlybecomeposeessed the Moon or Venus be in the 9th bhava asauciated with a maleficplanet,the personconcernedwill become tddicted to women belonging to venerableelders. If by the Sun,the Jupiter(in the 9th bhava?) be aspected peroonconcernedwill becomea lordly person; if ae' pectedby Mars, he will be a minister; if by MercwY, he will be wealthy; if by Venue, he will command cavalry; if by the Moon, he will be happy; and laetly by $acurn,he will come into poceetsionof if aepected camelsmd suchotherriding animale. Norrs. For the secondquarterof the slcka, cf. qril{câ&#x201A;Ź

qd HqrtqR q&rrqil.zth' gi qI gtqr(qldlI qqlfgqFqi{rq* n\q gft aut dre{Enrrrfill

frErtil{rr+$sqd-{rft;rt;g}gfr ilqwr{a(ffir{r{qt frt oqr*flqtt i tii gor qteganirrffi ftqrEr{F{ilcR gfrftsfi{iht

italtq il} aqrqratlt so 11

Sloho 70. If Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe aspectedby both the Sun and the Moon, the person con' cernedwill be wise and in possessionof elephants, cowE,horses and wealth ; if by the Sun and Mare, he will have ?,oorrDlr vehicles and precious Etoneo; if by the Sun and Mercury, he willamuse himself with learn' ed discussione and have abundance of wealth ; if by the Sun and Venue, he will be polite in his addrees. ?tr ll a

882

crrilscrftiTn

Adh.xlv.

rqrqi4fitfrnt gqfriqrnil qwnqqr{ ilt wEoifri ggqilst.rrgu*uerr ilt&gq{tiht ytgtl {sr{uzqrcqr ghgxiiolifii {icrqr qt $tt t$aq u sl s1 Sloka 71. lf Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe aspectedby the Sun and Saturn, the person concerned will abound in moral excellenceand be wise and in possession of many villages; if by the Moon and Mars, he will have extensive fame, comman<lan army and enjoy easeand wealth ; if by the Moon and Mercury., he will be blest with domestichappiness,valuableproperty, bedding and furniture; if by the Moon and Venus, he will lack children. though brave,active and wealthy.

qr{ iqtri rrdl TrqGeg+ie*CgurqR ili gnstfhi r{qt ftqriirr,}qlqt I u{dqq}l}rt il{fr ilsn qgq'rTqr{ drq: qrtRwrcrnil(r! qil ilqrqr{rnr tleQtl Sloku 7?". If Jupiter in the gth bhavabc .rspc*c.i by tbe Moon and Saturn, the person concernedwill be meritorioua and become an expo,.rlderof the law in a foreigoland ; if by Mercury and Venus, he will surpase in learning. If all the other planets aspecr ,lupiterrn the 9th bhava, he will be a great personage,a king, in poaseeaion of much valuable property. All rhe benefic planetr when founci together in the gth bhavaare cap, able of eecuring,to the personeubjectto their influence, dominion and wealth laetingfor a long time.

sl. 73-?4

tg{tfrsrnrr

888

{Fqe {firfr {fi*Klil{ftf\t {qft-

KffiEfrqqlirTrercrttqqsgr1ffifr I

H tr*t g ir* qfr* tnqqmlqeq

g:r*lqr{mr$ti â&#x201A;ŹRt rrrfrilrsflqr tf sl tt

Sloka 73. If the Moon occupying the 9th bhava be aspectedby Saturn, Mercury and Mars. the person b o r n w i l l b e a k i n g ; t h e s a m e t h i n g h a p p e n sw h e n a planetin its exaltation in the 9th bhava is aspectedby a beneficone. If the Sun in conjunctionwitli the Moon occupythat bhavr, the pcrson b,rrn will be wealthy but afflicted with Ophthalmia. lf the Sun and Mars be togetherin the gth bhava,the personconcernedrvill be i l l a t e a s ed, i s p u t a t i o u sb. r r t l i k e d b y k i n g s .

qrfr kgg( {qil{gdrgretwrr{sttfl nrltta gt ftqfq{rsftenr ed ftT{rd t ftrit grgil tfr qriagie'qr iqil gite E \A\A

q;( RI.TFFF(i g GTA{iE;ittWIRTITIiTI{ll s8 ll S l o k u 7 4 I f t h e S i t na n d M e r , . : u r ye p p e a ri n c o n , junction in the 9th bhava,the person born will hav.: numerousenemies,will be unhappy.rndaiways suffering from someailrneirt. It the Sun in the qth Frhavabe essociated with Jupiter,'theperEonborn will be wealthy and do what will pleasea father. If the planet in conjunction with the Sun in t,re 9th bhavabe Ventte, the effectof it on the person born will be to make him sick. But if chcSuir arrd Saturn occrrPYthe 9th bhava together,the peraonconcernedwiil be ailing ae a father ancithat ilom a stomachic complaint. If there be the Moon and Mars associatedtocether in the gth bhava,

qr(TcrRrrt

Adh.xrv.

matricideand will have the peroonborn will perpetrate to renouncehis wealth.

qpqtfltrsurqrr{ iqqt qt rdrrcil

kfi qAm ffiftE{: *qr{ grvnt r

iltiil $ddrqRsrâ&#x201A;Źgi wqil{r{i{qr \\A.e

q-{ q;EgifHqrtggt{RqrdrsE{â&#x201A;Źgil lt \e\ tl

Sloha 75. If the Moon and Mercury be together in the 9th bhava,the person affecred by the yoga will be eloquent and conversant with many sciences. If Jupiter occupythe 9th bhava in conjunction with the Moon, the perron born will be firm.minded, illustrious and prosperous. When the Moon and Venus are in the 9th bhava,the pereon concernedwill have a strum, pet for his wife and will be in favour with his step, mother. If tbe Moon in the 9th bhava be associated with Saturn, the peroonborn will be void of all religiouo merit and hie mother will be caBr out of hic hmily.

{nfr frr1g1*t si gqgttst qfl q&ilr

ghq kqqftr F{ $}-{rElftid m! | di qr-gwT{i{tiqqt qr{i rdtrer fitt mwd\i qgqitit{r{ qdi qFEaltt \eqtl

Sloka 76, If Mare andMercury betogetherin the 9th bhava,the personborn will be learnedin the eacred andease; if Mars combine bookganddevotedto pleasure with Jupiterin that bhava,the person concernedwill be wealthyand respected.The effectof Marr being aseociatedwith Venus in the 9th bhava is that tbe pcraonborn wrli irave two wives and will be an ex-

sl. ??-?8

agiffiswrn:

pounder of law in a foreign land. If the planetcombining with Mars in the 9th bhava be Saturn, the influence of the yoga on the person born is to makehim wicked and addictedto women not his own. When Mercury and Jupiter are found rogerher in the 9th bhava, the person born will be keen-witted, wise, wealthy and learned. Norrs. Iror the 2nd qK, c/. first quarter of sloka 5, supro,

ffi].iiffifdfrq!

rrlgi wfliqil qfiEer

qhn q.qgt g tlrrdgs]ftqrffismmm I

ilt ssst tuistrQr*qnwt gt

qlqtraqq:fhtslftgt qnogefrufu 1 sn tl

Sloha 77. When Mercury and Venus combine in the 9th bhava,the peraonborn will be wise, devoted to music and pleasure,and learned; when Meicury and Saturn are found together in rhat bhava, the pereon concernedwill be sickly, surprssingin wealth. but un_ truthful ; when Jupiter and Venus occupy the 9rh bhava together,their influence on the personborn will b e t o m a k eh i m l o n g - l i v e da n d e x c e e d i n g l yp r o s p e r o u s ; when lupiter and Saturn are in conjunction in the 9th bhava,the person born will cuffer from djseaee and will b e r i c h i n j e w e l s ; w h e n V e n u s i s a s e o c i a t e dw i t h Saturn in that bhava,the person born will becomea king's corDpeer.

qfaqarrr f\qqtEa'tir rft-g.r\rrai{qiqqmr t frm ftsqi rftq.(drqr dbsqiqr:gnEla;trasnectl Sloha 18, If the Sun,the Moon and Mare combine in the 9th bhava, the personborn will become an or-

886

srdrqrftqrt

Adh.xlv.

phan and have an impaired limb , if three planets occupying the 9th bhava be the Suo. the Moon and Mercury, the personborn will be cruel and engaged in forbidden actt ; if the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be found togethetin the 9th bhava, the person will enjoy much easeand will be rich in vehicles.

q'fffi {fkdl EqFotuffdiimfilr{I

qnqdrftateqtrffi' utqiftfrqtrn{ |

taqtfrW* g ffi g{qs td f**r<Aqt qrqt ll sq ll tsfi tqfquilqr gilq'{frqri}qa} Sloka 79. When the 3 planetsin the 9th bhava are the tiun, the Moon and Venus, the person born wiil be a royal favourite and lose hie wealth by eogaging in quarreisfor womell. If thc Sun, thc Moon and Saturn be associatedtogether in the 9th bhava, the effect on the personborn will b: that he will have tc serve as a menial and becomeobnoxiou$to good people' If in that bhavathe Sun,Mars and Mercury be united, the persouborn will b: lovely, bur ill tempered and quarrelsome. I f tl'rc combination in th; 9ch bhava consist of thc S,.rn, l"tars and Jupiter, the person concernedwill evince love to Gods and the lr{anesand wrll be blessedwicir children,wrfe and wealtlr'

wit sitdr ftqr(i?tersiql e{!["{'-$:

orqrqEfdtii6gru-ir flgr i\gqimr t qdâ&#x201A;Źiirfrq;nq\ Wgf,rilii{{'l i+qqrq.

{r;di ilqâ&#x201A;Źqi iilTlgc{fr qr{i qniiqihr tt co ll

Sloirr 80. ii the Sun and Mars appearin conjun' crion wich Venus in che9th bhava, thc effect of the

;r.81-8?

qgtdtst{rcr

'ogaon the person born will be to make hin disputa, ioue,irritable and rakishly inclined to the seduction of vomen. If the Sun and Mars be associated with Saturn, he personbcrn wiil be friendlessindigent and will be, ,omea parricide If the planetsin thc 9th bhava be the iun, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a o1'alfavourite and own large wealth. If the Sun, Mer:ury and Venus be together in that bhava, they will nakethe person born equal to a king ; if the planet :ombiningin the 9th bhava with the Sun and Mercury >eSaturn, the lxrson born will be wicked and addicted ,o women not his own.

qlqmiiter{gfi qâ&#x201A;Źq{tni qal qitetr

â&#x201A;ŹrqitdfqRnnfrqR iieedi eqrqrqrrl r *rR**qrrtEr irr{rrfidifr EttiH

qret ffiqqrrgal q qrc{;(nqiinigqfilt dl tl

S l o f t a8 1 . T h e S u n a n d J u p i t e r c o m b i n i n g w i t h Venus in the 9rh bhava makethe person born rakish, wealthy and learned. lf the sametwo planets become rssociatedwirh Satuqnin the 9th bhava, the person born will becomea notorio,rslibertine. When the Sun, Venus and Saturn appeartogether in the 9th bhava, the perEonborn will becomea vile convict. The Moon, Mars and Mercury conjoined in the gth bhava give birrh to one who, thoughatflictedin childhood,will becomehappy in later life.

t*ntqrarn\ rqqt ff qRqr{tt,fir

qdl qs$oTiTr{qrffrgrgh;gqa;qir t

g'] nreui q*qfAsqq;il{qqkqit

3Trqr{il wrEr{RUqrwqtirq{aErfttrll cl rr

888 | . @ @

qrlr6crftwil v v

Adh.lCV. v

v v v v v r r

v ! v !

l v y

Sloka 82. lI the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be to, getherin the 9th bhava, the pereonborn will devote himselfto divine worship. The combinationin the 9th bhavaof the 3 planetsthe Moon, Mars and Venus will makethe personconcerned bereft of his wife and him to accidenteresulting in bodily hurt; rubject if the Moon, Mars and Saturnbe the trio planetsin the 9th bhava,the personborn will be of a base disposition,looehis motherbut will becomea king'epeer; tbe Moon, Mercuryand Jupiterappearingin the rmq (Bha, gya,9th)makethe person born a teacheranda wealthy lord.

rilgf wf,rqrsi fiUl qr( qFffignt qEqiq{iln t

qrqtfr{rqiffigtn} snrds gqr6qg{r*gr' tf dl tl SloAa 83. When the Moon, Mercury and Venue are together in the gth bhava,the effect will be that the peroonborn will becomesubject to the control of bis etep-mother'sfather. If the Moon, Mercury and Saturn be the three planetsin the 9th b\ava, the pereon born will be wicked and inclined to pick quarrels.

q;ilqlafr qfutr q*qsfistiqqt qrurq,d{i-â&#x201A;Źr r ||;({gilt ttt{ogeqsSftMtwt"gWrf

lf cu ll

Sloka 84. The Moon and Jupiter in the fth bhavacombining with Venus makethe person born a king ; the aametwo planetsassociatedwith Saturn in that bhava makehim inclined to virtuous acte. The tbree planetsSaturn, Mercury and Venur in the gth bhava give the person born a status equrl to a king's and convert him into a money-makingfarmer.

sr.86-8?

rqilt'fsrrr

889

{rqfr* qrqftmrtffifr qrrRrfr {Sffiqgfl |

ildt sgd TRrqStr mrrgfrqrfltsm{s tt c\ ll Sloka 85. Mars and Mercury combining with Jupiterin the 9th bhava makethe personborn a ruler of a province. The sameplanetscombiningwith Venur in the samcbhavawill makehim convergantwith Sartras,but fickle,mindedand cowardly. If those two planetsagainbc ass<-rciated with Saturnin the 9th bha, va, thc personborn will be captiousanclincompetent.

â&#x201A;ŹqdrRn{ q{Erqfr*fr'fr qffi Enqrqrffi t Rqrqrrfrilitf, qfr'{rilqnr!dtqq *{gr{-*ilf

S/oArr8(r. If Mercury and Jupiter be aecociated with Vcnus in thc 9th bhava,the pcrson born will be celebratcdfor his learningand virtue, The same two planete,if associaterlwith Saturn in the 9th bhava, will make thc person concerned learned and eloquent. When Jupiter, Venua,Mercury and the Moon combine in thc 9th bhava, a fortunate pcrEontakeshis birth.

6nirrilE{rftililffiffirt

*1a6il*fi I

{rr r{gqxqgnft{rgrrut+dtr t rtqqHqgHmrâ&#x201A;Źi ilQ u}ft 0T'i {rsri{{g} f{ftrrgfr cnr(l{kqfqqq ll z\ell Sloha87. If the Sun,Mars, Jupiterand Saturnbe togetherin tl're 9th bhava, the person born acquirec wealth by his daring and prowecl. Venus, Marc, Jupiterand the Moon in the 9th bhavamakethe perEon born valiant,endowedwith every virtue and a critical faculty to appreciateworks of art. When thc combi' nation in the gth bhava generallyconsist!of 6, 6,4 or t17

8e0

fiilfirftwre

Adh.xtv.

3 planete,the person born attains prosperity, If the combination includes Mercury, the person concerned gete regal power ; but if the combination be without Mercury or Jupiter, the person born getsevil fortune for his lot.

qiqFe nr{tqr Ugftrqftqf.*er rtrf Sw{ | aqftqrqq{r<tq-{fri ffqqr{qft*qqn zd tl S/ofra 88. Planets combining in the 9th bhava,if dissociatedfrom lvlercury and Jupiter, causethe birth of a personthat will .be diseased,unamiablc,forlorn, pining in prison and exceedinglymiscrable. Norus. This slclka has been talien frr.lrntilrtqol.

{Fqrftt fiqrrr0ilwxr*+pq1, mttirflqurqr* lTFqdfrqtqrr u cq fl Slota 89. If the lord of the 9th bhavaoccupying tlre 8th be apectedby a depressedor inimical planct ,i be itself in depreosionor in a nraleficamsa(ldr,Shaetv, amsa?),the pernonborn will bc unluckv

{rrqrfqtgrrgilgry{fttlqt r ilSri gqqr{;} F.stffiqrqrq{r{ ft lo tl BloAo 90 When thc lord of thc gth bhavars as sociatedwitir a beneficplanetand ie aspectedbv an,cher beneficplanet and the gth bhava itserf has a be'efic planet in it, the person born will enjoy good fame, wealth and prosperity. Norr,s. The additional information in the ncxt pago from vtrCtRi{K will bc found usoful I

sl. 90

egffist*rr

8el

qtil qft +rrhrtgeqekfF,rt g:6qS qr qqgh r} qR qrflnl str6q1;{'1-qqtsft qtqriraem,ilgrgilqimqaiffin : g'{t sqrqq?i}fiqqh qr,r:q,rrrd ttt rr qFqt'itfl faar+iiq,rg* er"ir-qfqx]qfi

EriiarfQgtr +arfiiil ni a'iqaniqft r

qiqlgftne* n 'rfR*rdl g\' qiltft: .rg&'arreqtq lQq,it dt* q qi) qft lr T h e f o l l o w i n g a d d i t i o r r a li n i o r n r a t i o nl e l a t i r r gt o t h e 9 t h l i o u r e i:i extracted frorrr q"talf?+t.

q{ qq ar g,i 4{ g:5\ ilqlq*,qfAI qiqq"qqa tR figrronrfifrq11 I f l v l a r s o r t l i e S L r no c c l r p ] ' t l r e 9 t h l r o u s e a n r l t h e l o r d o f t h e l a t t e r b e i n a g : r 5 1 J 4 obre t w i x t t w o n l a l e f i c s , t l r e e f l e c t w i l l b e t h c d e n r i s eo f t l r e f a t h e r ( o r o n e e q u a l t o a f a t h e r ) o i t h e n a t i v e s o o n a f t e r l r i sb i r t h ,

fiqr W finr qt grt qrrfiitftri r qii qeng+fit {rfi nfiqarrr !f the SLrn in the case of a day.birth or Snturn in the case of a r r i g h t - h i r t b b e r v e l l - p l a c e d a n d a s p e r : t e dl l y b e n e f i c s , a n d i f t h e lord of the gtlr be alco strong, the father of the native will live for a long tirrre.

q=qnfr:aftandq qtrft{)qt n'sadlfQCrql{ | qqq-{giiRirl e} naifr griitfrrrg: rr sot

I f t h e t w o l u r n i n a r i e s( t h e S u n a n d t h e M o o u ) b e i n t r i n e t o Saturn and Mars, the child will be abantlonedby both the parents. I f t h e 9 t h b h a v a b e a s p e c t e db y J u p i t e r , t h e c h i l d w i l l b e l o n g . lived and happy.

afiqlrqrftq:Fqriqrcd|q g{ftd: r qqfrqfi tl S{ g,tqntscq-qFed

8v2

lRrrqrft|rt

Adh.xlv.

If Saturn owning the 9th house occupy a moveable sign and be unaspectedby benefics,and if the Sun be in n E:â&#x201A;ŹTTa,the child concernedlives under the care of a foster-father.

qfr ilJ.tfrqTq-Eg+elsft qTq\ | qril qai qqTi 6qAriqflnldfi u If, either the 9th houseidentical with a moveable sign, or the lord thereof being in a moveable sign be in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn and if the lord of the lZth housebe strong, tbe child born is sure to be adoptedby another.

tr{rmtil ffirt s}tr ftttftt t

qh tt qt fl sqfRr rfrQTrâ&#x201A;Źrffisfr S/oAc 91. When the lord of the 9th bhavahas attained a Simhasanamsaand is aspectedby the lord of the Lagna as well as by the lord of the lOth bhava, the peroonborn will bestow great gifts,

qmf Sftfril qrsRqq{qnrgirqrI qtirqd\Tsrfr eraqlHiifiqT.iln ql tl Sloka 92. The person born in the aboveyoga if of Brahminical birth may rlso become an officiating priest (of the royal house.hold?), or thc benevolent director of alms,house. The alternative caprcitiee are to be assigned according to the caste to which the person concernedmay belong.

gft ilmTilug+;HM{rftilril |

s{trfqt ilfi w{PtnrfrqAEtt ql tl S/ota 98. $/hen Jupiter is in the 9th bhava antl occupier its own Navamsa or is aspectedby a benefic planet, the person born will evince a high censeof filial duty.

sI.94-97

rgirilsqrq:

893

geqrt ftqgt gw,fsqFEtr il{t geqrrrQlFrffim: gdt lr qB tl Slolrr 94. When the portion of the qth bhava which is associatedwith a benefic planethaelikewise a Varga of Jupiter and the lord of that bhava occupiesa Varga owned by Jupiter, the pcrson born will clelight in servinghis parentsand will be happy.

qm Smqilr gegrgqhrQ

gwrrortqtrr0 q{ow ail $q n q\ tl S/ofrr 95. If the lord of the 9th blravaoccupieo an amsaowncd by Jupiter, Venrrs or Mercurv and is aspectedby a beneficplanct or is amidutbenefic planets, the person born will engagein virtuouBacts.

qI qri qrT{rqqmEtirqm{gtI râ&#x201A;Źg"i{+ {rsfrqd{i* riinr il qq tl S/r.rftrr96. When thr:re is a malefic planet in the 9th bhava, the person horn will be sinful. When the lord of the 9th bhavais associatedwith a maleficplanet or occupiesa maleficti0th porcion of a eign, the person concernedwill be void of virtue.

{ff{h gffirt *-'qfruM

gweuqqrftqn$ Rot t ffiqqq"t il Elafrqnqdiu qe tl

Sloho 91. lf the lord of the 9th bhava occupy a Kendra or Trikorra in great strength and if the Lagna be aspectedby its lord, good fortunes come in a crowd. The same result will follow wlren the lord of the lOth

mrscrfrant *w!

vvt

!vv

Adh. xIV. t

vv!

vr-@vvvvv

bhavaoccupiesa Navamsa,a.TrimoamEaor a Drekkana of Jupiter. But in either case, the person concerned will not indulge in enjoymenrsbur will devote himself to a strict austerelife

{ss{trlT{rwr drqfl rrrq(t{il

rFrirrs{rqR*uwnr6qF(1 qii gqâ&#x201A;Źqb*Rr â&#x201A;Źsr;Tfrrrr ftfraaRgqqfi it"trl gdiftlru qc tl .S/o&a98. Every planetwlren in itg own horrseor exaltaticlnin tlr.: ath bhirv.r,proJuccs most efficientlyr superabtrndance trf wealth and g,:ld to the personconcerned. lf in tlre ath bhav.rtfie plapetsbe aspectedby treneficoues,the per$or) born rvill overcome all his opponents,po$sess a charming constitution and enjoy good fame' N011q5. T h i s s l o l r ai s f r o r r rq t r t q d i .

?rrtfirrdtrqffi;frgrd rfrr gTgdr ss{, *qfr*t qR* {*{r1qtqqirgrgdft grln 1\ S/oftc aQ When thc lorJ of the ft1xre (Pitrubheva) and its otrr (Karrka) o('cupy a grerrn(Dustthana), the aetrologeris to declarethat the child's facewas nor seenby the father becauseof the planeta bcing badly placed. []ut if tlrc two planets referred to' occLrpya Kendraor Trikona position, it is possibleto declare tlrat the father has had the sood fortune to sec the face of the child.

iiqftqrrqt qruigd{rg*qql wqil irofiFilfI

ilfiqttn;qwt etq qtq diarrgitqr qitr trr( t oo Sloha 100. tf the lord of the 4th bhava,Venus and

sl. 101-108

qtlfrsqrqt

896

the Moon be otrong and should either occupy the 6th bhavaor be in conjunctionwith irs lord,, the deathol the father will take place ac night time. If the Moon bc eliminatedfrom the planetarypositionsnanredabove the yoga points to the father dying in thr: day timc,

fr* qw{Frd {Ftt qo*git

gtgrgt et qq.qFTwrfuqt1 lt l"l tl Slohu.101. When tl'rc lord of thc 9rh hhaval>eirrg bcnefic and in strengtir is aspectcdor associatedwith Jupiter or Vcnus, the pcrs,'rnborn will engrgc in the rccitation of praycrs, holy conternplationor abstract mcditationon the r)?lturcof thc Spirit, accordingaB ttre portior] occupied l>y tlt,: lord t-rfthc 9th lrhava bclongs to a moveable,immovcahlcor a dual Rasi.

tqolmftqrqd rtqi \Fq\sfi qr I qrilEilt{*ftr} qilft$qt ,riq tr t"R rl Sloha I02, When the lord of tlre lOth or the 9th bhavahas attaineda Devalokamsaor other higher Vai. scshikamsa,and a benciic planetis in a Paravatamsa at thc eametime, tire person born will bcconrcabsorbcdin thc contcmplationof the suprcmespirit.

qt't Wr{gt t qKF{irfEqrqQ ilit gqist lr{IElqstrr}q tt t"l ll

S / o A a 1 0 3 . W h e n t l i e l o r d o f t h c g t h b l r a ' r ab e i n g in conjunction with Jupirer has att,rirrcda Paravatamsa and the lord of the Lagnais aspectcdby Jupitcr, the personborn will bestow grcat gifts.

Eft {qqqâ&#x201A;Ź6qrntqqrqft{t\t E{KsnRqrt (ffrrrsqffiqqrrrr{qqgqdrtI Thue ende&c. --rrâ&#x201A;Ź+a,--

srrrTifinffi qEqq{fr$qFr: nmCorW:rt Adhyaya

XV.

T U E E r I ; D c l ' s o F T t r u l 0 ' l ' r r ,t r r r

llttr

aNo

Tge lZ't'u f_iuAV,\s.

il 3fE ({rrtrrrE$oqll Bt1{nprfiWUI|fi i{{Ft6rlt'IRfr aI6R-

q?rcqnqfidilqqq{il'ftilnftwr Tr{r( |

t t er{ifq} u{tuagc'otqrge fu et -

SilneqRilqtfiqgt qrr Rqr* r{( n ? tl

S/otrr 1. Ap,rrt from rvh,tt has bccn etatedprer may asccrtaina pcrsoll'sauthority, viouely, an astrologe rank, ornamcnts, apparel,activities,slecp, his honorablc agriculture,retircmcnt from thc world, beneficentacts sanctioncd in scriptures, nrear)l;of livelihood, farne, knowledgeof the specialarts and lcarning gencrally,by mean$of the lord of thc lOth bhava, thc Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Whcn thc l0th bhava is inauspicious, the perron born will bc void of honor or prrde. cf ,

stdiilr{tur

qfrqq erR fqgcil t 6qTqr(gElzq{trFq rt(irrqrft:eg niiatr ilcqlftqfi {qi fqqriq tt sgGnqfrq{qhqntqq.qr-

Rt R q{nqA ni+{ q6rqqr 896

st.2-8

trlnFfrstqrqs

897

firrrrqfiEeil ilftrQzqr{ri:

q*oqfl fifi;Fi srq'frrnng{tft: u

u{t roqlfrt qqo{luidrgr<rcq diqvdiraxrafr iqqioa]glqTriirrhErr r

rrfrwnsai{hit qr} u* iqi}sr{r {li qfitr q;Nrr{$ieiqterr gu}rrtqrrr rr Sloha Z, tf the lord of the iOth bhavahave no strength,the personborn will be fickle-mindedand ill, behaved; Jupiter, Mircury, Sarurnand the Sun if badly placed lead the person concerned to viciour acts. When Rahu or the Sun occupies the l0th bhava, the peraon born will get the benefit of bathing in the Ganges. \l/hen Meena foims tbe 10th bhava and is occupiedby Mercury and Mars, the per;on born will attain final cmancipation. NorEs. fhrs

,.râ&#x201A;Ź ds fell as slokas 3 to l0 are found tn dlf+{(i,

qd,f{ gfrgs I t;i gSiUililrâ&#x201A;Ź{d}lttlsI 'qi gt ilgfiriq\ il drqrflqt anugnarrR qr( tr Sloha 3. When the lord of the 10thbbrva occu pieea Kendra in conjunctionwith Venus, or is in exaltation,the person born will purify himcelf by ablutionsin the waterof the Ganges. When Mercury occupies rhe 1]rh bhavaor thelord of rhelast-mantioned bhavais in swakshetra or exaltation,the merit of guch ablutionswill accrueto tirc personconceroed,

q;i uditr crraqliTltudf {d} ft {dq-fr qrqiq=sr?qCqii{qoqRqEihf,rmwq I 113

Adh.xv.

flil€cIftiTe

89&

fiqr gffi

filllilr mqdft.,isqr:

uil{rwrftil ngut dfue wqqi( ll B ll Sloka 4. When ttre Moon u,ith clear rays occupieo the 10th bhava the personborn will be purif ied by the ablutions in the Ganges water. The Moon when malefic in the samebhava leadsthe personconceruedto gamblingaod acts of violencc. Benefic planets when weak in the 10th bhava destroy the beneficent deeds which the person may be inclined to do. The benefit of any sacrificewhich may accrueto a person should be ascertainedby meansof the lord of the tOth blrava, Mercury and Jupiter,and then announced' cf .

s{ltcRRlt

q fii .nq{l: +,Tr{rl "'{qfigfqql1z.;q6r:{'f $.\

\ \ ce r. €{r€t;ql;'{FqaEql ryr{gdllld.rl qllrTqlqs ddi I

RafrIIfiqqflqt;z{{I{144!luq?qTI44q.IqI^

rq}..qfqafiq {8l'qr1{{qtq:

$?4 { €ict,ll: ll

qsd ilgs,iqiqfr eqftqrfirwig n Eilrilr(|ri*ilqqia uw q*iqurlkwq t

ffdf qn*a mfriirft{frgir q-nt}tq:

il-{iunsffi qli gi taqrftn{:nfit tt q tt

S/ofra 5. If the lords of the lfth and thc lst bhavasbe in one placeor if tltcsctwo bhavashavc clne e.ndtne samEiord the person born will perform sacri' iices and other such meritorious acts with the help of money acquireci fairly by hi,nself. If tire lord of the lOth bhava be aesociatedwith Saturtt, tirc meritorious acts will go on with the help of money contributedby

q{f(drrstqr||r

st. 6-7

8qe

Stdras. If the sameplanet be associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, the sacrificial acts of the person concernedwill take placeby meansof moneycontributed by deopicable people; if with Jupiter the sacrifices, etc., of the person born will be set on foot by contributions lrom kings ; if with the Sun or any other of the remaining planets,the rites will take place with the help of the money supplied by those relations whose karakathe planetin conjunction with the lord of the lOth bhava may happento be.

{Eg{gii qfi qrqtqr?qfrRr fregqgildirâ&#x201A;Źrft* gffi t qR affiErlsft qrrnm

ll q ll {irfr qtqnqi ETqqrqntfror

When the 10th bhavais occupiedby 5l.,A,r 6 rnany benefic planets,the peroon concernedwitl attain the merit of performing a Vajapeva sacrifice. But If the lords of chc signs occupiedby Venus and Mercury Lrevoid-o{ strength,his sacrificial works eveo wherr advanceda grcat rvay will suffer interruption and will he lost. He will passoff ior a perstlnengagedin works ,,f thc highest merit being characterisedhy the practice and nature o, tht: Asttra ..ommunitv: viz. hyplcrisy , r n J o s . e n t a t l o u cs l i s p l ; r y .

q.(r( sliiir {n{i {ughggri(+lfut

qrrriiq giikt iâ&#x201A;Źi rrG{Iq{rd}qiq t efiq{rgtKi}(fueuart{itrft nri TrilI qai risos{ilaft 6dt sii{ri nu.rq ll e ll Sloha 7.

When a sttong beneficplanet occupier

qrtfcrfrwe

Adh.xv.

tbe lOth placefrom the Moon, and being in exaltation or other beneficVarga is associated with or aspectedby pereon the born person will be a of imporrance Jupiter, performing cacrificer and of wide celebrity. If che lords of the housesoccupiedby Jupirer, Mercury and Venusbe in the 8th bhava,the peroonborn thoughper. forming meritoriousworkswill not attaintbe glory, the rank or dignity whicb the authors of cuchworks decerve.

futm

qogdrqf,ftseuqilr

fre,rdrqqtur{liqugnr* ilr}qfqqrq t

lrcq1 sfiqfr gi{ rrirrgturi fiugtrl tt c tr Sloha 8. The lord of the 10th bhrva, N{.ercury, and Jupiter when possersed of str,3ngth lead to the performanceof gocd works such as sacrifices; if those a beneficone, planetobe aspectedby or associated.wich performing of the personborn will attain to the merit Vpjapcya and other sicrifices of mertt. The planets Eecurein addirion tl'remerit accruing above,mentioned from the repaircf old works, erecticnof towers,digging of regervoirsand laying out of prrks. Wl'ren the lord of the lOth bhava is beneficand in conjunctionwith the Moon, but free from the presenceof Rahu or Ketu, the pereonborn will perform sacrifices.

sqlfrq|eTisieteiigtqr,.iiqqltsqEI u{erihf} qFqt q qgni rnrrrftsisdqrtt silir ftqgsi gq3i il{Ki iltsm}t rfr rymi qrdr{Tirt gqq il q tl ltttlEi;rrTa

qrqqfrsrqm*

sr s-11

90i

ssociateC with Rahu or Ketu is in exaltation or in the 9th bhava, and gthr rhe when the lord of the 10th bhava occupies the perton born will be engagedin the performanceof sacri" iices and other merirorious works, When the lord of the 1Othbhava occupiesits exaitation and is associated with Mercury, cr when the latter planet occupying the Trhrbhava ie in its exaltation at the sametime, the personborn gets assuredly the b:nefit of performing sacrificial works

fide qrf{a;q?q{t6i{Ii?sqi udat qHt ftgt;'ri(rsu€tqqiqtdtqiq I

qHqq gqw *di{qi ndr q€tistr o ll ASq{rirrdltf}i5dqafrSrar;TIIrc{A ll t

SJofta l0. If Mercurv ba in the lOth bhava, the but if personborn wiil engagein srcrilicial works ; with Rahu il4.r.ury in tfre abrve fosition be associared destroy rcligious or Ketu, the person concerned will rites.lfthelordofthelOtbbhavabeinthe6th,Sth rites' If Rahu or the 12th, he woulC irnpede religious idanticrl wich the occupiesthe lrrth placefrom Mercury born would be a lord of tha tOth bhava, th: person 'lord of the lOth bhava deatroyerof sacrifices" Th< eveninexaltationwillleadtothedestructionofa houseof religious work undertakenwhen tha exaltation the*planethappensto be a gr$Tta(Dustehana)'

err,{l{a{wt g}TAee* dqrerqiqilgfl ir€$I?A&A t

q|qt{qfigsrqdfaiilqgm-

qwrir q{ft frqeorq{'qlll q

902

IRrF|ltt|t|tl

Adh. xv.

S/oAc 11. If the 10th or the gth bharrabe occupied by beneficplanetland the lords of thosebharnsas well ae Jupiter,and the lord of the Lagna be strong, the person born will be imbuedwith faith born of the performanceo{ such excellent works as are bagedon customand moralityand will be reckonedas the forerno8tarnongthe sacredotalclass.

ffiEerfr gâ&#x201A;Ź#strrgr-

o{Tfrqq qqilfr giftnfr |

ili{rTsrry{ffi

qR {T{eH-

frwf*qffis{rregqqft$n tR rt .S/oArr12. lf the gth, 10rh, 7th,5th and lst bhavas be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, and the lords of the five bhavas in guestion possessstrength, the person born will surpassin iris knowledge of all truths and be rvidely celebratedfor the complete excell orks. l e n c eo f h i s s a c r i f i c i a w

! qqilorcn ena'i'Tqrft;rnrrtrEllQfiFTaffiwr

qkrfsE$rq+qr iifhofaqqf{EWnctflgtRr

CnAC\

gqeqtqKsqlrqqgq IqgHqlqqFffTalr

ffiirqlqrwircqoidrrrr{rai}rqrfi{r enq u li tl Sloha 13. lf the occupantsof the tra (Gnana-5ttr, +th and the Znd ?) and the 10th bhavasas well as the Iords of the lst, the 9th and the lOth, be posseseed of abundant six,fold strengtb (sgq - Shadbala),the person born will be conversant with the six gcieucegand know all the Vedas and will receiveinitiatioo iu sacredknow, edge lrr th: rtu (Paka) and. crc(R (Apahara) of tbe lords of the 9th, l0th and lgt bhavas, of Mercury and

s[ 14-16

qrqdlsqrqr

903

of Jupiter, he will beco.mea mine of sacredkoowledge and sciencesecuring to him the benefitof performing sacrificesof all descriotionand all kinds of beneficenc works.

ffi Eilt ilfirRrg+ t,irft doiiq{on&WqqI ilerd{qriffirtrw{rqstai nirgrwng*tt {s rt Sloka 14. When the Moon is in the 3rd bhava identical with a watery sign, the personborn wi[t engagein acts of beneficenceeuchas repairingold worn out worke of public utility. In this connection,if the lord of the 10th bhavashould have attaineda Gopuram, sa,the works repairedwill lx such as tanks and wells. \

ll {E$e|tzffi; fl cfrilr r{srirgfiq-{,{i: t;qfidluriui-

Htfrfu

q+ilt lrsrriToiKfraffiq'r

qiaqqfrqrqi\gqtsr:{ITq}ffi+.n: n l\ tl .SloAai5 If at a birtlr, 4 or 5 plarretspoasessed of 'T'rikona, strenqthoccupy togethera Kendra or a thc peroorlborn will attain the stageof life indicated by the strongestof the planets. According aathe Sun, Saturn, Juprter,Venus, Mars, tlic Moort or Mercury posse$seg qrcateststrcngth will the person concerned becomea ?tilr(er(Vanaprasttha),a iien{ (Vivasa) a lug (Bhikshu) ;r q{s (Charaka), a lrFrrrlSakva), a gr (Guru) or a *E+ (.leevaka). Norss. Iror the erplanatiiur of these ternls, see tne le,rt sloka.

lrcrq{fuft

es* -

ef.

Adh"xv"

x{6il1s6

qs*a{nRf\{ilSqlm,ss'{t&fr, ftfi-qr-qt$at,t rn*qr{ft+ftgTqqt+,T rrlqgqTqrrrfFaqrqr+,iti: ffi{Iq qfrf*: H{r: rqpft*csrfhfit:qigfrt: ll qqFrrT

qrdx$Icqdlq-dflrfr fddq]ffi {ftfr ftErq$ i\gr eiiuqod trcegqfnq-fi{iig}rr{riw i rnrkqmrel qr{qfilq13qmr{Irft sdld w*qtq q{di gqrmdr qaq* dtqE:qm. {l Stoka 16. A slq*q (Vanaprrsttha) is a religious in the practice of rigorour and devout mao gngaged 6 itere (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwellirrg p.oro.J in hille and forests. A f\g (Bhikrhu) is an illustriou.u evi:r" aeceticwith a ringle ctaff for his symbcl engaged of the and anon in the ccntemplation of the truths qr* mendi (charaka) ir a religious eacredscripturee. A A rml (srkyr) cant wandering over many countries. Buddhist class' A g" is an ill,behaved asceticof the teacher erdowed witb royal lGuru) ie a celebrated and glurto' ,plendo,.rr. fi dtao'(Ieevaka)is a garrutous nous mendicant.

{dq[| qfoqwl {t{Fmrrqitqrffinlfqnrr

rfr{q quriqq\aft nitmgqulu}sqilt

xti' qaqffrhTaq{qn&gilqnqlq qrqEill0&te ll a*trs{qtqrftqaqqwm'IiQ{i} Sic,tc 1?. If there be three strong planets in the or other lttth bhava occupying their own, exaltation bhava aiso benefic vargaa and it rhe lord of the l"0th becom* preilominant 1$ strengtl:, the pâ&#x201A;Źr$on born wiit

sl. 18-tr9

ffisqrt:

906

an ascetlcor a personof similer habite. But if the lord of the t fth bhavabe without $trength and occuPythe 7th placefrom the Lagna,the person concernedwilt be ill-behaved. trf the lords of the 2nd and the ?th bhavas l-'cannidstthe threeplanetscauoingthe arceticyoga,the ilersonwill be lustfully inclined.

H?qrd Wtft fffidaqdd*fr {rr*f I

firqim$rd3ffii

*e qrqRfr{t {qfr il qrd qfrd {+il llqull

.9lo&a 18" lf the planeteproducing an asceticyoga |re aneociatedwith the Sun, Saturn and Maro, a perEon taker to ttre aoceticorder becauseof hia being without ,,'realth,sons or wife. If the Sun occupying a benefic ameashould aspect the planet cauoingthe aecetic yoga and occupying ite highert exaltation point, the person .:oncernedwill becomea lordly ascetic in his youth or cven at a much earlier age.

s*q{ft*frfr {ffie o{rm ftin

qrqfr t fugr ur& mqi{rssf,trwrqiil

qw{&â&#x201A;Źifrftts {gftd}d dfker

aqfi not ll qq ll m*qqEqrqfiRuq{nud

S{,oka \9. When the lord of the lst bhava is weak and aspectedby Venus and the Moon, the person born will be without wealth; and he will becomea mendicant if a planet in an exaltation sign or amsa should anpecttire Moon. if the lord of the Lagna be.aopected by several grlanets conisined in one sign, the Praon born will co$secratehimcelf for asceticisflo. The effect 114

q)6

Adh.xv

ctcwrQw*

of eachyogawill takeplacein the bhukti of the Karaka of the bhavathat producesthe yoga.

detwrffiRqqi n olmr qt{R {fqer qrq I qtfu?r{ffi qRteq tt 1o tl dqfr q'qerrroFnt Sloha 70. If Saturnor the lord of the Lagnaaspect the lord of the sign occupiedby the Moon, the person born will betakehrmselfto a religiouo order or mendicancy. If thB rMoon occupy a Drekkana owned by Saturnrn a Raai occupiedby Mars and also be aepected by Saturn,the pereonconcerned will become an accetic. Nores. c/. ttssr6q. XV-3.

Also seeslol<as40-+l infra,

MsffEg&gfgq

orTrq{.rid} tqfnftsftfr-f6( ll lq ll Sloka 2L. Whenever the Lagna is owned by Jupiter, Mars and Saturn and has on it the aspectof the last,mentioned planet, and Jupiter is in the 9th bhava from the Lagna, even a Rajayogathat may poasibly exist under these conditions will have the effect of making the personconcerneda ** (Tirthha) or a holy man.

:rqqrqntq-i a*tahdtftt r

{qffisfr ffi

{iqfr Trfrrfrt(ll Rl ll

Sloka 22. When the Moon occupying the gth bhava is not aspected by any planet, the personborn even when poosescedof Rajayoga, beeomes an ascetic prior to becoming a lordly person.

qd Wgeqitnilqtfrâ&#x201A;Źsrg

lFu trdht qhqdtt6( qr( |

st. 23-24

q1qfr$qtcr

Cfr7

ffiqqqadd FEtsftr.â&#x201A;Źt

rrrfr r{qftfr fiftrerqTftt'(sll Rl ll

'When Sloko 23. Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are aspected by Saturn, and Jupiter occupies the fth bhava, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a holy illuctrious founder of a system of philosophy' Wherr..Saturn occupies the 9th bhava and is not a$pectof Rajayogawill ed by any planet,the person posoes$ed betakehimself ro rhe holy order beforebecoming a lord of men. Notns. This slol<ais from Brihat Jatalia. The following two <:harts illustrate the two yogasgiven in the sloka.

*"*l*'"' - L--]--l'"*"'l

cf.

lrt(I.I{q(o(

t {;tfhtg nfiroegeqb} qEgnltofierqR,iiqqm' 1+a: tt eetlflitsR zqqlqqq] grlcri aqqts;qâ&#x201A;Ź)rret

tffifrqr*gilr q{rqorrgtcqqffiIlrgqrgsrl3| gfr;eflrffi{il {i uq rrflicw{qft ilqtrd{ru Sloka 74. Each of the following groups of planeta when powerful and occupyingan even sign may produce devorrt hermit or an ascetic: (l) Vt r, Frrt{s(Thapasa)

908

wrtwtRqfr

Adh.xv.

nusethe Sun,lvlars and Saturn; (2) Jupiter,Mars, rhe Sun and Saturn: (3) Mars, the Moon, .fupiter and Saturn. Norns. This as well as slokas 26-39 are from lr<nsol.

dqgftrffitil(lt*rmffieuil:

urg$fit: u{qfrr{qsqrqrfrftsrrrs{m Ufdl u q\ u

9traha25. When the lord of the 10th bhava con, joincly occupiesa Kenclra or Trikona position with four cther planett, the person born wiil attain emancipation. If four pianetn be in the X.Oth bhava the effect ol rhe yoga will be, say the astroiogicalsages, that the person concernedwill take to a life of asceticism. NorBs. This as well as slokas 23,2+, 26-41 are in skf;fi'ftr.

wil'$i{f,qrdqiqffie:fqr*qqrcqqffEqr{tr r

qftqftqrfudEffiEF{t&F(snfiilr aild'sil a{i! u Rq tl

"5loAn26. When (l) Mars, the Sun, the Moon, Saturnand Jupiter, {2} Mars. the Sun, Mercury,Saturn and Venusor {3) the Sun, the Moon, Mars,Saturnand Venus combinein one bhava,the personsthat are born Ltecome devoteea.

s w*;sttcqgqr*i;qtsr {&6.R.Wkqw$Ernd ftfugg1rffi{trrg{fr*&qqd fiq$illrqf lt Rrstl SJsfra8?. A hol',rulan destined to dwell in a sylvalr or mountain rerreat has his birth when there is in a bhavaaoy one ${ the followirrg cornbinatiom : ( l) \tenue, h{ars, Satrlln, Jurpiter and the $un ; (2) h4ars. tha Mcon, Jupiter, ;Merc.r*ryand $aturn; (l) Venur, ldercury, Saturn, tlre lr{uor.ranci hdars.

st.28-31

nagrfrsrara:

909

q*eg{Klhqqnstr {trrgq+gqgfr{ftfrs I

qu*?rti\R't{crkrlqqFiliqqrgaq\sq{sstf ll 1,4ll Sioftc 28. Those that have at their birth, the Moon, Mercury, Mars and the Sun occtrpying one and the samesign with Jupiter or Venus will becomewise inspired saints of such sanctity that the use of all weapon$will be proscribedin their neighbourhood.

rI rfr;gft;gr$tnwffi! gqrs(RrfrWr{rtui

ll 1qll wRt{ei;R: uhwqftBftfunq+{+Eqif\: Sloha 2-9" A person will becomea devotee if at his birth there be any one of the following combinations in any bhava: (l) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus; (2) The Mooo, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter lr4ercury and the Sun ; (3)\{ars, the Moon, the Sun, $a, turn, Venus and Mercury.

| ftilffi*qr*qqrge}q*rr fsfugmqr*q{rW}Gft

qffi qfuhilatt *qr rEFil ilirr Udrffiuiâ&#x201A;Źarulott Slofra 30. Each of the following combinat.ionsof six pianetsin one bhavais capableof making the person born under their influence a devocee--(l) Venuu, the ]v{oon,.}upiter, Saturn, tlre $un and M.rrs ; (Z) Venus, Satrlrn,.Jupiter,the Srrn,the Moon lnd Mercury.

{rfrmfrarrir: ftcrffiqi-{,Tqq;a.Uft fr: t $frsqrrfi

qfr qqTa: qmwqfidqarutdqr u qqtl $eqmqfu{rq .91,r**31. A peroon wiii brecorne one of the asce tic ciase,i{, at l'rishirth, ane cf thc following groups of s i x p l a n e c sc o m b i n ei n s t r e n g t hi n o n e l i h a v a : ( 1 ) M a r : l jupiter, Venus, $aturnend the Sun ; (?) Venur' l\,fef,crrry, $atur$, Jupiter, Mercury, tbe h4oon ancl hdars.

910

qRTFffiN]It

Adh.xv.

tffrgqrrlmi{rg*rr+{i-etftft qrq{r rft.gf*fkftqrqt"t€qffi{osemnrqr n Qr tr Sloka i)2. Any one of the following combinations o{ 4 planets in one bhava has th: effect of making the personsborn under their influence take to a devotee's life with their susteoancederived from roots and fruits : (l) fhe Sun,the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) Saturn, the Moon. the Sun and Verrus; (3) Thc Sun, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter.

qilfrqiqrcqqilaisqt

qs&rilsrrrft qq q'frfierdt{anoqitmt u Ql tl S/ofta 33. A person will becomean ascetic clad in barks of forest treesand wearing stripes of ashesif at his birth one of the four-fold groups of planetsmentioned below appcarin one bhava: (1) Mars, the Sun, Mercury and Venus ; (2) Mars, the Moon, Iupiter anj Mercury.

q{t.gqgf€itw*gergq{qrgr€Mil ! |

qifiTrrrqer;Rarqm gtf:n t eiqqtq{tFir{ 18 Sloka 31. If, at a birth, therc be any one of the combinations of 4 plancts in one bhava. following two the effecton the person born will be to make hini a t r a n q u i l . m i n d e d c v o t e e :( t ) t h e M o o n , M e r c u r y ,M a r s aod Saturn: (2) Mercury, Mars, Iupiter and Satrrrn.

ffff*{rrtE{tdtrggil qRAr

friggrfuil{rcrcF+ilurI

qt€qffiqitfrnr itqd q-ffi

s{fk qrt 6ilittr66nnnrq n l\ tl

sl. 36-38

qSqqfrsrqlq:

911

Sloha 35. Four planets of grear power in one bhavamadeup in the following wise invariablybring into beingasceticso[ harmlesslife dressingthemselves in barksof treesandsubsisting on fallenfruits: (l) The Moon,the Sun, Vcnus and Mercury; (Z) Mars, Mer, cury, Venusand Saturn; (3) Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter and Venus.

ffitilAqtr

gsqta;gvttrt iqrt-

+{fr Friffisnilrq(r q{ffqs tt {E tl SloAa 36. A devoteedwelling in hills and forests and revered by all ig born under the influence of 4 pla, rretsin one bhava grouped in one of the following 5 ways: 11)The Stm, the lvloon, Mars and Venus; (?) The Moon, Mars, Mercury and the Sun; (,3) Jupiter Venus, the Sun and Saturn; (4) Venua, Saturn, the' Moon and Jupiter; and (5) Mars, Mercury, Venus and the Moon.

6gvuf€qflAd{R mt grit*diEtartt l\e ll Sloka 37. An ascetic devoted to poverty and pcnanceis born under the influenceof 5 planetscombin, ing in one bhava irr the following 3 ways:-(l) Venus, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) tire Moon, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ; (3) The Sun, Mlrs, Saturn,Mercury and Jupiter.

fqrfttteqftt;gg+r{fratrqrtqqq;n*trt

q{{ttsqdrqfrdilq( qafirqdiorrgi il Qdtl

9rE

flnrTwftila

Adh. XV.

Sloha 38. Asceticg clad in a tree-bark and wear, ing mattedlocks come into existencewhen one of the following five,fold groupsof planets appearE in one bhava: (1) Mars, Saturn,Jupiter, Venus and Mercury ; {2) Saturn,the Sun, Mercury, the Moon and Mars.

wFeqQ;gcqfrqgtr@r q{-g.Tiqs€gtRi{rgirr \

flsrctErqg6 ilqa$Fltrt

n li tt tq€ft.lqaqfrr?rrqerq! SdoAa39. Wlren the Sun,thc Moon Mars, Jupiter and Venus conrhitrc ln onc and thc same bhava with either Mercury or Saturn, the perron born necessarily thc habit of a devotee and bccomesgifted wrth assunoes long sight.

qiqft {Tgsrt I "Eiiketfrilqe-A*"rftqr il{rrQdEI qIEi{Eg{f wq1qffi R qfu alaqtl

Skrio 40. If the iord of the Lagna having no as pect of other planetson itself,aspectSaturn,or if Saturrr a6pectthe lord t-r{the Lagnadevord of strength, there rs the yogaleadingto the assumptionof aeceticism. Ncrtps. 'fhis

as iie1l rs Iire tre.rt slolia are itl ,lld"{,{8f. Also {(lJI{'J, .\dh1a1'a.\V, slolia -1.

ffqirs;q,iardts'fig{qeqstffii;q'iel er$irqr

*qr+{"rsirzt q q;a tl {tq{icr}irstf&'aarotrrt

q;AlTrggir?riqitgatmmqrfeqt Eiigddorigniir fr* t f,qK,f;oEfhiifrh ffqrwEtq{r {gftr*r qrRq* {r qfr *qt{ihqrs6tft frqalqrtq-dhtq{q n ut tt

caqqitswqs

st 4t-4n

91's

'-..'-"---.'--

a Drekkana Stoku 4i. When the Moon occupies planec' the yoga iea"Js of Saturn and is aspectedbv that The sameis the case to the renunciation of the worid' of Saturrror \{;rrs when the Moon occupying an amsa planet leadinq to the is aspected by Saturn' if the wich Rahu' Keltr ssgumptionof aeceticismbe associated occupy a malefic 1ms-a' or Guiik" and at the same time the holy will hre guiltv of apostasyfrom ,i.-o.rron order' Nores'

vl CY

qqiqtq-'ilqlr

g;gilFqff* c'i-.|*d qlgfiiaqlg: t "aer*tt q.qiah .1ftgainh il q;tfa{a ff?'gk atq tt gb r saqrmilllrffi wrtl qdarfi sI gloli q* qiae glf*$i tt H;qrfltffiqqqrQrfcn

ffirtfifqar qio{\cre{tq} attr I ;ti#,tu-"mtihilr fratrqfttiqfuft tt Bqll

oi leading to SIoha 4L. lf strong plarrets capable be obscured by the Sun'r arce.ticiEm(uitte Sl.lS sipru'l greatreverencelor aecet"tt, ,f," personsborn will have initiated into the tics,"tttouilt they may not become to above be overcome tofy ota.t. If the'planetsreferred aspectedby other planets' the in planet:ry *r,''nd intn the holrr .on..rntO will seek admission ;;;; order without $ucces6' Norrr. T'hissloka is fronr Brihat Jataka' p l a n e t sa s r n s l o k a I f t h e S u n f o r n r s a c o n j u n c t i o nr v i t h o t h e r a irecclme Sanyasin at all' \5, supro theu tlre tuan does tlo" \vbatthcSunactualh'doesis,heimprovestircdevotionalsid't the stroug planei but doei' i n t b e s c h o o l o f p h i l o s o p h yd e n o t e db v thought' If the 1''iant1 not make hinr a Saoyasinof that school of

tr'i6

9t4

wrdscrftnre

Adh.xv %

that is defeatcd (by conjunction as abovo) bo aspccted by any planet, then the man makes persistent efiorts for atteining tho in view. ";l

P R O F E S S I O NL, M L I H O O D .

rga-*wrf qrru,trtrr Iqfttift eqa-dlsqGni\xqrcfl q q trl-e'it qiit* tqqlqrt-e*qEqftTrt{rilqgr{r|| Sloha 43. There is acqsisirion of wealth, firstty, from the father,mother,a foe,a friend,a brother,a wiie or an inferior, accordingas the sun or any of the other planetstaken in ordt-r occupiesthe 10th place reckoned from the Lagnaor the Moon ; secondlv,by meansof the profcssionprescribedfor the ruler of the t0th house or for the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet owninq the lOth place from the Lagna,from the Moon or from the Sun. NorBs. Find tfre planet or planets occupying the l0th place rockonod from the Lagna as q'ell as from the tr4oon. Ascertain which ot t h e m i s s t r o u g e s t . I f t h e S u n b e s u c ha p r a n e t , the nativb sots p a r e n t a li n h e r i i a n c e( f r o m t h e f a t h e r ) ;i f i t b e t h o M o o n ,h e i n b e r i t s property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets money from enemies; if Mercury, from friends ; if Jupiter, from brothers ; if venus, from wiie; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets rvealth from iofe. riors, such as servants, etc. I)lanets in midheaven or aspiring to Midheaven(<trqrfqarfrq: - D a s a m a b h i l a s h i n a h aa)r e t o b e t r e a t e da c c o r d i n g l y . Secondly,find out the ruiers of the lOth house countod from tbe Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. Take tho strongost of tbem. Find out in wbat Navamsa ho is. The ruler of thet Navamsa will influencethe profession. I-et us take the example gi,r,onin ths notes to Adh. V, Sl. /. l'here is the lVloon posited in the lOth place r*koned frcn:

sI.48

tf,lfqCfrsscrcr

916

the Legnaas well as from the Sun, and thereare no'plauetsin the l0th house from the Moon. The Moon is tberefore the only planet that influenceshis income. According to the other view, the lords of the lOth places reckoned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa and Simha Navamsa respectively. The lords of these are Jupiter and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is therefore the planet that influences the profession. cf ,

gqr6r

.rtqrftiamqfilAr-^ge'asrCqlRt miq I {?qrq+q€fiq*: m€qf,tqT: eEnPfaliflqT$r: €enr;n q6\:

6fu6rterilfizaeqiaqt,lqttqt tl Arso {RAdT \\

i.e

€IFETqOqIqIqT EilITKIFqqIqFI fiq I

aetftnfrlaqr {lfiiqls;q'ql flfi: g1 f4qs*:rri,eFt: {rk(ittEqi qq;et61li:t RSqr{qfRdEqq(qdlTflslr:q: II A c c o r d i n gt o B h a t t o t p a l a ,i t i s n o t c o r r e c t t o p r e d i c t t h e p r o . fessionby considering the strongestalone of the planets (l) posited in tbe tenth houser€ckoned from the Lagna and the Moon, or (2) o w u i u g t h e t e n t h h o u s ec o u u t e l f r o r r r t h e L a g n a , t h e S u n a n d t h e I\{oon. Every one of these should be consideredfor determining the source of income of the native. He quotes in support of bis view tbc frllowing:,lokas of qriT (Gargi).

sqqr;aftrr)qrsRt q6rqflrrf$qir:I

h sis,iqEr |r: eqargq,ilQnr:rr ear&trRqr\'q}qqrflfiqfid(: r

9r6

eraqqTfiurh

Adh.xv "

ild=rqrqâ&#x201A;Źfafr qtdfl qâ&#x201A;Ź4\ qqr I

qqf:afaqqrrnsfisq{ng Gfifhaq tl I f t h i s i ' i e r vi . r ea c c e p t e d ,t h e i n c o n r ef o r t h e n a t i v e ; t ] r l u e s t l r J n w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e dw i t h r e f e r e n . e t o t h e p i a n e t sJ u p i t e r (tbe lord of the Navamse Ilasi occupied by Saturn)antl the Sun i t h e l o r c lo f t h e N a v a t r t s rot c c u p i e db y V e n u s ) ,i . e . , f r c m t h e s o u r ces ntentionedin siokas 'f4 and 49 irqfra' To cletermine tbe w"aysby which a person wili earn money, t h e p l a n e t sw h i c h a r e i n t h e l s t , 2 n d a n d t h e 5 t h ( o p p o s i t et o t h e l l t h ) h o u s e s ,r n a f r i e n d ' s h o u s e ,i ,n a n e n e m y ' sh o u s e o r i n h i s own house,indicate the source If tbe planets be bad' there will be uraximum labor aod miuimurn income; if they be good, there will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sua is exalteCin the above position and at the same time stronq (in good houses,etc.,) then the person concerned will earo money by his own exerrion. lNot" that the Sun in exaltation causesmaximuur labor and maximunr incorne, the Same whea the other ma106cs are posited in the tenth house ] If more than one planet be strong, then tire natlve will have more than one source of income' The professionor occupationof a native rs qenerally ludged from the planet or planets occupyingthe tentb houseand, if there should be none there, from those in the lst aod also from tbose aspectingthe Sun and the Moon' Further, the planet which is positecl very near the Sun or the lOth bhava whether before ot after in the radix of a native and its condition-whether strong oI weak-due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this respect.

qqifnwiiroenlffid't

qd qdildr

m{wqqt{rlfrlq{5lrdf{ wgeftg I t

qRffir&t qto{T*'rq"A.r tr"=irriqr11rg Fri'FqrrqEil{frfhiffih U qtde* u BBll S/ol+a44. An astrologer is to declarethe acquisl' of nrealth by any person with refurenceto the predoni'

qtq*sqFr:

st. {6

fl?

nance of the Lagna or the Mocln as tbe caseEay be in his horoscope. As to the profession that he is likply to folJow,those that are proficient in the subjectgay, it rs to be determin:d through the lord of the sign owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the lfth bharra. lf the Navamgareferred to in the above belong to ttle Sun, the person concerned will earn a living by dealing in medicine,nrool, grtssr water, grain, work in gold, pearlsand the lihe, as aiso by playing the part of an emissarybetween peoplervishirrgto approacheachother. Norns. The occrrpationscoming under ttre Sun are: iolue hoaorablc :mploymeut either under the State or under some public body ef irren,kings, princes, emperors,dukes, earls, baronsretc., all titled a l , L ' o i n t m e n t su n d e r t h e . ' r o v , ' n , j e w e l l e r s , g o l d s m i t b s , g i l d e r s , owners of woollen mills or workers there, minters or moa.rqpioy. eciin rnints, :rnd tbe like.

q-M

ilfffiq

uiq qgqffiqqrttq r

rrtrErfrqrfltt s\ tl trdGan+qqf+ffiqnRrrmqtil S/ofra 45. If the Navan sa under referencebe thar of the Moon, the person concerncd gaios a living by dealing in things derived from water euch as coochs, pearls, etc., bv agriculture, earths of various kind, by indulging in interesting controversies, by purchaseof articles of apparelin which the wealth of lordly women is wont to be laid out. Nott:,s. The cnrprloymentssrguified by thc Moc,u generall,y ioclude sailors,, roariners, navig,rtors, fisherinen, watermen, boatmeu, dealers in pearls, those working io oearl fisheries, rrridwives, PErsâ&#x201A;ŹSr.Atc.

918

rTl]|F|lRrtrt

Adh. xv.

rtc)i*1ta(orrrsrr( crqftrqrcue{t rrn I qrawrl€qr(qilg.dftqfA*rrrn ft Bqtl ffi Sloho 46. If the Navirmsa in question belong to Man, tbe person gains a livelihood by metallurgy, by war, by exhibiting tricks in which the operation of fire rE apparentlyarrested(wireru - Agnisthambha) and by engagingin other people'squarrels,in any act of daring, aod laetly by resorting to the professionof a robber. NotBs. The professionsindrcatedby Mars are all kinds of rnilitary rnen, sucb as soldiers, generals,colonels,captains, doctors, physi. :iaas, apothecariei,chemists, butchers, executioaets engine dri, 'crs'and tha like---generally all workers in rron, steel or fire.

nrdnftsrc{Frq{rfi nqfs.cr}fidr€riEil$qttr r

\ e\ q{r{qo€qrilcqqn gtiiamrsq{stgtfrl u Be ll

Sloka 47, If the Navamsabelong to Mercurl the perron concernedwill try to earnhis livelihood by p,;,'' ouing the arts,by poe$y, by the -'..,i ;;ion of traditicnal doctrines,by a knowledgeof the stars.by the reciration of the Vedas or muttering of prayerson behalfof others at the rnEtanceof the priest thar has to dirccc their religious ceremonies. Nores. Mercury's employments denote literary authors, translators, wrltcrs. accountants, fstrol ogers, school masters. nrathematicians, pocts' lawyers, book.sellers,printers, postmen, etc.

8c tl Slofra48. If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the percoo concerned,s.ry the astrologert, will not trcsort .to

sl. 4e-60

qtdtsntrr

919

utury a6e Eourceof living, but will Eupport himcelf with what he can earnby playing the role of an ins' tructor in the serviceof Brahmineand deities,and by teachingduties in the dcmainof moralsand traditional observances baeedon scripturecandother old authorita' tive works Norrs The occupaticns denoted by Jupiter include judgcs, priosts, loarned men' senators, preachers, clergymen, bishops, ministcrs and bankers.

gwffirtqqsnrqtilrf,{t Trnailqqqrgr.rqf rr gfrqilurrqt\Tlqrftqrr rdta Uq\rgeft u Bqtl Sloka 49. lf the owner of the Navamsa in quea, tion be Venus, the living will be derived from a place where gold, ruby, elephantsor horsesare produced; and by ruch meansas traffrckinq in cattle, jagqery, cooked rice, salt, curdled milk and by the alluremerrtof a female. Norps. Venus s professronsindieate dealers rn gold, ruby, clopbants' or horses,cows, jaggery; hotel.keepcrs, confoctioneri, shcphcrds. musicians,painters, I inen drapers,jewellers, players,ernbroiderors, larridaries,scent-dealers,maid servants, etc.

F{{rt gftmur.iruriqani(irfl€qi*qrtr r kqnqnraqii{qusfl c.ir;qiil{r{qFr{oq

|| \ o ff

Sloha 50. [f Saturn be the owner of the Navamsa occupiedby rhe lord of the iOth placefrom the Lagna or the Moon, the personconcernedwill live by engaging in some vile pursuit, by works of art, etc,, executed in wood, by the carrying out of puniahments,etc., inflicted on criminalo, by the bearing .of burdens and by the overreaching of other peopledue to their being murully at variancc.

qrHftffi

strCI

A&. xv.

NoTEs. 3aturn's employments includs shoe'makers' scavcDgets'grav6diggEfs, rmdcrtakets and all persons engaged in similar vile pur' srtits; tboy also include gardeners, miners, brick-layerg etc,,

q*qurtr(qaffi{fqrilqrtilrr finm t qetr q{fiq{ftqatsr!lrclswWfrqr!

q!\t

Stoha 51. Personaat whosebirch maleficplanets occupythe four Kendraeconcern themselveswlth the Eitesand uoagesof the low vulgar people,haveno prothencelves of other people't wo$en rnd pertg, poeaes$ rredth, are ignorant,and by evincing heroirm occelton' ally becomeobjectsof royai favor. NOTtS.

'bc found Thie as well as slokas 52' 55. 56, 58 and 66 ate to iD ctt$fi{.t.

{qrâ&#x201A;Źr! | fierg.\FFIMT U'drqq1'iq611 tr{l eg! || qtdqliiqqftIlurlal q{I TrfiPd{'(r(s,-frsl) Stoha 3L. Personsat whore birttr, benefic planets occupy the four Kendras will be iordly mea and tu.rn out the best of theit race and founders of faoiliea ; dY they will be endowed with an intellect that can compre' bend all things anC have abundant wealth, fame and excellentvirtues, by meansof whictr they will become royal lavorites.

u{qqi{nils ficq1 wi1t goqw!(Et I

qrftarqrqqqtilrq;ilal qit qrqt ll \1 ll

Sloka 53. If benefic planete be in the l0th bhava reckoned from the Lrgna or the Moon or in a Navamea owned by the Raei of the l0th bhava, the person born will alwaye be beneficent. But if malefic planeta be in

s[. 64-86

98r

ilqdi$sqffis

Pâ&#x201A;Źrsoa born

will be addictedto evii deede.

T*tnd{fr qx eqtqr*1q&qqrI

WtfrTsi{-qtqft vrq(frqeEll \B rr

Sloka 54. If the tord of the Rasi occupiedbv ttr* planetowning the t0 bhavaor an amsathereofbe rnale' fic and aseociatedwith an srcir lUpagraha) such as Dhuma,the personborn will be wicked'

ffirr

dt qt(s{rEqrfr*t wafi vrvffit I

Rtr{ *tt {rwft ilsnitangh q}rftqrgi d'reom' Sloha 53. If the planet occupyingthe 10th piace from the Moon be the Sun, the personconcernedwil'l ; if Marsu he will be succeedin all that he uodertakes rashand evil'minded; if Mercury, he will be learnecl; if Jupiter,he will be a king's peer; if Venus. a voiup" tuary; and lastly, i[ the planet in question be Saturn' he rrill be afllictedwith sorrow.

wlr( u{rrt rft qeiUiqqsrtq'tfda cqTPdi{q ffi;(i qoqrqiqqqrrtfrqr R{$ql {{i,qd{ qgfr ghurgh il-

dlitdteigkqn rrfigi {r} <itr'frriqtre

S/oftrr 56. If the Sun occupying the lOth place {rom the Moon be associated with Mars. the persort born will be addictel to wine and to femrlesbalonqing to otber people; if the Sun in the sameposition b: essociated with Mercury, the person bcrn wili h.lve a knowledge of tbe stare aod will evince a fondn':ss f'rr ruch obiects as valuable articles obrained fror6 satir' womca an"d ornaments; if Jupiter be a*ociated wich

e22

wtnxftill

Adh,xv.

tne Sunin the position referredto, the personborn will be guccessfulin all his undertakingsand enjoy the esteemof his sovereign;if Venus be in conjunction with the Sun in the t0th bhavafrom the Moon,b: will enjoy royal favcr and will havea wife with increasing wealth; if Saturnbe togetherwith the Sunin tire posi tion advertedto above, the persotr born will be poor and dejected.

Xgilg-tgdvruhwtfrGq ki dtqqdrf*rcqgi ?qi\sr qrdfuf I

qiili{ sfiliiDr rrqs{iDr

{{R{i frqt sdt qnits\str({qrfluar

tEt q.a(gq{taqr{s arniil Tnofrqr lf \s ll

Slofra 5?. [f Mars and Mercury occul]ythe l0th placefrom the Moon, the perEonborn will earll hin livelihood by rneansof his scibntific knowledge; il Marg and Jupiter occupythat place, he will dominatc over the vulgar people; if Mars be asgocirtedwith Venugin the 10th placefrom the Moon, the personwill becomea merchant trading in foreign lands; if Mart and Saturnbe in that pceition; the perEonconcerned will engagein daringdeedsand will be childless. If Mercury and Jupiterbe togetherin the l0th placefrom the Moon, the peroon born will be barren,od dejected renownedand in royal favor. opeecb,

qrf wEqq]gq $Ug*Rvra$vq sr*.lgcrrtcqqqitqqrqnry*:q{rI crlt g*gi g iireaqj qllilr qFrdr Eril finiltrqdhn \e ll ilit q{qa\qarqq$fr Slora 68. If Mercury and Venur occupytbe l0tb

st. 69-81

vrq*sqrr

e23

placefrom the Moon, the personboro will be blecsed with leaming, wife anC weatth; if Mercury occupy that placewith Saturn, the person will be either a copyistof bcoks or betakehimselfto unbgcomingwayc' If Jupiterbe combined with Venus in the t0th bbava from the Moon, the perron brrn dill be a protectorof m:d by his sovereign the Brahminicalcommunity,estee of greatlearning. If the planetassociated and possessed with Jupiterio thacposttionbe Saturn,the pereonborn will ckilfully contrive to trouble every body and wrll tenaciourlyadhereto his undercakings.

gqarilowrlttit*atf i\w{tiR t *ftryaq| rrt mSst fttrrn( u \q tl S/ofra 59. If Venus and Saturn occupy the lOth placefron the Moon. the person born will manufacture a fragrant black powder and similar cosmecicsubstances, will practise medicine and engagein trade'

fiilqmnqt fi.t gqg*lirhsftqr r frqdurri Ersftctktrctt{t*rtrr}q ll Qoll S/oAa 60. When the lord of the 10th bhava is a bencfic planet, or is in conjuncrion with or aspecteJby a beneficplanet,or is in occupationof a beoefic Navlm' ca, the person born will be in a position of authority'

qr{Tfqtqqgt laffirft {ifut t trit *inrol il s'tr{t {{tln {Istt qt ll S/olc 61. If the lord of the l0th bhava, associated with Saturn and aspectedby the lord of the 8th bhava, occupy a malefic Navamsa or a Kendn Rasi, the person boro will have to 6rcf t{tc behests of a cruel oaster.

924

qrnacrfu&

Adh.xv"

il{e0 ftrnmt grgsiift&h I

qrtrrarftqrr0ftfttitvfirq q+{ n Qetr

Eloha 82. \Vhen the Moon occupying the sigrr Cancer and aopected by Jupiter and Venug attains a Paravata or other higher Vaiseshikamsa, the per$on born will enjoy good reputation and af{luenee.

ql+t glTrfg* g{q€qqAsftErI grftioh ilsfr qf;ittqrai{wrin{ll qft lt S/c'ta 63. When the lord of the 10th bhava ie associatedwith a benefic planet or is in the midgt of two beneficplanetsor occupiesa Navamsaof a benefic planet, the person born wrll have fame and a high sense of honor.

qfifht sdtirqTqgtqrrrftqrtardrqqrtt

qrdlsqildftqnri{qrare{diqhq{1ffi{tar nqstl

S/ofta 64. When the l0th bhava is occupied 1s well as aspectedby a maleficplanet and the lord of that bhava is reduced in strength, the person born will be .t slanderer,without self respect, with oo name,Power! influenceor act that he can call his own.

uftnq{ttni qriifr-qdg*r

q$lirtiqas* qgElililqq]q+{ ll E\ ll

S/ofta 65. If the lord of the lOth bhavaae aleoof the Navamsa vlhich it occupies-if theee two planets be as:ociated with Saturn and in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of the 6th bhava, the person born will have many .rrives.

qggftRtrttft q {fb* hd$srruql

uilt tUtndifBqf* ocqri{rr'iitffititt

qeqqfr$$qrqr

s!.8tu8?

fr;{ qft q{oft dM ffirqgt

996

Erfdreqdu! w

g qrfi\sqil fd{t itf\*sFqqt uqqlr

SJofra66. If Mars and the lord of the 4th bhava beingstrongoccupya Kendra. a Trikona or the llth bhava,and if the lord of the 10th bhavabe aspectedby or in conjunctionwith Venusand theMoon,the peroon will engagein such pursuitr as agricultureand will havewealth of cattle. If Mercury be connectedwith the 10th bbava,the peroon concernedwill alwayc be andaccordingas the transactions, in merca4rtile engaged planetor planetsoccupying the 10thbhavaare benefic, maleficor both, he will be vigorouo,slothful ot of a oired nature.

n qq orsrfli[$oq il orrqneailqmt{sqfi qfl flfli\Eoi}ilqil urqqnilq{irs $[6rrogifs ({qir ftqil qq I

ilginrieqqidiqaUgfrqrwilorfiqr

drqmilq{frequfigqw;qn$ffT}tdlsQstl Sloha 67. It is through the llth bhava irom the Lagna that every accumulation of inconing wealth is expected; the planet in the I tth bhava when poecerred of full strengtlris capableof giving wealth. If the Sun be such a planet, much wealth is derived by the perroo coqcerned from paternal kinsfolk ; if the Moon, froo maternal relations ; if Mars, froro personll exetcion; if Mercury be the planet occupying the llth bhava in full utrength, wealth comes to the person concernedfrom a dear master,a discerning friend or a maternaluncle. Norns This as well as tbe uext five slokas apPear iu g315gq.

(tcflrtftwi

eg6

Wbat caa be divinid from tbe lltb the seme worlt

Adh. 1ff. ooeva is thus statco b

unlttqlnfr qnrEfiqn{oift;ili q I qKrqfil? {giary1s}glt a{ftm;q{rtq 1s lrlso qromrqcq

rraFrtqpqrcrrTTarTrdBorqf, aqqs{rfi t

aTq:fh'aTqTqfui faut4i* â&#x201A;Źrrrerqrte6$:tt freirq is aaotherreadingfor etfrt in the 4th quarter of the sloka. The tracslarienwill then be : " if Mars,fronr a brother."

difr qesft *EurqqqnrqnGg**i t Snr diqaqta{FrrEir{GnrfteRqttt\: ilCtilffiR$6qrf*e'{iqru{eeii rfir

Mtq*q

flfM

fuKqr iitcr n qc rl

Slo},z 6f. Jupiter in the l'l.th bhava when in fuil sffength gives wealth through the inscrumentality of rcriptl.rral learning, observanceof sacrificial rites and worthy sons. Venuc in the sane advantageousposition, of fiches through femalesand knowseeuru accesEron l"dg. of the fine arts such as poecry, dramar and music. Saturn when thua placed gives abundanceof wealth and corn producedftom agriculture through the exertionsof q^de and temaleElaves. The casteof tbe p.lanetsasPrcting or occupying the bhava in question indicates the claseof personc from whom the income of the rteroon concernedis derived.

qFrq{sgqaq{r grrqi 'Tt{rgqrqrfti ft*fiarqd {tfd qgililcffifri* Ein t

I wrRggHrfrsriv{iad orqail;Fre

qrfrqqitwwrrtaqitr{frqrRnr tt it tt

qlqrftEqt{s

sl, ?0-?t

9?,1

bh.av1 Slofta 69. If the planet occupyiogthe llth acquired be beoefic,tbe person born will have wealth planet if the by fair means;ihe samewill be illgctten in the bhavabe malefic; and mixed if the occupanto-of acrolothe bhavabe of u ti*"d' nature' This fact' thc horoscope' ger ehould clearly state as revealedby the prep:n' if ,n planet in the llth bhava be strong and every posEess deratingly friendly, dre pereonborn will with omiablJquality and will be surpassinglybleesed '*o-"", such as vehicles' ornamento' every meansof enjoyment luxuriotts appliancesarid articlesof "pp"r"l, learnirig.

agqilrurfiicn RiqFr.rarftdt ntqt qtsqtwfrxg"qfrqt Enrfufrmi qrrd itror qulwqd*qlft6rer{rt ffiqqt

qlt xlttd g{te i\qr*t

ll so }t

Slofra 7Lr. If the lorde qf the 2rrd urd the lJth be friendly to the lord of the Lagna' the aetrolo' Lrhavas ger may declare that wealth of the person 'Joocerned will be given awav to be trsedbeneticentlyoQ behal{ .oi the good*Jrka, Gods and Brahmins' If tbe planetin wlrr itth bhavabe weak or overthrown in planetar! or depretsedor owtting att inimicalsign or a StTt (Dustthana)or produceatorim (Rekayogavide A:dh'VI' will have to go abeggiog supra),the personconcerned dai[y for hic subaistence.

il*t RqtsqEr{mqi qqrilileqlqqq qift qihsdlqqKlqsi\$il tti srqt I

Rrffigdr g{srgt {i iavmrgr efrl**qqmliflsi\d;{ sqnrftq ll st ll

rtrrrftq!&

9ffi

A&. XS.

Sloh.a71"" If the lord of the llrh bharnbe the Sus or the Moon, the personborn will acquireaffluenceby servinga king or one like him; if it be lvfara, wealth will be gor through the instrumentalityof royal minis, tcn, an elderor an younger brother or by agriculture; if it be Mercury, the meansof acquiring wealth will be knowledge,relationeor sons;.if it be Jupiter, it ie tbrough the obaervance of hio religious duties that the perton concernedwill attain to prooperity; if Venus own the I tth bhavanthe rrchesof the peroonconcerned will comethrough women, preciouoBtones,elephante and other valuablequadrupeds;and rastly,if Sarurnbe tfie owner of the I lth:bhava,the:perEonborn will have to acquirehis wealth by purouingan ignobleoccupation. Norps, t5qisq-rr for Ra\s'l-ct rn the 6rst gqarter rrf Somebookss616 thc stoka.

srq€Frqn'korqfirE Wdprffi

srt {RsqFqtg qatr{gfrfrild{t I C\

NftSRiFNKr TtrTTrllrIIIIIttITTC(

iqrdeflrq[Rtqt.fni liilqfr ll sl 1s Sloha72. lf the lord of the llrh bhava be in a Kendraor Trikona from the Lagna,or if there be a ualefic planet in the I tth bhava or if the tord of the latter occupya Rasi or amsawhicb ie ita eralcationits own or a friend'a, the person born will be wealtby. Tbc predrctionin regard to wealth ahouldbe madein with the strength of the planet asrociated accordance with tbe bbava or its lord, andir will come from the claecof personswhosekarakathe aseociatedplurcr oay reprGsent, and during its dasaand apahara.aod frgm the qu.tter belonging thereto-

qtlTftsttrlr

sl. ?8-?4

g29

ort& t-q'rt fifrt il nqFqtI srt il qrqsgcqqorqgfrth tt

ll ll eTq6rr{r}Tr?il5eTl rri$tfr oqrEr-nmd{qrggd'ft fffm {qnrftqMq,i R-{qqfuilt( | ftffit q€* qr'& g;mmntsvn ffTrt{tr{tefr ft {rFtqrgfosqiltsdftt \el Stoka 73. [t is through the lZth bhava, its lord and Saturn that an astroiogcr should divine a Person's wandering far, misfortung or evil doom, liberality, tbe comforts of bed, etc.; dignity and waste of wealth. When the planet in the 12th bhava owns as well ar occupiesa moveablesign, or is the lord of a Dustthana or is in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn, the person born will indeed have to roam over many lands and forest regions. Norns. This sloka as also slokas 74-79 and 82 & 83 are in qn{c€t. from the 1Zth bhava is stated in the What can be asc:ertained same work thus :

qaqarfrsRftaq{ I qqqq;Traaqqf€(t qrqrfhqugqii{Frqfqrqfrfif4frcqtf,,tt

r\1so

"il<T.nl{WI

{fiqii 6rrr4rrfrqoe}fri;q qq q I s{{aaqqFqrtft.ndti qqffid: n

gt gqgtfrrqlufrfrfr Rrmrrrrrrt ilflt iqresfiffi 117

RtacqrqHflQI

980

dttlrqrfrarf

Adh.xv.

Rrst ffi t'w sfri frffiT&iRvar fr{afrqqreqi g ffid ftqaqritfril{ il \eBtl ,Sloka 74. When the planet in the lZth bhava is benefic and is associatedwith as well as aspectedby a benefic planet,and when the lord of that bhava is weak and occupiesits inimical or depressionsign, the person born will not have to spend his wealth. When the planet occupying the l2th bhava ia weak, but its lord is in great strength, the personconcernedwill dissipate hie wealth. When planets of a mixed character are associatedwith the lord of the 12th bhava, the persons concernedwill have expenseof ,r mixed nature-

{uEq{rt{ft rirqq{,fiqft$aq'i iiqudefc|qt qr t

qffiRsqqrEtffifiS qrirrslR qu*{E{nqartn\e\tl Sloka 75. If the lord of the 12th bhava occupy benefic Vargas,all outlay of money will be on approved legitimateobjects. The outlay will be questionableand bad when the lord of the l2th bhava is io conjunction with or aspected by a weak planet. The person concernedis Iiable to suffer evil from that classof percons, whose karakathe weak planet in grrestion reprerents, during itg dasaand apahara.

fit* ^

qodt aqqisftqnr-

q[rafg\ Eiqqrfuiiar{Iinqq I

Rth qgfiqqi srciqia

tita t{qgus{i{arutfttt sE rr Sloha 76. When a maleficplanet owning the 6rh or the 8th bhava oicupies the l2th bhava in strengch,

sr 77-78

931

q1q|frgrqtTr

to ag.curresar&

;;;ffi;;;

ture and monetrry trangactions. when the 12th bhava being a quadrupedor a biped aign (aide Adhyaya 1, sloka 16) ie occupied by a planet of a quadrupedor biped character(aide Adhyeya 2, sloka 12), the person concernedwill suffer the total loes oi all oervantr and cattle.

RnRfrq(siffi ftqgctr

qffin< ewftcqlqgt t

ftrt nqESftw sEil

Enilrg{Gst{E{IqTqlrriftll s\e ll

Stoha '17. A person will have his wealth consumed by peopleof the Brabmanaand other castesaccording as the planets in the 12th bhava represent these' If female planets be in that bhava, it is through femalee that his wealth will go out ; if male planets be in the bhava,loss of wealth will be brought about by an enemy' If the bhava in questionbe owned by a friendly planet, the person concernedwill have to lay his money out on account of his friends.

gtltragi uftqq qff Fryrrrt

qrtsE{RT{te itqrE{fiort

ierq'{l qq{sqqdeis en-

(qqftrqEa g qirqwftll ec ll

Stoka 78. If the lZth bhava be occupied bv " beneficplanet, the personborn will be liberal, virtuous and engaged in agriculture. If a malefic planet be in that bhava,the person concernedwilt be captious, suffer' ing fron eye'disease,flatulent, restlessand roving. If

932

{Rrrcrftqre

,tdh.xv.

the planetin the 12th bhavabe in exaltation,in its own or in a friendly sign,the personwill be beneficent.

qlgEls{Efrilga*q{tfiiftq il{ d-

fr* mrr*gtfkerc\ anrqsftdqq r

qR Errfrftgftsdr "q{rnrftqq irqwr

1ftrqrgfigtRil qtt turtwqTgriqrxrtu\e\ tl

Sloka 79. If rhe Sun ,rr,the waning Moon be in the l2th bhava, the wealth of the person born will be liable to be seizedand confrscatedby the rulers. Mars occupyingthat bhava in conjunction with or aspected by Mercury destroys the wealth in various ways" Jupiter, the Moon and Venus in the lZth bhavahelp to conoervewealth. When Mercury occupies that bhava in conjunction with or aspected by Venus, the people concerned will have the comforts connectedwith the bed.

aqitr dwrfirt g{ErisqFqilt

g{dftiE} q'iHrrq.i'qtq,tt co tl

S/oia 80. If the lord of the l2th bhava be in its own or exaltation sign and has attained beneficvargas and is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will enjoy tfie comforts of a bed on the couch.

Rfteq* u*i aqft qulqi t {Fqnrtq il s} qtlrcft{fril{ ll 6t tl oloha 81. When the lord of the 12th bhava is in the highest exaltation point or is aspeccedby the lord of the 9th, the person born will have the good fortune to lie on a bed adorned with jewels and precioue stones regtingon a handsomecouch.

sl. 82-83

{â&#x201A;Źq{t'rsr{t{r

933

S il Garqt Rqsi GqiHqRrt dtt ftrfuollltqrni cTTiIRr ffii r flqrqiuturq.rlibhofqr{ri}ri qr,ii fit Fsqq{rHgqgi arar'{(0r uiq l dR tl Stoha 82. When Venus, Satrrrnor the Moon occupiesa Trikona position in respect to the gth bhava and when the house representingthe bhava occupied has Ketu in it, the person born will easily become liable to the misfortune called (Narapatana,i. e",a "{ftrET aleepingman falling on him which is regardedas a dire portent). If Venus in the position abovereferredto be associatedwith a mllef ic planet,the portent may be the fall of a sleepi'g woma. or a chameleonlizard on the personconcerned. If Mars be so associated,the portent may take the form clf the presenccof a tortclise in the house. If Merc.ry combine wirlr lvlarsintheposition indica:ed, the person horn may be bit by a dog and srrfft:rfrom tlre rabics. Norr.s. 'l-lre n b o v e n r e : r n i r r qi s l t r r t r e n t l t i v e . \ ' . S .

ff (riiqerr{gf g ii*rae{Hrfq}rri}qt fr:t gt?rqfr qsqfhilâ&#x201A;Źbsqil qr;r{: I qrq'iqrihqi qt wuir oi u'ft srqt s;qr0 tqdlsi qfq qg$l q iid{rt n dl tl A\iar,

.Slotn 83. If the 1,lth bhav.r, with Saturn and. Rahu or Ketu in it, is occupiedby the lorcl of the gth bhava or aspected by the lord of the 6th, the person born goesto hell. If Jupiter bc in rh,: Lagna, identical rvith Dhenus and with the Mesha Navamsa rising,

*n.* """l9l:"1 "."-"""""""-"-ff-""-

Venus occupy the ?th, and the Mooo the sign Kanya, the perscnborn wrder this yoga reeche;the seatof the at last. highesthappiness

g!fr gsutrfrtqsgitangfr qtE

qrglqrl;T$ft g q:r ffi aalqqrdew t oiqr gnMftil(giil rrgrqqTfrTd

(SF{atg{ fitfi ftgd fr*ftrrttq;qql ll dB ll

qfr dtaqq{Eqqrr tqnqiffit

qlffiqlftqft

qe[(tirsqtqt ll S/ofta 84. If a planet owning a malefic house occupy a g:(sn" (Dustthana)in strength' the bhava re' present"dby the malefic house is said to be advanced' But if the lord of the 8th bhava be weak in any sign, by that sign is said to be impaired. the bhavarepresentecl If the lord of the Lagna occupied or aepectedby a benefic planet occupy any bhava in strength,that bhava receivesmuch benefit thercfrom. The caseis different when the lord of the Lagna is in depression,or in an inimical house. Thus endsetc.

ffifrg{fr$6xrFl: 311

P Adhyaya

XVI.

FEI\,IALE HORoSCoPE.

*qodrqwilatffiftrqqtqt r ftfrryâ&#x201A;Źng,.fqrd* {ut llq n I tl Sloha 1. S/e are now gorngto treat of the female horoscope with its characteristiclunation, Rasig and planets,becauseit is a means of promoting prosperity, power, health,offspring, knowledge and fame.

qqt.f,t(ilq: gwrqrTqrqEolt ftt* t qrTrsr} II.=rlqrdsqqiilqqraFrrtt lt t ll Slahu 2. There is nothing in the world like a horoscopeto help men in the acquisition of wealth, to savethem like a boat in a seaof troubles and to Eerve them as a guide in their journeys. NorBs. T h e o b j e c t o f t h i s s l o k a i n t h i s A d h y a y ai s o n l y t o s h o w t h a t it is the q?qtn+ (Sthri Jataka) that (is alluded .to by the word rrfrq in the slolia and which) helps or guides the husband in the sea of troubles.

,frqcqrqqqfr ffi q{iksfrqrfY{rmgtr q{Tferqtrsq{qitffinnRre${ir t qrgrilqdt rilqqn*r urd c{rrqfr*r

{iqlgrgn,Itdwfiso*diffiqrfu,Fqttf I ff 935

v36

nRttqtftilil

Adh..xvr.

Stoka 3. The female horoscopeis to be written in a fine neat eheet of paper with correct planetary tablesserviceablefor referenceand exhibiting thc alma' nac (of the day of birth in question). lt is to show also the Ashtakavargas(Adhyaya 10) of planets,their positional and other six.fold strcngth (e-<3o-Shadbala) the length of life of the person concerned, the rllqrwdt (Gocharaphala)r.4, the effectsof the progressof planets in their orbits, the frrrso (Yogaphala, Adhyaya 7) and the rrr*ss (Bhavaphala,Adhyayas f t-15). The horo scopeshould give at the same timc the DasaTables mentioningthe number of children destinedto live to a great age, the happiness of the husband, the great prosperityand fame which the whole family is to enjoy.

duriq;qs(ifllqgfrd'Tdirfr *wlrq mqtttgngri Gqwserq{tqfft*q r TEUrTqgur WrqE.ffl(ibqrqilqi {frr "ffirqqon+q

ffiai dlrrs s* qiq il I tl

'Whatever

Sloha 4. effect may accrue from the horoscopesof females that is applicable only to mcn, shouldbe ascribed to the husband The goodand evil affecting thcir per$on should be calculated from thc Moon and the Lagna whir:hcverof them is stronger" It is from the ?th place front thc l-agna or the Moon that all that is worthy or unworthy in thc husbando ehould be ascertained,and the deatli of thc husbandsis foretold tirrough the Sth bhava (from chc Lagnaor thc Moon). Ail this should be well weighcd by the strength or weaknessof the planets, herreficand malefic, bcfore an announcementis macie.

rtrfrsnrrq:

sl.6

e37

Norps.

c/. n"oa?rt+t

qqisqqi flq aqftd dqi &+ il qt( rTrqeq fiqqrt gaia aang*riliqrcf,T{ | rrflttgqrnrr€qqircHH rf,tri gerq Hof,dgg{qElF€grtil: s(r<{ti fial tt Whatever eflect nray accrue fronr the horoscopeof a female that is applicable only tct men should be ascribedto the husband. Het prosperity and happinessiras to be deducedfrom the 8th house (from the Lagna or tbe Moon rvhichever is strong). Children should be declared through the 9th house and matters rolating to her appearance,beauty, etc. should be deternrined from thc I*gna. It is fronr the 7th place that her welfare and tire (nature of the) husband should be ascertained while her associationand chastity should be predictedfrom an exatninationof the 4th houso. Benelics in these housesproduce good results, while malefics in thc above houses are productive of evil unless they happen to or*'n [ h e h o u s e si n r v h i c h t a s e t h e e f l e c t w i l l b e g o o d .

q;{ft o{tftds{qH.t rdq$q(r $nqirdrft ilqirqQ!gTrqEfr{aq I

'*'iwqr( (WqGrsqswlarmdf tffigqTg* gqwR€f)( ffi*qr n \ tl Sloha 5. Of thc Lagnaand the Moon, find which ir the stronger. tt is with reference to this that the luck, beauty atrdstrengthof women shouldbe announced' Chrldren and wealth in abundanceshould be declared through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happinero or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th b-hatr; husband'cfortune from the Tth Someastrologerc opioe that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be determined from the 9th bhava. 1lB

srdrqrRqtr

9'38

Adb.)rvl.

tq6li ftrfra ilrrq-rrwq{:tqE:

gi neume:qfugrisrlq *Rkg: I

xmqrqB*fr{rqfrgd q{tqrnodr

t,f qnqirqqanfud antailqi €q{ u E tl Sloha 6. Somehold that widowhood is found out through the 8th bhava ; beauty,fame and fortune through the Lagna; the son ttirough the -<th; wedded happiness with the husband through the ?th, asceticismas well at the exceedingtranquillity of women through the planets occupyingthe 9th bhava All else whether due to the bhavasor yogasare the samein regard to both men and women.

grt on?ursilqR ndW:rcr ilrqTo]ftilrtgftgEEfrsrb{ta iqet t q\qt gwraftryl.ToIgiiUmqrRai qlqaq'fqqrtq {riqilgfr iler g{Tqlftd tl rgtt Sloku 7. li the Lagnaand the Moon be in an even sign,thc femaleborn wilI havethc form and charac' teristics of the best of her sex. If they bc aspectcdby or associatedwith a benefic planet, she will possess excellentqualities, of steadfast virtue and prospcrous. If the sign occupiedby them be an odd one,she would be masculinein form, fickle'minded, mascutint-in her by or asso' be,rringand sinful ; and if they be aspecced planets, profligate. she will be ciated with malefic NorBs. cf. q-d-fit{r

eEqfRq+il al g'q'il nl'qrdl gf,qqqfAqqr nqge6e{ftet t

sl.8-9

frerils.{ncr

eJ9

qgqeRileei+im ieqtqt gEeqfAGE<r tfrui qRqrtt If Uotl the ascendant and the Moon are in even signs and be aspecteci bi' benefic planets, the wonran born will bear good sons, Slte will possessan cxcellent husband and be well-ornamented. qualities. possess excellent It the Lagna be very prosperous and are in odd signs and be aspected by or associated witb malelic planets. she will be masculine in her bearing, insin. c.re, ungovernable and cruel beyond measure to her husbanC; and

and the \Ioon

she will be poor.

ohz\ilqq&* g{sfr ftiqrusiftfi arii itqgqruftttrrtqfrruqttqt* t g qHffifi qft{t* n e{fl Wqr{ncrfr ffirfr{gtasqâ&#x201A;Ź{olElEs tilId R(l tt c tl Sloht 8. If, in an odd sign, both the Iagne aut{ the Moon b: associacedwith or aspectcdby a benafic planet, the qualities, the aspect,the positio'n, the glit and the intelligenceof the fcmale born will bc of a mix, ed kind; but if, in an cven sign, both the Lrgna and the Moon be associatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet, the characterof thc femaleborn, say the wise astrologers, will be shaped wholly by the influence of the plrnec with or aspecting thc lord of thc even siqn associated under reference.

silqitCI{SerifutiolFEtr;EgErski:r {tqr;qrrd ffi q{g} qref*mseil{â&#x201A;Źfr qi{n\g; il Sloka 9, When the Lagna is in an odd sign; when the maeculinepianeteptedominatein strength; when the Moon| Mercury and Venu6 are strong and when Saturnhrs ordinary strength;the female born will'fr e deprCralettd lct ,hrrbandcwill be mrny"

qrdfcrnnta

940

Adh.xvl.

srf ffi $qdrq*{g*{Atr trg crtrsrail| frsqrfrfld rqor{atEgRritqrrrctq enfl tt Sloka 10. When the Lagna is in an even aign, and when lvlars,Mercury, Iupiter and Venus have the greateststrength; the femaletrorn will ba virtuous and becomewidely celebratedfor her conspicuous ability to understandthe intrinsic qualities of all thingr.

firt q.qqtq,tqGtr fietgsh.e*r

I ntfit{qft*r grM qq\Enilrsnqr

SIFTRRSNnEq{IilRtg qFo{RIil qTq

Rreqrmflqo{neruftgwr fr mnftqft n tt rl Slofrc i1. Wiren Saturnhasbut mediumstrength; when the Moon, Venus and Mercury are weak; and of realstrength, when the remainingplanetsarepoo$essed in an odd Lagna will associate is born the femalethat with many.men. When Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and Venus are strong and when the rising sign is an even one, the woman born will become celebratedfor her koowledge of every science developing ultimately into an expounder of the scriptures. NorES. T t r r sr l o k a i r f r o r t rR l i l r a t l a t a k e .

n ftiluqâ&#x201A;Źq tt oil fiq.ri qt rrftft qrdtqiftrhqgaffitqqqrsqor rT{AgilqRr{{ff {+( |

ioqr qrggct{* gqtrd ilâ&#x201A;Źfi q diqtq*

(Mt qRrdtMrqqq qrw{rqlRlntt lR ll

sl. 12-13

qisnlstqrqr

941

Sloka 12. When the Lagna or the Moon, which' ever of them is stronger,is in ;r Rasibelongingto Mars. the femaleborn in a Trirnsamsa of Mars will be ill' behaved; she will be a menial or slave if born in a Trinsamsa of Saturo ; worthy and virtuous if in that rif lupiter ; depravedif born in that of Mercury ; addict' t:d to a paramour if the Trimsamsa of trirth bc that clf Venus. c/, no4ftell

q+ rM omfrrftaftaia*g*qra

6EIErqriit gfieftr+r qlqrflf,t ?quft| g=q1g{tf{',11r {sfr TE{tTqFqqfitn nfr aq{dt qgs+Rqrqr''rftgqrdlrgil ll

tr€;qr nfirrti-dirft agnrfirftqfrT{rgq:tr qr+ it gqI@Ifq{Atfiuqrilaftreqtftstu{t fi"q{ql*,t €rq {Ft Ere-qnwf}mfirs.ft {.thf {q-{nl q$tqftqr{: gfiteFqqffi tt

qiaqs(gersqqt{+ ot rnfrmrFtri nt{t gr{ff gr.{rgirtt gq,f:q+rt ftsqef qtur{rsRftt-solwlaErq&ql g{tt g{{s{r q gqil olffiqr qrqil ll tl ll Slofta 13. In a Lagna owned by Venue, a female born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will b€ vicioua and quarreleome; she will be chasteand a mother of many children if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried if in that of Saturn ; she will be fond of all the arts, mueic'-vocal and instrumental-if born in a Trimsamsa of Mercury; il the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned

942

ffitrili

Adb")ryL

by Venus, ehe will be fond of wiec nen, a fxlorite of and liked by people. het husband,

ffitsq?{qe frrqqd oi A S{rF{dr

r|adhfivnsqm $rgil glqrfPffit {tdt I

*i qfqu gqq ftqft freqnfrqfff{t dl* qwtiqrr{wr*ftitqrfrqrrr\ rr tB tl Sloha 14. When the Lagna is a sign owned by 'frimsamsa Mercury, the femalcborn in a of Mars will have sons; if born in a Trimsamsaof Saturn, ehe will be a widow, have her chiidren still born, or of the form of a eunuch; if in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter, she would be chasteand devoted to her husbrnd; if io that of Mercury, she would be virile, famous and handsome; if the Trimsamsaof birth be that of Venus, she will b: conrpicuousfor her eleg;rntattire, ornamentE,cattle and wealth.

o* qq.Jt rrt qoqfi frurtgeqiq*

qrdrqnfrirEffisur qrtim qftd,ir r

R,{rilrGqq iiffirqrg1ornrranr

frt itr.-quonfr uggili{i{* {rusrn lr tl Slofto 15, When the Lagna is a srgn owned by the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by Mars, thc femaleborn will be endowed with physical btrength; and if the Moon be aspected by maldic planeu, she will take delight in ministeriog to rbe ahuEemâ&#x201A;Źntsof her paramours; if the Trimeamsabe that gf Saturn,she will becomea widow; if tbe samebeloog to Jupiter, she will be short.lived and will have fe,:.,r children ; if of Mercury, she will be skilleC in the arts ;

sr 16-11

ffismr:

943

if the Trimeamqaof birth be that of Venus, she will be lustful.

trgffi

ilft {fuft Er{3=.q1qt{t

ilfi ffidfutr q $irfi q;Eiu*g:fu{r I ilfir iIr{grTIgun-,ii*tqe $itsnr

Wr rgfqF({q $qft*{rFEilItftrqit ll qq tl

Slola 16. When the Lagna or the Moon happens to be in a sign owned by the Suo,and the Trimsamsa of birth that of Mars, the femaie born will have a mas' culine dicposition. If the Trimsamsabelong to Saturn, she will b: unchasteand unhapPy; if to Jupiter, she will be the beloved of a royal husband and endowed with good qualities ; if the same belong to Mercurv, she would be masculine in her ways and vicious ; and lastly if born in a Trimsamsa of Venus. she will be attachedto an unworthy husband and will suffer from

diseases.

{rfi{q .IN qg5igre rnrrtsEr Raqrilrqmfttftgaqttqftn qi(l

qtqiir qqqettwrqntq]*qq t$ilr gil{il veqwrF{il ll ts ll {ttfr EFH{Fqurs Sloha 17. When the risirrgsign is owned by Jupiter,the femaleborn in tlre Trimsarrs:rof Mars will be renownedand havea following; shewrll be indigent if bprn in the Trimsamsaof Saturn; if the Trimsamea of birth be Jupiter's, she will have an abundanceof wealth, clothing and ornaments;if she be born in thrt of Mercury, shewiil be vittuous and highly respecAed; if in that of Venus, she will possesschildren, good clotbingand ornamencs.

944

cnTrqrftrrt

Adh.xvl.

olq<utffidftat gft,r r<tt qft g+.nftesorqrugrsr {*ilr $oer gqi{rqf{ilr grar ffsql sd

o};$s.efrrrfis ffio ffi{iquilr qtq n lz tl

Sloku 18. When the riaing sign belongs to Saturn and ie strong, the fcmale born in a Trimsamsa of Mare will be distreesed; if her birth be in a Trimsamsaof Saturn,shc will be dialiked by her husband; if in that of Jupiter, she will strictly adherc to the cuEtomaor uEageof her family ; if in Mercury's, she will know all things but unchaste; if in a Trimgamsaof Venue, she will be barren and profligate; the effectsdue to Trim, EamEaahould be announcedafter correctly weighing the influenceof the Lagna and the Moon.

srrAtftqqrwffi*m* g+.iitq

ri Eiir$sot qqfrrr*rtftt irRa?rI

wffi{qrilf ftrilqMcry(ilTril ql il'rR ffift qdwq|gffi il tq tl Slof"a 19. When malefic planets occupy the ?th bhava,the female born wrll become a widow; if the planetsin the ?th bhava be of a mixed sort, ehe will remarry; if there be in the 7th bhava a weak malefic planecaspectedby a beneficone, the female born will be put away hy her husband; if Venus and Mars occupy eachother'e Navamsa, the woman will be addictedto other men; if theae two planetsbe associatedwith the Moon in the 7th bhava, she will associate with other men at the instance of her own husband. Norns. Tlris sloka is taken fronr Brihat lataka.

ffissqt{:

st. 20-21

*t* arairqiqrrqF'la\ fiwg*t srai {FdTâ&#x201A;ŹsdI+i (qq. I fiAi*

gr{trt

q{F'ITEl}ilqriqfdqaltqqf}a lt

't'aaii'i'+'t [''or Llrefirst PuCu, c/.

qnq'\{qqf,:"iiafiqqt fq}' ga'iqi"r.tr

dftrft 'rt qft eriri{I qqutmqal ufrq r slei q tlwrrlt 5+rl: {t5il gar ll 1" ll Slohu 2ll, A femalc rs styled wanton when sh" caste loreakeshcr lrusband;rnd resorts to anothelrf her her from lust. A womatt rs said to bc temarriedwhetr' (anew) organo{ gcneratiunbcing unbrokcu,she is takcn aB a wife auother tirnc with tl"c prop(:rmatrimonial r ites.

{trn{ onrrkgg* qrrl wd g{ot qrqs}| EsIilWit llRtll *i".it frfrtn-aqrttfrfiqleqiuri Sloku 21. When a sign of Srturn or lvlars is the Lagnaanil the Moon or Venus (according as the birth ie by night or day) aspcctedby a maleficplanet ctccupies it, thc femaleborn in thc yoga will lead an unchaate life rvith thc mother; when the scttirrg Navamsa be longsto Mars and is aspectedby Saturn,she will havc diseasedwomb ; II the Navamsa under reference " belongsto .r l>enefic planet, slrc will havc irandsomc h i p s a n d b c r n u c hl i k e d b y h e r h u s b a n d . 'l'hrs:,1t-rl,ir ts IrotttUr,,,-fi'Jl;t;. Cf ,

itcl;hlr(qi

ara flqa;q $qwqqFr* {.ltfqldiflI;q{fll qrqt

rit .ld nrstgia zDfiae'irfi{ Uqrgqi{ ll 11t)

946.

drRrrctftill

Adh.xvl.

lJqmr

Fa.Rqdwrt FRa\qrt qw nle guar€CI+aea r diah.qqqirnfa*fti e 6nfrft6q'rg{T grrfi gxtfr rt

Also

rlRf+ait

sltrtrlt da*rfrrfiRgt fie{i ;frdrI flil Fr+ $€rr {reE{tftt qEfarr

$ q gu*it afriareDqii'rqYf:d r

Ff€qTilqrt*oft qfiqg,lr qqft rr

lllother is indicated !y Venus in rray-births and by the Nroorr in night-births (Chapter l1l_l 5 su1tra). f.agna rnust be one of Arres, Scorpio, Cepricorl and Aquarius; Venus or f.he Moon a1 the case may be should occupy the Lagna aud be aspectecl bv a n r a l e f i cp l a n c t ' T h e f e m a l e o w n i n g t h i s n a t i r r t y b e c o m e s imm.r a l a l o n r gw i t h t h e r n o t h e r . r f a N a ' a r n s e o f \ I a r s b e s e t t i n ga ' d be aspectedby Saturn, she suffersfrom diseased organs. tf the Descenda,ntbe rn a giutaeia (ubhergrahanavamsa) cr be occupied by be.nefics,or the ruler is aspectedby benefics or in Exirr igu. bhamsa), she is loved by her husband. T h e f i r s t q t < ( P a d a )o f t h e s l o k ah a s b e e nr n t c r t r r c t e t l by Bhatt o t p a l a i h u s : " w h e n a s i g n o f S a t u r n o r ' M a r si s t h c Lagnaa.d the Moon and Venus aspected (both of them) by a malefic"lrlanet o c c t r p yi t . " T h i s i s n r - ' ta c c e p t a b l e .

qo*tsnil qri firqxafrtf{t r

qtarftqcqfririt diqril0 q tRurtn RRtl Slohu 22, When a weak malefic planer occr_rpies the ?th and is aspeccedby a beneficone, the femrle co. cernedwil be pur away by hcr husband (C/. slok.r3O inlra), if the malefic planetin the 7th bhava ba depresa, ed or in an inimical house,she will be at variancewith her husband. , ., o'kta'1t(4'tr/4t' c/. m.z-<ifd+r

q:q$ilitttt €li;{. ugrft q :i*leqfqfRnr rr

sl. 23-24

qtcfirss|rrq:

9'17

sqgl qfiiqt ffi {HqErdRt i{,{trr{fri qquorqir'fiofrig il r qenr+i qwr g-{.tlufi ri'rrqrstrqgft

qrqQ ftgEliqt -.qi\qfl qm qTtrr- fr ll Rl ll

SYcAa?3. If thc Sun occr:pyingthe ?th bhava be aspectedby inimical planets,the female born will be cast away ; if Mars occtlpy'r similar poaition' she will become a wtdow ,-rr her husband and herself will becomemutuallv embittered ; when goodand bed planets occupythe ?th bhava,the femaleconcernadwill remarry; when saturn io the Trh bhavais lspectecby an inimical planet,she will atcainto a good old ageand yet have her husbandalive. cf. Uqsqtnn

s.qel rGqr$qa frqqrqrc}s<(lfilftqt a;irrqr.itfdhstoq*qa wi ri;sfa tl

Also qr{{J{{o{

qsq frqq'r}qfdgmr$rfiri q fq'{qtreg ert} 1 qrqtqrfidi{q'{fi q;qit q gifatirnt qlq ll

qrq*fqEtftri qrfrgttq-qtergn qnr{fi iiodtdi iqnsqrq;q}qffiri{dr I

+i qrq'& qt e qiail qrt gffiIftdi q;il(dilo{ft Tri{rikfiqotn gd* t*t ll 18 ll Stoka 24. \l/hert a malefic sign repr':sentingthe 7tb bhava is occupiedby Saturn the femalewill become efflictedwith widowhood. lf Venus and Mars occupy eachother's Rasi or Amsa, she will be a coquetie and addictedto a paramour. (C/. sloka L9, supru.) If the Moon be in the ?th bhava, she will lead a depravedlife

e4[]

Adh.xvr.

flfl{qrftmre

along with her husband. if the Moon and Venus occupy the lst bhava identical wi,h a sign o.wnedby Saturn or Mars and if a malefic pla.rer be in the 5th bhava,the femaleconcernedwill be barren. c/

Norps ,tti.,iteq, 11lote{ irr fttpq.

w*=qti ftnrii qwnqmrrrl6q:1 l5\\

atq nnq q;i gaft qfirr sQ rr q;qr{ii fiare'i} nirrgdn}q4l 4Er I 1;'.;qrqEfaHr aiii qai qrqergntt .

i5oTrr{Ti?Irrd ftisr qqiqil gqqqfr iFqr I \A

-t\\--\1{A

gilmTI {nrtTEfl wril i[OT(tdti tTlftNgrtrAil( R\ Sloku 25. When Mars occtrpic-* a Navamsabe, longingto the Rasi of the 7th blravaand is aspectedby Saturn,the femaleborn will have the bad luck to be disliked hy the husband. llut when Mars is occupying :.rNavamsaof Vcnris in th,: llasr rcprercntirrg the 7th bhavaand is ,rspectecl l)y ir hr:tr,:f ic planet, shc rvill be rhe favorite of hcr husl)and.

dqlqrqfi-dqrft lTi{rihtiqrft qftafturt q;(fr sr{F{i{rEsgrr riikg* rirfirdir

qq{Ig{Ef]qnr qit geq6qft-qilsrqr qrdfdrqR oqqr gitr{TrwrRrlvrianr n iq rl S l o h u 2 b . l f t l r i : M o o n : r r r dV e n u s b c i n ; r s i g n o f Mars identical with rhe L:gira,rlre femaleborn will have an aversionto hcr husband; if the Moon and Mer, cury be in the position described above, she will be skilled in the discussion rrf the highestrruths; if lvf;rrs lnd Mercury be in the l.agna rdverteclto, she will tre

sr. 2?-28

tngttrss|tfqt

949

voluptuous; if thc Moon, Mercury and Venus combine in the Lagna under referen:e, she will possesoevery comfort; if Jupiter be in the Lagna aforesaid, she will bear good sons, be intelligent and have ornaments.

|t|Fn&il! gq{il G} wfi qT{Tqr 'ilq"d

'rTqlrilolf*iI wtft qrqrrE+ Gluitrqfr q$ q frqqrfartw lTrfhfl ft.t r".r.ft! t}ft deuftnfrqqtlt qil tt Retl

Sloka 27. If the benefic planetsbe in their exalta, tion, but the 8th bhava containing a maleficplanet be representedby a maleficslgn and aspectedby a malefic planetat the sametime, the femaleborn in the yoga will be afflicted with widowhood; when the lord of the I{avamga occupied by the owner of the 8th bhava is also malefic,the woman concerned will without doubt becomea widow; if several benefic planets be in the Sth bhava,the female will die prior to her husbandir, the prime of her life.

qrr{rurri grfrqtr; errtf qrtssqQsr{r

qddrrsgrfreqflqtr {ndfk ffi

r rri1erg;rr S-g'r*qtfr ggaqrfl qti qt n-edqirflngarrurEfterilqar u R4tl S/o&o 28. When benefrcplanets cccupy the 9th bhava and there is a malefic planet rn the 7th or the 8th, the femaleborn will live long with her huoband,affluttocâ&#x201A;Ź,:r numerous progenyand the accesscriesof comfort and happiness; if malefic planets be in the -ith bhava, rh,: woman concerned will havc many children ; if Dhanus or Kataka be th: Lagna in the latter case.she

ilrirscrRilt

Adh.xvt.

will become poor and distressed by bearing manv ohildren to hcr hucband. Nores. -4t41. c/. -ro4turoliitl (by :1'{a1

lirqFqr+fkd Rt* qcrqsraseisft 4TI .r{: gagil:qrf,,iiq+r€q *{i tt '{g"+furtla{a .u{, grfig:qa.Ir lra qR(Pada). Accordingrto Mantreswara the eflect of rnale{ics occupying the 4th house is to make the female unchaste. q-dAlic+t Qf. o n^

ga trigifi qqfi S€il ll

*rqrfr.qgtqftxqio* frttr qq{rgm gltrsft.rieq\RgqfiaHq{€'.ttq ll R\ ll Sloka 79. When Vrishabha, Simha, Vrischika or Kaoya is the Lagna and the Moon ie in the 5th bhava, the femaleborn will hlve few sons(C./.sloka43 infra)', if malefic planets occu[]y the 9th placc from the 8th bhava or the 8th from the Lagoa, she will be afflictcd with poverty and sorrow ; when rhe above placesare occupiedby benefic as well as malefic planets,she will have good arrdevil for her lot; if those placesbe occtt' pied exclusivelyby benefic planets, she rvill be blesscd with prosperity and good fortune, When the lord of the 6th bhava is in the 6th and the lord of the latter is in the Lagna, her death will be caused by a sharr) wea'on' Norns. gf. nrfora-+quoted in €lrRq'

sl. g0-32

frgfrssrtq:

1ul

fiefttq+oqE qei freft qei t

s{eqlq.q fiqrdtqrrgttgort qt( tt olililsqqTrt)'

wii{:t<qorFffi t

*'qqtwfqfi, q{qrerrtquratt qtqt ge'K qaqqqqG+Et Ftrr 6rst qt< (Pada), uide slr-rlia$infro'

€IT€ft$Rltffiqqrq+( il t T(ffir fiAt grttR€crlffr,onqqftffir ffir

llloll

S/r.rAa30. lf all the malefic pianets be in the 7th e bhavafrom the Lagna, the female born will become rrridow; if the planets in the ?th bhava be mixed' the femaleconcernedwill remarry ; if malefic planetsoccu' pying the ?th bhava be weak, shc would be repudiated by her husband. Nolrs. Vide slaka l') supra.

*wqat{Frd irrrt* giltg+i qfr wtm:'q t $ qR|irflrr{ilftdiqFfrmr{ifiqG atq tt 1? tt SloA{r 31. When the Moon occupiesthe ?th bhava from the Lagna in conlunction with Venus and Marc' at the the [emaleborn will associatc with anothcr man when insranceof her hucband. The eameetfectfollows owned Navrrmsl the Moon occupiesin the ?th bhava a by Saturn or Mars. (Vide sloka L9, snpra')

ftrnqtfu{rdqQsffit gilffigilfictil ""t

qrn q ilt E{ftqrfrS qq 11

Sloha 37. When planets in the Raeis or Ancas ics and are of Saturn and Mars are aspected by malef

lRnsrr(amt

Adh.xvl.

or the Moon (if the birth be in the night), the female born will abandonthe traditional virtue of her caEte, taking to harlegguin companywith her mottrer. Norns. T h i s s l o k a s h o u l d b e r e a da l o n g w i t h l l l _ 1 5 s u p r a . , \ c c o r d _ ing to the latter, venns and tl'reil{o,' rc:;pectively play the role of mother during the day and night. Cf. also sloka 21, Eupra.

{tftearrrqtt dni13 wq0

Rrisrgqet aqrMft; {Errinl

g{wq{{fi wqamdt

gqqgilEafr il at;erflgrtnrrqr( ft 1t tt Slo&a 33. When a Navamsaof Mars occLrpyirrg the ?th placefrom the Lagnais aspectedby the Sun and Mercury, the female born will have a diseasedwo nb (C/. sloka 21, sufiro) ; but when rhe Navamsa under referencebelongeto a beneficplanet,the femaleconcern. ed will be much liked by her husbandand blessedwith children; elseshe will bocome an object of aversionto her husband.

ilqTffiqftfr q Rqqrflqat wt qffiqrftqli stft $ufl qrqr+qrâ&#x201A;Źt I

(|6ilrnfli{rrw{rqG gt w{ qi wqqr qI(Q g gqrt gurEdl {rfr igqir n iB ff Sloho 34. If the malefic ptrn*i, occupying thc ?th bhava be rwo, the femaleborn will be lustfully inclinedand become a widow ; if they be thrce, she will be unchastc and ulrimately do away .with her husband; when a beneiic lli.lrr,:r is in thc ?th bhava.

sr. 36-36

ffisqlrr

963

the femaleconcernedwill become the favourite wife of a king's minister; when there are three such planets in that bhava,she will becomethe queen of a ruler of tbe earth.

qrfr;qirrqfrftrcr&naqrE.--fr;qesl s il

srqTftwrq+( t *\ quq,rrrrwil{Fmr tq",i ruilil qFilrErn(T ueunt ffqrfiilIiq$

grdt tr"qlw( FUR ll 1\ ll

Slofta 35. When Venus and Saturn occupy each other's Navamsaor aspect mutually, the femaleborn in the Eth rising Navamsaof Kumbha will be afflicted with too much lust; she will becomea widow when a malefrcplanet occupies the ?th place from the Moon; if the planet in the ?th bhava from the Moon be auspicious, the yoga will $ecureto her sovereign authority (a royal domain). NOTES.

It will be seen that the 8th Navamsa of Kumbha is Vrishabha Navanrsaand is owneclbv Venus. c/. 'lrtedt

g{rfRd}qft qwqt{FrgF,rl d*sq afh,rrrrlfr qeit I eitqrqtitqrrqntflr{E:qtqr rdtfii: ilq q geqrEifrfildqF?r ll Also .ilil{it{(ul

qaTfRdEr er;fr.q{r}qrqfifRarqff ng} qziftr t;q'{nrFnTrt ftnrn qrit qil*RfirrH;rif\:ll Also gâ&#x201A;Źsqloq

z*flFrlqfHdfR*qwqtin {rh il qG qa{tffiqqi<r:i i{tf\: dtqaqfafiqoq{ts snrf:d nqfi qilFftftqdri.l: 11

dqrqot {ftrgrgt *iqlFEm{il gnqdftdi aTqI

rir ffA qft ilx qrdrgtrdhmqtetfrriin uq rr 120

Adh.xvr.

ilC'5trrR!||l

961

Sloka 36. When the rising sign at the birth of a femaleie occupieCby the Moon and Venus,shewill be rhort,temperedand live in easeand comfort. In every casewherethe Lagua is occupied by the Moon, the femaleborn generally lives in easewith no craving for carnalenjoymentand is amiable. NorEs' c/. fcqa* quotedin arcrte.

dil{rftilr S,pqqufre.* *6u*

q I firqnggdT

gt +orar g*r.nqgfrIgidar een{aaiq tt

€qgrnftrrnilotq.dtffqgfTEtu t

u'rfuilr ff{gqrgtqr sililr$il u{gumfrqrtt le tl Sloha 37. If a sign owned by Venus orthe Moon be the Lagnaat the birth of a female,she will be amiable for virtues and good looks. If the Lagna belong to Jupiter or Mercury, she will be skilled in fine arts. If Jupiter, lvlercury and Venus occupy the Lagna, the femaleborn will be renowned for the possessionof evety feminine excellence.

fl-{Tqdl i{qq{q*;R{A

wG* q{ft diowlkn q t

ilEfl ggxqi-d gRqfrgtnal w wegq{ffitM q+al fl 1( ll S/o&a38. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 5th, the 9th or a Kendra bhavaor is in exaltationat the birth of a female,shewill be well-behaved,chaste,bearinggood of excellences;she will oono, happy and poseessed verily bring credit to her own and her husband's families.

sl. 39-40

956

*cfr${rcr

qRg{s6urF{frrfrg.{funr

crdftt {t(lcilrqr€dfr: ggr I qgr{ga$6,r qg} {eqi{ a-dfrg{Tflnt {rqfi{ q ftr ll lq ll

Slola 39. If the Lagna at the time of birth of a femalebe aspectedby beneficplaneta,shewill be skilled in the arte, pure-minded,modestat all times,handsome, bearingworthy sonsand have muchwealth and enjoy' ment; shewill be highly in favor with her husbandand becomethe recipientof a thousandblessings'

q*ffiqqfuf\:gs{ilh'(ftr ffiReqntqffit

snfr{qil ftosrmrqffetrffir

w{ffit qrfrnt fuil+( ll 8o ll {r,rqTgrqrR

Sloha 40. When the Moon occupiesKataka iden' tical with the ricing sign and when Venuc, Mercury, born will Jupiter an,J the Moon are strong, the female be profoundly learnedin the several sciencesand artt, and renowned for her spiritual influence. When a malefic planet is in the ?th bhava, the female concerned will devote herself to asceticism corresponding to the planete if any in the fth bhava. The yogas enumerated hitfierto are to be considered in connection witb the time of birth and the time of gift of a girl in marriage. Norns. The readiug fiqe}<q{t is hopelossly corrupt. something likc lft q'qqt Qf. snr+el quoted in inlct'

1t qrffi

It ought to bc

T{t qE Qqrrqqft iFq. I

966

qtilFrlnirqtr

Adh. XVI.

qrsqTqrlirfrdqTi?q qtqqq \q tt

ef',fnivgt$, qrilr$qGtfiortrrlat t d qaqrfiqlsrqi+,nrdgs{rdTq tl Also see next .,lol;a.

ntsfr iirqrrilErq<T erqi r*sqt gqfrdsd,{h I $ert +tuGqi{EFrsriR;arqrqitâ&#x201A;ŹsS fiMcq tt Sloko 41. When a malzfic planet is in the 7th bhava,the woman concernedwill without doubt devote herselfto the asceticismanswering to the planet in the 9th bhava. The yogas mentirrned hitherto become ap, plicable in connection with the time of marriage, the time of selectinga girl, the time of her gifr and the time when a query is maderegardingher. Norss. This as well as sloka 43 have been taken frorn llrihat Jatalia. Any planet-whether beneficor malefic--will not bring about widowhood but will make the woman born more devoted to her h u s b a n d . S h e w i l l s a c r i f i c eh e r s e l f f o r h i m a c c o r d i n gt r t h e p h i losophical temperamentdenotedby the planet in the 9th house as d e s c r i b e di n A d h : X V . S l . l 5 s u p r a . A n i m p o r t a n tp r i n c i p l e i s e n u n c i a t e d h e r e . T h e r e r n u s t b e a planet in the 9th*positive Trikona of the zodiac-to give good r e s u l t s a t t h e t i m e o f r n a r r i a g e ,b e t r o t h a l ,e t c . , o r a t t l r e t i r n e o f talk regardingrnarriage. -r{ulT{{

Also

eTrhqrt qtqrnqdtniqa;qi d qrft fi:ea*q r qrilert sInnIAgi,i fioel F{ dfihqa ginEr ll

flr(t{rdl

fr qrfheqirqi qe Aqil qqfAdiq I qeFqrrns)fr ilil qqt qq{qtk tl

sl. 42-43

ffistqrq:

967

q;qsrt fiaft a ft=mqiq{il aqt r fi=.q elqi a q.dl*rsrr-tnrqfruefi tt ffiq;giltslu q i*eiqi i{dr ilenI diqi h'm gHrt qei arqftuqiqtt BRtl Sloh:t 42. Tlre {orcgoinq inquiry in regard to femalesis applicrblc,as is saidby a wisc sagc,to the time of their birth, the time of thcir marriagc, the time of query and th'- time of going in qucst of them and may leadalso to the revelation of the character of their htrsbands.

rtset filrqil fiqt"{frt '"a\A\

qat fuil qrntr (aI {q qRsr t

siâ&#x201A;Ź{ig

qrui qq}E ttQni

wqffiSqrcTgatffi

ll 81 ll

Slohu 43. When the 8th bhrva is occupied by a maleficplanet,the woman conccrnedbecomesa widow and the widowhood will occur at the age(period after marriage)signified by thc ruler of the Navamsaoccupied by the lord of the 8th house; when benefic planets occupythe Znd houseat the sametime, the woman herself will,die before her husband and she will have few children wfen the Moon is in Virgq Scorpio, Taurus or Leo. Norrs. The period given for eaclt planet in tlre Naisargikayurdaya (vide V-2 supra) system is the period meant here when widowhood OCCUfSb

If born with any

one of the signs Virgo,

Taurus, Leo and Scorpio as the Lagna and a malefic pianet in the 8th bhava and a benefic planet in the Znd bhava, she dres without undergoing widowhood and without issuer

lrtaffia

958

Adh.xvr.

mFqTfrilfdmg ft{tr{fr {ftfr qeq$flqftgrrr Ti €Fgqi qiGqq,Trqeinh €F!Iq: qth es girg Efimi nqr: qri qsil tt Al"o w<R-d

qe r trqsetE fuqr fiq-<rRqftiqi{* ds fiiTttirryqqr{ aer' nfrffffi, tt

ffqT@qqfte ftrfttq{Qseqg1rqR I

sru{qigqgt frftftt qr&q erq ll Also qrcnrr<q

r-qeTdtfrftqil qq qtt I \qaqereqnQEseq* nl*drqrtil: er.e{ R u €cg:qT*6q qFfr5il.{rqr, qhqraft rqrfr,ilffi sg ileqgtr I {mT*

sdro{+gqA+H

gnil {gil q }*q. rr

Also q-ir{irtl

tt"gfr qiiq-uqfiqi Frc,i dtfr: tt tl UertsR*,l16BtRqfi qr€qnqqr

The following additionel information from qi-d11frfir will be found to be useful.

+EqrfiqFqd q ftf,t td: +frri ;FITI( Qerargtq{qt*rqfrdrg-ffi d;f,r ftEr I lrr'rxlT n fiqqrsT{r€ngil srr &}qTT{r ll (l) eldest brother, (2) mother, Astrologers declare',that t. (3) fathor, and (4) youngest brother respectively of a person will die (soon efter the marriage) if his wife be born under the stars (l) Jyeshta(2) Aslesha (l) tvtmta and (4) Visalrha. Females born under the asterisms Qlitrn' Ardra, Aslesha' Iveshta, Satabhishak, Moola, Srittika and Pushyatwill be barrsa, .will becomewidows

sr 44-46

e69

f,risqtq;

will be without wealth.

ffqt€t+tqtl|nl:

n€{!\:gFqFr4I{IFlil:

(Fwrgg gqq+45flor*-Ciqrqrflqat t

,rg:ffimft ggffiltil +Eqrqrftsr nfr f,rqfrtftgq$ql q gdgqtq€naisei tt If the lorcls,rf (t) the Lagna, (Z) ttre 9th houseand(3) thc sign occupied by the l\loon be associated rvith benefics and are posited in good housesand be of brilliant ravs (be not be eclipsed), the woman concernedwill be held in high esteernby her relatioos. She will do many good deeds,will be very bandsome and be pros' Derous. She witl please her husband, bear good sons and be virtuous in her disposition,the period of this happy life with her husband depending on the strength derived by the 8th house from bcnelics (either by associationor aspect).

cH fr{rt gqTgTrtqffifrt{r gt Erqdr@siRgsl

qsd qwrfr q qfr il o{fd srqi sffit ilgt gqq€gtqgFdqFrrrs ll 88 ll

Slohu 44. When the 8th bhavahas strengthof a mixedcharacterowing to its beingoccupiedor aspected by auspiciouoaEwell as inauepiciousplanetc, the pair will die at one and the $ame time, say the astrologe$ unanimously. When the lords of the 7th bhava and the Lagnaare together in one bhavaor when the lotd of the ?th bhava is in the Lagnaand the lord of the latter occupies the ?th bhavain conjunction with an auspiciouaplanet, the husband and the wife will die simultaneously.

refts qqtq m d RqtrmqM

{a{{l(ilqeiiqqTit E{HAI} qRqtsilqis ll B\ ll

qRrr5crFqrt

960

Adh.xvl.

Sloho 45. Wben auspicious planets occupy the 2nd bhava,say the reveredseniors,the femaleconcerned will haveher death ar the time of the ripening of their Dasasand during the Antardasa and Apaharaof the planetoccupyinsthe 8th bhava, its lord or tlre lord of the Navamsa wherein is the lord of the 8th bhava (whicheverof them may have predominant strength).

t{cn{nFTrt $G $ru{ gwwq(gh$rcrdrtmt r t

iqqw?+;i mlqi {r qfut

qgqng(a<it.rrEtqrfr qttt il 8E tl

Sloko. 46. Wl'ren thc krrd of the 3rd bhavalrap, pens to be a male planct of predbminant strength occupyinga malesign idcnticalwitn'the 2nd, a Kcndra or a Kona bhava ;rnd is aspectcd'by or in conjunction with a male planct,the girl born will have a brother deetinedto enjoy much wcaltir and happiness,

trilErurHqor$ilgt FtotT(l qeqilI{rqril A\

lnot't'igoruqirdâ&#x201A;ŹiT(t sn(iTq.â&#x201A;Źtit u Be tl

'f of the Slofut.17. hc girl at whose birth the lor..Js Lagna ird and th: llth L:havasfrom thc occupy the 5th bhavawill havc a brother endowed with thc spirit, the v i r t u e s a n d t h c m a j c s t i cm i e n o f a r u l c r o f m e n .

il srEqfronqrq.tl \

qQil Ir,qEqF(( rtitiTo{Fq troTon{d A

\A'

qalflr dr ,r\ r dr.q"*qfr+rqqfrqiai

dlqrqrqtirc\ {ftsi {rrsftqigriqr

ffErrt{r ffiort* qqUtiiei qqrttFqalll 8c ll

ffic.qrr,

sl. 48-49

e61

Sloka 48. When the ?th bhava is without streugth, unoccupied and aepected not by a benefic but by a malefic planet, the female born will bave a contemptible wretch for her hueband; when Mercury is in the 7th bhava, the husband will be impotent ; if Saturn be a6so' ciated with Mercury in the same bhava,the woman will be barren or loathed by her husband; when a moveablesign representEthe 7th bhava, he will alwaya be awaY from home' Nores. Porhaps the readiug must be xai qlq +mt: (*rar={lgtv). C/, rr.iqld-{ quoted in tinw.

gqtQ gib uel qrqq-(ftilfhil r

n)'qcr€ar{t} qat flgo* qq( tt gqqFqgisFtq qft: frqsil, ql:q I q;ErTr qr gffi qrsfrHi q fre qqlfrdi ll

est qru{} q ilfr+ qt.titr* | qalqqrsiljo:<tI( ftqdreTt qiq tt llso 'itd+Iu{q

q* q-qqqflq\qda?df+a friil qrorql:flm'e qrqfiigftq\, {Tt€q:dlfia, t arfr* gqq-{q}qfiUq qos}qqfrfad aa] a* dt-fqtvrftrritaqk q f{rrRqfa:tl

r\lso fEsslil{

q;+ +Tge{isqes<qq{ {i'i'qq(4lqti tl *frseh gur-{taittJ-tfi* qsffitf}aa:

qit qrqfr 6rqi {erii#iqrfia}diqftr qd firequtitqftil{'i qrt {T*qr I {iar{ q;(gi fitFEqqir qiq qE{'rrqt

g* qr;nqg:gdt q {fti ?:dsRqdriq ur l1! Lr

962

qrilsqrrtqfi

Adb.xvl.

Sloka 49. Wben the Sun occupiesits own Na' vamEain the 7th bhava, the female born will havea husband gentleand diverting by his excessiveplayful' neEE. When the Moon occupiessucha position, she will be h.ppy; when Mars is in the sameposition,the husbandwill be devotedto his wife though playingthe gallanttowardsother women; if the planetoccupying its own Navamsa in the Tch bhava be Mercury, the huabandwill be learned; if Jupiter be in that bhava,the will get a spousewho will haveall his femaleconcerned undercontrol; if it be Venus,the huebandwill senseg and voluptuous;lastly,if it be Saturn,he be handcome will be an old dolt. Nortss. q,iqrd* (lacc. quoted in ef.

aTFt*eint eq{qaiffiqt T€: r ffesril eaiil qiif €f,w{{r:qR: ll *tsri eiq|* *} dAA ftdq' qft' r sl"iset eiah de qnlfqarqq(gsl rr qiisFt qirrh eii gqqr{f+Fitfuq: r E*sFt €i{r+ d} +qrfrITrnril(gS n qtsrt €tql* &} z*irWl ,ria.qR:t qqssqrrfddiSqtelq non tl qt;qItEIS\ gurEr{qrr-.* qrftflIt{{ssil g rnsttls I

fiRsSret{uirqqri rdtfinfdsqm{ nqrnlt \o ll Slota 50. When a femaleis born in a Navamsa belongingto the Rasi of the 7th bhava, her husband of excellentqualitiee,and will be softbodieci,possessed full of assurance.When Saturnin the ?th bhavaoccupier hia own Amsaor Rari, the femaleconcerned will dull huaband. exceedingly to an old and wedded be

st.51-52

{sqif3tqmr

963

qilgtiEq (sd e qq.Iâ&#x201A;Źrrnfqir .Iai 4qb{T{rqfMkffiErqGl Rett mfi{rai{ffifr qnt*fi qtqr qR rqorilttqr*nq tl \t ll qqfgrEqqisfr Slola 61. A femalewill haver decrepithusband when the lorcl of the 9th bhavarnd lupiter happento occupya g:<llct(Dustthana) at her birth; hc will be tong,titt.Jancl wealthy if the two planetsoccupya Tri' ko-oraKendrabhava.Iftheybeassociatedwiththe lord of the 4th bhavaor Mercury, the husbandwill be a perEonof learning; if they be associatedwith Mars o, S",.rrn,he will be an agriculturist; if with Rahuot Ketu, a villain; if with the lord of the 6th bhava, he will becomea robbepchi'eftain.

,furr: qffi

Rautqr$ qttqurt

q-e 6rgurFE(:6{r(I$rft errrdqiq t

{xs r((fro$ qgirqrtftr'sTFil: $q

ffi qqqnt tt \R ll Rirfrqgsmqq"dksr

Sloha 52. Thehusbandwill befair'limbed,lustful and have fiery eyes when the Sun occupies the ?th bhavain a femrle'shoroscope;if the Moon be in that bhava the husband o[ the female concernedwitl be worthy, spare,voluptuousand troubledwith handaome, ailmeots; if Mars be in the ?th bhava,ghewill have for delightingin her apouse,a man humble in appe:'rance, crueliy, rudolent,with a ready tongue and of a ruddy hue; if Mercury occupy the bhava in question, the hurband will be a man of taste, amply endowed with learning,wealth and excellentgualities.

e64

qnriFTrfuilt

Adh.xu.

fiqt5ffiqrRrEr nTffq ild gtf {rd ffifrdfuqgtr urat uRr qqrqfrrI

qA r{ut{trsftrrcgrqr{tqfrrfiqt n* ErfrfUfr fW qk*flqlsrn

ir$qs\Q

Slohu 5:J. If the plarer occupying the ?th bhava be Jupiter, the husbandof the femaleconcernedwill be a peraonblessedwith long life, with wealth and power equalto a king's,and lustful in his youth ; if Venuo, he will be lovely, ever playful and diverting and gifted with the highestpoeticalfaculcy; if Saturn, hc will be old, infirm and wicked; and lastly if Rahu or Ketu be in the ?th bha'.ra,the hueband of the femaleconcerned will be a low, evil,mindedwretch or somesuch person,

geretfritat Rt{tMt*{ufiwgwrr

t aritqqqre*fiqrdi frqlf'qmatq-cr r

gifiweds w*qtatagrnrgar: d urqqftrstit ilgo raqmsr&ffi{rttull tq-crqffit qrffiqrRqrt rft diaEqairq{il dtqr(il.qrrT:qtâ&#x201A;Ź{l tl S/oArr54. In thie chapter on FemaleHoroscopy, we have given accurately with referenceto hucbands the sameinformation which we gave while treating of men's horoscoperegarding wives such as the regions from which they may come,their status,the frrotection of their virtuc and the quaiities evincedin their acts. The numberof children will correspondto tire number of Navamsasattainedby the powerful amonqthe planets c;ccupyingthe ?rh bhavaor its Amsa. The lord of that bhavawhen occupying a Kendra will producc m':cl: jubilation on marriageand otb.crfestal occagions.

Thur endr&c.

qrfrfiqtftilraegq{frsdlrTlr: il sl${t$,Etl[ttffi3 Adtryaya

XVII.

KetacnnxRADASA. The (qtuqm) kalacbakra'system of ayurdaya rsferred to elrady in Adhyaya 5, stoka 33, is based on the Moou's position in a ;fqFfqr{ or quarter of an asterism. For the purposes of this ayur' daya, the 27 stars from Aswini to Revati are classified into nine groups of three eacb, the five odd groups or triads beircg' strled ttq (Savya) or aRtol (Dakshina) and the four even ones ae slrrflal' (Apasavya) nq (Vama) or iIfi (Uttala). The peculiaritv of a n{ (Savya) triad !s that its l2 padas (qta) are assigned to the l2 Rasis from Mesha onwards. [n an l,r{â&#x201A;Źe{ (Apasa''ya) triad, the t2 padas belong to the I 2 Rasis reckoned in a reverse order from

zia6 gou*' qq (Savya) The 12 Naksbatra'lradas (a{Tqa) whether of a or of an 3{qA-C (Apasavyal triad can be brought under the four triangular signs according to the Rasis to which they are severally assigoed. Iu accordance with this classification,four kinds of c{qER (paramayus) or maximum life will be shown to result. (Yide sroka l2). (Kalachakra nakshatrapadayus) iu its Each qnqrqfi-qqaqt<l1rr. rnahadasas ( qcKal ) presided ovgr nine eotire length comprises The orCer in which the saveral lords. by nine Rasis aod their is indicated in the Naksbatra padas got each its nine rnahd.dasas (Savya) and qcsq (Apasavya) rnnemonic formulas for the w4 cbakras respectively. These formulas are expressod by couvcs' tional letters qaqqft (Katapayadi) referred to already in page 696. Two additional letters S aail Ft used in the formulas denote the numbers I I and l2 respoctively

965

966

rRrrwacR

Adh. xvII,

The following hints may give a clue to ths law govorning tho essignment of the rnRhqrlagssto.the sovoral Naksbatra padas. In I (qqfi (Savya cbakra) tbe mahadasas begin from Mesha onwards to Meena and thence they pass on to Vrischika and go in a rcvcrse order up to Dhauus and thence revert to Mesha and cad is Mccna. 'Thus wc have bad 3 cycles reprcsentiug 36 mabadrsss for the first four Rasyamsas ( <r+it ) or the first nakshatre of a triad. Thc 4th cycle begins with Vrischika and passing on in a reverse ordcr ends in Dhanus. The 5th cycle ruus from Mesha to Meena ; thc 6th from Vrischika backward to Dbaous, These three cycles' give the kalachakra dasas to the four nakshatra padascomprising the sccond star of a $;q (Savya) triad. The 7th' 8th, and 9th cycles are identical with the lstr 2nd and 3rd cycles-respectively -that the four padas of the 3rd star of a tfat Thus it will be seen (S*wa) triad have the same mahadasasas those of the first. Tbore are uine cycles also corresponding to the twelve padas of an s{câ&#x201A;ŹEq(.\pasavya) triad, but with this difference. The cycles in this cbakra run in an order exactly the opposite of what obtains in the Sdzfqfi (Savya chakra!. The first cycle begins with Dha' nus aud ends with Vrischika. The second runs from Meena to Mcsha in tbe reverse order. The third passes from Dhaous to Vriscbika identically with the lst. These three cycles assign tbe mabadasato the first four padas comprising the first oakshatra of an r|{q6q (Apasavya) triad. The 4th and the 6th cycles are idcttical with the 2od, i, e., from Meena in a reverse ordcr to Mcsha while the 5th is with the lst or the 3rdr i. 8., from Dhanus to Vrischika. These three enable us to find the mahadasasof the qqâ&#x201A;Źat (Apasevya) middle four padas forming tbe second star of an triad. It is a peculiarity of the agqpq*q5 {Apasevva chakrr) that tbe hst four padas bave the same mehadasas as the middle ones; tbat is thc 7th, 8th and 9th cycles eortespond to thr 4th' 5th and 6tb rcopoctivety in an arqq6{qfr (Apasavya chakral' For tbe lengths of the rnahadasa periods of the several Rasis and their lords, thr reader is reierred to stolra 6.

sr.1-3

ffilktcr

96?

that thc iraximum length of the life of any person whether born in the beginning, middle or eud of a qETTqK (nakshatra pada) should not exceed the length of the nine mahadasas(for that pada) reckoned from that at birth. For a knowledge of the terms,fu (OeUa), jils (Jeeva), cuEF{IR (lvlandukagati), c{.{rft (Markatagati), (Simbavalokua), iMrr the reader should refer to slokas gg_.g2. In connection with the 16grn5 qoEfirrfil (Mand"La gati) and rtaqfr (Markata gati), it will be interesting to note that in a Hqa;6 (Savya chakra), the trvo movements take place from Kanya to Kataka and Simba to Mi. thuna rospectively, while in an aTqâ&#x201A;Ź-o{qrf,(Apasavya chakra) they are invariably from Kataka to Kanya and Mithuna to Simha and these occur only in the cycles which run from vrischika to Dhanus and tice acraa. A reason for this wiil appear wheu we remember that it is only by such an arrangement the order of planets iu both the cycles can be made identical.

{otrqq(||rfl;i fu* q{qFR'rr{ t ffiq{qwdtglqfu{urils{u t tl rrqrutq?R{qt* r{qlCIr r

ilarqilrrfrtmi nnuqot Tfr [ t tl SlokasL-2. Bowing to Siva,the aupremeaoul,the prime cau6eof all things, standingin the centre of ttre planetary syEtemsand comprehendingin his onoi, rciencethe 64 branchesof knowledge, the all-benign goddesa ParvariaekedrharEupreme Ruler of all GodaL follows : " Tell me,oh lord, in detail the entire courlc of the wheel ol time irrarq$(Kalachakra)." n

lfi snq I

qtqGectrslt q;i iqt tqqqrt I *diq frqH?strt((.|tq(qnf,{I[ illtr

'- -------*

Adh' XVU

ffi

e66 t

- t -

ffilFq: qrR; gs:

Adh. xVlI.

ttcffint

9T0

----_t-T -'d;-l;|".F: F?!! tsd

F, hs V

(n c.I

I*' i

Ir _

roin'- sl

tol rolsr{n?4lsm<errn-';F=lFo" -l----l L____l_.-1-=-

'j};* ,iH;*,_ *, )lh- ,3 irn*o,ilI**_ t-ll^

tt----l_______,t.-t_._______

,io,oi+'- 6 rlotl,nslm<a- 5lo-as'cqrtl.og.- ' l*'l i*unol-.-l---l-l-._-i

,"8 I ':v

wn rEb

Fi ro

| | ge: lqlssqq'<' I F*ut--.-_L---+------.-r-

6 zleeiitsl'rol6"-ns"-zlu"ru*-tol+artr- s --.-1-'

I I 1 roiit-. .: rrln'rluut' 4lc+taf ilta{t- lc lnuwra' I li"n.- tolginrra* I

t-_-,-,-t_----l--

s llq2lqrltrl^ I ln lrs: lc f.dr{cE:i iag"-"u- rlrvuum-tolal5u- zl*e{"l-it( 5lcr4lmllctI I l,i,lr'tr+m: I srw: im=qo- sifirâ&#x201A;Ź."R-slr+aa- ztla<nu- t ttt--_-t-.1--l

I I la-uwr:I rt

rll | gir7i(sftle' log+'- lo,zia-+gs-zlo"'gn- l6\*-+r1t-

e7t

GEErrSsrflrr

tq-g.r-

zlrrlqttl** sloolzlf"gn-rolag"*-si,nr<a-sj+z+a-<zrl-

,ll:"1*

gwmtI

2,ql6ils-6;rt"

ft-4

_t-

brt-

gift<ft I

ttlr!fi-rgt-

j--.1 ",*]

L2,c10rts+-q-

I z[ts'frrtollDrma- 2fr"<'g{- I

ti*ST- t6ldqtqr;r-l qt.<qrfi-

-t.

olq*

siftr<f*-

tzlotoprrw-

;tr-

rol$qn?-

972

ilRtT'|lRilI

Adh.xvl[.

Easwara saidSloha 3. ' I

am of the nature of the Sun eod thou art declared to be the Moon. The whole universe coneistingof mobile and immobile things is brought about by the conjunction and opposition (separation) of the Sun and the Moon.

q{fl*rrftrderqf€qt frSffimilltlrutf I xrmlil eK{ afrrqrmcirRqrqrftrWcfls ll Sloka 4. Draw five straight lines from weEt to eastand five cross"wisein such a manner that the inte, rior four squaresare left vacant (are not representedin the chakra). The reeultingtwelve squaresarethe twelve celegtial signs Mesha and others, the lords of the east and other pointa of the compass.

firail{lTffi

Filurffig

l l

qqFeq?il tt \ tl nfrrnqrtu,tuqt*ft

Sloha 6. Wise mensay that Mars, Venuo,Mer, cury, the Moon, the Sun,Mercury,Venus,Mars, Jupiter, Saturn,$aturnand Jupiterare respectivelythe lords of the signs from Meshaonwards and also of their am$aE.

I aEftnqtr{rdqqs {te,f?r{EFmnr qglt-+ rrrrccEr ttffi qrffi Eqr(ll q lt S|oha 6. 6, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the yearo respectively of the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun. The yearo of the signs correopond to the yearEof their lorda.

lsg?q(qc5risnGs r

d{Tr{ qqHqnnER.qsi *[ tt s tt

8r.7-11

q(I{*ssrq:

vt3

mdqqi{Rd.q{rftg \S q r

dqsr{ Ef\flEftit qurlqw6rm!ll c ll

SJaftas 7-8. In the 5 triads of stars beginning Hasta,Mula and reopectively with Aswini, Punarvasu, from \{ecba in quarters Purvaprorhtapada,reckonthe order. ln tl'refour triads com' the cd*ut (Pradakshina) mencingwith Rohini, Maktra, Visrkha, and S'ravana, reckonthe quartersfrom Vrischika in the sull6o (Appradakehina) order.

I EQtorrfrffiqterq{tqrs{rP{g

q*i qEiMrfs {}ard ii;q*.gar ll q ll gtKrxqreil{gt}rfirqqcthorq r 6Gnqrqri(**qftrt {rd6t qiQrira tt t " ll

Slokas 9-10. The qx (chakra) consisting of a qftq (Dakshina) triad of stars should be cast in the cfiq (Pradakohina)order from Mesha to Meena among the 12 Rasis to which the Navamsas composing the triad belong. Again, the 12 quarters of the triad called lm (Utara) (in contrast with qf*qr (Dakshina) of the previous sloka) are to be assigned to the 12 Rasis in the slrqftq (Appradakehina) order from Vriscbika to Dhanuo. Thuc, qftq (Dakshina) and Ytt (Uttara) have to be apprehendedas distinct each from the other.

qTiffi fu$ ffrq r qEqrqwqqrftr ffi qrqiiqatilt fft {torilll tt l} Stoto 11. Thus, the triadu of stars reckonedfiom Aswini are to be distinguishedas qftq (Dakshina)aod sw (Uttara) just as their padasare reckoned in the sqftq (Pradakshina)or rrglhq (Appradakehina)order

974

rril'5qrfud

Adh.xvII.

of Raois. In the q:c (Savya)triad the reckoningbegins with it (Deha). In the qqâ&#x201A;Ź6q(Apasavya)triad it beginewith ** (Jeeva).

hq@qtqqeqtl iln*f qflEffi(r $qr( ilT s'iurr{is eeE( il t R tl Sloha 17. In the rftr (Amaas) i. e. quarrersof the repreeentingthe housesMesha, Vrishabha, nakshatras Mithuna and Kataka,the greatest life is declared to result,beingmeasured respectively by the numbers100, 85, 83 and86. The sameholds good in respectto the Trikona Rasisof the four foregoing.

qfirg3qitildiafrfr {s'arqq I

q+ q nrqiqrck rnm*qt u tl tl fi{s do-fiMqril frsrqqqsaqqt Slolas 13and t3l. There.canthus be a thorough knowledgeof the ageof a person when what are called |6 (Deha) and sfra(Jeeva)are previously settled. Io ihg f,cqqs(Savyachakra) the first division of every Rari is called|6 (Deha) and the last is termed dr (Jeeva). In the q$rtqrx (Apasavya chakra) this is reversed.

kdt Tfl {rss*'gft* ftr fueru tB tl

eil ilRr{ q+EgR tqr rrdt r

Slohas13+-14+. When Rahu, Ketu,Maro,or the Sun happento be in the conjuncrion of tr (Deha) and ilr (Jeeva),there will be deathin conoequence thereol. If they happento be in tc (Deha)alone, diseasesetc in. Cy. ntrrrr

tt*qnqrfril*n,srRqrfift:r

d€Ed$ttrcr

Sl. 16-17

ffit

9?6

qu qgil+Onr iilt tl

qr Fqlig fl** fqdtrlflqftc; 1

ce n$qtfrt dq{rqu da. rr *q,itt E Euq: I k+t rTQTqril epqi sfrtrqrlqeqil qTxrt{q: tl dti ff+ T{rng: n}ft{m} .P' ftqd:I €?gfir€qft wqr arFng<lanfifr tt

Nrq.Jii qrds{frrfr **q qrd{rlt t\ tt g€*qffit q{ fistqPffi{dq I iqaftqdg* ii,ri 'fi'oqqgrn(ll qq ll

Slolas 14]-16. When Mercury, Jupiterand VenuEgo to a house which representstt (Deha) or sfic and pror(Jeeva), then everything tendsto happinebo perity and there is an end of sorrow and sicknesc. When the tt (Deha) or the *q (Jeeva) house ic occupiedby a mixture cf good and bad planetc, the effectwould be of a mixed nature. Norrs' Parasara adds:

dti dt+ qil tlq: *oit dtq' Ra' ftqa' t

nET frc"qrg{Fntqyufta{FT{ll

qrqfrqenrqli tqfi+ q g'e* r

grfr*eurfrtg'fitt gr rtq tt

qtrguqti+ {qqrGgEqte.t fi g.{ffi

manffi

s1ErflGffii€t(tl

qoq.{rrftdqt t

qqqigq'{ftq qrqiffiuF,qt lt ls u

e76

qrilrdt!f,

Adhxvrr

Bloha L7. At the time tfere ic a lHra gimhavalokana, backward glanceof a lion, aidc infra cloka 89-91)or a rcqqqft (Mandukagati,a frogleap)happens, there ic danger of untimely death from which one ic releasedby an expiation. af. 'm{t

q"{+ g g.{r6qrfqfr*}q rTQqqq. I Tfoi rrrtq qqq r{fi ll

fiRTrqt *$t qrsRffreirfqgisR q I qrg+qfafiflr t medrlqmnqqrr ffi g r&+ qrsfrqlt i\ &q q r fkrqdsi iq ar€{iq st ota. rr ftaffiqri q qp-qfiqfrtiqq,r efi€rgq€fut qrqfhnHlilqrd tl

dtnsTkt qrt -qt .nfr fqfu{ r

ir{nql: m+}qrt rr6+gftrrttr{.tt f{<tsftgi qTtfaqi ;qrftrliqEq, r nznrsd qA q*,,ffiRM rr frErgIffi frqrnqr*,iqt gq:rr

{iry EfIt qrtaqtr*fr ttrnq r

\e or qrftr( u*t trt qr{t;5{qgft! n td tl

Sloic 18. When there is a transit from Meena to Vrischika, fever attacksthe personsconcerned. When there is a paosagefrom Kanya to Kataka, the death taker place of one'gmother, relation or wife.

ifiRrnrat qrt eurfrtitaql t

ftttEfu qrilqab*gdft{e(tf tq tl

"31 """"-""" """"" t]3::,". "-""".""""9, a panage from Kaaka

SJofta19. When there is wiae irtroto $inha (after a qqssd - Mandukapluti), a wound' iog* .t o,tld predict a iir.".t due to an ulcer or there When there is a passagefrom Simhato Mithuna' will be diseaeeor deathof one'sown wi[e'

g1r;g€frR?rrtlqt"t{G glr t

g{ft"fuqqti qIqqESqq{ ll 1o ll

Dhanus Sloka ZO. When the transit ir from relative is to to Mesba, the death of a son or other such When an auspicious planet occupiet L. "ppr"t "nded. when it has the houre of trangit, there is no risk; but a malefic planet, there is danger'

irFtrns6& qfr r{qrt Tfft u+( t wd Matiq g{qrrf qFr"qRll lt ll

to Stoka 71. When there ig a transit from Kanya during the Ketakathe personconcernedbecomesgreat portion of it, and goesupona happytrip towardo ;;;;; the north.

fr{tg M qrt K{qI'iRs*nqt srqtit c t*-si g€qnrtrrffi ll 11 ll

Sloka 22. When there i$ a transit from Simtrato M it hu n a , t h e f o r me rp o rti o n th e re o fsh ouldbeshunn of an undertaking; at the commencement as inauspicious but :r trip then in the southwestwill be auspicious'

sffiilfttrrffi{t{r6{l

dW,ttfq{q|flat4qqr(rrrqdqi( tt 11 ll

Stoha. 73 When tbere is a transit from Kataka of to $imha in a q€q (savya) movement, there is failure one's business and sickness comes in its wake ; and 123

ftrwftufr

Adh.xvll

, in plain Englioh, there is a paEsag€from Simha towards Vrishrba through Mithuna,

qt{tTIf{* rri scrqqn ttifeqI

qrqrit qriqrrr6qrft+g€ftfu',, 18tl Sloha 24. When there is a passagefrom Meena to Vrischika, i. e. in the northern direction, croubledigappearo. When the transit is from Dhanus to Mesha, the parcageis risky ; disease ancl cleathof a relaticin may occur.

dr {qfaqnG g{ qEfrqfq\ |

gqlte WCiftrq{iqffi'rt Eurrq. n R\ tl Sloka 25. When thi-. passageis reversed, i. e, from Mesha to Dhanus there is prosperity, marriage and other euch auspicious evenc When the house lf transit io occupied by a bencfic pranet. there will be royal favor leadingto every kind of prosperrr.r.

.ir*qrarmr{| t& hqrqltqrq{rild}qqr{t qr*m kffit ?gd *,t qutqrqh ffirq rr Sloha 26. ln the caseof the qr (Chakra) lrlong ilg to Mesha, Dhanus and Simha, the lor,J of rhe ia (Deha) is Mars and the lorcl of fia (Jeeva) is Jupitel. In the caseof the sa (Chakra) belonqingto Vrishabha, Kanya and Makara, the lorcJof rhc il fb.hr) is Saturn and that of *e (Jeeva) is Mercury. This holda good for sscqrr ($avya chakra). This is to he taken in reverse orcier for the $Tq€6q-.t5 (Apasavya chakra). Comparethe followin, Tr"#1r, unknown).

astrologicalworl<tna're

sI.26

qrE*sr+rr{: il (r3{rls

*qe q qd tfr trsffq:q+lffin:t ulrg*-ii-e&*'qurqtcTfb,{: tI q$q qEii tq] ftgi frq e=qhr q-* u€* g*fro*-6*gqrwrrtl figqs z,ittt' q{ fiq: qft1ffia: t gsq-s]sdd s$l}d ustq, tt t odqq e'i qd frii frq, q-*1ff,c' Q;a&flrqgf,rq) gd-q} gQKqIll

ffrredh* tt fril fiq sd=qit ,*qg*Eietfr'ugtqqF{q:ll trqrqr:m{r tq: q,i dtq{fi wa: t

** ws* gngva<r&fr*qry, tt 6]66rqr: e,i iq: ffqr frq qt]=qt r

g{q* gp,fi.*g€ft ftfr gv, rt t&rc solt q id fiii ss:F€it:I g=e&ntftd\ ,l}di gtfi"q] gr: F€n:ll qrq<tq,il tq, srq eri q1qqfaF€d:I .rlrgfiga=e'fielrqq.q1-qqfhq, II r{6(s qd qd figii frq s=qf r q-{ gt: ga: gmi gWgqrtoqr tt *qe Eq*itte] ngi\ q1qs.qt r gnEtii\gQ&-.]g€fi* qgi{q, tt ftae g e.i fri te: mdaq:ffiq: q-{A$ Wfir} $fi-a} g€€,il tl

9T9

980

Adh.xvil.

fiiltFwnqrt I d{srqr*

[

qf{*e qg{q} }q: 6fo61 F€ir: I

gw.* Ua'frtfr ru: 1frrqf*'u*t'u *fr*rq' e,i iq, m-qr{q {i rga' 1 fi-q"rrEniisurq.* u*1gffior: rl €Fqr{n: fiqfiTfre, 5rtra.qili $(: I frffiqgxr: gae*\ $rrfi dqrtl ftaq {fbfr ad fi+ ffq gft F}rr:I unq* .T{' *tq' qq.g-alrr{: gsl: ll

gfrre -sdid ftit *q {ft rqd' r $i-* gofiq'gsd"+ {ft: ffi ,, flgae q,i *+ sqfrt( s;qt t *Fq1TqrqqlftFt;qqr rugqrtt1 tqer qmtlki fqgq ffq g'qt r tl ffi"Sdgnngerr<diq{r' iq€ c eq t* qu{q: q-+tHn:I gqkRilil"qrtf yg*'uRat: g;q: tl

ftqe q qd ff+ t(, +fo+:F€a:I ga,i'* gtfiepd'qr di: nrft tt $q€ g sqi E* ftgi) *q e'qt t ft'qTqngtfr q-Elfrq: gq: :rfi: lt qstq eq t€l figq frq s"qf t 11 fiqftgt{sltgtqqtfi*rtr: qTqed qq {qt N t( {fr rsd' t qq: sq: tt gElqfiffiq-qfr'<t

sL q?-30

981

lfFEdsEqrq!

s$ tfr grqtlri rrffdt*i gtqrqrung*tlqrrt wi qh *f*dters{ttt{ {|i\ dt-qrnffi ffir

of Sloha 2'1. ln the €6tTcs(Savyachakra),the lotd dfa Jeevais Mer' k (Deha) is Venus and the lord of to cury in the caEe of the ?s (Chrkra) belonging ct Miitr,tn",'fhula and Kumbha' With resPectto the by Kataka, Vrischika and Meena' the iAh;k;;i;ned iord, of dta lJeeva) and Q6(Deha) are respectively Jupiterand the Moon.

i€fiwqrtrfl{rfttRtrFrfqtt qffifr

qtoiqu*it a {wt ll qc lt

Stoha 28. When Mara,Saturn,the Sun and Rahu death is occupy tt (Deha)and sftq(Jeeva)separately' when to b.-f.rr.d' Of this there can be no doubt severalof them occupytheseplaces'

tard qatri flqgfri q(frq{ |

ilrqt t*rrqliur €;qt ilr tqqr ll 1q ll

Sloku 29. The planet occupying the ta (Deha) producesa dangerous;nalady while the one occupying tf both the tt ih. ,tru (Jeeva) brings on great riak' unu(Jeeva)bc occupied by the malefic pla' (Deha) "nd netsnamed(intheprevioussloka),then'undoubtedl the personconcernedbecomeca victim'

qtEffi q+rflrqlqruqfrftft t qgtt{Rtrqqrffiffi

ll 1o lt

qt Slofta 30, With two malefic planets in the (Deha)or frq (Jeeva) there will be growing diseae; with ihree of rhem,there oughtto besuddenor untime ly death. when all the four are preaent,deathretc in.

982

qmwrfrcril

Adh. XVII.

C{Gafif, a qrqrtsfrirQnI et+qttisf dnqrn l? rr

sloaa 31. If ?a (Deha) and sfis (Jeeva) be simul_ taneouell occupied.by a malefic planet, there is danger to be leared from the king, robb"., o, other such aqency, but if they be simultaneously occupied by two malefic planers,dearh will undotrbtedlyhappen.

qft-qrqrtfr fa{rq;} qaFHFtir{ | qli {rquil ftq {ruiilqqili rt-ir rt st gft qtq€Fn wq g*sftqqn1ry( |

d wtq iiln arq nii ffi

Fn{ n tt tl

Slokas 32-33. Damageby fire will resulr when the Sun ir in such a maleficposition. The Moon in the game position will cause injury by conflagrrrion. will bring on hurt inflicted by a deadly Y"rr i""pon Mercury will producetroLrbledue to flatul.rr.", J";;;;, in such an inauspicious position will cause trolUi. in the ctomach. Ventrs will bring on risk by f ire; Saturn p r o d u c e sc o l i c ; R a h u g i v e s b i r t h t c a i l m e n t sd u e t o venomousbites.

HrilqrirldTdtEi Enqr;tqtts$crsI

q-c] rq*runftq! il 18 tt ireilGFqrrfr wilseqrJ{qn: tfr Rlnqaqar t gril {Twrrrr*e} qr{iqf{Tilfrrrtsu l\ tl {,

f.t't qwrerFidiq{ flqgisrTinI

qTqstsftih&g{+ gsuffs{r( 1 iE tl \a

Sloha 34-1J6. .lupirer in rhe Brd house. Mars in

sr. 37-38

gsqqtsqrqt

983

the ?th, Saturn i' the natal star, Rahu in the 9th house, the Moon in the :th, the Sun in the l2th, Mercury in the 7th and Vcnus in an inimical hotrse are eaehof them c{qten;T (Maranastthana) or death occasioners. When the planetwhicir is ihus cermedTT{orrqH (Maranastthana)is in conjunctior)with a maleficpla.et or aspect, ed by one such or occupies an inimical or clepressicrn houseor ie destitute of strength, the person concerned comesto grief.

rrtafrqqoq tl qEt sirft fiiiqrqficiqni eili{eqflfiqnqiftqwgfr q r

qErftE;gwui swrf*ilrJ{ lt ls tl Sl,,ku i7. The Sun, whcrr in ie (Deha) or cft-d (Jeeva)causcsadversities of various sorts, loss of weaitit, disease, frrVsr, r isk f rom enemies, loss of one.s placc,biliotrs affcctiorrs,sPlcen,diarrhoca,ct_lrrsumption, tlisc,r.-*c of thc ,r.rr,rlg,lsll ol catcle.rrrd l.:inclrerj and the loss of brother or cithel Jt-arrclation-

q;fr3qq;Tsna{sqq;qfrrftqRrrqqqqgâ&#x201A;Ź R{trcrTqsqq I qriig{ ( rai* {gTgoftiiriâ&#x201A;ŹHdi qggtqngd qftii lt lc tl ':.1,.h . 38. The Moon leads to association with one'sown kith and kin culminating in the acquisition c.i u virgin girl as ;t helpmatc; to healtlr, ornamentt, luxuri...xrsapparel and respect in the land ; to acts of

984

(ft[ffi{A

Adb. xvil.

gift and to the propitiation of Gode and Brahmins at bathsin holy waters; to soft rePo$eand pleasantmeals.

Sur6tr6 firilqwrB+(-

Sft crquot qrdrfril{t{ t

geqrtt$Efrq{rqq Ssftr ll lq fl Stoha 39. Mars in a bad position, produces inflammationof the body, diseaseand dread of fire and robbers,quarrel with kindred, death of a brother or other dear relation, loss of land and treasure, falling off in rank, policy leading to war, colic, piles, leprosy, dangerfrom venomousreptiles and foemen.

cqwgfurtd ittqfri uqq q I

MlqrqqkftEqqifr qtaqr ll 8o ll

Sloka 40, Fever, amall,pox, biliousness, knotty tumour, dangerfrom venomous reptilee, fire, wcapons, robbers, foes and thc king should a wiae astrologer predict in addition, with rcspectto Mars.

drqr {frfr gEilflqtqw{frvtarffitqqrrrqrnqfiqtt *FqntqWrqlq-qrq-

urii fitdqrgfu*fWq( il Bqrl

SloAa 41. Mercury securesthe favor of benevolenc, trusty great men, a knowledge of worldly a{fairs, good manoers,an insight into Vedas,phrlosophy and science; the acquisition of wonen, progeny, wives, royal orna' ments, kine, elepharrtsand horseg; thc irrcrcaEc of diecernment,wealth, intellect and fame.

------v----.

9E5

â&#x201A;Źâ&#x201A;ŹqislFlr

sL 48-44 - -'----'---'--

qiqrrtfr Aft'{rrlgdqedi rqriiihrqftquKqarq{ |

drgl orrrgcqwrtilwnti qrtrrdittftcri q qtqurq ll 81,ll Stoka 42. Jupiter leadsto the many joys of afflu' the ence, eminent rank, coronation in the kingdom, of a esteem of kings and similar honors ; blessings health' wealth, family life, ornaments, abundant food, fame, victory and beneficence'

g$: $tfr tfrorqgs*rgiilAind-fir{qgEqrTtrcilCI{|

ftffiwtg*r{qNr{ll

BQlt

the Stoka 43. Venus secures sexual delight and societyof{inewomen;thepleasures'ofpictorialart' precious fine aiparel, wealth, cattle, vehiclee, gemsand magni' ,rorr., ; musical concerts'dancing parties,lordly with ficence,good fame,great liberality and association the virtuous.

q;<r $tR q-ct egUeqggq;Eqffiqitftgqsq'i ilvtitl t

qHrfftqnrqrqsors{nr{ ualriufrqrftrqtiiinqr{ll 88 ll Slohtt 44. Saturn brings about quarrels, ;'ir;sical pain, death,affliction of rclativcs ; dreadof firc' er:*micg ind ghosts, trouble from venomous reptilcs, Ioss ot hon&, of wcalth, clf self respect; of wife, o{ children, of homrcomforts, of agriculture,of trade and of cattle. LZ4

eE6

ftr6'{rftqt - *\ \.

Adh.XVII

^ ^

q;gssqF}rqqI 1r{rEasi$nqriTrT qqqrilrRfrei' q ilq{tit dTnq 1 B\ tl Sloka 45. An astrologer may predict that when Rahu occupiesia (Deha), the people concerned suffer annoyancefrom enemies, see their relations in trouble, have to take to a wandering life, are afflicted with palsy and have to fear dangerfrom their king. \i\a

umfiffi{tqrfrruqr+rfcdieaqr

Erii?i*;$il{t q ailiqr{i qruq{ n Bq tl Sloha 4G. \l/hen Ketu occupiesta (Deha),rrou, ble cropsup from thievcs, fire and bieeding, iorr"rry, lossof relations,loss.f pracearrdr,ss of wearth arso res u lt .

lt {fr iatrmil{ rr fl eted q!fi'EflT$"cTqll oETqi[E{tFFrb iarip'i Tr€(g{{qI dritqyorcr-'qr?ig(il$qrrqftq || Bs fl gqti gli sri srqdqoq;qqr I ilenTrq{qrg*glTg* gqriqu{ il Bc tl eqrcgfhdq€{tq nqi}qt i fiomxqrt C TrGrrrli ?q1qaqfr Bq tl

n1tqarfirrirrercqiq Rqflqtr

S{ilrGani q iqe iqqud qtq n \o tl Slokas +7-SO. Ac the time the qrrqatr (Chakra_ riasa)of the Lagna is in progress,heaith of body, _uch lrappiness,acquisitio' t,f fame, orllaments, dominion

sl. 51-53

qgqtfrsrqqr

e87

wealth, children, wives and apparel may be aonounced. If tbe Lagna be in an auspicious sign, everything will come off auspiciously; it will be otherwise when the Lagna is in a malefic sign and also when occupied by a malefic planet. When the Lagna being in a benefic sign is also occupied by a benefic planet, the result will be exceedinglyhappy. If the planet in the Lagna be in its swakshetra,in its exaltation or in a friendly house and the emqtrr(Chakradasa)of the Lagna be in progress,dominion, wealth and honor from the sovereign will accrue. If, on the other hand, the planet in the Lagnabe depressed,cclipsed, or in an inimical house, there will be loss of children, wife and such other dear objects; if the Lagna and its occupants be of a mixed character,the astrologershould declare the effect to be of a mixed nature.

if<ii.rtrfoq*;g uaw;qiiqdaqI qlqi gd(rrdiikr.riZqtffiq n \l tl flqrfi Er{qgi;iq q-dgqrirroqrr{{ | grrd u.oii ailirTrq*$owqqTn \R ft Slokt 5l-52. During the a;6q,rrr(Chakradasa) of the 2nd Rasi may be expected increaseof wealth and corn, good food, acquisition of children and wives, lands, cattle, honor by the sovereign, attainment of knowledge, eloquenceand amusementin good company When the Rasi in question is auspicious, such gooo effectas has been said above will follow: it will be otherwise when the Rasi is malefic.

rdqtTiirqae'qfiqr*qarurr{| qwfrGqsofiiiq 6ia'f{ ra.iwlqu \Q lt

q88

tnmsrlt{ilRl

Adh.xvtrI.

qurftRlrqqrfr wgr[qsrqrqft{r qqqnrikiqfr gqtrfi g,i l\( ll \u ll S/ofras 53-54. When the qrn{m (Chakradasa)of the 3rd Rasi ripens, it will be the good fortune of the person concerned to enjoy much happinesa, to get in abundancefruits edible and palatable,to display heroisrn, firmoess and self-control,to be presentedwith ear-rings, appareland neck-ornaments,to attain to dignity and to possessfood, drink and other good things of life in abundance. The astrologeris to announcegood effects when the Rasi is good.

qcffirq{'s qft nditqur\l tt \\ tl {tflfi fl*qrrrRrrâ&#x201A;Źctmrf}rtEorrr

ftngR qakild f,rgerfr5itiharq.t

{r:U$rri\gR q T{firi {trgâ&#x201A;Źq. ll \q ll qrtqq{ort q grlftrrs{(q{qq I grr{ fiT{ frsmqrq{ t*araaq ll \s ll Siolas 35-57. Whenthe =rtrq?rr(Chakradasa)of the 4th Rasi begins.to ripen, the person concerrnd will get vehicles,ornaments,new lands in the frontier; make pilgrimagesto sacredshrines and the like; obtain cons' picuoushonor from his own community; cnjoy purity cf the heart; engagein somegreatenterprise; be bless' ed with wife and children; engaqe in agriculture; acquire new friends and new landed properiy, new housee; derive much happiness; commandgood health, reEourcesand articles of the toilette such as perfumes, we4ring appareland ornaments. The good things the astrologeris to divine when the Rasi is good; but all this will be aboent when the Rasi is bad.

S1.63-63

n$q*stcrq:

989

g{${vtilr* qh rrcqrlfi flsrqcrlq I

6tgarffiqadiqrfu4rgqiqurqll \c ll sTqili qotorri qta;ErGqqtiqqqt sqq&qqqift qrtarrd{Worqll \1 i;

t g,rrrrefwui qaq'rqrfis{qq. tiqdrd'rr* qrurft qEEgftqll Q" ll Slotas 58-60. During the ar'"{tr (Chakradasa)o1 the 5th Rasi may be had kingship,honor by the sovereign, acquisition of wives and children, exceeding ,,rf,ility, *ound health, the cherishing of relatives, dispensingof food, acqttirementof fame,jubilee and great prorp.riry, beneficence,attainmentof wealth, vehicles *."iing appareland ornlments' The astrologershould as befoie apportion the effects properly accordingas they are due to malefic or benefic RTsis and the presence in them or aspectof them by rnaleficor benefic planets. He is to add loss of plact:t'r positirln when thc Rasi is a moveableone.

qtq

$8triiq qfiqr*sfl,i qqq t

airriiiivqqtffiqnari qagqq.ll lt tt qiageqqug r?mufiqqi+rq I qqatffisoxdgffi;gitawr\ ll qRll q;wi iqrronit ruqOftF{dsrs.. I qfr $q{ qo+i qrf}q{ qiTrlt tl Ql tt

SJo*a.s6l-63. Dtrring tire ripening of the ?*{f,t (Chakradasa)of the 6th liasi, the person coocerned has to apprehend danger from fire, trouble froro thieves' of from enem-bs,from poiso.n, frorq the sovereign, loss

firilsqrtqtt

Adh. XVIr.

place,great risk due to gonorrhoea, colic, jaundice and kindredailments, dia*hoea and consumption, ill,fame, loss of wives, wealth, childrenand relatives, captivity, being put in irons, ha.rassment on a.ccountof debts and poverty. These will be the effects when the Rasi is malefic. The effect will be mixcd when rhe 6th Rasi is benefic.

ncreihqnq qiiqTi irrrr6:I digq gzorli q u(Rqgsrftr.qu qs tl qrq\Fi qâ&#x201A;Ź'Er{: aRninwqvrfii I \. gqildi qo qei girfrnq{fvttt qq rr Slolas 64-55. During rhc ripening oi the q$E{rr (chakradasa)of the 7th Rasi may be expecced marriage; the joy with a weddcd consorr; the birrh ,rf u .oo, tlr. pleasures of the tablc-such as ghee, dhal and sugar; successin agriculturt:,acquisition of cattle, elephants and ornaments, hon,tr by the sovercign and great rcnown. when thc Tth Rasi is beneficand is occupierJ by a benefic planer, the gord cffecrs spoken 'f will surely follow.

EgqT(tttisd qEq:dqmrqq t

amr;rrfir;qrr{ig+rqrfifr$Tqn â&#x201A;Ź.Qrr qft r{qqi}avqqrirrEqt$'{qI qrq{'wq{{rir notq iiiarti,il. l q\etl S/o&cs66-67. During the arqm (Chakradasa) of the 8th Rasi there will be much misery, wasteof wealth, loss of place,loss of relations.griping pain in the privi_ ties and the stomach, poverty, famine and dange, fro, anlenemy. These effects tl-re astrologer may aonounce

sr. 68-72

{r8Eqfrstr[rqr

when the Rasi is mrlefic and occuoied bv a malefic planet.

grrqirEqtr*rtrrqd iTqii rEq I

q. II griux*orrriui\duaqqqq"tr I {isfrqfr{iiuiqqasq?rqfirras. ginrfi gri qi qrrilrfufiqdq:u qq tl S/oAas68 69. Whcn the axqnr (Chakradasa)of the 8th Rasi sets in, good will certainly result-via. children, friends, wivcs, wealth, agriculture. cattle, houses,ornaments,:rccomplishmentof good works and charity ; thc securingo{ aclherentsamongrnenconnectcd with thc gre;rr men in power. All rhis will accrue when the Rasi is propitious. It u,ill be otherwise when the Rasi is rnalefic.

i[qqTEtt1516{rGqTi[?q(q?q I mqtffiqngiliqq;g{Sf qAT.q{qn so ;p qr{HGi{qrtwi nirgqr isrd{n(r;rqI t '

C\Q\\

€F[qT,OqaIztTiT{IdtrE{aqt ll ul 11 Slofta.s70--71 When the sxEar (Chakradasa)of the Rasi of the 10rh bhavais in progressand when that Rasi is propitious, rhe following goodthings may be predicted by :r, competent astrologer*acquisitionof a kingdom,honor by a king, qood fame,greacrejoicing in the society of one's wives, children and relatives,possessionof authority, sound health, pleasarrtrecreaticns in companywith good people, the fruit of good works and supremacy.

qaretnrnqlun t orrritT-({nmft iqiqaqrnrqqd oqa tt \eRll uqrqqtut

fitffiqrftrril

992

Adb.xvn.

xqrqmfr grtq,I tfigrqrgdrewffi

uqffi qaiqsiffi{F( g,rici ll \el l)

S/oftas 72-73. During the ss-qdn(Chakradasa) of the Rasi of the llth bhava, the pers)n concerned will come into possessionof money, health, ornlsents and have an accession of varied property and household 'When good planets appear in the Rasi in furniture. questicn, the astrologers declare there will be, as the reeult hereof, comfort and happiness securedto the females,the children and the relatives, return from re' productive investments,real prosperity, royal favor and good fellowship.

6qqqT({rqri iarffi qq(Egft{ |

=inrfttqfiqriirgdi{{dieau_usB tl sqirrrrsmoai Efrditi\awact ErftEit{i*a'i

flqlii g ;t {ttq: ll \${ ll

SJofrus74-75. When the qxqm of the Rasi of thc 'happ.ot 12th bhava is in progress and when that Rasi to be malefc, the followirtg evils may without doubt crop up-bodily suffering, loss of place,encormterwith nobibers,fire, royai diepleasure and the like I ffsuble hom relatives from women and from tlre king ; obatruc' tion of activity, lassittrde, loss in agriculture, in csule and in lands; poverty and watrt of occupation.

il {fr qsEttTsCIqll

â&#x201A;Źili(il(ttr;iilai

wflai q,o{iEir{ |

t'ffiqr fitq'tsin iqirqrq"qisgaril rgqtr Sloka Tti. S/e have thus stated the effect of the bhavasfrom the Lagna to the twelfth (both inclusive)'

sr.?7-8r

q(qd$rilt

993

speciallypointed out.

aqilda{i{q qqrqffi q'hqk t

rrfr* qogt<imfqreqrfrtt se ll

ffi

gt& Kftfr n--grieiq t

qofisft?tqQifrqrfiftts( ll rgcll q$sqaqqqtl qrq{rrkftfut t $â&#x201A;Źc-.ll\eqll eqlfu\ e q{i {d fu

with the strengthof S/ofras77-'lg. In accordance the planetowning a particular Rasi under consideration st o,rld the astrologer use suitably the rule enunciated; of when the lord o{ thc Rasi in question is possessed strength occupying a varga belonging to its exaltation hourq to a friendly sign or to itself and when the asso' benefic' ciated planetsare friendly and thc aspectingones But the gooJ effects statedalready may be announced' its *h"n thc lord of tl-rellaei has no strenqtli bcing in depression,in an inimical houscor cciipsedby the Sun's .rf, o. when it occupiesthc 6tir, tl'r'riith clr the l?th bhava.rndthc aspectinqplanctsard nrilcflc or unfrienciiy -when such is at birth the st;ttt:ol the planet owning cffcct produccd by it the Rasi under consideration---th,-r will be pain{ul.

mi aqitgqiqt gd mgq{ uoqt

qfuqq q(i aFi qiq.qn?iqlsqr{ll eo ll qftqq qilfilfli ffigfiqsai gqq I qii i{Ggui frt{ sodq q t{qt ll el tt

by a Rasi is of S/o&as80-81. The effectproduced 125

{rcscrRqre

Adb. xvn.

two sorts: bad as well as good. If the lord of the Rasi be without strength, the person concerned will suffer the evil effects. If the planet owning the Rasi predo, minate in strength, the effect of the Rasi will be good ; and if the Rasi be capableof producing good as well as evil, while its lord continues predominant,the good will undoubtedly come to pass.

slfti qtnfrQ qrnrriutsii il |

qffi{Is,i qm iiiuq$T{Eq. n a1 11 Sloha t2. If the lord of the Rasireferredto in the precedingslokas be in a movaablesign or occupy a Navamsa owned by ; moveablesign and if the iloqx (Kalachakra) be that producedby a moveablesign, the person concernedwill haveto go to a foreigncountry.

qt{{* ilil t{ qarsiw{qi qfr r Rt{rrqi ErsiiRramTrid fiftfit{ ft cl fl Siotc 83. In thc casc-advcrteclr,r in thc preced_ ing sloka,rhe repairingto a foreigncouncrywill continue as long as the ar (Chakrr) in question lasts. If one, and not both, of the abov: conditions have the charac* terigtic of movability, the astrologershould decidethe question of the person concernedgoirrg to a foreign country or being in his native placejust as the balance of forces tends to the one or to the other.

tilqrt

q qiqifi mqiqlt q q<no{ |

$Ofl',lrfit' qeRql;fG1;tiq qrqO{ ll <B ll

q?itt ilqdtqr* qr;flit q qi$o{ | ilq{rdig mfiiF gllqt\qqtqrQtt d\ tl

sL 84-gg+

fffis

tlt({ItsrlTr4r

995

qtfth ilETUrt q*{ftftr r

ililftqrffit Ueitqr frqtaqsn cq n Sloka 84-S6. Planetary.ff..cJ*hich it is possible to foretell have been described, sorneof them in the s{ruqrq (SangnyaSdhyaya)I e. in the chaprer on Definitions, Adhyayas t & Z), some in the chapreron oci dta (KarmaAjeeva-Adhyayal5), somein thai treatins of (Asraya) yogas (Adhyaya T), and some in the edr?rq connection with the particular positions of planets (Adhyaya 8), with the Rajayoga,Chandrayoga,Nabha, sa yogas(Adhyaya ?) and the like, and alsogomeas due to good and bad aspectsand to the combinationsin one and the samebhava of two or more planets. An intel, ligent astrologershould,by a dueexerciseof his faculties, consider well these plandtar.ye{fectsas they have been describedby ancient sagesand utilise them for making his predictions in connectionwith the ifirqsrq{r (Kala", chakradasa ).

@n1rl* g q,n\;qq Efrur{| qq ili{* ild ftfitq ir .o rr srcqrkdrnt

q.i il fiqS Ersfi{rqftelqrrfrqsI

ufuftn{r.rfri {rsf\eRn{iifififiiE n c4,tl

qqlGuqrdqqtqi sofiâ&#x201A;Źrr{ |

Sly&as87-83+. Lay our upon the floor a diagram rf the qiqrqam(D;rkshinaCliakra) which begins *irr, deshaand ends with Mecna. Draw arso a'other dia, lram on the ground, of thc strrqs lUttara Chakra) rcginning with Vrischika and endirrg with Dhal rus in th: reverseorder. Success or failure and whether

qrilTcrRqrt

Adh.xvII

t can ascertain as pointed out by the Rasis and the planets in a horoscope according to their strength. Every body can have such things foretold in respectto his life in the way that has been pointed out.

sroqfirrft*qriii\m t{qRftr ll cq ll qrdqrrqdiq g8i,rqqd ffn I ft{rqdwi;TIrr gnlrlm rriq ll io ll

S/oAas 89-90' The progress of 'steq* (Kalachakra wheel of time) has beenascertained by encient sagesto take placein three ways-(1) liqq'trlcn(Mandukagamana) a frog's leap; (2 ) 1ud'ruua(Prishtatogamana)a going backward in view to the sarnemovement; (3) ihersa;i$i (Simhavalokana)the glancingof a lion which consistsin returning by the way traversedalready.

sBil qqt iq qi**qftoilrqitt ffisqiqrqiq'frr hqfrqftr ll ql tl ffi"{sffir

fkglqqi{ogfi qftl t

Slofrr.s9l-9i l. Ihe s,:cond of the three move, m i : n t sm e n t i o u c Ji n t l r c p r c v i o u ss i o k ao c c u r si n r e s p e c t to the signs KatakaanCSimha, The third, r.e.,fharadr*a is a direct passagcbetween Meena and Vrischika, as alsobetwecnDhanusand M,:shacither way. The frog's leap is the dircct passagebetwccn Karrya and Kataka, as well as Simha and Mithuna (avoiding in each case the intermediatesien).

ll qR tl frHqolurqi cq11ftaffiHru;Tq

raguqlRqniq wnsnifiqt{ |

sl. 9r-96

ilrqrtqrrt

997

qt il qet qt frroilftsi Tq{ ll qi ll qremrct ilsR E{Ibfirfrt qft t S/ofras 92-93+. At the time of 1ftfr6re-dc'a(Sinha' valokana), aetrologerEEay,there will be suffering caured by fever, loss of place, of a loving relation or other such frerson,distress to personshaving the samestatus aEthc owner of the horoscopein the family, accident in water such as falling in a well, danger from poisotl, fire of some deadly weapon, and being thrown from a vehicle. Alt this is likely to happen when the ftilc-drm (Simha' valokana) is synchronous with the qarb4(Daoachidra), f. e. the dasa period, bhukti, apahara, etc. of an illplaced nalefic planet (uide next sloka).

Etrcalqtwqtqtq E{rrqfr n qBtl

qnfufifr il{t TfiF( ftff{er I

'fhe Sloha 94*. term eqrrfua(Dasachidra),aetrolo, gers srY, is applied to a period when the dasa of a mal:fic, eclipsed, depressedor ill-placed planeg is in progress.

qtrt,{rft*{il{q\ woi grir tf q\ tl

itfrqt itqrrqrfte{tirilihn{f*q t Sloha 93L. At the time a ccqdrlc?r(Mandukagama, na) occurs, the death of a revered person or of one'c parentsmay happen; or there may be danger from poison, deadly weapons, f ire, fever or incendiary brigands.

quqsâ&#x201A;Źqiq6t s{Hqn{tsq il qq rf SJoAa 96. If the qqRitrr{n (Mandukagamana)referg to a â&#x201A;ŹEqs:6(Savyachakra),there will be distress to per-

q|tsqrft-{re

Adh XVII.

sonsin the family holding equal status with the owner of the horoscope.

ffignqq'q* qqfturqdttq I

qwtwfrfr q diqntr.tqq.;1\u ll

Sloka 97. When the wq+nil (Mandukagaci) is between Simha and Mithuna the astrologermay predict the deathof the mother or of the person concernecl,a complicatedfevcr or dangerfrom a liing or {oemcn.

qa it6rqo\* A qgqtsqqfrqq^| gisfr.rqi qEt q{qt;rrT${q!ll q4 ll itgqwnlroarilruqHg iil â&#x201A;Źi(! | ACr\A

having Sloka 98-93'. ln a fkqradr+'(Simhavaloka) qElrqis (Srvya chakra), the evil cropping reference to a up will be danger from a quadruped or fire. When there is a gusmna (Prishtatogamana)in a q64qr (Savya chakra),there wilI be loss of wealth, grain and cattle, diseaseor deathoi a fathcr, or thc demise of persons of equalstanding.

ll \o. ll r{oRsrrqiqr} qiigarffiqRqqq

ilqcEtqr{ildit qq;gfttriiq{ | fkrqdrqi qft qraqriitq{itr ll too ll Slolras99-100. On thc other hand, when the qx (Chakra) is edqs;r(Apasavya) and thcre is a wq*gii (Mandukapluthr),it may occasionilln:ss and trouble to the wife or children of the personconcernedor a severe fever to himself, or dang.:rfrom a beastor an enemy' or loss of place. If there b: a f&ar+oirt (Simhavalokana)in an qqqâ&#x201A;Ź4s:n(Apacavyachakra). the evil to be dreaded may be loss of place or the death of the person's father.

sl. 101-104

Q8qdsrqmr

909

sgfr.rqdilsfr q€frft qE;gft(| qi(lt lot tl ftgftt {qfti{ S.rtwqrni Sloku lO7. if there be a gud'rrrea(prishtathogamana) in an srqtr6rqx(Apasavyachakra),the astrologermay predict an accident in water, Ioss of place,loss of father. the incurring thc displeasureof a sovereign and the person'shaving to betakein consequenceto an inaccessible jungle.

rraq?hq?.tl rl qqlqoIRfrUqffiter11rqf wr$tcT{(iiqufirurRru| qr{qrfr{E{rqftq$q{riiqrt'? qdTrfturigw: rEqiletnilr ft I "R ff S/oA,r

t 0 Z . T h e s t a r sA s w i n i , K r i t t i k a , p u n a r v a s u , Aslesha,i'l.rsta,Ilevari, Moola. Purvaproshtapada, Utta_ rashrdaand Swati conf..rrm, as th.. sagessry, to the firsr four of the forrnulasfor the quqq* (Savyachakra.

l\erRgwr inofiXl[vr];4qi]1q1u.I q€ri?sqfi r?glu t"i tl {IaiTqtrFetEmqrft Slohu i0J. The l;rstfour of the formulas for the €€{qr (Savyachakra)appiy in their order to the four Padas of the stars c)hirrra, uttarabhadrapadrBharani -----' ' P u r v a s h a d haan d P u s h y ; r . n\

itqqrqorrrRft drFrdiiurrqt

st(TtrarTer qtrar qHt qriiqgsqqil toB tl

sloAri r04- The first four of the formuras for the a{q€6qqs (Apasavyachakra)are apoiicableto the stars Visakha,Rohini, Makhaand Sravana.

Adh.xvu

rcrqrfurr

1000

q?ilft {Fqr-.qqrd{qTfrqi{rR qd$rdft

qqt ll

Anuradha'Jyesh' Sloha 105. ThestarsSathabishak, ta, Mrigagira,Sravistha,Uttara phalguni,Purvaphalguni and Ardra conform to the last four formulasfor the qrrs.{!:E ( A pasavYachakra)' I qq

(|6qq$q|itqtlit

frttrrfrqlilet\qt ll t ll iafiIfiq*grqr ll q ll q+ruftqFrqsq.ll1 ll qFrtqet qftq{rq. ll I ll q ll E ll tq{qrrtnqrq.ll \ ll $ilffiqtff

gfraarvr ftar 11u ll qrqHn* agFtftlll4 ll il qq1qq6{qr+ffi

qihqrrsftq ll t ll murâ&#x201A;Źgffimr ll R ll

qfr{Tfkrwmtq.tt 1 tt *frttlihrtqrqa ll I ll rgffift(tftiliq tt q tt firugwer{rtr ll q ll ll d ll u s ll ffiilf;Ift{r .r\qt{rffi8i Norrs.

to their Astrologersare divided into two schools according that each explain class One manner of applying these formulas' gives type and a particular formula applies to a nakshatra'pada of the entire life reprecomp:sing the order of the Rasi-mahaclasas portions of subsidiary the that and sented by the nakshatra'pada in formula. the mentioned Rasis *"t, R."i.*ahadasa belong to the that each formula is The aslyologersof the other class say owning the corres' Rasi of tbe concerned only with the mahadasa pondingnakshatra.pada(1..e._towhichtheformulahasreference rule indicate the order and the and the letters in the mnemonic periods of the mahadasain subsidiary the of iroportion"te lengths such Rasi-malradasas qourtion i and that a life consists of several of the nakshatra-padas' order fottowing oue another in the natural

sl. 105

ss{ftmt

1001

the initial rrlahedasa being that of the quarter asterism occupied by the Moon in theilhoroscopeunder examination. An illustration will make the whole thing clear. Talie for irrstance the case of the horoscopt given in page 237 sdlrfd. 'Ihe Moon's position is 9 :igns, 14 degrees, 29 minutes, 39 seconds. These when reducedto rninutes give 17,069'65. Divi. ding this by 800 (the number of minutes of a star), we get 2l stars and 269'65 minutes. Ihe person was born after 169'65 minutes had passed in the 22nd star acz, Tqq (Sravaua) ld. e. after 69'65 minutes had passedin the 2ud quarter of the star, and the llasFbwning this nakshatra.pada is Tula in the Apasavya chakra. The mnemonic formulalcorresponding to this padais arqRagfrlt-.lvt which when translated into figures will become 6-7-8-12-11 ul=9f 10-9-8-7. According to the lirst school 83 years or 200 " 28'90+75 years having expired before birth, about 3 years of Vris. chika Kuja d^sa (qia65s({n) still remain to be passedat the time of birth of the person concerned. The rnahadasathat follows next will be that of Sc-gt, then $uAfr<rJr, q{11ffit{r, qEfe.(tft, qf*mssiitr and gor{fmtqrr follow in their order. fhe subsidiary portions of each of these mahadasasbelong to these 9 Rasis. e. /., the bhuktis of the l0 years of {trgnttr will be (l) {rrgt l-O .^4x l0 " \) *q_d_w_l ;.I^ 4' x l 0 g 3x. l 0 y e a r s; (, .2\, gj _i r.T- _ illa y e a r s ; (, 3 J: ;rj Vears;

(+) q-g,jr

%l!

years; (si ziaq,T', lrln

years; (6)gdqgn

g x 16 1 6x l 0 y e a r s ; (/ _ / /r {_q- l_$-t_T. _ - U , - y c a r s ; ( 8 ) g o r g * t 6 x 1 0 83 -years ; and (9) lie*r,$',1t{f Sinrilarly for the other dasas. ,."rr. Thc secondschool will nraintain that the initial mab.adasa of the horoscope under reference is that of Eotgm out of whicb rio'f.5

tffi

* 16 or 5'57 years baving elapsed already, there is still l0'43 years to be,passedand the mahadasasto follow are those of q,.-4lgq,f.lâ&#x201A;Ź(h, ih4{Tq, fhTagq, Zcqgm and so on. The order of the subsidiary periods in each mabadasais that of tbe Rasis of tbe I c t t e r s i n t h e c o r r e s p o r l d i o gf o r * r u l a ; e . g . t h e b h u k t i s o f t h c 5

726

Adh.xvil.

rRfrffi

1002 years of fkâ&#x201A;Ź{+fin

of the horoscope under reference will

,fitc{ T# years;(2)}q-s-q ffi

be (l)

,"orr' (3)Ec,rgs fffr""r.,

qxs 2 11 5 , - , _+etqq _ - - -100 ^5x5 (6) (5) kfia=1jj (a) lqgq-g{ r"tts; v"".r; ffi

years;(z)wqrgqffi ,.rrr; (a)gora* t.rqfi!,""r. and (9)

^ faffiOs

7x5 v""rr. The astrologers of Southern India belong fj to this latter class. r'iry< in his qoPiil\+t refers to both the schools in the two following slokas :

eeGlnnlalfi qrqtql{qTftql;rrafiqR'ilft| tqi atftq q{tTqrp'ql qrr{tfirisrFqft *fiqrg: 11 There are a number of formulas each composed of a number of moemonic syllables referring to the several nakshatra'padas beginningwith the lst pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a certain order. It is with referenceto the order of Rasis in these formulas that the Rasi-rnahadasasof which a life is to consi:;t should be determined. The qFFImq(Vakva Krama), nten t'f t'rnt' school say, should be adhered to.

qq{aqp.,sqsdtggptr Kl q{r arqfiq{qt;ttI faqratqif'q'{ qdqlg{lql:ll Liluqrq*qqilsa

.fhe initial rnahaclasaof a life belongs to the lord of the Iiasr owning the nakshatra-padaoccupiedby the N'loclnat the time of birth, being so tnuch of the liasi'mahadztsaas correspondsto the ghatikasthat yet remain of the nakshatra-padaand the order of the mahadasas follows the natural order of the nakshatra-padas reckoned from the aforesaid one. This is the opiuioo, say the sages,held bY the other school.

$dit{t{rql

ffiii*-irs{I6qq i I

rrrftqiqTtYfr{{q ll I oQll wtEiqtTrrrE6(r

Sloka106. 5, 21,7,9,10, 16 and 4 are the years respectivelyof the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun. The yean of tlre signs corresPond to the years of their

lords.

st 10?-109

a(qdsrqrq:

r003

il sr'(zrifiq. tl <qt q{Fq{goqiwtgrteqqr *( | oeqqril&ntqr q{fl{Ftri{*rr ( os !l Sloha 107. The period of antardasaof a planet in a rrtrfirr (Mahadasa)is found out by multiplying the iatter by the number of yearsassignedto the planetand dividing the product by the number of years constituting the entire Ayus cf the Chakra. The result will consist of years,monttrs,days &c.

qinnail uffirq{r6tkEr irqilfhqnrgrfttni ?rRT{r grafliil gsâ&#x201A;Źfr{r6{ltTgl lt sr6(rrrr{Tr TrfusTqr Sto&n 108. The years assigned to the lord of the main Chakra dasa should be multiplied into the years for the lord of the Rasi whereof the bhukti in the main dasa is required. The product is to be divided by the maximum life-period for the particular Navamsa to which the ;Froqln(Kalachakra) belongs. The result in the form of years, months, days and ghatikas represents the bhukti required- it is said in this connectionthat ttre lords of g;vra (Dustthana) produce abundance of misery and illness.

*ci qar(tqiid'qtlcir Woq ilil;ililql il{r I SqqRfrl rtqlg(atqd {rlFd{ftrili q16"q1sll I "q ll ^

Sloha 109. "I he subdivisions (watqt:-antaraJaha)of a eubpericd (bhukti or antardasatreatedin its turn aEE whole) are to be obtainedby multiplying the number of days composing the particular bhukti chosen by the number of years of the mahadasa of the planet whoge antara is required, and dividiug the product by th

I004

Adh.xvlr.

acnfiil*

figure representiog the orxinum Ayus in years for the quarter abterism concerned. The quotient will be in dayr etc. In this way, the big, small and smallerclivi, sions of a planetary period styled Dasa, Antarclasa, Antara and Vidasa may be obtained.

ffimr ilqri dr â&#x201A;Źl rq?dr ser{| qqnEflso{n t l, tl ntr egov(fu SJofr:rI l0 What is called qqq{gtrr(Sukshmadasa), j. c.the subdivisions of a nr{? (Nakshatra) or Kala, chakraantaracan be obtainedby multiplying the figures in Vighatikas of the antara in question into the number of years of the mahadasaof the planets sev:rally and dividing the producr by the number of yearsof the maximum Ayus appropriateto the particular Kalachakra or nakshatra.padaunder consideration.

ilFrffiqirRrfl $il qwg6qqqrftftTtt I

qfrqrhqR{&fuil}( nt t ttl Mgorrf <r'nirEr G *mqasqqrtqilqffiil

wffiqrffi

wciilss{nqf ll Slofta 111. When the pakaof a planetin the dasa, antardasa,etc. of another planet ir required, multipty the number representing the years of the mahadalaof tlp former into the figure denoting the yearst months, days etc. of the latter and divide the product by the fixed number oi years for the maximum Ayus. The guotient *ilt b" the paka required This rule is to be applied in the caee of el'ery paka that has to be found ouc. Thus ends &c.

: sâ&#x201A;ŹqTq cTRr[rTrft ilresEIE{ir u q{Faturtqrq,ll AdhyaYa

XVIII.

Oli Dls,rs -rxtr ANTTRDASAS'

qqrg*ur n,oqEF(girEn qngi{rg{ q( t q ut qu,qsttq q$ \t qqr itnrdf E{rn{ ll ll 4

Slola 1. Sagessay that good and evil cometo a personborn in this world in accordancewith the good and b.rd dagaire has to passthrough, I quote faithfully the ecsenceol whrt the sageshave said, and treat of the distinction between good and evil in a dasaas diffusely as I can.

{orgâ&#x201A;Źfurqql it qirf irqrgilistEilgttt I qfls$r t{st

T{rurtqorigiliorq{il f{{FIs ll t lt

S/oArl 2. A person attains to a voga good or bad exactly in accordance with the strength of planetary pocitions ; and the cbaracterof the dasa that he will L*re is dependenton the character of the yoga; and all that men experience in the world is comprehendedin the good and evil cropping up in ttre dasas; and the dlatiib,rtion of this good and evil should be declared ruitably to the conditions of the four castes'

qrRw;E$wrgdnlqFrrit Sfdflcns'l wqlksruu-dr

r000

rrtt$qnwrTil

AdtL XVIIL

ffiru fraqqtilewqfr-qtililrGqm,flffi"qts

tt l tl

Sloha 3. Count the etarsfrom Krittika in groups of nine. The planets presiding over the dasaebelonging to the nine srars composing each group are reEpectiveiy the Sun,the.Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter,Sarurn, Mercury, Ketu and Venus respectively and their years a r e6 , 1 0 , ? , 1 8 , l F , 1 9 , I 7 , 7 a n d 2 0 .

qftâ&#x201A;Ź{iqfrfqs{rEgeqfr;afqqn q{q+flan r t

ffirit+rilqqm rqirnl qEfr'1ff6qqqqEn(gs ilBtl Sloha 4. Planets prove propitious when they have predorninant strength, in their progress towards exaltation,when they have more than the averagenum. ber of benefic dots correspondingly with the bhavas they dominaterwhen they occupy the l0th, the I Ith and the first bhavas; when they have attained to exaltation and other benefic vargas and lastly rviren they posress six-fold strength.

ffi<rfrrqitqdlq{qrrrr ercqf+9fr$fiqqilr! |

qrqtagdqrenTFqqr nfrrsilqoqqrtEfisilf n \ tr Sloku 5. But planetsproduce evil when ( l) they own the Rasi occupiedbv Mandi; (2) they occupythe bhavagcontainingMandi; (3) they are asgociated with (a) dots the average er benefic they fewer than numt of ; are in inimical, depressedor eclipsedsigns ; (5) they are in a rrrEsFt (bhava sandhi) or associated with malefic planets; and lastly when they occupl' portions of Rasi, Sandhi (which have been termedinauspicioua). NorE.. For the ternr {l{HFq (bhava-sendhi), see Sripatipaddhati,

rtEtqdsqtqr

sl. 6-8

1007

Adhyaya I, Sloka 8.

qilqii*rllfr qfr eq fir<twE{tqlr e{q I mqfi{ritqq ffig{fl of 9,il' il gqil Etn il llqll Stoka 6. Ascertain the Lrgna or the rising sign at the time of commencement of a dasa' If the lord thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th or the llth house from it, or if the Lagna be included in the emf lSaptavarga)o[ the lord of the dasa, i' c' iI navamsa,dwa' the rising sign, hora, drekkana,saPtamEa, lord of the daea dasamsa or trimsamsabe owned by the or i[ a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna, the dasawill prove ausPicious. Nottis' v i d , ei n f r a . s l o k a 1 4 . f ' h i : ; ; i u r l t h t : n e x t I r v e s l o k a s l r ; . t v eb e e t tt a k e t r l r o t r t S r i p a t i ' rnddhati.

qqfqrlqq gâ&#x201A;ŹB{q{ilgq.fr qtsqEtrrftirefq I

{Riffiuilqqqfukqcqrft q;frsâ&#x201A;Źg {Rsorftll e ll

'Ihe Moon produces beneficial effects Slctho T. when in the houseo[ a friend of the lord of the dasaI or in the exaltation hou.se of the lattcr or in the ?th 'frikona houseor in any one of the scec (Upahouae,a chaya) houseswith referenceto the qtttanr(Daeanathha). (atde inf ra, sloka 14.)

sts fli{s qilQIiqq}:s t{rE: I Qrrccr?q$lo{irTftffTtiQqrql

miliii :t{Ftt aqfasf?iuqd

dsrqaftuqtemiNql ll c ll Sloka 8. In the favorable positions mentioned tu the previous sloka, the Rasi occupiedby the Moon

1008

urdqr{rltni

Adh.xylr,

*"ld r-r.*t, Wealth, etc.,at the time of birth. Thc Moon in one gf these favorablepositions promotes prosperity in respectto the bhava representedby the Rasi oCcupied. In the unfavourable positions,the bhavarepresented by the Rasi(occupiedby the Moon) suffersdamage.

qrn{+tqu€G{ORqqdlqrrogilqt{i)r r m;qfu'gGgqrgqr€{fu q*smqrffiR tf q tl Sloha 9. What has been described by the ancients such as srr€ickr (Varahamihira) as the effect of the Moon being in his own house or thar of other planets should be mentioned in this connection. For it is the Moon that producesgood and evil to be experienced in the form cf mental srareo(pleasureand pain).

sinfudR qwu qt gqri*t*issmi ft qw(r tirgiliur ffirg ilawiqr{kilqmg{ g{ a n I o tf S/oAa 10. The good and evil to be experienced by men in the dasas or planetary periods should be deterrnined in accordancewith the qe (Ishta) and ru (Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the daeaas wotked out previously (aitre eftcRcqft (sripatipaddhati) Adhyaya4, sloka 4).

qftuedfi grriegd nor;lftur;qurircued r

w& g rQerrQ sorft qil sdr i{ qMiqt

Sloia i l. Men experiencegood when the Es (Ishta)portionof a planet'sinfluenceis greatly in .*..s, gf the +u (Kashta)portion. But when ih" lrir., i, pr", dominant,evil has to be mostly suffered. n", *i.. the {r (lshta) and +u (Kashta)are even,the effectsare

orgrqqlsdl*t

sl. 12

1009

ptanetary influence of a mixed kind. In alt casesthe rhould thus be interPreted'

sq\fie '{q T+qGuqI kt';qrt qe qqg'rgrfi qrr{milds+iiat q ffiffi{ ilq irc{ E{rq.nlltlll is mentionedas Sloho 12. Wha'tever substance on Definitions) belonging to a planet in the (ch;rpter q6cwr+-Brihatjataka Adh' t*oio iS"ngn"an y avt. t:t i d e 20)' and what' lI, sloka 12 aLo ';tr.-ttt.Adhyaya II sloka a planet in the ever catling is declared appropriate to Adh,' X' chapter on*Profession (aiii 1' w'-Brihatjataka whatsloka I etc. also er.cr. AdhyayaXV,slokas'13-50)' the presenceof ever has been spokenof as'the e{fecto[ XVIII-1 etc' planetsin bhavas (ui'Je1' wr' XK'1, etc' *'or' VIII'slokas 3C-ll7) anclo[ their being aseoci"l*o and of their ated witir or aspected by otlrcr planets' yogas)' all this combinations o[ yogas (exceptNabhasa in their must bc duly assign.d to the planetsconcerned several dasas. NorB,s. qodiftfir

qrrqi qqqlQilfififq+il*g qq{tqn

ft* r {qldtqfiofqaqsfit q*{R;ar \ \\ qrqilqlqtqq

qrifrrRqrqifi sa qFq qln{ft( ll Fltrlral'Jataka' This as rvell lrs tlttr ttcxt tw{J slol'its ttrc fr'-rttt o[ any plaoett ln predicting the several eflects of the dasa whrtt has orrll' Varahanrihirasays that it lvill not clo to nrenlion plr'rLicular l'rlattct been describcd to lxrppeu in the daserof tlrat (dd'au.qt.Ch.\'IlI;slcrkasi2.l8')'|Irescrvilllravctobcqctte.

rdllysuppletrterrlcdbytirecllectsductrrcltlrcrconsideraliorr functionirrg as well , of the planet, viz., its influencedue to its

1Z?

1010

Etilulrft{ft

Adh.xvtn.

in tbe rasi occupied,to its assocration with other planets, to ths bencfic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occupation of any particular decanate, Navamsa and orher vargas, etc. Ari these eflects will also havc to i.,e suitlrbl). atltleclon. Thc Jrarticular constitueot of the I(alapuruslra reprcscnterl L,l, tlrc planet, tlte p o l i t i c a l g r ' d e t 1 ' p i i i c dl ^ , i t , t b r ; l r a r t i c u l i l r r . o l , u r a s c r i b e dt o i t , t h c s u b s t a n . c t y D i t l r r r l ,r ' e g e t a b l om , incral arrrl arriural kingdol' r e p r e s e n t eb d y i t , t h c p r e c i o u ss t o n c t v p r f i e db y i t , t h e a r t i c l e of apparel, thc cor:stituent eleruent of the body represented by it; the particular flavor ascribecr to it, trre efiects crue to ail these have to be 6ttingiy brought in during the dasa of the planet under consideration. l-or instance, in the sun's <rasa,shourd the Sun be ausl:iciousin thc narivity, royal favour, self satisfaction, acquis i t i o n o f r e d s u i r s t a n c c s ,o f c o p p c r : r u t l t h c l i l i e , c q 1 1 1 p a n y ef peopie of the ['.slratriv' r'aste, the ,1u.rlit5'of possessio' ;Jot..rtlncs:r, o f g o o d r " i t a 1e n e r g y ,e t r : , a l l t h e s ew i i l h a v c t o b e p r c c l i c t e t l . I{, the Sun be bad, the losr; of thrse has to be thought of siur.ilarty ; rn thc c:ar,e of thr: l.Ioo' and other planots. F'or fnrthcr infornration tlre readet is rr.,ltcrre,lto thc a,alriiur (tra:ndhyayee) ,,o'1'lelt. t a r l ' o n t h r : ;: , 1 t . r k a .

glrrfi"oE Etrrqtarciql;tRKrrr

qsqqqi?$ct drrenuqiqri qr qiqanoiiqirn*tadq|d qfturqiisoTik!qsR;ff€ql,ir rr tl tr .S/oAal:l l)urinq thc auspiciousdasa perioclof a pla'rt, rnen'sirrncr soul assuures a beneficcharacteraud l c a C st h e m t o a r r a i n m u c h h a p p i n e sas n d w e a l t h R y meansof tlre effc:ts clescribed al-ro'e for the several dasaperiods,one can casily conjecturcthe tide of er,,ence a man may ha're at any particuiar period as a result of the effectsof the d;rsaruling at the time. Where pla nets are void of strengrh,the effects though sttenu;ted makethemselvcsfelt at leasrin drcamy reveries.

101I

s(Efq$lst{tcf

sl. 14

Norrs, the irnet sotil Should the dase perioclof anl' planet lre bad' and nrisery aod loss ot ossunlesa ruaiellc character fol tlie tiure wealthwill be the result'

qrfiErrftfrffii WR rI Etstl-drstft qr

qR6qIs{EI (fl i*trrclq{l}Ig itt qlsq I

iger itt'rqJqqqflnjEqci qtmEte{ qldls;q$ lltBll qrqfi qqr €isuiiqnia gti a planet Sl,,,ftrli'l' When the lorcl of a dasa' or the dasa; f riendly to the sameis in the Lagna'initiating of the lord .rrrqu of this Lagnais owned by the *i.n " Lagna afore' dasas; when a benefic pi.,t"t oc:upies the in an srae (Upa' aaid: or when th: lorcl .of a dasa is lth) with respect chaya)position, viz', (ird' l)th' 6th' l prlve pros' ,o ttt. Lagna; the dasa in question will rfurt.n the Rasi occupiedbv the M;on happenc ;;;.. of the daga'or a to b" the exaltation sign o[ thc lord or th3 ?th friendly house, an Ufachaya, a Trikona' dasa' the effects housewith respect to the lord of the different' the wiil be h"ppy. If the Moon's plac: he effectswill be lar from haPPY' N()Ttr,5. C/' slolias 6 and 7 suqrL(' Also c/. ir.trt+qtq

qrht arqftog{ gef- {q {r nii4 :'l '{'t RI(6'.ilflFSAI Rllgqqqw{qFqsfi qt

ql{i'l;{ I

q..,nq : fr rr{iqta{r';. ft qdlqfi drotqqq galqnen;rnitqqft fiouq-qqrfiflqntqt{lt qo-.liGqt

t d*e g* g€Adnrq feq4t'iorqfauurrdg

L0t2

lrrde'ttRllle

Adh.XVIII

qqrqrilrsr rTrTrqTfh qFE:{Jrrtfiqisrqqr ta.flteqrr l . S o n r ci n t c r p r r : it t a s r e f e r r i n gt o t l r e I _ n g u l ( i n a n n t i v i t ] , ) al birth. 2. That is when tlre lord ot the dasa is the owner of tbe Lagua Rasi, Lagna l{ora, I-agna I)ecanate, I-agna Navamsa,L:rgua f)wadasamsaror Lagua Trirrrsarusa. g€if er q.lsVrniri:fq 4t ,- rnn}. also he Interp.eterl thus : " O r i f a i r i c u d l l ' p l a n e t . r a b e r e . f i r :. ' e h e i r r t h c V a r g e o f t h e . lord of tbe dasa," or " rf the lord of the rl:rsabe in the Varga of a, friendly or bene6c planet."

oslRsrJdrqstlEl C* gEtitqqr q|*ril gqftrfieqgil€ilIsumi grq. I ** ErqR *urrrsftgqqrqrqriHqgrqils

Ail*q-{tg i q'{rsilff E{rqtgrq. n t\ tl

Sloia 15. When the lord of r dasa ripe for frui, tion happensto be in a swakehetraor in its exaltation or in a friendly houseor in an sqar (Upachaya) place from the Lagna or has the aspecton it of a benefic or a friendly planet, its dasa and bhukti will be favourable. When a Kendra or a Kona is occupied by an exceeding, ly benefic planet and the 3rd, the Grhand the llth bhavasby malefic ones,there will be prosperity during the dasaof those amongthem that are $trongand occupy their exaltationor other such scqq (Upachaya)places. Cy. qodirqqr

qqTqril nlqdi fiorrqirar,drqg€{qeq:r aqngEWt nsrit qarflqaAqiidE dq u

d{e

gqlqwdqn: nn}sedisg,rgft

gi a)t{qqrfr}Rqqil qqcqq,iqaJ:I

Sl. 16-18

r0l3

iirgrE{llstlrq:

{;ir{itsfqfcax,iroi<gri gqfafartnrft rar g.ra' qflwqr an4oiuisoq.tt

q;irqftgftfrt{rqi gi* {ri q-{qorrrnrftu t

{r*rfrg{orrrft*iq rmnarig atnq{r n tq ll S/oArr16. If cwo planetsbe mutually friendly and have six fold strengch, there will be prosperity during t h e i r d a s aa n t l b h t r k t i . B r r t i f t h c t w r ) l ) 1 . ] r ) ettrse i n i m i , crl and wclk, th:ir qrr (Paka) anJ -.{q{rt(Ap.rhrra) may cntail evil. Cf. qo{rFra,r

q-qfi qrfrnpj\ilaE *i-l ftgqfla.tqr r q,irfqi+r qlaa qarqgili errrtrddrqnr{isr,il il4rdiqtl qqt* ilf,r{q;ri.Eg{ 6irit {TSrETrir:

g{ qr t

gri g{6frqinq qfr qmq qrt iqg{ EE?iilgllull Sloha 17. A planct produces ius effect upon the bhava it occupiesduring its dasa,this effcct being good or had ac.cordingto the natrrre o[ the planet. If the planetlre a b.:neficone, good is t,; be expected, say the astrologers,during its dasa, to the bhavaconcerned; if the planct bc malefic. the bhavawill suffer evil. cf. u,t*iua;

{frr4rr:ir{rrfniinrqdqlqqtdrfisflfr S{lq I

g:rqii.iariinr* rioq{ tt flqi1ft:srErTqr{ra(

rTtTqn;E(terE(tnsKrgluil t|r( qrnffiiler frqor qRflqfi-e t $'AA

iqqqiurqiiru Errrrrft

fr,i r,aiq{ft fr{qotf.firelll tc tt

Adh. XVIII.

crdscrfrent

1014

S/ota 18. The dasaof a planecwiil be very auspicious wh':n it is in conjunction with a beneficpianet. If it be in.conjunctionrvith e nraleficone,its dasr.when ripening will be berrenof cifecr. If thc plarrctconcern' ed be asscciatedwith one of rnixed nature ar:d be will ba neither weak nor strong, ite dasa and apair;rr.r characterized by effectsof mixed nature.

qqEteq E{tqERiTqt$fAqruitungnd, I

flgq?i qlqfrqqrq qr*si\giti gdr(a{ qrdr: il lq tl S l o l a 1 9 . W h a t e v c r b e t h c m e t a i a s s i g n e dt o a planet,the acquisition of property in thac metal takes placedurir)gthe dasaand apabaraof rirat planet. if the planetconcernedexert a malcfic infiucacc the property i n t h e m e t . r l w i l l d i m i n i s h d u r i n g i t s d a s a; b u t i f t h e influencebe benefic,the properry v"'ili receivcaccession.

â&#x201A;ŹqiltrAq{Rrqqrh fiqdgfi{â&#x201A;Źinopi{r{{ | qisdsqqtrni[ifirA nqirfrrt rq-qi]a{T<tsil Ro tl C

Caa..

Slohu2A. f)ririn,-1 thr: ilasaof a planet lssocirted w i t h a h o s t i l eo n e ,e n , 3 m i ewsi l l m u l r i p l y a n da l l u n d c r , t a k i n g sw i l l l a i l . O f r v h l t e v c r b u s i n c s so r c o n c e r na planetis a karaka(promotcrl,tliat concern r,vrllsucceed. as the wise say, dtrring th: d;rsr o{ thrt i-''irnet.

qisr{ffiitgrq{q c.rt a;urifqfq qqiq{pTrqI r.

{g^

qI( iSFfiqIfr qt(Ril ?F;FI4IEilI{qqIIRqII gIIEI{T5TTT S / o l c ? i . l f m e n ' s s u c c e s *i n a b r r : ; i n r sosr c o n * shuri.rlJ :ern bc the "iririrct oi inqurrr'. clt.: ;r.',tr(rlo.,.'predict tiic sui:cessoi the concerndurrnq tirc dasaof th-' p i a n e tt i r r : i s t n e p r o l n o c e ro f t n ' . ) n c > r t lj r r q u e s t r o n li the rnfiuenceof tirr pl"rn,:th: ior gi.rod,t)r,:prospcricy

sL22-23

aH{rrsqtqr

1016

cern will be a failure.

t|EIAffiq{tsifl rsE{I fl!ilntTEltql

tqdqflq

qrfi€qtetEantqatI

qfr eq}qqiitititqir qd'{r{rE{rrnrt *qrq E{K{r{€qi qilffiffi{

lt Rl ll

Sloka 22-. Royal favor is usually sccuredduring the dasaperiod of the planet that is the karlka of royalty (viz. Jupiter) or owns the bhava representing it (6th bhava). The worship of the deity represented by a planet comeson o?rcl)cs during the period of the ripen' ing of its dasa. Perfection in the practice of religious austerities,good works. etc., may be predicted to come on during the advent of the dasaof the lord of the thh bhava. The palmy time for sacrifices and other metitorious rrtes will be during the dasaand apaharaof the lord of the 10th bhava.

{Tiqlitlraqffi uit,{qi qnnuriqrqi

wqqlfr{q{qqrfirr$fr( W w€q.I

cdqiiiaq{qe qioq: qft rficqisd'

qurrriErrileqtqfti qr+T,ei{r {t( u R1tr

Sloku 23. During thc Pakalu,J bhukti of a pianer, the predominant qurlity chlracterisingic whether siE ( S a t v a )w e l R a j a s ) a n d a r < ' . I a m a s ) ( u i r i eA d h y a y a 2 , sloka 26) generaliymanifestsitself. Tnis manifestation io(eruns or inauguratesche davaof the planet in caseit should occupy one of the I asterisuls lroln the nrccl (-ianmarksna).But if the pianec'sposition be in one of thc maniiesfrom the +:Sqi(Karmarksha), tire 9 astcrisnas

r016

rntqrltqrt

Adh. XVIIL

tation advertedto will takeplace sometime after the dasabasset in. When the placeof the planetis among the niile stars from the onqrd(Adhana), the manifesta_ tion in questionwill not takeplace,or if it takesplace at all, it will be only so long as the dasalasts. Norrs. For q;rrqi,+riqiand ql.qrndde supra Adhyayag, Sl. Zg.g0.

Cldfqwnr tizr qrfi{r su4 qh I flil* *qfrqqrrstrEln Rutl Efrqqss

Sloka,Z4. A planet in a Sirshodaya sign yields fruit at the initial portion of the period of life influenced by hirn. But the samc planet in a Prishtodaya sign does it at the final stage. Bur if lre shouid be in a sign which bas both the characterisrics,he becom:s fruitful at all times. c/. lro,.'ifr+t

miq uinqscrtqqf+'lfts-sqsqqligr+ir; ll

q}{q q{rrRvrqfiqftrgi{iruqrilreatfrTqte{ffgq{d fl*sr6rtsqq11 dqffirq{fuqn qtqtrhqilmlqfi .

itqmqilrufuwtrqrsqifiqtn rrr\ tl Sloha 25. The dasa of the lord of the 6th bhava may leadto waiiing and lamentation. During the paka or the apaharaof thc lord of the [Jth bhava, dcath may set in. When the dasaor apahara of thc lord of tlrc ?th bhava is in proqress, a near relative may be lost. Without overlooking the above, the astrologer may predict prosperity in general during the apaharaor bhukti of planerspresiding ove: the asterisms termed raq (Sampat), trr'** f Sadhaka),'iia ( Ma i rra),ntnie (Parama maitra)and hrl (Kshcma).

sr. 26-2?

qg|qft$qfrt

1017

NorBs. The terrr.rsn;q, ;6q and orltTtdhave been explained already in Atlhyaya 9, slokas 78-80. The nine stats counted from any one of t h e a b o v e t h r e e a r e t e r m e d r e s p e c t i v e l y( t ) i l q ( z ) t ' { t ( l ) R q q

(+)tq (s) mgr (r-,)arra (7)e"r(8)tt au.l(s) crclq. c/, qotnQqt

q tri iirrq {$, gcsffr qirrqlfrqa&ai '1un orisqqHrTq{: q}rtql} aq{ ll f,Irnqa{s{ ffinfa{R dEeqqqiqq

qTe;rq I ntt firfbqsffi1ffr gilqq rnqtfit"ilRfr airrrrgfi rr]+frqqqqr qrRaiisqq tflqrit -qrqlaqfli€?q. ll

f*qoelort{itq qrqfusftg{or t il{{rqi ufr iiraq €drrfrqii qlqr( ll lq ll 'When,

dlvlcyclic divioneof the three cycllc Sloha 26. When, in one sions into which the twelve bhavas may be arranged

under certain conditionsfor Ayurdayapurposes,there is a maleficplanet devoid of etrength,the pereonconcernedmay comeby his deathduring its dasa. ln case the weak planet in queetionhappensto be benefic,all will go well.

ilitfusdffifisq{t ii{mrqqilfitarftn {itlsoxil ll 1\ell Sloha27. When the dastof a planeto;' .'t,"rrga t{€ia{ lRiksba,Sandhi)is in progreEs,a pergLr'"may be afflictedwith sorrow and diseare. Wben a planet no further than the 30th desreeof a Rasi, has progreseed its daeamay producedeath. 128

1018

crtrsqtltfrt

Adh.XVIII

ffie\ ff'qft * qarqq s qf{ aqu€q} a{ril'f I qrii g{ agger.aftdaEtrqnqilriiriq n Rd tl Sloha 78. A planet occupying irs depressionat a birth is not competentto produce good effects,nor is anotherassociatedtherewith. if the depressedplanet b e i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h R a h u , i r m a y d o h a r m ; a s a l s o the planet occupyinga house owned by ic and rhe one r:wning its depressionRasi.

ffiqsrildi,{ruritqr$tqTfidr i};gq[.u{gfir I qrd xnii*uq$fr;e'r nq,o. ffiiqr* qRrrrartcurat Sloka 79. When any one of the sever,ribhav;rs s u c ha s t l r e L a g n ai s t h e s u b j e c tc i i n q u i r y ,a n d r v h e n a p l a n e te x c e e d i n g l -irn' i m i c a l t o t h e l o r d o f t h e b h a v a . o c c u p i e sa h o u s ev o i d o f b e n e f i c u n d e rc o n s i d e r a t i o n d o t s ,t h e a s t r o i o g e rr,e i v i n g u p o n t h e u n a n i m o u sd e c l a ration of eminent sages:may announce that the bhava i n q u e s t i o nw i l l s u f f e ra n n i h i l a t i o nd u r i n q r h e r i p e n i n g o f t h e d a s ao f t h e i n i m i c a lp l a n et r e f e r r e ct io ,

qftmrftirqqqr wqterrrqilqnrrEfiir \o

m*qqqqnq'{Rwtgrd faerru{qI

rrrnrqa erdr;qwqqgqEqcilr iq q{

n{ f}ih}iqiq rrQotl tsrmmqqdfieqqqir S i o h a 3 0 " T h e d a s ap e r i o d o f a p l a n e t o w n i n g a flqrtrlFr(Eadhasthana) as well as of rhe one associated t h e r e w i t hl e a d st o d i s e a s ed, i s t r e s sa n d o t h e r s u c he v i l s . During the dasaand apaharaof a planet occupyinga Kendra from the srweilq (Badhasthana),sorrow and tcreign travel wiii crop up. lf two planetsoccupy the

sl.3l

slgTq{tsrqr{rt

1019

Sth and the 8rh pl4cesin respectto each other, the mry prediccdanger,exile or someuntoward astrologer eventduringtheir paka and apehrra i but if the planeto in questionbe benefic and friendly,th: effect will be m ix ed. and qrs-i^r" n"o"::l;:. sir{rr2nd

3Ti6â&#x201A;Ź(rliiqi eTlqirqiifi'n q qrqrqrt faft;err n,iiqt drqrJtqqr{i 4;1g \trf}ft *Rqrg: 1g qiftqitql qri' ert{qqt<\'mrrq t ?'trstiffdflF-\*t et{xtg"qi1 11 'ilrrherr i h c I - a g n a ( * l i c t l r e i c , i l ) i 1 ' t ho r o f q u e r y ) i s a r n o v e a b l e , rrnmor"ealrlo er dual sign), tlre I I th, the 9Lh and the 7th places ihc:-efrorn talien in order arc tertrletl :it{JBfl{{: or troublous positions. 'l'hc p l a n e t o r v n i n g a ' { l r l l q - i i i Ta s u ' e j I l s t h c o n e o c c u p f i n g i t o r i t s 'uidc .'\tlhl'al'a 2' s/. *8). I{en<ira iq caliecl 1t'{.1i. (,\iso

q* q1ffiq{ril }T4frqEq{irElqf}qrft+r* TtTt(| wqr{rqnuCx+arqgrqritqiiqd}qcl {rq{ii.i ftqft gâ&#x201A;Źfq( gkn"q}qqffitll (tt I11tll {r;ffiqriirqsiqqfrqqrfaqiiiiieU.ura}it Si'',,trz31. if the planet ripening the fortune of a personat any time be the one termed{te (Deeptha)(ttide Adh, 2, slokas ltj 13), he will becomea king rvith an abundanceof wealch, fame, prtronageand iearning to makehim happy ; if a stul (Swasch,r),he rviil hrve eecuredto irim the beneficsof old traditions, religious the hearing of pious homilies, exceeding observancesn comfort, health and wealth ; if a g,ia (M'rdicha), its gifts co lrim rvill be in the form of royal favour, pow and worldiy happtncss; if a ttta (S.rntha),the effe

r0n

arrdsqrftfrrt

Adh.XVIII.

prosperity, will be exemption from ailments,happiness, the goodwill of the rulersand a spirit of errterprise.

q* drilq ftqrftiqqffiq sftfkq{qEn,

ffiftilt$qqgil{itr

{tGaqrr({r I

ilt ilit'{ tr,i ftffiq{firr nirtirnrlqrerq Pqqb{nâ&#x201A;Źurq dtr?qqFitriia0atqfiftr 1R S/oAo 32. Whcn thc drsa of a planct tcrmedton (Saktha) is in fruition, a person rvill evincda predilec, tion for learning,educrtion,money,religiousausteritiee, acquieitionof supernaturalporversand works of charity. During the proqress of the dasaof a planet called,ftfla (Peedita),a person may hav,:to apprehenddangerfrom robbers,enemiesand the rulers of the land, or lose an younger brother. Distrcss is all the legacy that a {ta (Deena) planet could leave. The dasa of the ill-condi, tioned planet termed iaoo (Vikala) leads to distress and disease; that of a ,ao (Khala) produces mental anguish; and laetly,the planet in the dfa (Bheerha)state keeps the person urrder its infuence irr dread of adversariee.

ftoeeildrrilqdnut*;grqrqtg q& r qurftsftEr[rriur d g,i iTrsgqqEtql!n QQtl S l o f r a 3 3 . N o t e d o w n t h e s ef o u r s t a r s : v i r . ( l ) the cne occupied by the Lagna; (2) that occupied by the Moon ; (3) that indicatedby the name of the perEon concerned: and (4) that occupiedby the Moon at the time of the query. Ascertain which of theseis Etrongest. Starting with the dasa of the lord of this predominant star and following the order of the aakehatra dasas,

sL 34-35

sTgrErirsIqtq:

l02L

astrologersof eminence annQuoce th: good or evil falling to the lot of the person concerned'

siqfff{{Ro{fi il Wlifiifrr qurqorr?t ftrlqiltc{g{ q tt s{f:a (tqFqs(itilulr( 18 Sloka 34. If the ltasi containing the vica (Utpanna)nakshatra(vide next sloka) be stronger than any referreclto in the preceding sloka, it is tluitc possible th.rt the psrson about wirern clivination is to b: made, may get the {ruits of all rhe drsas of his life calculated from the Utpanna nakshatraas the starting point' It is to be understoodas a genetal rule that ail pl'rnetshave a tendencyto work evil at thc cnd of their severaldasas.

EFIIqtiqteK qaqq{rsq}iqqdil Ettt

tqt;qErcqtqil | tlTtElqr;K{rrsqdi;sqHil wqt iq qilEtrtattqi {igqEl $rta$It i*qqqed{ilqd}et ll 1\ ll areqrircrnqq'Ti

Slofta 35. Ascertain the 5th, the Sth as well ag the ,{th star from ate* (Janmarksha),i' e' the star occttpieclby the Moon at the time o{ a person'sbirth' Cycles o{ dasasarc calculated {rom every one of these as the starting point. Tlre ,Jasacounted from the 5th is called vua (Utpanna) ; that from the 8th, $Itsrt (Adhana); tl',at fiom the 4th, &u (Kshema). It the dasas in these cycleahave their ends iallying with eachother or with s"cQt the end of the dasataken in the same order from (Janmarkoha),f. e. giving the same number of yeart' monthe,etc., it is a sign that the life of the person con' cerned is to end with the dasa. In the case of people endowed with short, long and mediumlives, the denise

rc?2

qRf|FTTTGilil

Adh. XVIII.

will happenat the closeof the 3rd, the ?th and the 5th dasarespe:tively. cf , sil{rd

sreqrgilqqrae firqr} qft e{( r Erf,qqEqt q]t q,g,}A efidit rt ,iiqtg.iiqqrdTni qqrT0 sftdit r

n frqfurd{Tr rr

qraisfa iEtqrii$"rqqanrRiiqiq({rqse"rTr I qqrr artwrgqrqjqanr fisutrrsr;qrq {qt n lE il S l o h o 3 6 . I f t h e b i r t h o f a p e r s o nb e d u r i n g day time, his exit from the rvorld is to ba thus derermined; Add tlrc figures for the Sun and Srrurn, and find our t h e a s t e r i s ma i ' r dt h e p o r t i o n r i r er eo f i n d i c a t c db y t h i s totai. In the câ&#x201A;Źrq{rr(mahaJasa)of this asierism, frnd out which period correspcndsto the particuiar portio' of the star already found. Ihe deach of the person c r : n c e r n ew d i l l o c c u ra t t h i s p o i n r o f t i m e . i f r h e b i r t h be during night, add the f iguresfor cheMoon and Rahu ; ascertainas beforethe particularperiod of the mahadasa c o r r e s p o n d i ntgo t h e p o r t i o n o f r h e a s t e r i s mi n d i c a t e d by the total, This will give rhe rime of itr?or(Niryanaj.

u Sib*qrrrrr

gfb*ike'aqilqil ilw qsitqil |

rrslifir-rEqtird uamrtq q(gqil il Qetl Sio,trl il?. Ascertain the asterism occupied by Mandi at the time of a p.r-qon'sbirth. The drsa of Gulika is reckoned from this srar. The lords of the R a s i a n d t h e N a v a m s a o c c r r p i : d b y G u j i k aa s w c l l a s

sl. 38

agr{frsqrqr

1023

t h e p l a n e ti n c o n j u n c t i o n ( / i / c r n l l v c o ' o p 3 r a t i n gw) i t h plan':tsin tir: horos:one. the Upagrahaare death-dealing

R T[sqil ll iiirrrRrg* q ilqrir inttflf {Eilf I irrsrRrii*ud Tfl q{ii lrr Errrll lc ll | | iqilsnsi ft a'qreqriqqE{Isqld€ng

q'fag*qE{I(* q;rufr

5i c,ta 38. The lords of chetwo eighth piaces urg: <ari (Ayusthaney),the Suuand Venus, as alstltire Moon a n d M a r s a r e c a l l e d K a r a k a s ;t h e f i r s t t w o , o f t h e the second native'sq€q-Ayus (.:{riretrg:-Jathasyayuhu); pair, of the iather ; the thjrd, of tire mother' Firrd the dasacorresponding to that one amongthe three r{otrr?r (SoolaRasis)of a Karaka,wirich tl're conditions of the horoscopeunclerexaminationmay pclintto and f ind also w h e n t h e d a s am a y b e i n p r o g r e s s . T h i s d a s a ,i " e . t h e dasar:f the iord of the qorrflr (SoolaRasi) pointed to by may prove €gr (Mrrtyuda) or fatal. the horr-rscope NoTri:. T l r c s l o k a r s l e r l ' l e r s c . 1 4 . t r t c u o r d t n gl o t h e + z c f l i e d e q t (l(atapayarli sankhl.:rlsigni{iestire nurnber8. Iiere tire dual fhT{r thc lords oi the trvo r\r'usl ) o i n t st o t h e t W o p l i i n e t s t l r a t u rc -r a7j, *{aqeqt{gi t'i2., t}rc stl ^nd the 3rci thanas (-lui ralqr: 'I'he i u t e r p r e t a t i o l lg i v e n a b o v c i s t u r t h e r p J a c e sf r o r n t h e 1 a g n a . s r r p p o r t ebdY t h e f o l l o r , r ' i n g : - -

" r[ag*,,ii:qtufteq;fi:I t;qn{iiiqdt" (ifqdt). ', q,i,tpie'iifi"quii qajiq fiq*nr, @l(.r q;e*q{liil qfr g qrq{Iifi:" (n1e+oa).

, : 1 ; E { o f t h e s c c c n c lh a l f i s d l ( ' T g f i q g { q l { ? l i R l d i l t 'I'he word rir'1er is brought in fronr i{l q(l qrfr ott 6g{r ll

The qe{t-{t

1024

qrdEqrft{ril

Adh.xvrn.

the preceding sloka. {,oqi (Soolarksha) is the 8th Rasi from the place occupiedby the I{aral<a or its 7th, whichever of them is found to be stronger. flWi meansthe {Loli and its triangular signs. Soola dasasare helpful to {ind the if,ch (Niryana) of auy particular relative signilied by tbe liaraka under consideration.

ilffirffifuilUtGS dtg

frqiFqissqsEgtsfu

qrsfrs{ n lq tl dtqrftwqgetg

SJoftc39. Shouldthe signs representing the Rasi (Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, and other Vargas etc.,) by the Karaka occupied under considerationhappento be etrong either by the aseociationof, or aspectby, benefice, one may predictgoodresulteat the yearsigni, fied by tbe numberof years allotted to the lord of thc respectivesignrepresenting the Varga(according to the Udu dasasystem)increased by 6. But if the sign happens to be eitlier the debilitation or inimical house of the karakaplanet,or be also occupiedor aspectedby a maleficplanet,onq hasto divine only evil duringthc oaidyears. Norts. The above uieaning is only tentative. "orfrq{tot{cqiFtiigig" has been taken to nreanas " rvith 6 years added." As it is not explicit as to to what uunrber this ti sli,..ruld be added, it is interpreted as the years accordiug tu lhe Udu dasa systeur allotted to the lords of the several vargersoccppiedbl' the karaka in questiou.

ll TlarE{rfhtqrtl qr Seliild{qaf {d eqi\QqroJ{*iir

frqtqaq{r Rtqnoil {Fqrftaqrsil{|

qgrqt'isqtqt

sl. 40-42

1026

({ qqgif g ilqltrqs qr{ g slT{eFI

tAeo

E?nqqr?ir{ril q-sgittâ&#x201A;Ź ({rqi {urq ll 8o ll Sloka 40. If at a birth, the planet owninq the asterismor the Navamsa occupiedby the Moon ahould aspectthe latter or be in conjunction rvith it, the Kala. chakra dasaeof these planetswill be fraught with the specialeffectsto be mentioned. Diseasecrops up when the iq (Deha) of the dasasin question is associatedwith an evil planet; and diiziness when such a planet occupieo the fre (Jeeva) If both the tE (Deha) and *q (Jeeva)be occupied by malefic planets, and the evil influence thus become overpoweringly strong, death will follow as a consequence.

uerqr-atfurr qrfrftorUuirqfi aqurqt qililqERwri rgrriutrnqt

fitqf,i Tq{rqilwi.Rruri *.qq ftqqftfti rr{d}( tt;itsu Bt tl Sloha 41. If a malefic planer occupy the Lagna, aotrologerssay thrt during the progrcst of its dasa,there will be much distress and disease,loss of wealth,and risk from rulers and foes, when the apaharabelongeto a maleficplanet. The effeccwill be wholly mixed in the apaharaof a benefic planet.

oqt&qqtr*t6 qrqudi IIESTT{ | tq*gq.i

q{ qqFe affiffir{FTqn Bq tt

Sloha 42. Durirg the rime of the dasaof the lord of the Lagnaand the bhukti of a male{icplanet therein,

1'z9

l0t6

Cltr'tqrfufr

Adb.xvilL

aEtroiogersunanimously say that there will be much evil to be apprehendedtaking in the form of disease, death or loss of place.

qilfuqfirrqrt q'quffl rn{qq I *rfigRtqq qM

a d'uqr ll 81 ll

S/oln 43. At the time the dasaof the lord of the Znd bhava is in progress and in the bhukti of Saturn, loss of wealth,and quarrel with frienCsand relations will undoubtediycrop up.

qilftqr qrq€ft vR erq {rrqnqiriiaRifirunqI qrqrFEi(sqt n}n rr BBl! q;rtqrrqiffirTr{rqrgs Sloka 44" If the lord of the 2nd bhava be malefic, astrologersdeclaretirat there will be ioss of wealth of Saturn, Mars, Rahu and the during the antardasas Sun. The sameholds good when a malefic planetoccu, p i e st h a t b h a v a .

qnflqar qiq€q€d{ arFirt{rqtlk ^nqrouiqrq r

qnr?iiilrifrqaiailuriqrn€stii\xiqriqifr nsqtt S/ola .15. When a malefic planet occupies the 2nd bhava,the person concernedwill have to suffer during the antardasaof that planet througlr the ill-will of the ruler of tl're land, lossof honor, loss cf wealth, i m p r i e o n m e n ti ,o s s o f h i g h s t r t u s a m o n gm e n ,a r t dm a y incur the hatredof his friends.

qrq{i frtqiilqart qrqri}qt'Trrriiq=Rlutt{ I wa{{mqRrrw}t{:d wrrrfe gqrf}qiEIltsq li Slolc .i{1. If a rnaleficplanetowning the 3rd bha with ;r pianetalso malefii:, troubiervill va tre associated cometo tire per$onconcernedthrougirthe instrumenta'

sl. 47.-4s

qgrqli$|lrql

10s7

lity of foes,weapons and tbieves during rhe antardasa 'Ihis is not an unlikely result even of maleficplanets. when the lord of the 3rd bhavain questicnis associated with a beneficplanet.

gft*urn+rihqqsuriqqnrrtitrt{t}TriludI nrr ot x qainrurirriihi{Rqa*iiirq;ll 8e ll Sloka 47. Dtrring the dasa of the lord (when maiefic)of the 3rd bhava and in the bhukti of Saturn Mars, Rahu Ketu or the Sun an astrologermay gene' rally predict lossof brorhersand sisters,or, at all events, a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i nwgi t h t h e m .

frni\Erqrqgtttq qrhC qrq{{Ufk6lbI ttuclI srt;gfi q.gqiitti{ uuqrftdrf}u?anrmgr Sloku 48. At the ripening of the dasaof the lord of the 4th bhavr, when other than benefic, and during the bhukti of a maleficplanet,astrologerssay tlrere will be loesof place,quarrelwich relatives, damrgeto agriculture and kindred pursuics'to cattle and to weaith'

qHrqElw[ttgaufttwq qr* lfloqqiqsgdrffi${sI dt qiqarwri gaftnorrrgritaq;gutom{iltsi{iqqll 8\ ll S t o k a 4 q . I n t h e d a s ro f t l t : l , r r d o f t h c 5 t h b h a v a , when a mal<:ficplanet has its ap;tirara,astrologerssay frcm the sove' there wili bc danger to be apprehende<l llut dirrirg the apehera ili. rcigr.r,or a dc:rrson mav fail o[ a bencfrrplanet, there will be accesgionof wealth kind attentions {rom the rulers and kinsani c.hilttren, men and the attainins of what is wished tor.

qr|Fcrftlre

1028

Adh.XVIII.

qD{qmrqig glmui g$'r tnqo{{ 6q(i I t}rq t

qr* qoeurqtqrqorqili

qffffituqet q fiqt qEF( tr \o tl S/o&c 50. .Wise rstrologers say that in the dasa of the lord of the 6th bhavaand in the bhukri of planets not benefic. a perBon has to apprehend danger from a king or from fire ; he may suffersome misfortune or becomeliable to disease In the dasaof the lord of the ?th bhava and in the apaharaof a planer in the <qq (Khala)state,the personconcerned nray lose his wife and becomea wanderer.

GqqrftElrrnt ftgrrdqmrrtrtturi wffirfiihrwc{ qnr;gidEr{tq I

qft qM{qtq

rrwiiqnjRqqfqfi

frqonfdq ftd{qq.n \t tl ud qrqfrrTintrr Sloho 51. During the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhavaand in the apaharaof a malefic planet, rhe astro, loger may prerJictrisk from foes, loss of life, of wealth, of fame, rambling about or ejection from a placeof honor. Durins the bhukti of a malefic planet in the dasaof the lord of the gth bhava,the evil cropping up may be deathoF parents,accrualof iniquitieE,imprison, ment and waste of wealth.

rilrw norzuTrseqt ud qqrqd\ai {sr$ qqi{â&#x201A;Źgiigâ&#x201A;Źq{ililfi' a i{w+q I q;cnr*qufiuUifisqi oritrqrt grci rqdtqfiil{ri

tqwi fiqrq ard f}gr l \R tl

sI.52-55

engrqfrstqrq!

1029

10th bhava in the co (Khala) state ripens, there will crop up, during the gftn (bhukti) of maleficplanets,sicknessto those that are dearly loved, removal from office, loes of comfort and fame, and waste of money. In the dasaof the lord of the 1lth bhavaand during the bhukti of Saturn,Mars, the Sun or Rrhu, th:re may be affliction' ruin of aqricultural and other opsrations' danger from tire sovereign and loss of wealth.

aqtltqri rRq;Efiqud qornqqffgi({ | qsH{

qnq;rer{q sqft{uri iiqfritqlEsll \1 ll

Slohu 5i). When the dasa of the lord of the l2th bhava is in progress and when the bhukti of the Sun, Saturn or Mars has set in, the persrn concerned, $&Y the astrologers,will be at variance with his wife, sons and relations,and will suffer loss of strength,of honor and of wealth. During the bhukti of Rrhu, he may be e x p o s e dt o r i s k f r o m P o i s o n .

qFgii qr qwi ;ttgtt{ | wq'FrTqEuqqrsud

ll \8 ll qrqfrattqlqsru 6g Efifrow?ofrtg Slokrt.t';4. During th" d".i and bhukti of planets which occupy the 6th or the 8th placefrom each other, men suffer loss of place or lose of life. During the dasa and antara of two weak planetsoccupying the samebha' va, the death of the person concerned may be preCicted.

src*R{rr<tqnrriI qrqi mq sttffiqrri{6qit a tmt ll \\ ll Stohu llt. When the drsa of a maleficplanet is in progress,and the antardasaof a planet likewise malefic

1030

GUTMITi

A,Jh XVIIL

htt let iq the death of the person concernedwill surely

tahodrc.

ilflftrril! qHIstrffitfumr

ffitqr*gfirffqEnqt €fr.t+( tt \q tt Sloka 56. If malefic planetsoccupy a malefic Rasi and be asaociatedwith or aspected by inimical planets, thc dcath of the person concerned will happenduring the daEaof such malefic planets.

qdfrftqtq qs {{{ffiq Wq;ffi;ili

Irguldf {iq;i qrqrizrqfrqqr n \s tl q

Sloka 57. Mark the planet rl'ratis inimical to the lord of a €€ (Mrityu) dasr During thr bhukti, antara rnd rukshmadasa of this inimicrl planet. the time of deethof the personconcernedwill indeedcome. There need be no doubt of this when the inimical planet hrppene to be malefic.

SilRffr{qgrral Errq{Qr qrflitri qoq{ilffiqrfiqQ I €s"rs{ sqoflqfEqqtrqf rtTiiliftTn{Tqi uurrgnql: tt \d ll S/ofta 58. It is at the outset of thc dasaof a male, fic planetthat the effect of its being in its exaltationor other varga will appear. Tts influence over the bhava and the iike that it presides o rer will be felt in the piddle of the dasa; while the aspectupon it bearsf ruit towards the conclusion. This holds good, say the astrologers,in the caseo[ all malelic planets.

st.59-60

wrqft$sfrt

1031

q|qqrfi qr{qFf gnit ffiilftq[nsi qTsqQI il{rqr* gMil(*i qt ilRrqrut{ {qk ti \q tl SloAa 59. In the cage of every beneficplaoet, its effect upon the bhava it presides over apperdrsat the beginningof its dasr; while the influence due to its position in the several vergas manifests itself in the middle of the dasa. What is due ro the aspecrof other planetsupon it comes on at the end. All astrologerg recognisethe distinction thus set forth between the Nakshatradasasof bencfic and malefic planete.

ll {Rqffi({rrwilq'6ut tl

il eTeTr;a{{tt(5olfr tl srrrd(frrnrrrt*dqnTeil+fqqd-d-qgsqrdrwirpNitFtsI

wtrq{rtrrs*(mfrFr}

Uefrkufrr tr Q"tl Wwaftqnqil

S/ofta 60. During the progress of the Sun's dasa, the generaleffects to be noted will be-money,making by stealthy rnining and other ways, trouble from fire and beasts, inflamnation of the eyes,illness affecting the stomachand teeth,separationfrom wife and children, loss among reverend seniors and parentsand general decay among Eervants,kine and propsrty. qf. ara+ru<n

qriitrnqi fRfi?rrqin)qie*,flfragn;tqrqrtt qaflEqvftaqqaqiwqdrsftq Frrrrrr:tlT( tt

q=xilirqft sflrRf{fiar qri'}q*: svq,tRf{iqrqr

qrr(r6qfffi

ft32

Adb. XVIII.

qiorq fioarll fqwra+qlftrfnriri'erqqeqeeq qSidrgarq-ffigfna f'1ontt "qqa E=dtqtqaqtrtr Zqrflrq}rfQaq-geii;enraiiql {{â&#x201A;Ź: rf,fo:F{t( tl

EttIE{ttr(Iqmrtinatr{iqqrq}t

qsetdilgitrd iEarqret{rrqru Et ll

Sloka 6L. Mulciply the yearsof a }lahadasaby the yearsof the planet whose antardasais required. The product when divested of the f igure in the unit's placewill repreEentthe rronthscomposingthe antardasa. Multiply the figure in the unic's place omitted in the last operationby 3. The result will be the numberof daya forming part of the antardasarequired.

ar-iltumsridrr il {Frq{rFTi kwqrfurwi$irniRfirwrr

Ri{qqdqrriqdira.ii d u qRtl

Sloka-62. During tlie dasaand bhukri of the Surr, a personmay .rcquireweaith through Brahming<-rr Ksha, triyar, or by a resort to arms or other ways ; he may at the eametime have much mentai suf{ering and leada wanderinglife through a foreignwild counrry. Cf, qodirQ+t t{tatrgolasfqt

qqii qltqat,tz?Hfn qnrIIq( |

;qilcqcF qa+Fq*rrqqq f.tqi qni rfqnia ,rlenr.iifq*l

qqq iqr{sqtr t qrgfrTq+rri qlugfuirRr{ar,i qrii q;tqarFiti n qq tl SloAr:63. When the N4oonhas its bhukti during t h c p r c g r e s eo f t h e S r r n ' sd a s aa. p e r s o nw i l l h a v ea c c e s ,

sr. 64-66

qgrqfrsqlrrr'

sion of wealth through the instrumentality of relatives and friends, indulge in idle paatimesin the companyof intimate and respectablepeople and guffer oevetely f r o m j a u n d i c ea n d k i n d r e d a i l m e n t s . Af . ro{riqmr

ftgq{q}6qH{{T+E?Frrr:ofqf*,qrrJ(firutUegrfr:t q{qrfqeqfA(frr&qTq'ft {{ft qqrErft qe}qqrQi: tl A.lso ;itil+F{tsl

+rlfi q-qcdtnrqi g<oiqwmrfigqrfr{ r Fgafi qng€tfit{ft fir}fiq'thqq qq q tt q*€ae Nflrqr* gul-srrilt qR er,{gi: r rrqnqrri) qwl q qpg *vifitd;qflqtr *rq

(ctsraii{qrftnq+{ gqrft{ | H.nftdqrt gi qrgcqrrditr qB tl Sloka 64. When Mars has its apaharain the Sun'g daoa,an astrologermay foretell to the perEon concerned acquieitionof wealth in the form of gems and gold, royal favor leadingto prosperity,contrraction and tranomission of bilious and allied diseaaes. c/. qo{r?t-.{,r

eoiiqq'egeaX*tfYcrr €qlrrq:qqfi€rr{te.r qtllii qqft qq ua;gfidaruq] qrft aqr&q.trtq rr Also qTildl+l1''ri

qwoTfiRqq q fiqi r €eqqT€+oqlag?ti

qgo +qftataqqrrqi gfiwogea:fto qra{ lr

GTs6t.g€qr{ ffg{qlftf|gi{ I qEGgtiua\grdqtwtits..r* lf q\ tl Sloka 65, Pang of death prematurely settiog in, 130

1034

rtnuqtftnt

Adb.xvlll

trouble from relatives ag also from enenies, loee of place or mental mioery may be expectedin the bhukti of Rahu in the Sun's mahadasa. c/. sodftrr

Rw,il qqEftilqlfrq) ftqrqq fevvFiqrn'ga:I

firilerintq*wfq tl tRnt.{a}qaERrd{rg{:rt T{{s{ sdGd NqilqurTiliqI

ftsqfqTwaifrftr.illi gt rt QQtt Sloka 66. What is all.worthy-wealth got through a wortby con, honor to Gods and Brahmanas,virtuous actr, good traditional observanc$, good society and good conversation will distinguish the antardasaof Jupiter during the Sun's mahadaea. Cy.

nce{f1Q61

t ftgnqtfifiqqqrftr;qtgri-iqSagw;gxaaq qqfdq qrqitTrf,r arqsTfr liri qil sflnfr'ftct{{tq. tt A,lso qirq.lrrtq

sgbor q6ar qfafiqg{r{ig I flAeqFqrfag {qrFffflnqarfr q< qr+Itrrrqtq61;qed ll

r{qri{qrod alagftrt}wq t ilqd1lTqnffr fi{ril,fit sit 1sQutl Sloha 67. During the bhukti of Saturntn the Sun'g dasa,a person ahould be prepared for hostility from every one, want of energy, an ignoble calling, mental worty, and liability to rick from the rulers or tbieves. c/. sodR{,r

qil(ft: gnfitq: feqr ri gelrr: flqf4qfi€q;gfi: r qRHr qqfhqqqftsa rila\ sfrEgqn-dirti tt

sl. 68-?0

1036

rUrqrlsrwrr

a lso qrfr{l{ol

qR[ I a1nft1frrfr,ftfiei' {0-qqnrcnlTqnqq:

f,{iloqfdqrfq qqFn d{ {Ha\ {rgqs;61q! g

r;gfrcrwiqrd(rts( q{wrqI iti*gt*qqrirfr{tw{e gt tt qall S/ota 68. Trouble from relatives' mental dittreao, depressionof epirits, wasteof money and slight comfort are what may be expected in the apaharaof Mercury during the progressof the Sun'sdasa. c/, qodft+t

firrdi qs{{frq{tsn{| fiqfEtrftedg5'edrqdr qqnqrf}'it, Uo qifa Gqqrdqr'{tt r-{rq{qf€qqqil

Also nmEn{WI

fiafitr<gRat$, qlqn'\etfifteaqit r qq'q{rqTfi€ilrsqa fi*' gt '{Tgqaiqqfi tt

qir6itri ffi{ilr,i *etqqrft

Er t

qfirorrgqrgJfi {+c<{t rq} il Eqrl mental anguioh,ophth, SloAe 69. Throat-disease, almia or prematurc death may be expected in Ketu'e bhukti in the Sun's mahadrsa' c/. woailit+,r

qFgfil{. I u€Fqq: €da5gr{fiqfr frq}tq qnRrur

uiliqarqfhiinuq'i.fiidl qqrfinfi qd ftqqry:tl

qorqrfrqnqni I Sdisrrfr\{urq.

AFdqrE$riiittrc<.tt q,fr ll so 11

Slt ka 70. Acquisition of pearlsor other produca of the sea, fatigue, addiction to bad femalesand pofit-

l086

ilrTrrliqrl

Adh.XVIII.

lessdiscussionwill markSukrs's bhukti in the Sun's mahadaea. o/. 'n-safi*l

ftrilur wtgErftqtsq r a{iR,qrrJ(qaqFqfi"gfrq. gofr*rgr+qdtq tfilt ui|: gh q{fi rtrqr;inq tl Also sFffitrltol

Rvqrq w.â&#x201A;Źr$oiq qii q qlfeeqar,oi{lerq1

qEF+{qrfE+frfAfis terffrdi qrsq{iqqrd:ll Eil* ftqilqtn ftEqj.i qtqqt I utqtqffit qr\ q{rct g(rqlsqq u st tl Sloka 77. In the inirial portion of the Sun'sdasa, the father of the person concernedrvill fall ill, and there will be much expense. In the middle, there will be trouble to every one whether biped or quadruped in the household. In the end, there may be easeand comfort.

dt ffqqEi'qrqq ilfodtsqEri}rq grdtftcfllq;gq{utE nltf\qqq{ t dtq WwhrqaTq dr qrt Wrof\{

ftat qrfeEqn{rnwt frqq{ {r Eft{ n sRtl

Slaha. 72. During the progressof the Sun,emahadaraoccupyingthe deprcssionNavamgain its exaltation house,a person has to apprehend ill,fam:, danger,the deathof a eon, a wife or somepaternalrelationand loss of property in connection with agriculture and other purruits. But in the dasaof the sameplanetoccupying the exaltation Navamsa in the depressionhouse, the perBonconcernedwill attain regalprosperity,happiness, though towards the end thereof there day occur loss of wealth or his own demige,

sl. 73-74

srErEtilsr{rrq:

1037

q;1tqfriliilRqmwrqqnqi qqit qoiitt qniu qret.fill sl ll Stoht 73. f)uring th..: progress of the Moon's a personwill have accessto sacredprayers, maha<lasa, ecripture and Brahmanas; he will exerl fascin'rtionover young females, and secure to himseli women, wealth and lands; he will have a profusionof flowers, cloths, ornaments, perfumes and various valuable objects of enjoyment; but if therebe anything to checkthe Moon's strength,the effecton the personconcernedwill be that he will be poor and suffer from wind'disease' NorIis. The reading in q.odftqt is slightlv diflerent viz'', "

firfinflqarqtq_riqfai\{f-

ffirfrn{aqfrdtqq*eftk'r f18: SUITEH4TqITFqNIqT{fl

q1ft rsgfqilqeffil qnilq: ll

il eTqqqqilqFFiTt{rrsorfr ll qgEqrttfuR Rqrd.ft(ilao*n{{fr{qd

ffiu* tadqt "{qdtEq{nrq*r qsqqrqq.I

r.sti{ d'fqlil fiarfr Grgi gritir ir'i q

lleBll quaii{'i A EdrFaHqfi daftq\qri\orri

Sloka 74. Devotedattention to learning,love and gilk and muaic--vocai as rvell as instrumental-suits of other articles of attire which succe$Ein these purauito

1033

rltrTqnGlld

Adh. XVIII.

gGnerallyEecures,refined society-sound health-good renown such ae even royal ministers and army leaders ecteen and envy-journey to sacredsLreamsand places in company with f,rmily and friends-and lastly what ie dear to the heart, the acquisition of lands, cows and horces-abundant wealth and power-these are what the Moon will give in the ripeningof its own dasaand bhukti. c/.weiifq*t

dqqtftKqeig+rrra) {gitaqnqtrrritrraqt ngReseqsalgdqi qni firrft dla{tf}* rr

itri iiftqsifi q qr;ffid $reilqqr

ftzqrmrn(bd qo(qrnr.itgi trs\ tl

Sloha 75, Disease,petulance,loss of place, wa$te of wealth, trouble from friends and brothers may be expectedto crop up in the bhukti of Mars in the Moon'r mahadasa. c/.

q.,a{i/Q-q;t

fia{f,eftitqqlQq:bng,efiu*tflea{t fqaflafidA'iiiOiqrlaiiftfirilFctrrt ll Also fld{,It{tut

q;gft q I +)rrdritofrwfiiq i'fipft F{T;rd: gntcflei rrqfr*rfifi ,iqlqeqlftoliprqr+ rI

iigfrurrn( bd ffg;Tltiqiqq{ | r f*kgâ&#x201A;Źflsllt nf,rq;nq{F(t ll uQ 11 Siola 76. During the antara of Rahu in the a personhasto suffer distresson ac' Moon's mahadasa, count cf riskg frcm foes and dangerousdiseases,loss of relativer and waste of wealth ; he has no easein fact.

?ill:1"'"" -""" ""-*5ly: ""","","",___' c/. m-oetft*r

qrnrmfiqqrftrrqh fta')qRgtfrq-ga{ r

qaqiqqfta=qii{qaodris{iilrhsa*rt

qrnrRfr?{qrEtft EtttwoTwqEs I

Tdr(srdwrt'ritfit ffrcnr-etn \eetf Sloka 77. In the Moon"smahadasa and in Jupiter'c apahara, a person will get vehicles and the like articleg, abundanceof clothing and ornaments. He will achieve what he strives for. q;oil0+,rqt{ ___CF n qHqrrl;|{n: $€Iffi qq{qqg€:Hqrrrrr:I

itqneafirfrqarqatrqfqqq*$ gn] rt srfrdtirtot

ftftreeqTqqqr-qrilIlla'qrftdq{qarfiq*q( r qiarqi gt gruri afirqirnet tt ge)esqaifq

qr{qtgrr*g:d qrdqtqtR{teqr {arqEr{rft€{rEt {rfr qi((fl?ili tr ed fl Sloha 78. Mental anguish caused by a mother,r cuffering,wind and bilious affe*ions, sriff words and discussion with unfriendly people are what a person has to be prepar6dfor, in the apaharaof Saturn,iuring the progressof the Moon's mahaCasa. c/. m-o-<iiQ+r

6qqns*q+qfl( I \rilrrftE€: gG.gaeiltar qrq{rfituqrqhs* q1n;ge{{i}-ntqt rt Also qRTnf.{tst

aloq*rrfRasflq.iifA m?rg1lgqq,qt&q.r *itfi qraraqtarfq iqi nfififlriTqq{riqfie: rf

f,rdrqrftwr

I040

Adh. xvlll,

qr{Errkinfrf*eqwwil{qr I {qqY'rq{rfriitq;Erupein eq tl Slohu 79. Accessionof wealth from relationson the mother'sside,learnedmen seekingasyltrmand acquisition of clothing and ornamentswill mark the bhukti of Mercury in the Moon's dasa. c/. qodlii+r

fl{r.rqqqqra'rigorrflH{upt*FqqEqq: I Rnirq {fi qrqafi*rrgfq qGqrdqqrEq: u Also

.i|ir{f+Ttr'l

glderrrit qfiqntagfiq t sin?rrtT;ineFq ftqiqlaisgadrq$dBua;qq{tFd{IU ll

q sihirqrii{ican t dlfui ryg<Ri

(a{Fildrrrin{iit tfr q;(qil;tr 1 do tl S/ota 80. Illnessof a wife, lossof relativ:s,suffer, of the stomach arrd loss of property ing from diseases Ketu's in interval in the Moon's dtsa. crop up c/. so'.?fr{t

irqq qqqr fqneeoqq,if|;gf}i-gtrfiriq qrflâ&#x201A;Źetdi{ftnqftqi hOfiqrfir qr;q$Esqn

gâ&#x201A;Źq.I dwt ultqEriaqo{qtqd

qnqiqqr*it u,fr ff(firFei tt dt tl Slota 81. During the period of time allottedto Venus in the Moon's dasa,a person may get a dowry on behalfof his wife and enjoy the comforts derivable from agriculture,cattle and the likc, water-productsand clothing; he may becomeliableto any diseaseconetitu' tionally inherited from his mothcr.

SI. 8243

gtgrq{ttstlTFlt

1041

c/. m'oatQ-+r

:I ileuraaggqqrsalR:FqsssRkqlqq -1'r}rr glfiel{lq{;qsgRa-aqrqq1uii;gQ Also

il{"til{Jnt

qnrqqt*fdfieisriioitqdi*qt-qala go, t g\6l$olqTqrt{q erR-ittqrrqif( fHhqgcq:ll

{q{rqst,s{ aqrfraniftgqq{ t fu gqrmslii rfr q-nq{n<ttt dRll Sloha 82. Power almost regal, exemption from happinessand prosperity of enemies, ailments,decadence are what may be exp;cted in the Sun's bhukti in the Moon's mahadasa. c/. qoatfi+r

(tlqlnqqfrl qtdl i\.r{rf}arRqfi;gf}: I fQnrrndiqrrdrdqrsFr{ir$qfi{cHilFfl{{il Also

nfaldt+{(ul

qlarr*{qr{tarq<rqsqrfdqakfi'61{qI q\rfliftq,{ai q qlfo nlaig'rrhgft fiin: tt

sTrfrqr{saiqQ ilitra{Hntiiigr t Itlsri{rfFr{rqtqrgo €issis'€( ll 41 ll Slofrn 83. The effectdue to the bhava over which the Moon presidesmay come off rn the commencement of its mahadasa ; that due to tl're character of the sign representingthe bhavaas well as to the Moon's position will be seenin the rniddle; what is due to the aspect on the Moon of other planetsand' what affects the part of the body denoted by the bhava wrll appeartowards the end of the mahadaea. l3t

rHfifuft

t042

Adh.xvilI.

qm{iqgf,q {Fgilwwa{rffi \r.Tr{il**q RRtr *{{qqmqq r frilqleqtfigi g unti fiqrwrirqt'

iii{ gdEl{q;ggef{terq,T},t ftgr n dB tl Sloka 84. Aetrologers opine that in the ripening of Mars' mahadasathere may be attempts at moneymaking by taking to fire arms and by engagingin wars among rival kings and by other \ffays; there may be coming in of money also by medicine, by trickery, by fraud, and by diverse cruel acts; there may be suffering causedby fever arising from a morbid state of bile and blood : there will be seena propensityon the part of the perEonconcernedto resort continuallyto the societyof low women and a crop of hatredemanatingfrom sons, wife, relatives and reverend seniors. And in conse, quence of all this, the person will haveto eat bad unwholegomeiood.

. ll

$qrftE{ gtqF{ xil{tgl {qTsqqI q{flqffind q gi $qq{t;di n d\ tl Slola 85. Greatheat,dislikeof friends,annoyance Irom brothers, danger to be dreaded from a ruler and ruin of all undertakingswill be rhe characterrsticfeatures of Mars'own interval in thc planec'smahadasa. c/. qddl?Er

finluquaqqq sSfrfrq freqqrqqfim'ifirgfHft: r arft wstq Rdtqq.tr flTilffi{l3zq*rqifiirqiur,r'igiil

qw{*ss[|at

sl. 86-83

{ffififr{

1043

qnqFqftil{ilq I

gssqtftrdfkRr nd cqE{rftftll zq ll

Slofra 86, During Rahu's bhukti in Mars' dasa thereis peril to be apprehendedfrom rulers, robbers andthelike; destructionof wealth andcorn andsuccess in evil purauits. Cf,

qotfq*t

qe;gqrf}: t qrelffirfisqrw finrff,:Stqfhrfr{qtrdt qfi.et figsrqitqI qfrE{Fdtnil gwft{r'r ll srppq{fsq

&wqownfi qod q liilqqq I w(q{ qd frâ&#x201A;Ź{ gfr sqffiFtr ll de ll Sloka 81. Acquisition of wealth and lands through Brahmanas,freedomfrom illness, public esteem,aocen' dancy and happiness will mark Jupiter's interval in Mars'mahadasa. cl. nc{t&mr

gsqr gH{r Glfi gqsrql E1'l glfi{Tfi1fr: I n-anrfifQaw srqq$rfiqrrtuqr],il-siiqr qqfi $qinl;c: RSf 11qfro1 ll Also qtfrqtqtq

morfQ*cizqi&qrfHsorfd{rFr{qrr(fl}Fil{| qfae:tl scmiqqlgqd.Eg{$qii*ilq{ni

{ggrrrFrraqrf{qiiqttirfqnr q?qqqqffi

{r* Sqq{il?d ll dd ll

SJoAa88. Illness leading to much misery, evil threatenedby enemies,robbers and kiogs and loss of

crirocrRilril

1044

Adh. XVIII.

wealth are what a person has to put up with in the bhukti of Saturn in Mars' mahadasa. c/. wodrt+r

sv{rfi fiqtt: qtFllidgcoli qqfslnfaq{<g:eq'iiqerf}:t EUQ{qIT Ru,ii ritfitnqrfiqrf}r,iqfi gqq{lqw+,i q'qqlh ll Also

:il{;[l+{t'rl

t *,o1g{lFqqaSent qTuli{qlulTFf,ilfit{tst spqnqrq qG.lTreqilrdi{ll *qquFnlft ll

trqqqlqrqrinu€q]sFqwq(I I {TitItTIqqrb{igi gqqdrr;trll cq ll S/ofra 89. Accessionof wealth from the trading community, abundanceof houses, cows and grain, trouble f rom enemiesand mental worry -these, a person may havein the interval of Mercury in Mars'mahadasa. c/. noafft*r

,r{fi qqgr*il qeq}qrtQrfi, qUqqC{ITTsti fieisfia'i}n, 1 {q5nqRfrerldi\qii qr

fqrrftqrftrnaifqEqrfrflirg:11 AIso slddtlT{ur

st{rfa{$rTqdFiiuq; {tei fq{l,i Ud{rrfd}:t ee,ii.qEq;dfa qo4qgffreqft qR sqRe:tl

gikttsr {rililt q;g0r6tdfs:rq I gsrTrffi{:Kt*fi $qftrF(i ll 1o ll Sloka 90. Great suffering brought on by a dieease of the stomach, trouble from relat ons and brothers,

'l 353: "-"---Yj "-Y*T:"-* "".-""-"..-",-and oppoeition of bad people have to be apprehendod when Ketu has its interval in Mars' dasa. c/. mo<tfr+t 3TttfAqqrTft eEf hnqq{tet

furqqqqtrtrBnqrd\srlilqt( | wrwqqg,'* q]frfr il ftqRr: qfa{rfa{G *g: *iargrcq ll

s([;r{qui qq q;g*qlqilqqq I dieihqilfrlt$i gh fiqq{r-ft ll ql ll S/ola 91. Jewel for the wife, clothing, incoming of money,from relatives, odium o[ lemales and their society(nevertheless)will be what a person may exPect in the bhukti of Venus in Mars' dasa. c/. woritft+t

gfq qfinfiqrnfqqqmeEmn agefirfriiiqtq{*qitu, 1 qftqqqRilfiqlqi qtqqtqtqqEdaqqrgqiiqi qfiq-q' tl Also.tTifii{{ul

fitnqtq-qRqtqqtil,Sqrq{IEqfaqqiat qt..,lqq rtaafqnt|n iiq r;{\ qnatmX;} tt

srqiil(gee{ usi aqft{Fqaqt ll qR ll ercqqqm(rd rfr .TJqqrrrtilt Stoka 97. Blame,odium of the elders,quarrelwith them, suffering causedby disease,h:art-ache occasioned by one'sown party are what may croP up in the Sun's apaharain Mars' drsa.

lntcrftni

1046

Adh. XVIil.

c/. su{ftmr {qiFnqRWTgq€;qqqn: qRqEqaqrqfrqEia:g{e I

srfrftofRa-tft: Hrqgrcraorftkfirf{fioqrgqlqfleRotfttl Also qkrifirrr€t

;ilirgqTurtnqqt|A eq g=flqtB qgqrfanqK t

qoqiqqr*frqq fiquqrq,rrg{trqucaFd(F,{: lt qogat,rafiarffiilq't gfiheqaflqot=ar

qrn+,{Efe.1na+rnukr\qrfAhsfi aqfh rr

rrttfrrcti EqgifiIIIftriA Worq,I

ftnrwt qfiat qt fiqqn<i tt qQtl

Sloha 93. Various comfr:rts that wealth affords, cloths, pearls,precious stones, orname!)ts,heavy aleep and ardent passion may mark the Moon's bhukti in ,Marg" mahadasa. c;. m-cdrfQmt

et{eaalarpnan'vugfi : I Rfrtxrgnrfri{q,i},tsft qr8raqqqti qqfrUrqarft{erfQnx{tet {ito'il sqqrt tt Also

;illiFmi{(ut

fteii.gqgoqqq1qq1fi U61saq;qiir1,rutrftr

R+(q *nqfifirdi-giire w+ fiarl +tft rr

{r4rq qrqrdqrqrftdaqqr I q$\ {qrf}r*u},frftqTi ail q+( u qB tl Sloha 94. At the out$etof Mars dasa,there will be humiliationand waste of wealth. In the middle of the daea,there may be danger to be apprehendedfrom rulers,fire, brigands,an'Jthe like ; chesamewill happen aleo in the concluding portion of the dasa.

sl. 96-96

qUtqfrsst{t

10c?

sqfgeq qwflilirq qft

ffiqrrrar q(otg(frilqq t ati g eWqqili'{qirar ER wqntqftq-{.rrdqgci{Ef}il n q\ tl S/r,rArt95. If Mars occupy the d:pression Navam, sa in its exaltation house,there will be according to the astrologers,death among the children and brothers of the personconcerned,during the dasa of the planet. If it be in the houseof depressionand occupy the exaltation Navamsa,the effect will appear in the successof agriculture and other operations and in the accessionto l a n d s ,w e a l t h ,g r a i n a n d m a t e r i a lc o m f o r t s .

ftG'{Gfrqtkiiara{q morgnftfr*rrgsq( |

sdtEttniqqt{qrdiiqrqgRw( qgft{r:u qq tl Sloha 96. Loss of such things as comfort, happir ness,wealrhand worldly statug, the pang of parting with a wife, children and relatives, illness iq the extreme,residcncein a strange land, and a dispoeition to wrangleare what Rahu briogs about. 'n-oajf,iaqtq

gqiqft,flflfiq'irrqrlnuefiftgnIfrdifiuqq;gnnqI clqrqq rqEq{nmqiisqqri. fl rq;gfi qq(fiaamr{Erfiq I fqg-qtguflaa q116qlEflg1 4nrEqqil nqrqQ'iqgeq{fad.T I .It gqfFqfi{iq e{q'tefrr{fhq,ji erqsoTqfleai: fft6] qfFrq+liiq:rr e1gG{qnHlqqqlitsqElqr(

slfi{Qqqarff ' qEar,ilfiil{r;I

rnnrflqil

l0C8

Adb. XVIII.

{{uilqR{: ftqqqqR{ter

tt aFrfAftfr nrtdv-onr: UFG

tl ilqntri R{rt q gkiTtt qi{qq I

(G{rdi gn{ ti trg.flert tt q'sll Sloku 97. Illness of a wife, a controversy, failure qf the intellect, waste of wealth, roaming in a far'off lrad and dietreas will be the characteristicfeaturesof Bahu'l bhukti in Rahu'e dasa. cf. wiRtr

ftngegsgqst{t{ qwsrngfiqgfi;gfr:I rfigqTrgsqiaprrin fiygf4pqt e<rR tr

aqrffidrd

gFor$qM

q ilqffit T{r{rq(l

gft n5fin-n\ll qc ll

Slofta 98. Total disappearanceof ailments and enenies,royal favor, accessionof wealth, acquioitionof children and great perseverencewill mark Jupiter'o bhukti in Rahu's dasa. Cf. co/.tfq-{r

gfudtfr' g{{aqpi frtlqil qlce{t flITl{rT:I grffiilurad g$qd] rr eguqqrredftq11s.tq:

qrffi<uit fti l;gMEftsi(t

qQ{rfr{rd q {* ffSE{rrd il qq tl

Slola 99, A diseasedue to wind and bile, the distresr of relatives, friendaand well wishers, and residencein a remote foreign land are what may crop up during $aturn's interval in Rahu's dasa.

SL T()G-IOS

qftqfrsqtrt

1049

c/. qtrdfq-dr

sfffinqqqtrR<* cqi+firsEla ftK: I €IrffTHa qq-gft,iit fift larg: qfi{sqr*+ n

fteq?gsonffifti q qilqqq t {rqfiftT{rniftgq ag3fltt\ tt t"" ll Sloha 100. The society of friendc, relatives,wife and children,accessionof wealth aod royal favor can be enjoyedduring Mercury'sbhukti in Rahu'sdasa. c/. qsoElft-*r

qr'ft t grcfhfe:gaciwrrrfr qftftfr'q.qqiitq +gftwrpur*noqfrgqenqcwilRuft€t n

*{ cqnilfr l gr;nd qg{q{ t qfrq(qqTslR *ft trgffid tt tot ll Sloka 101. Brigandage,loss of wealth and honor, lossof children, death among cattle, misfortunesof all kinds await a personin Ketu's bhukti in Rahudaua. c/. n'c{tft-+r

Grrrfff{arRq,iftrihrr flfr(#q€g€frt'q,nI frqeqrff,:seq: g€qlrehqErql'il(tftrertr tt

Rt{Trerf,{xrfr!qqrq(gtqqt I ail(g} {r$firFtri ll t"1, ll ffig{t{ir Sloka 101. When Venue has itg bhukti in Rahu dasa,there will be accesgionof vehicler, r,.'-brellac, chowriesandwealth of varioussorts from forpiga lande; but there may be trouble from dieaaees,foes and relativer. 132

'r**

ilcrcrftqrt

Adb.xvlll.

q/. cioilR-dr

*1qFE:

ttqiiqqKat gffir{IiT$q€tfl{Irl{: I

qqrfqerffieqtf+ilfEnr,ri€rerurqrefr u,il: t qrdqftRr ftRr qftrffiil{n{ I

tqnt{r{iqrirtfr ngqffiai ll t ol tt

Sloka 103. Love of charitable acts, contentment, cessationof all violence ancioutrage and the spreadof a contagiousdiseasewill mark the Sun's bhukti in Rahu dasa. c/. q-o.drt{T

: I srRaqqrqrqfd{teiaqr}: fi qrf}{T€tl€fi{rqgRlT

eqgnrfi{rt'leq'igdsq{fifi1rRqreil tt

r *.rqtqcfrfqeiqegRrfrtrrrql

trfigqadflql u* qi(Eil;tt ll loB ll Bloho 104. When the Moon has its bhukti in Rahu dasa,there will be an abundanceof enjoyments, good crops,coming in of moncy and communion with kith and kin. Cf. q,c{h!-*t

I a{ian: we} qiwr afifreffinqilqETq{q: S€[iqdH:nfi.eqq ,riqfan]qilq$R iqfifaq, tt

qiqfig qrdrI c.itq(qft,ftqr i\qitqitEl$ RTr( ui qgqrn-fttt t o\ tl Stoha 105. A combinationofall possiblecalamities, bewilderment in every work and a culpablefailure of memory will be the characteristic featurer of Mars' interval in Rahu d asa.

sl, l0B-103

qW{frsrlt{r

M5t

Cf. ssfrRnr

zqlfrineqq nfrRqtqrflrrni,rqR il qilQn:I qqqq€a€nqqtsiqqrasqlgR sq\e5q:tt

r.fk.frfvgrc rd&rTRn+qaqr;qiltr{| Mt+{

uqqFdq twrudrritgd EEfriltl

Sloha 106 Rahu occupying Cancer, Taurus or Aries, aay the astrologers, will secure to the person concernedduring the ripening of its dasa wealth and corn, edification and arnusement,honor from the sove, reign, wives, servants and dependants happy and well-off.

qrfrn{tnqtrdqtra}{fliiqrt gaqnor{q.I .ilrr{_glloetl trnftqs il{Ei q E{nE{rtE$[o<r Sloha 107. Astrologerssay that Rahu in Kanya, Meena,or Dhanusgivesto the personconcernedduring its dasa wife and children, lordehip of lands and a carriagedrawn by men. All theseare liableto be lost at the conclueionof the dasa.

qqqfltEqffqr**zqle qr€}-

qhrAq qRqT+ wcdfr {{r qr I

rr-qgFrqqqr v{*q}qsrt

qgqdg€{tof gr(KEr(mt ll I o< ll Sft.rfrc108. When Rahuis in Leo,Virgo or Cancer, a personbecomesa king or a king's peer during the ripeningof its dasa; he wilt commandan army com, posedof elephantsandhorses,will behighly beneficent, exceedinglywealthy, devoted to pleasureand dearly attachedto his wife and children.

lTcTqrftnt

lo6tl

Adh.xvilI. - @

I u Y Y V V Y

V V Y r

Y U - r

: r Y - ! ! v v ! v v v Y I Y U U - ! v v u v v r v v t

ffird g!€fl*fr q{nqgi qa€tt{ | q{r+ qfuarEqftilflrd qq=gfr(ll tol tl Slokq 109. At the outset of Rahu dasa, a person cufferg distress; in the middle of it, he may have much enjoyment; but in the end, he may becomebereavedof his parentaand even los: his status.

grq{rftfttqmr{nfr nwddfug& ftqfrq t trrilqrtgr{mRqr{t*rqdr t tiqr* utfr tt

Stoka 110. Jupiter securesto the person concerned, during its dasa, rank, wealth, vehicle, apparel, royal qood will, purity of heart, power' knowledge,practice correspondingthereto, wife, children and all else con' nected therewith. c/. q.cdftqt

qtfhqrfsqfr;qgri{v<H;dnftlfiqafflfrXga at ruF-qFqgf,iraig uarannqrftq{qdg€gfdfteft&q.tt riln{ I sTrnga fer64t i{rqn'qrtqtfi{fr : qftqaqRqKft qrfd gftfrrr' *&itq: {flffi:ll gdqqgQilffr: flIgqTe{H{fl

tl il{lfr TrM tffidcrqa{ r

ffiltgtlraE{rdn

tl ttt tl

Sloha 111. Royal favor, great diligence, achieve' ment of everything attempted. learning and scienceare what a perEonmay expect in Jupiter'e dasa and bhukti. c/. q6{R6r

*qrrqtrFo{gqnu0itqq:<rn flrgaffrfa{dlqfAqlliq I

enqrEwrgnqsgRRefHR' frq-.Ht tqft tqgil Rdtqqu

St. 12-l 14

qerqdsmr

1069

I hgfr qinri gr{orciq6qqq,

s*{T{qqrslrfr{f,r ffqq{rd ll ttR ll

Sloka I12. A feeling of aversion, mental anguish' waEteof wealth through the sons,failure of businessare what a perEon may have to be prepared for during Saturn'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa' c/. qoeiii+t

I flq sr+qfreqfl Sg'qqgq{tsr iqqmarqqFdIH{Aq i{t a.{ifinft ?a+\ ;tilqlq ll slt-qfrrqqdharqgarfH'

Also std{F{(rt

6{rls:I irnrnanagfrfrqrifiwqqltqat: w'ot-,hgfr qt qE gttnrqi qftts*q* n

ttqrit trqat gr{Ha{|

qisqt{rdtifi q ixt ff{flrd

ll ttl ll

Sloka1L3. Acquisition of wealthby meansof the trading community, royal favor leading to material comfoits and perfectpracticeof hospitalitywill mark Mercury'sbhukti in Jupiter'smahadasa' c/. - ured&mt

frqR,*ftaqFeftq h{€qsorfr:t dqaqqqrTQFqqa <adordagmtgedi'itqhfqdsrrtEttit€q* rt

Also slil{frRot

uqgkilneqg{€qrfi sRfqilcFq€rqilfr t moryxlRgt*rfrqa sqfqgt dt+saiqqa: ll f&nqrqqefiatRfolFsllK:fm q{tert gftA{Hi qdt-gg} hqifitqra qd fitq

1 uilqqroqsrit'd'lqw qqT'{R3 ge'wq{rErftt*fi flqq{I;d tt ttu ll

10d.4

arilscrft{rl

Adh. XVIIL

Sloha 114. Acquioition of pearl and coral orna_ ments,pilgrimagesto holy shrines, increase of wealth and sufferingfor the aakeof reverendse'iors and the king will mark Ketu's intervalin Jupiter.smahadasa. c/. r.odfi+r

{reaoilqqfrue*ffiilq, ftr"qqr aaq*lQgqqqq r qrq;gfAd{gqelfrrdfq, fr\engflEs qqlft*g, rr

qq{rfrlsrqTqdqqI EErrfA di{rqrq{RAfrufi *qq{n-,ilin tt\ tl Sloha 115. Acquisition of vehicles and other valuableproperty, the glory of umbreltas and chowries, trouble from femalesand public odium are to be looked for in Sukra'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa. c/. s-oa?ft+r

arrfrvpivgqFqqR;dqdtgrnqn{rqangR rlvurR:t qrfi }rqqrgteE,tl teBqrirgrTTtlqdiqt{mgqt Also sldfrnrrul

q tlsnfioqrfE+ftqrrs: I Aifdq],ilstfqqrili

Rl;rTFftni 6qfi;lq-€F,{,{rr}, gt qtqqnt qt|It ll

qfr{hqrqtfam.qu+fiqrrqrnrfa+HgQa I flqtaq:q66qmqrtftt qEritftqo q *Ra. rr

{rfirr{i q{ fie{ Tftffii ffirrrq( t

rrcf{{Kqrtr{rfr 61qqur;at il ttq tl Sloha 116. Flight of enemies, victory, ease,great diligence, coming in of wealth, royal favor and sJund health are what a per$onmay expectin the sun'a interval io Jupiter's mahadaga.

sl. 11?-118

{gtqfrswtqs

1066

v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! Y v ! Y ! r v v ! v Y i Y v ! ! v v v v r Y v v v Y g v v t _ d

c/. - qodficT

qritf,q,frf,tqqrqq+1f*o1rt: €lltlusitT?{gls;TqrflIfr:I irqqqrrggJ$trr6Frrqgita"qg{qrgfiE(stII

Also skf$Tl{(ul

garriaaftqqegal{fifieatqttf,ulfqqs{ t qri q\{rrf5et faiqil qlqTqqt{q q{i qqa: ll

drue'r€rdq{ rrqqtfi g€Halt l

R"qqeRwrl{ q-t dtEqil?ili11| {u ll

Sitr&a 1l?. Power acquired under femaleimpulse' of royal favor leading to material comforts, acquisition fine appareland ornaments,are what a person may look for in the Moon'g interval in Jupiter's mahadasa'

c/.

*-o-t-it?+it

t +nigrqqfiqmqqtorlssqdqeqqrfrandiff,erq{ gqi ffqrqt{IG{fl€fA wifri tt kfaqidqqriqqdtE

Also qkFnF{{st

fiilqqta' l irq,wtrq[tuqqTdRq:'itrqRQa

Geraaadgilqt ertr fiarn\ dtaflqqlt tt

6{ird q tqrt cqtqT{q{frq{ |

qaini iiwrd gil dlqqur;eitt t td ll Slohalls.Failureinbusiness,wandering'high of spirits' fever,greatrisk, lossof wcalthanddepression must be preparedfor in Kuja's interval in ; p;;" Jupiter'smahadasa' c/. - mosirq*r

t qoryahqqfieqils'ielig&ae.EfAftaqfqnqqtqq qcfl(qrtqrnq. tt tqnsqEftitqqgfsfrqlflqrer.qiQ(fi

1066

rfcrqriTfii

Adb"xvm.

Also 'fRFffrKE

{utmqqrsqqilf+iq, s*qrieqrqsqFrdqr *aqar,iisftrtiqr: erqtrgefiqqaf qqrt tl dfi G qrRqir{qrRq{ter qrrqnfr.rtfrrorI

Efot{rT: dq6i uqq frqFc{U qq{Fa*frq rr

t{b{rr{ ti qfrq({{nqqI qi€ffifr adt*qqtlrrd n ttq tl Sloha. t t0. Apprehensionof every trouble,diseaee, occagionfor every possiblecalamity,and deprivation of income-this falls to the lot of a person in Rahu'sbhukti in Jupiter's mahadasa. Cf, so(iftdr

q-grnRerrqgeqqfdahrqq gaq* q-srlqiiei r qr*qftsqqR6qn< qaru:$€qqtqqfhqRqmgfi}

Ctqhriqqrr eggqqt ilqr eq* {,i

ffidr

swrdiqatuiMrqnr \

ili gr++* qit qartrq{ff(gd fffiqilR€q{ tqrf\qidUil nlRofl

Sloka 120. Jupiteroccupyinga depression Navam_ sa in its exaltationsign bringson during the progress of ite dasadangerthrough robbers,foesand rui.rr] th" hatredof wife and sonsand bad luck generally;Uut when the planet is in the exahation Nivamsa'in its depressionsign, it Eecures during its dasato the p.r.* concerned,royal favor, materialcomforts,learning, wis, dom, fame,wealth and the influencewhich uu.t iling, carry; and it may even be the lordehip of the whj" country.

sr. 121-182

iorr

wrcql$qtqt

qd Nfielt iroft$qrqqaTitTqnr{

the Sloka 121.Astrologers declare that during of posseseion dasaof Saturn, a person may come into birds and coarsegrain ;;;;t, a$ses'..tut., old women, guild' townlnd g.t *.rlrh by int administrationof a ruler of a ship or village community and becomethe low tribe. o/. sa-fi|q-fiI

isaffilsalflH:l GaqqErnqirrq{lerryrrqfiqfiaf}gfd:

qgftiq-g$fR: gaERqq'lilqqiir'suqtfi : ql(€Kr$dltl: 11

{rfis&{s RqqrtgarGfrtrr( qrdi<taftfiomqs'qolq{| eaalfrHqTqil{l( ll gdrft qfi*Hgfi qqlgrTrmfht

1tfiEqnqffi.tl ffinraqtfqnqi$i q qriw\ri{gfirmnqt rpnrift*mr;rtni m'fritq;qr€<trquritt t1l ll Sloha 127. ln its own dasaand bhukti, Saturn may bring on diseaseand suffering through the trouble,and torment which thd personunder its influenceis madeto undergo; by exciting his envy and pride, it leadsto much sorrow and mental anguish; by exposing him to the rapacity of kings and freebooters'it depriveShin pf hie wealth aod store of grain. c/. wo4iR-tt

| ufqqfAusqQltug4l:qqqTqiiltq€qdiqq{ fiqqiflilFa{q?lrfaq tt rqfingqrfrRoflFql{q} 133

1068

qrialllnqa

Adh XVIII.

GearfiIrqiqrqartffi{

nqftw{*t hqeqrmritq r qgrrdiqt'tfrgrERrRdH' cqrqilnssTff wtr.i EEfun tql ft Sloka 123. In Saturn's dasaand bhukti, a person has to encounteropposition, incur the displeasureof the king's men, keepold servant,women,and be in dread of his cattle being poisoned; his wife and children have much suffering; himself being liable to fever, wind or phlegmailmentsand to colic,

gt*lffiqtfiE& s-.qqfqrtrrqEr I

gt q=Eq{rr.ft UftqlfrrEnrqrsift rt tRBtl Sloka 124. Increaseof happiness, wealth and fame, the benefitsaccruingfrom acLsof piety and customary religious observances, agriculture and commerce, a" person may expect to have in Mercury.s interval in Saturn's dasa. c/. no<?r?mr

gqrrcqqftigleai qRil Zqoroi fiqqfdqgR: r

frqafas' fi(ng{rw nfqqTqilftFr ilil$gk ii Also

qtil+trTttT

qrrsilqugr*qqa'{Trcqfin fiuqqn, I Gfwqn=q*{:msTdtqeil r{iSi nfiqr+srirrt

qnitrud iri uoi dFgdir r

grn{qqfl*fi tfr qqq{rr;r\rr tR\ tl Sloha 125. Diseasecausedby wind and bile, quarrei with vile wicked people and dread of evil dreims. &

1059

qgrqfrsqtTr

sl. 126-127 , Saturn's mahadaea.

etu's interval

c/. n-c<lft*r

qfift{teqqft"qsq gdET#lq€qfi:qaa{ t

qTgqnaniQa qq €gq.Htqdi hgq* tt

ffg*t qtfrfr qrqrRqqaruft{| 6.qriAg€qm'rftufi ffqq{Fitt ll tREll Sloha 126. A person experiencesthe good will of relatives,the approbation of the people, accession of wives, property and wealth, and the joys arising from agricultlreand kindred pursuitspendingSukra'sinterval in Sani-dasa. c/. ro<?rQ+r

Sfritqqrqqfiadqq' t g€q$qlf,qqnTF{{f,:

uiicqa ll gqfiffitqafnteqni qqqlqQlftflr Also flildi-{Wt

: t *vrfirprg{*oqoGq: aitqiqtnTGsf,eqg+ qm: fl*tqtrqrgqrq,qivl tt qqr;qfiTv:frsR$a€

g{,il;t}ffiai '{ Er*fiR'ffrir{ t qqr'd{qTiqrfrft ,TIfi ff(E{rr(i ll tl\e ll of wife and children, trouble from Sloku 1,27.L'.-rss the king or robbers,and a sinking ofthe heart, a person hagto experience, during the Sun's bhukti in Saturn'E mahadasa. Cf. qn-o-{i\*t

q{q q EI figqq snn$qfu+ qd{tTsiTI qr+AdqilgrifAtrfi 'Eq'{r;qfa6gtdf(e a1a* lt

c|urcrRilril

1060 Alsd

Adh. XVI[.

qkHiTrRqt

q;T6fnfi*rq;gfrerrrrdrflanrrrFrT{Uq\ sr( I qfr;qr: qd fFqt ffqE{Fd{rUtt ftq*eq'flesa

wfrqtrt grdrgit wrwq I

qrdtqqqrs'HA q;A q;ffittFiti n tld tl

Sloha 128. Death of a revered matronly female, sorrow, dislike of reirtives, coming in of money and wind disease may bz expcctedduring the M:cn's bhukti in the daeaof Saturn. c/. ncalft-*r

qfinr(fidqqtqzqiU€ii fqqfhstqqq{ r qqqftqqqqflqrgnfa{rfi ;rtr{Tdq iri* +} tt Also qrcsF{tq

rrtq-JfRurr: fis +fbiogqifi,il'r) r efi,ifialsfQ srotEflHqdifiar;n qftng* 6a,qar;611il 11

qrwgfr q{dt{ .Trrrftqqr-ii{q{ | wiicrgEi{tstfr\ q;qE{n;ftu qlq tl S/ofta 129. Loss of place, serious illness, various apprehensions, distress of brothersand friends haveto be looked for in Kuia's inrerval in Saturn'sdasa. Cf. medr!-qr

qqpgfr q f,qfiq(€qraft aefi vrrt{qqT I

efirkrnarqfqiq{rfaagufinfd{ftgt rr Also qrc*rr{wr

qFqrqqnftnq.qq* qntsqrqufAqlqa erq t FqrEflfiis q,ig,iii{rFd\{f}gdqqR ll

sl. 130-132

qsrqd$3rr:

1061

ffiistqwilr,{ *tReqftsrq t rq+ilRmlR qr* qtqc{fiFilttl llo ll Stoha 130. The anguish of diseaee in every [imb, the devastation wrought by robbers, foes and rapacious rulers, and the deprivation of wealth are what a person may have to suffer during Rahu's bhukti in the dasaof Saturn. c/. q'oelft-+t

efiflfrqnqgfqfiG Hq{Tqkgrgeqq{q I

Fq(gftfaFirnair zrrqRrr=atftrifi qlflrqilrt

irqtEqffi q w{tii qtgttt I qrqoTqq{Igifi gft u<<rnrettr tlt ll Sloka 131. Devotion to Gods and Brahmanas,royal favor, great happinessand attainment of rank, a person will have,during Jupiter's bhukti in Saturn'sdaga. c/. so-(ifQnr

a{qil+qBqqunftdt'Jwlqrr fiefiK qt( r qqqr;q&{ft{T l{ lof ue<uerf*nqfioqgttt

trl5q

q[d-{1l(vl

rol{afi gprd fierrit qqT€ql€Siriltfto:I ltqro{orqgn}ar, ("]q {$qil i<firf qqft rl

*+ ffiqrfr

tilgtf ${fd de,f no

qrfl* g fln{flffiqt

s'&so rftaq t

qwidq.mqfrqrql qrsrEaligsi ETlr*Rg-+r*ftqiq,tgrri flt{rr6q lt tlR ll Sloka 132. Saturn occupying'the depression Na' vamsain its exaltationhouse produceshappinessat the commencementof its dasa, but towards the end, it ig

ry:-""-"---"-""" "

fraughtwith woe to the creatures concerned, If the planetoccupythe exrltationNavamsa in its depression Lour., the end of the dasais hrppy while in the initial portion there may be evil to be fearedfrom robbersand err.mier,muchmiseryand roan'ing in foreignlands'

cdqqTigengft*(qldiqftttsdstfr | fiei q Kst ftq'qq't*{rqftqretq${Rflltltll

Sloka 13j. During the period that Mercury's influ' the encetakeseffect,a person will earn money through relatives and instrumentality of reverend seniors' he will go iriends; he will have fameand happines$; dealing in gold on an embassy, derive an income by ware and suffer from wind ailment' c/. -" s-cdft*r

freitqTfiotq:I 1tq{mr&qogftaafrnuqrfr: rRra-rqq{Tqi tt er{qfrrre{suiâ&#x201A;Źstttrq{tq {gq{g(Wlfa(Fgrilflf,f}: Rdrqtfkaqrra geqflIqq.I ft'qiqi\R gez{IlrTqlqq}eq S{lâ&#x201A;Ź qEcq{l rilqer:qgfsffisn qilq*rt qTqT.rrdrfagaEi

fr iqT'J6qqfdft;=w;if{{nqtqI n{srql{dflqit fi*t qAqE{I<t ll t18 ll Stoha 134. Acquisition of beautiful houses and and relatives and apparel,money through Brahmanas be looked for in success in every undertaking may Mercury's bhukti in its own mahadasa' cf. -'. soajtq+t

qinfrtirfafiqfhdifiqiTftqefreqGilot qem{ e*R.ll fiqqr {Sqrt:gq flErff-di flti

sl. 136-13?

dltlldtsqnrt

r003

---''----'----'

r;g$sr qfiilr{ tffidq(t ur{rruqilfrft *fr fttqEil=ili ll tl\ ll Sloha135. Troublefrom relatives,mental agony' lossof comfort,dreadof an enemyand failure in busi' ne6sareto be expoctedduring Ketu's interval in Budha dasa. c/. qc<1iimr

t g:({tilfi{o€ISerqdlrlFrnEwfqfteflgfr:

ffiqFqfrgfr{El{Aqfrrqtnrarra:ft(fi tt

udqTfrt{qsqlt q{t{'i ilr t T{ffii$ft gh drrqq{Id ll tlq ll Sloho 136. Of{ering of acceptable presents to reverendseniors, gods, fire and the Brahmanas,observance of duty conformable to religion and morality, acquisition of wealth, clothing and ornamentswill mark Sukra's interval in the dasa of Mercury' c/. s'odfr{t

rI tqfrqtltt[qqflfiqi qFIqfrqKKIIIFIIt

qe{soqeft,iit q}qqrgR snet fHt tt

Also

qlf,:61-+Rrt

figvwgaailiftstEt:guil{iegtinTrFtn:I Gfru<efiryulqT${lgqq{T;ifl}sfi '{rrli tt nnlqqriarfiiiqlqt ftriltar qISftil{tfiIqrtt I tilfi qrqi figw-ntrt fha:qqn: qqqfldhfiq. tt

qq{quriqqrffi{Iqqtfr q6€qq I qdeqomrfrftcf gqqfl<i tt tle ll Sloku 137. Acquisition of apparel,ornaments and wealth, royal favor, great ease, and hearing of moral

mnrqrfiufi

r064

Adh. XVIII,

homiliesmay be expectedin the Sun'sbhukti in Budha dasa. c/. q-g<ifi*t

frRgrgrwiT{utqqf,qffIqflqlqgt I

Usi.ft q Wn rq( {rgrTrf}figT-q+rektr Also

qlffihlrr(ol

ETwfiilqI E{'fitai I gGguoriflq-q{TutwR

qiqrR{gtrqnt tfrqe qr* nqi qqi tt

qFqrid: gqw +ffRE rrqq+iqpqffi;qfafl{ |

qt qTfr gth ilft

ffi1:

lTqEfld hiiq tt

rMtqqa.i q*firqi+{rr{{|

qgcfisqflsifr qA firrfin-'dt tt tlc tl

Sloka 138. Diseases,ill'will of enemies,miscarriage of every concern,risk from quadrupeds await a person during the Moon's interval in Budha dasa. Cf. woq'lfq{r

q<fidrrFnqflqrqiei Sg4grgmo6{fgq*,

rtrqfl{rqgfrqqt,iqqgg'i arfi nlnqlfio}rf Also

qffiilrItq

qrqffiFrrrq€rq: qF€dqqrtr{qi fqqrq:t fQrqdqr wg rn{fer qErqsiq$({i wa: 11

tqrftqqild n goq56n6fitt I

nqCifrqqriritg'i fpq-q11F* ll qlq ll S/ofra 139. Disappearanceof all danger lrom dis, easesor enemies,fame derived from acts of charity and beneficence, and royal favor accrue to a person during ja's bhykti in Budha dasa.

st' 14G141

1066

arrrlsrtlr

ct. sTftfffr{F ieqt tql qH qqtrffqg:ftcr t EqrtrRrqqnil'ratflrgq(tfr iRfigt ll Also qrfrfi"Fr(gl

qr( mrnrgcfrftfrgt,Rq: t gqmqrfuqunge: fres{fi q{q: qF} gqq wt qgflil(+ n

fte$gqq{rfr gt*ffifiWsTqt ffqCtfrqilsiRrAM

ll tgo ll

Sloha 140. During Rahu's bhukti in Budhadasa,a persongetswealth from friendsand relativesand secureE androyal favor' learning,ornaments to himselfhappiness, c/. s-s-<itt-qt

qrr{fffitawgft: qqii\sfrffiqq qq{ | q<fiRErrqffi rftflfrqqEflirrts$ tt

{s{--ggea{qffi{ gilrqR(l

t*ftsftMll

tgt ll

Stoha141. When Jupiter hasits bhukti in Budha daaa,a personwill incur the hatredof friendo,relatives and elders; will haveadditionsto wealthand children, and the like. end will be liableto risk from diseases c/. s-ddiftml

aq1ft{qqunrgft,itn *qfrRâ&#x201A;Źflaqrsfr: : qqffrRaqsi susq]iq{Fefhitq} qrrtqt tt Also srtrdrtrGt

Hftc' t ne+daqrarR fl Ff,rgitr;r<gilsRE<r sqrt tt r;fl n: terqfiq5rqg:fi5ffi fr}sqE{li LU

1066

tttscrnilfi

Adh.xv[I.

ffigrqq-qwdrmrt u.qGqwqrdfrrrfr frtqqil=* ll qul ll Sloko 142. Acts of charity and beneficence,acqui' sition of wealth, material comforts securedthrough the instrumentality of petty chiefs, loss in agriculture and the like will mark Saturn'gbhukti in Budha dasa. c/. q-g-{fr{r

edqdqfigfrt*ih : q'intRq'€FqqGqTq r

&rqrnqftif euffit ilrargft sqrctsfHitt Also sftr{fiT{q

{-qq+i} rgq: qol{t I srm{qfrqRqrg{EqT

ErilltqrdlsfA€g€{l{: n}'qi-auUafefrrrq.{rr

sqttfbqarfrrqj ffiqffiqftqr

stft qdisd fi{{rt q P+hqutul tl Sloha 143. Mercury occupying the depreseionNavamsain its exaltation sign, producesincompetencyfor work in the person concernedand makeshim indigent in its dasa.

frqqwaqTP{€tlqwqf}qdl t $srfi ffi qf g{qi qqiofr ll t88 ll Sloha 144. Mercury in depressionbut in the exaltation Navamsaordainsprosperityin the endof its dasa thoughin the beginning thereofall be barrenof effect.

{ifi ft r{fr sRi\t6"dd

I nHrqqrsoft{Rfreilqs ftfiftgd q fufr*arqRqrdffitll t8\ ll

sl. 146-14?

1067

qUq&EffiTr

nfluence Utgi"' to ; his ripen and yield fruit, a person feels distressed ,*r" and judgment fail; he becomesafflicted with variousdiseases ; his physical torments grow; his evil actsmultiply ; his life ie oneof greatmisery' His com' forts, if any, are but slight. c/. ncclfQ*t

*nttmqrqft*ri\,{iei q {atRgsqt.q.t fquqrqqrq $uqp66iqk+iqqhulq6qt{rrqll

ft<qlilqnq' t frtitdss;ilfi: qgq{qR{tqr frrRqfrdqmqt TT{R dgqrqi Nr

€lqttrRq{Eq{qihtiuqfiqlqq q ll

ll soxsd{fli g(dfrdttnEriqI ftsqtftq{H}frtil tsqwili ll tBE ll Sloka 146. When Ketu 6as its intervalin its own daoa,a person hasto apprehendthe death of his wife an.l children, loss of happinessand wealth and evil from his enemies. c/. nu<lfttt

q3q tErgEI(( l RgqqooqgefitqeeqqqEq: qffiqq{qrft Rtara f{fbfi otn qil Trt €ltqr( ll

I *g{fursot r€ftrGq111tu. cttrfteitqm}ft gh *gffird

tt t8uelf

Sloka l4?. Illnessof wife and children, qtrarrels, loss of relatives and friends, fever and dysentery ate what one should be preparedfor in Sukra's bhukti in Ketu daaa.

I068

ttdrwQlrt

Adh.xvilr

Cl. s.o{tr{r

Gwt*et faqtfttq gge+G 6q51qgfn:1 qM qqfafrt ftrRrcm-nr* tt qRqqsilai

Tirqi {ffi

(ffifrt{

Rt1ttrlr-i{qq I

q tfr *gqqrd rt quull

Sloha148. Diaappointment, ptrysicalpain, exile in a foreigncountry, peril and obstruction io every busi' neEsare likely to crop up during the Sun'sinterval in Ketu's dasa. c/. u'o<t?rr

$qrrrui Fq6616ri14nin*RnqrrotqqI

tt zqaft{tr( oqrmf4trfr Gt frrftqcflflgqrt qrrg{wflotdqffiarfui{dq I

$Kilqq{Tfrfrq-Afuqlllf,rt il t8q tl Stoha.L49.Ennui affecting wife, children and attendantg,dertruction of wealchaud corn, and dietress of mind are to be lookedfor in the Moon's bhukti in Ketu dasa. c/. n-e(lftm

ggqqgqna\q ilfi: gilR{d Tgg:€qr{rqfi: I qRil{gqftqnrqerq: qtRTfrqqr ftftqrqrggti rr

S{ililgq*iWgq{t

T;S{EIq{rmftSi*-gqqrdll t\o lt Sloka 150. During Kuja's bhukti ia Ketu dasa, a perton hagto incur the oditrm of his sono, wife and foeo and youngerbrothera,to sufferpain from diseaoes, relatives. bad rulers,artd to losetome

Sl. 161-l5s

1069

qclqisslrr

-""""'"----""' c/. n-e<lfitt

qs;€q{6{qq€qnit q{qft qarTqqqFd*tra. I gf,qe{q{g{fei q qqR 5+ ';qqqtGqtTS:ll

rq-+r$4grdtfitnfftnrrrq t

{r* +-gftfitrt ll lrl gsqHEdETE

ruin Sloka151. Fearof kingsand robbers,sorrow' peopleare of every businessand altercation with bad to te e"p"ct"d in Rahu'sbhukti in Ketu dasa' c/. - q-ddR-dr

qarq qqP'ildtflT:1 e+Rrra*ea}u{tft+i.'iqqR qsqaqqqqfie?eraqffi rlis* ftrdFqgqqrg:tt

Aqkqgecm(rqatffK[qq{l gt *qfintd ll l\1 ll {s{oF,Tqrftit

Sloha152. Approbation of Gods'Brahmanaeaod and eldere,king's good will, exemptionfrom ailments for in ,.qoisiciorr'oflands and children may be looked Jupiter'sbhukti in Ketu'sdasa' Cf. s'o{irtdl -'go**i

1 gt"qg q(ftqqrflH€qnqfifrfq: qar.rqiqq{ilqrrt qqft qts* gfr ftrd;qaJqqll q4prq T{Rr'{ gq;gil{Rffi{ |

{rfr M tqsrqffiETmft

ll t\1 ll

Sloha153. Misgiving in the heart,mentalanguish of dif ference with kith and kin and the abandonment native countrv will mark Saturn'sinterual in Ketu dasa' c/. qddftdr

qRqqffii: qfrsili figq{Rqqqs{sf,i q I

nqrgwtqdqftdgi ftKqlqrlgI tt "rdqqftgft

10?0

ltlrqIIKI

Adh.xvilI.

grEqfiFrqqI r€ffiriqlt gt *gfin ft tl t\B tl Rqngtqqililfu Bffia 154. The society of relativee, friends and the like, accession of wealth to sons and wife, aod happineos derivablefrom knowledgeaccruein Mercury'e bhukti in Ketu dasa. c/. s-cdfrdr

Sr{c{fi ng{rlR: frRqqftf}rfr,rrtqftsrt

qgafrffffi.i\ riuifrnft gt ftrfrq-.Ffi-Tw{tt gqqEgilr*gr eE{rqi g€qEsI

qrt frqrtquf stft RSi fi{ n t\\ tl Sloha 155. Ketu associatedwith a benefic planet yields happinessin its dasa. If aspectedby a benefic planet, it leads to the acquisition of abundant wealth.

ll{lqsWd fur qqT*gs{atl t q6ngq il t\E fl dfr uftqffitrt Sloka 156. When asgo:iatedwith malefic planete, Ketu producesdanger throuqh the instrumentality of wicked men and misery through acquired diseaseelead, ing to waste of wealth.

qtrrfi gursilfti ErnqstT{rqlt{ |

g€qrmfr ffiEhmifrqrrrt\s rr Enntr Sloha 157. Three-fold is the effect of Ketu'g dasa. At the beginningof it, eldersand relations are trken ill ; in the middle of it, there is money coming in; at the end there is happiness.

frnmrftqdiE fr€{ gwqqrcqpqqqffiqI qmrftrrrn{:Rqrdgqri firs qqrt Ug,qirfriil tre

=l13:]"T" --"lTl """,""-," :S'T: "-"""---"""'acquisiSloha 158. Venus in its dasa leadsto the comfort' tion of wife, children, wealth, exceediog other fragrantwreaths,apparel,ornaments,vehiclesand king't' a fortune and fameequalto meanEof locomotio-n-, c/. q-dfri\6r

tlqdqI€il{t'il ta*pofif\qqqrq'itar' t *tergdq?npll arRqlqr(|I ffi f*qrRft qqrqsft {l ffi i *aqrqqfqgqrqfr

fincqtgarfr:I ll qqfAutfrf il Er;qEIft++€{ fiqsfiqaqrqqrsfrurtr,iqr

tl wqrdwmflffi qqtRg€wqq!|

RgIr{ qililr{ g* gnE{rdil} ll t\q tl

females'weatth Stoha159. Acquisitionof conches, securing and apparel,goodwork and other auchmeansof of enemiesand attaindisappearance perfect-b"ppiness, ,.nt of famewill mark sukra's bhukti in its mahadasfl. c/. wc<lR-tt

qffitqqqrflqFqilqgqq: qqETgqHrqq:I

gfrgR' fhfrflffio-qfr uggt eqni qGrtaRtt

Ittflttti

q Efrrllkffirqq{|

ilMitqitgnwrF&ll

tQoll

Slokul60. ln the Sun'sbhukti in the dagaof Venuo' the head' a personbecomesliable to diseasesaffecting in respectto tt. U.tty and the eyes; he sustainsdamage proptrty and incurethe displea' agriculrur",cattle "nd sure of the rulere.

ro72

r|Grftl|i

Adh.xvln.

c/. wc<?ft*r

qqroRffifrorriqq:ftfr,zil qqqfr flifiqrq I Urudqrqr;qq{elug€frgfi qTgsfrftqt rt Also qfc-+fr<ur

Wftfr{fr q;gfiffrf,ffqilnqqn€e{: qT( | #eqw-ffluqfi {rsr ,{r,hqR rififiin: ll

fffisrqrRftgflsql

ftikstqqqmlfrqA g{E{nd ll tqt ll

Stoha I6L. When the Moon hasits interavl in the dasaof Venus, a person suffers much pain from a disease due to an inflammation in the nervous tissuesand from lust and other evil passionsof human nature and what' ever easehe can feel under the circumstaoces must be small or slight. sd{tft'drcr{

qtqfr il {ti{ | Enerrqfi rt€i {ft €* +qqf q€ftU€qmqtqfr{fsi tt fraq,ilefrae {RqftqR Also qrtrmr{(q

qftiqd{qftsagi:rmes{€dlffie ftn{ t qlq-qrq& t{{ q qilqi {r{qr-il{rrt feq{Til ff

thhrftqn:qffr wnsil qrBiTfr;mqr{|

{rffirilqlefidrs{quroTq:lfit q;qqtfr *trd. tt

furqmrfttriq qfut qiFrq{| (rrwr{qrsifrof gsErrr;ilitl tql ll Sloha 162. Flow of bile, diseaseof the eyes.great exertion, coming in of money, acquisition of wivec and lande are to be expected in Kuja'a bhukti in the dasr of Venue.

sL 163-164

10?3

qurq*ss'rrqr NOTES.

" Bappifu ipi q " reading.

(Pitthasrigakshi

rogam cha)

is anot'her

Ct. soEtqTI

ffwdlqqqFtfrg$('t rftrfQqqqrffrgnelq' g{R{rqgqq6;gffivqqsmffi$ si ll [l5s

qkT'dlrT(or

fiarsrretG+rrfr lr t+eqqkqq{fiMrqI qrk$gt tsgi\itrrqrq gmr{6qeqr,itq H--fiaqlilnw€g*C i $tqh' sl(€g fdqF{: t stsrr+ qdqqm.ne\*eif*q qilqR fl(q. ll

froqKqaqrfiffga'i $6sq{ t qftqTqlr{lftitn* grq{rFn\ll tql ll forming Sloktt 163. Acquisition of black substances relatives' evil from a valuable prop."y, dislike oi be expectedin Rahu's friends, and injury by f ire may of Venus' bhukti in the rnahadasa c/. q-o-/ilfimt

ft fq,{q:gaaf}q{f,eEl{€qnnqirT':qfifit{itt a.qa*rfiitfi q'iie:i soq\q<q'Hrilsg\tt

fiqaiqwft qqiqrtg€H€{ | drgtrffi q Aqd gft gtErrr'.c\tt tqu ll in Sukra's Sloha164.During the bhukti of Jupiter a persongets wealtb' appareland ornaments' mahadasa, p"ti"t*t his religious dutie.s.leadinghin t9 ultimate there ir.ppiness;his wife anJ children may fall ill and maYbe distressin cousequence' 135

1074

rftiqfiqfi

Adh. XVilI

c/, q-o-qlft*l o\

ffiqqqRillcfFmfl

q{ft qr.qqlrrrglfiqq: I

Rfiqrrsqgsq qlffiqi aRqweftartm-qrqh tt Also qlil{f}rol

quRse*i0rRrq{.iqnr{fRR'gdEr(*€qq. I qoqEri+fr{vorTftt il4nrqiqrfFqff} u

Tqdqili,iloi wtrqiFrrr{ |

ffiqrrrqqT*frqq grffirJ(t il lq\ ll

Sloha L65. Liaison with femalesthat are past their prime, accessionof houses, lands and wealth and the disappearanceof enemieswill mark Saturn's bhukti in Sukradasa. Cf. q-o-fifrmr

qrndlqz+mexra miifQqer{hr,{f€ il r fifiqfqrqfi;ri€3{i: fifiqdqaqrq'rirni} tt Also sld{Iqwt

Re{ t flxlafiqiqgirftqciiffirs?Ttftq?itq \n

gEI(qHl

\ \ qflql q{lTql {rqal(qT;d{ql EilI q( ll

gdirut*pltft tqdiit ue6uqr

gqqrtqqri'rfr gt gffEdrr(iil tqE tl Sloha 166. During Mercury's interval in the dasa of Venusa person secrrresthe comfort of his 8ons, friends,wealtlr, royal favor, happincsson a large scale, prosperitl' and sound health. c/. q-it-'.ifq*t

a{qs}pqqqljr{q*qqifiqqeGedaqudrqrt: I q=qi || qq{aaffi rffirR=gfi,igqqf:aq{refd

sl. 16?-1?0 ;

10?6

qtrddsqtat *

tt*t-*

qirseqfif\.dtolI 1ft: ntarft qq'qErafin

g<+r<tftftfiar-aufrinmiqt{ttC rr toi r:gnd q u1{rerTrilqs{|

qffirnhfrgtqilmt

tt tE\ell

Sloka16T.Discord,deathofrelatives,injuryin, and depriva' flicted by enemies, misgiving in the heart be preparedfor tion of wealth are what a person should in Ketu's bhukti in the mahadasaof Venus' c/. radiff+;t

{qrTdlEfiqrilaq;ntq I nagerQeQrcfiiflq ftlsfi qlsafr{qiitE{lq.ll erfrq <tra{qaRgfr:

sqtrfiqnrgfr frqtuffiqF{di I

qnr* trifirrdq s{r( qdtâ&#x201A;Źgfrq.11lQc ll

Sloka 169. Venus in its exaltation sign but in the loss of depressionNavamsa causes loss of wealth and statu* in its dasa.

sI : drqitruqqf}Eil ,Tr.fi{d'rqtrfirqr q(ri ufrqrisrc'itr{sl}i qwsft ll lqa' ll Slofta 169. Venus in its depressionsign but in the exaltation Navamsa gives to the person concerned during the ripening of irs dasa, (successin) agriculture to his wealth' anCtrade and accession

srqqtt{: ttesfit w\qi doqifrilâ&#x201A;Źriiw t diddrqnq{r{i{fi iqrfieqil sot{qfrll lso ll

-,-- - l*i"*i919-",--""-

-."--i*:Y-'l'

Sloha 1?0. As regardsthe crop of fruit borne, the dasaof a planet having full strength or in its exaltation is termed full or complete; that of a planet without strength is termed emPty. The dhs.aof a planet in a depressionor inimical Navamsa is to be understoodas untoward. Norns. Thislsloka is from Brihat Jataka. q{fr (Prasuti) means Radix position; Chart at birth tinre. tlwi (Sarnnurna) is the name given to a dasa of the planet n'irich is in exaltatiorrand is well-placed too.

c/.'rfi:

frqlttae qdlqqnsq t

flrtqkqt wr hqr '{qrilrqfiqfqf,ttt

d{ifielqe dtqnftiqasq t fiil q1qqai iqr qqlilrufqaifqjil tt

dtqirftrrnsrq f+fqeegilqq I tqi ilq (nr iqr qETfii{,fi gt{I ll rI: aT.9{{frqFqkl'llqifiqqi{* t rt astfqesaTalq 6qtr:q?qfiqfk'it Also Uult{t

4A;eI: I qsFq{T{q{l9a-{<irrRudFSi.{lf}f,s{t gq{;qqlfr ll )rei qai FgqeEgst:5if:n 'T,E

n<fr* t3fiai'rr:refirarftmr{tigoe HIfAI qgtlq"tarqs )ft qrt'qfiertt fl.ilia<i\qqrtg Also €Rrsdf

diqettfifiqqTrtgQ(€F,rl: qqoi{|,{tfi{ qftq: esTt r

r0?7

ffisstrr

SL r?1-1?3 - v - - - - v -

- - - - - - v

fiitqqrtrsQat:g,reBgtn: )tei qni fi'.qfi qqq:g ({il' tl dtq{E1acwt: {lsfqait,trd'ri,t q{ristq{}qqt{ tl flqorl,qTqqq;qT

eqgrnrimtiuE{r1q;o{flg q t (Tf,r{i*Tt{f aTI(qqtikil{rr*l tl tel ll S l o k a 1 ? 1 . I n t h e m a i n d a s aa s w e l l a s i n t h e s u b ' sidiary dasaof the lord of the rnd or theTth placefrom any bhava,there will happenthe destructionthereof by (1) the planet occupyinq the [,irava; ('{]) the onE aopecE' representingit ing it ; or (3) the rrrtttt+ (bhava'karaka) Nolt s. Vide also A<lhyaf a V, S1. 50, supra.

iH.iq**{wil

qio+ qR tituart t

qflrl;(1i{rr+6uii}c f}geig({q.ll l\eRll S l o h a 1 ? 2 . I f b ' - t t etfc p l a . n e t so c c u p y i r l ga T r i k o n a , the 2nd and tl're llrh l'liavas be strong. chcy produce m u c h h . r p p i n e s si l r i r r : l r d a s r s t r n d a n t a r d a s a s .

qsq{ruzTrf}fis{irr1qUqi qK{qTiicII( | :

fr* qqt {rggt{r{nil( ll ilirresqrit Eqtr$uFii git dTqqqâ&#x201A;ŹEqqt iqrr*IiEriqi qrildqrfteiltsgK{'rsqg: tr S t o k a 1 7 3 .I n J , r t a k a p a r i j : .o t ef w h i c h t i ) e r n r t t e r work and rvhich has beenculled f rom cvery astrc)logirai

1078

srd6crft{(a

Adh. XVIII.

consistsof 18 Adhyayas,the whole subjectof astrology beginning with the nature of the lodiacal signs and ending with the fruit of the drsas or pianetaryperiods has beentrcated by me under the auspicesof thc Sun and other planets T h u s e n d s& c .

COLOPHON.

qrrc* tiineKttire qsli}RsrtlqsqTf\dA tT{ttt| |

tl ;qlfifqr s{qoqqnt dffitr q|(sqriiGn(s .S/otru174. (lonspicuouswith its eightecnbranches in the form of adhyayas full of bright blooming star$ a n d d i s p l a y i n gm a i n l y a l l t h : f n r i t s t h : y h e : r r t, h e c e l e s ' tial tree <-rfhorcscopessratflfieta (JatakaParijata) has b e e nf u l l y d e s c r i b e d .

(flr€r{tqt5ftl srii ufuEToti EEqfr qIqHTit qq6diailT{ itloT?titslifi{ll 3T rgqiffi Wdrqqftiql',itrrqdirrrftd q Tqr( qs\ fr;qfrqa*qql gqst qFer6(.:i qryr€sErfft;gnffuir\nqaqnq giqrqrEfr'{TEiigdiiga{T{q5frnoq I q;<qieqtrqlfqrqffi ar{tqpotql;qqd ilirqrd{-{rrufftTrkii qFi Ettt;a{u tl qsq ll

SL 176-L77

ugrqlilsErq!

r0 79

Slohas175-116.The natureand the quarter of the zodiacal signs; (zl) the motions of the planets, their place, their character and forms ; (3) the conception and otiier proc('ssesinvoived in the birth of every crea' ture ; (4) tl'',eni:merousills that overtake children and (5) the length voung peclilein a stittc of adolescence; of lrii:; (6) the rule rcgarding planetary conjunctions that mar the f c rtunes o[ the horoscopesin which they o c c u r ; ( 7 ) k i n e . m a k i n gy o g a s ; ( f t ) b e n e f i c i a lc o m b r n a tions of two, three or more planets; (9) the effectsof Mandi, year, etc., in their order ; (10) next in order the Ashtakavarg;r and the reckoning of benefic dots ; ( l l ) t h e e f f e c t so { t h e l s t a n d t h e 2 n d b h a v a s ; ( 1 2 ) o { the 3rd and the +th ; ( I 3) of the 5th and the 6tL ; ( 1't) o f t h e T t h ,t h e t r t h a n d t h e 9 t h ; ( 1 5 ) o f t h e l O t h , t h e l l t h a n d t h e l 2 t h ; ( l n ) t h e h o r o s c o p eosf w o m t - n ; ( 1 7 ) what reiatesto the Moon's pla.ceat birth and (f8) the dasasand their subdivisions-these havebeentreatedof' in the work.

dthqrit+hszfiiaiqr*iqarqs gqit eTrRiqriiqqnde5qql ftqsu;lfrai t EIil iq=gqgqtruil ft qsK { IEqIiEdi qh q6uqrRqraqrfhriiatrqqg1tqriiq. ll t\es ll S / o A , rl ? 7 . T h e t a l e n t c da n d i l l u s t r i o t r sV a i d y a n a t h a , t h e s o n o f t l r c i l l r r s t r i o u s V e n k a t a d r i ,s o e m i n e n t for his leatningand knowlcdgchasbrcn able,under'the k i n d a u s p i c eos f t h e S u n a n d o t h e r p l a n e t st,o c o m p o s e t h i s g q i C et o ; r t t r c , l o F yJ,a t a k a p a r i j a it na l S a d h y a y a s embodyingall that is essentiali. r. the very nectarraised

'T"',""-"*-""," "Yli -",:"*: ""-"-""1i3: from the ocean of horary science, the author has been able to compo$e this work in lyrical metresso as to win the admiration of the learnedworld'

il {ii ,.1'iqlffiqriiqrc3qflfls u ll dtqlrffiaftrqrq aql ll

--.---t'ffi--

'Ji.,,4fi)6rl\:1t: .

l'lN 15.

"Bca a-n i\,1.-

ERR€.T A

Page

Line

For

Read

vi I 2

2\ 2L 23 13

bp ffi5.etiRa Sl kas Ras is

6 13 2T ZJ

26 27 27 28 29 29 30 3l 32 33 42 42 60 61 70 70 72 74 77

28 15 15 33 n

23 8 17 18 22 24 2T t9 32 33 25 I 7 28 T4 25 2

*i*erirta

sarfra

Slokas Rasis ea*s

Eirrol:

ISEqT:

frqnin Thrimasmsas rlftgztorq qq Eve ciftqtf

?c*.+j: g.rsdg ff,iag+ Rajaspadada

*"e s;{rd

nis ffi<c Jnpiter a*Tqo Tl€toli

srfui* parternal ftttico:

* fi-q{riiT Thrirnsamsas q!'*gamrq 1q Even qrRqrd ?aor+: grr*dg qkRgo Rajaspada. *r4 q-4rdt uiirg fisit<w Jupiter qiq{o q-6rsli esfblis paternaJ ftilrc*:

LXIV

ERRATA

Page

Line

78 80 104 105 r25 t')5 t26 170

.JJ

,:6

12 10 4

176 190

r92 20r

b (;

216 227 227 246 246 246 247 2.17 247 747 247

27 3 12 6

t[cl

2 57 267 278 280 286 3 r4 335

Read

sefteyes intial Saturm aiierq iarf*qr

soft eyes initial Saturn

rt}I

23 2'2 24 l9 20

I/ L

F-or

IJ 6 2l

24 26

[(a-nya t sticle gatake RrqtnEr iift: ir{TtrI.[' Tf,qcrEI

*-e&iqer o

fsign ber:orn th ; Li f c c t c r icrvsof ay;r ave

26 24 22 23 T7

tarf*qr rrri K:rnya testicle Jat:rka drqrcra iife ccl{o {*u*i"1 *;ABrr,arrqr of sigr'; l;r:corr-re lhc ;rffccterl vicrvso[ riary:.r h:rve

ciVilSS.fffIiII1

Jecvasarman fur

Jeevasarmma thls crqref*d N{ rs nr cts

Jeevasarnran this qrcrdiii.a

5 8

i?(sl{

cading "Fq;qqiq ilIere

N{ars rneets rezrding qr;qqic Ilerc

E TiIi ATA I'age

Line

380 39r

29 31 5

101 420 +22 .+r){l 527 .5J8 658 658 683 730 734 739 748 754 756 783 784 781 786 796 799 i99 H00 802 806 s10 813 E20 E 2I il2(i

LXV

lior

llead

and with

nd ithrv dlsritcrr tt3ffwg6

ltl

Si rr ''v lris ellth

,1\)

t8 3 I4 .5

be rvili I(ujas t;rvarga lrt: t nr: osi

a.l

10 12 .tA

6 9 t2 22 J 20 n I

2B 8 24 8 4 z:) (] r-\ a:,

{\ Jd

th ,\l crcury rc] t nunrher {5-ciir {TT4Tq

iraig: lrqcdrqriiEr{q crm rn:rncl denots l'ices Ir IL

tlro 6th rvlll plscc ll

:rttrl grgrl

{srRcil fleffqgA sR Sign his rrye:rlth, hr,rrvill I(u jashtavarga the the qlll 6th Mercury great number

,rs-{iir â&#x201A;ŹTAFq

*eig; rrnftrrqriltrdq cornrnand <.littiltes

l'isccs If the 6tlr rvili 1;i:r.ce irr and ; i gr r

illl(l

; i r(_i

'rf

ERRATA

LxYr Page

829 833 833 838 851 851 854 871 898 916

Line

t4 29 30 5 22 28 1 25 22 1?

For

Read

occupfed rn:rYr be desease contses tha ilfc* associoted 1th maximum in

occupied oaI' he disease courses the qrit#

come

923 946 948

932 983 987 1003 100? 1032 i0 4 0 1040

associated 10th minirnum income

25 1l 16

Frilt

Tttt

Arus Snbhagraha

Arres Subhagraha-

navalnsa wonb

3 26 29 29 13

eaeh gooo

{rol creg

tho In ftrqtrrqt

navalTISa

womb each good the in ffsFrtqi ?ifcof ir?l